Mercurial > dwindows

--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/Makefile.in	Tue Jul 03 07:50:39 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+CC	=	@CC@
+CCFLAGS	=	@CFLAGS@ -g -O2 -Wall -D__UNIX__ -DBUILD_DLL -DDW_RESOURCES
+LFLAGS	=	@LIBS@
+INCPATH	=	-I../../include -I.
+DESTDIR	=	./lib/
+MLFLAGS	=	-L$(DESTDIR)
+TARGET	=	dw
+SRCS	=	gtk/dw.c
+OBJECTS	=	gtk/dw.o
+SRCS2	=	compat.c
+OBJECTS2=	compat.o
+TARGET2 =	dwcompat
+VER_MAJ	=	1
+VER_MIN	=	0
+
+.SUFFIXES:	.c .h
+
+.c.o:
+	$(CC) -c $(CCFLAGS) $(INCPATH) -o $@ $<
+
+
+# Link flags shared objects
+SYSCONF_LFLAGS_SHOBJ	= -shared
+
+# Linking shared libraries
+#   - Build the $(TARGET) library, eg. lib$(TARGET).so.0.0
+#   - Place target in $(DESTDIR) - which has a trailing /
+#   - Usually needs to incorporate $(VER_MAJ) and $(VER_MIN)
+#
+SYSCONF_LINK_SHLIB	= gcc
+SYSCONF_LINK_TARGET_SHARED	= lib$(TARGET).so.$(VER_MAJ).$(VER_MIN)
+SYSCONF_LINK_LIB_SHARED	=  $(SYSCONF_LINK_SHLIB) -shared -Wl,-soname,lib$(TARGET).so.$(VER_MAJ) \
+				     -o $(SYSCONF_LINK_TARGET_SHARED) \
+				     $(OBJECTS) $(LFLAGS); \
+				 mv $(SYSCONF_LINK_TARGET_SHARED) $(DESTDIR); \
+				 cd $(DESTDIR); \
+				 rm -f lib$(TARGET).so lib$(TARGET).so.$(VER_MAJ); \
+				 ln -s $(SYSCONF_LINK_TARGET_SHARED) lib$(TARGET).so; \
+				 ln -s $(SYSCONF_LINK_TARGET_SHARED) lib$(TARGET).so.$(VER_MAJ)
+
+SYSCONF_LINK_TARGET_SHARED2	= lib$(TARGET2).so.$(VER_MAJ).$(VER_MIN)
+SYSCONF_LINK_LIB_SHARED2 =  $(SYSCONF_LINK_SHLIB) -shared -Wl,-soname,lib$(TARGET2).so.$(VER_MAJ) \
+				     -o $(SYSCONF_LINK_TARGET_SHARED2) \
+				     $(OBJECTS2) $(LFLAGS); \
+				 mv $(SYSCONF_LINK_TARGET_SHARED2) $(DESTDIR); \
+				 cd $(DESTDIR); \
+				 rm -f lib$(TARGET2).so lib$(TARGET2).so.$(VER_MAJ); \
+				 ln -s $(SYSCONF_LINK_TARGET_SHARED2) lib$(TARGET2).so; \
+				 ln -s $(SYSCONF_LINK_TARGET_SHARED2) lib$(TARGET2).so.$(VER_MAJ)
+
+
+# Linking static libraries
+#   - Build the $(TARGET) library, eg. lib$(TARGET).a
+#   - Place target in $(DESTDIR) - which has a trailing /
+#
+SYSCONF_AR		= ar cqs
+SYSCONF_LINK_TARGET_STATIC = lib$(TARGET).a
+SYSCONF_LINK_LIB_STATIC	= rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(SYSCONF_LINK_TARGET_STATIC) ; \
+				 $(SYSCONF_AR) $(DESTDIR)$(SYSCONF_LINK_TARGET_STATIC) $(OBJECTS)
+
+
+
+####### Build rules
+
+SYSCONF_LINK_TARGET = $(SYSCONF_LINK_TARGET_SHARED)
+SYSCONF_LINK_LIB = $(SYSCONF_LINK_LIB_SHARED)
+
+SYSCONF_LINK_TARGET2 = $(SYSCONF_LINK_TARGET_SHARED2)
+SYSCONF_LINK_LIB2 = $(SYSCONF_LINK_LIB_SHARED2)
+
+all: $(SYSCONF_LINK_TARGET) $(SYSCONF_LINK_TARGET2)
+
+clean:
+	rm -f *.so
+	rm -f *.o
+	rm -f *~
+	rm -f *.a
+	rm -f gtk/*.o
+
+$(SYSCONF_LINK_TARGET2): $(OBJECTS2)
+	$(SYSCONF_LINK_LIB2)
+
+$(SYSCONF_LINK_TARGET): $(OBJECTS)
+	$(SYSCONF_LINK_LIB)
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/acinclude.m4	Tue Jul 03 07:50:39 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,1127 @@
+dnl aclocal.m4 generated automatically by aclocal 1.4a
+
+dnl Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+dnl but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+dnl even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+dnl PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+# Configure paths for GLIB
+# Owen Taylor     97-11-3
+
+dnl AM_PATH_GLIB([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND [, MODULES]]]])
+dnl Test for GLIB, and define GLIB_CFLAGS and GLIB_LIBS, if "gmodule" or
+dnl gthread is specified in MODULES, pass to glib-config
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_GLIB,
+[dnl
+dnl Get the cflags and libraries from the glib-config script
+dnl
+AC_ARG_WITH(glib-prefix,[  --with-glib-prefix=PFX  Prefix where GLIB is installed (optional)],
+            glib_config_prefix="$withval", glib_config_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_WITH(glib-exec-prefix,[  --with-glib-exec-prefix=PFX Exec prefix where GLIB is installed (optional)],
+            glib_config_exec_prefix="$withval", glib_config_exec_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(glibtest, [  --disable-glibtest      Do not try to compile and run a test GLIB program],
+		    , enable_glibtest=yes)
+
+  if test x$glib_config_exec_prefix != x ; then
+     glib_config_args="$glib_config_args --exec-prefix=$glib_config_exec_prefix"
+     if test x${GLIB_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        GLIB_CONFIG=$glib_config_exec_prefix/bin/glib-config
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test x$glib_config_prefix != x ; then
+     glib_config_args="$glib_config_args --prefix=$glib_config_prefix"
+     if test x${GLIB_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        GLIB_CONFIG=$glib_config_prefix/bin/glib-config
+     fi
+  fi
+
+  for module in . $4
+  do
+      case "$module" in
+         gmodule)
+             glib_config_args="$glib_config_args gmodule"
+         ;;
+         gthread)
+             glib_config_args="$glib_config_args gthread"
+         ;;
+      esac
+  done
+
+  AC_PATH_PROG(GLIB_CONFIG, glib-config, no)
+  min_glib_version=ifelse([$1], ,1.2.0,$1)
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING(for GLIB - version >= $min_glib_version)
+  no_glib=""
+  if test "$GLIB_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+    no_glib=yes
+  else
+    GLIB_CFLAGS=`$GLIB_CONFIG $glib_config_args --cflags`
+    GLIB_LIBS=`$GLIB_CONFIG $glib_config_args --libs`
+    glib_config_major_version=`$GLIB_CONFIG $glib_config_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+    glib_config_minor_version=`$GLIB_CONFIG $glib_config_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+    glib_config_micro_version=`$GLIB_CONFIG $glib_config_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+    if test "x$enable_glibtest" = "xyes" ; then
+      ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+      ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GLIB_CFLAGS"
+      LIBS="$GLIB_LIBS $LIBS"
+dnl
+dnl Now check if the installed GLIB is sufficiently new. (Also sanity
+dnl checks the results of glib-config to some extent
+dnl
+      rm -f conf.glibtest
+      AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <glib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  int major, minor, micro;
+  char *tmp_version;
+
+  system ("touch conf.glibtest");
+
+  /* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
+  tmp_version = g_strdup("$min_glib_version");
+  if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, &micro) != 3) {
+     printf("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_glib_version");
+     exit(1);
+   }
+
+  if ((glib_major_version != $glib_config_major_version) ||
+      (glib_minor_version != $glib_config_minor_version) ||
+      (glib_micro_version != $glib_config_micro_version))
+    {
+      printf("\n*** 'glib-config --version' returned %d.%d.%d, but GLIB (%d.%d.%d)\n",
+             $glib_config_major_version, $glib_config_minor_version, $glib_config_micro_version,
+             glib_major_version, glib_minor_version, glib_micro_version);
+      printf ("*** was found! If glib-config was correct, then it is best\n");
+      printf ("*** to remove the old version of GLIB. You may also be able to fix the error\n");
+      printf("*** by modifying your LD_LIBRARY_PATH enviroment variable, or by editing\n");
+      printf("*** /etc/ld.so.conf. Make sure you have run ldconfig if that is\n");
+      printf("*** required on your system.\n");
+      printf("*** If glib-config was wrong, set the environment variable GLIB_CONFIG\n");
+      printf("*** to point to the correct copy of glib-config, and remove the file config.cache\n");
+      printf("*** before re-running configure\n");
+    }
+  else if ((glib_major_version != GLIB_MAJOR_VERSION) ||
+	   (glib_minor_version != GLIB_MINOR_VERSION) ||
+           (glib_micro_version != GLIB_MICRO_VERSION))
+    {
+      printf("*** GLIB header files (version %d.%d.%d) do not match\n",
+	     GLIB_MAJOR_VERSION, GLIB_MINOR_VERSION, GLIB_MICRO_VERSION);
+      printf("*** library (version %d.%d.%d)\n",
+	     glib_major_version, glib_minor_version, glib_micro_version);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if ((glib_major_version > major) ||
+        ((glib_major_version == major) && (glib_minor_version > minor)) ||
+        ((glib_major_version == major) && (glib_minor_version == minor) && (glib_micro_version >= micro)))
+      {
+        return 0;
+       }
+     else
+      {
+        printf("\n*** An old version of GLIB (%d.%d.%d) was found.\n",
+               glib_major_version, glib_minor_version, glib_micro_version);
+        printf("*** You need a version of GLIB newer than %d.%d.%d. The latest version of\n",
+	       major, minor, micro);
+        printf("*** GLIB is always available from ftp://ftp.gtk.org.\n");
+        printf("***\n");
+        printf("*** If you have already installed a sufficiently new version, this error\n");
+        printf("*** probably means that the wrong copy of the glib-config shell script is\n");
+        printf("*** being found. The easiest way to fix this is to remove the old version\n");
+        printf("*** of GLIB, but you can also set the GLIB_CONFIG environment to point to the\n");
+        printf("*** correct copy of glib-config. (In this case, you will have to\n");
+        printf("*** modify your LD_LIBRARY_PATH enviroment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf\n");
+        printf("*** so that the correct libraries are found at run-time))\n");
+      }
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+],, no_glib=yes,[echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"])
+       CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+       LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test "x$no_glib" = x ; then
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+     ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])
+  else
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+     if test "$GLIB_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+       echo "*** The glib-config script installed by GLIB could not be found"
+       echo "*** If GLIB was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in"
+       echo "*** your path, or set the GLIB_CONFIG environment variable to the"
+       echo "*** full path to glib-config."
+     else
+       if test -f conf.glibtest ; then
+        :
+       else
+          echo "*** Could not run GLIB test program, checking why..."
+          CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GLIB_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$LIBS $GLIB_LIBS"
+          AC_TRY_LINK([
+#include <glib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+],      [ return ((glib_major_version) || (glib_minor_version) || (glib_micro_version)); ],
+        [ echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
+          echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding GLIB or finding the wrong"
+          echo "*** version of GLIB. If it is not finding GLIB, you'll need to set your"
+          echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
+          echo "*** to the installed location  Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
+          echo "*** is required on your system"
+	  echo "***"
+          echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
+          echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH" ],
+        [ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
+          echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means GLIB was incorrectly installed"
+          echo "*** or that you have moved GLIB since it was installed. In the latter case, you"
+          echo "*** may want to edit the glib-config script: $GLIB_CONFIG" ])
+          CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+       fi
+     fi
+     GLIB_CFLAGS=""
+     GLIB_LIBS=""
+     ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST(GLIB_CFLAGS)
+  AC_SUBST(GLIB_LIBS)
+  rm -f conf.glibtest
+])
+
+# Configure paths for GTK+
+# Owen Taylor     97-11-3
+
+dnl AM_PATH_GTK([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND [, MODULES]]]])
+dnl Test for GTK, and define GTK_CFLAGS and GTK_LIBS
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_GTK,
+[dnl
+dnl Get the cflags and libraries from the gtk-config script
+dnl
+AC_ARG_WITH(gtk-prefix,[  --with-gtk-prefix=PFX   Prefix where GTK is installed (optional)],
+            gtk_config_prefix="$withval", gtk_config_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_WITH(gtk-exec-prefix,[  --with-gtk-exec-prefix=PFX Exec prefix where GTK is installed (optional)],
+            gtk_config_exec_prefix="$withval", gtk_config_exec_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(gtktest, [  --disable-gtktest       Do not try to compile and run a test GTK program],
+		    , enable_gtktest=yes)
+
+  for module in . $4
+  do
+      case "$module" in
+         gthread)
+             gtk_config_args="$gtk_config_args gthread"
+         ;;
+      esac
+  done
+
+  if test x$gtk_config_exec_prefix != x ; then
+     gtk_config_args="$gtk_config_args --exec-prefix=$gtk_config_exec_prefix"
+     if test x${GTK_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        GTK_CONFIG=$gtk_config_exec_prefix/bin/gtk-config
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test x$gtk_config_prefix != x ; then
+     gtk_config_args="$gtk_config_args --prefix=$gtk_config_prefix"
+     if test x${GTK_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        GTK_CONFIG=$gtk_config_prefix/bin/gtk-config
+     fi
+  fi
+
+  AC_PATH_PROG(GTK_CONFIG, gtk-config, no)
+  min_gtk_version=ifelse([$1], ,1.2.0,$1)
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING(for GTK - version >= $min_gtk_version)
+  no_gtk=""
+  if test "$GTK_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+    no_gtk=yes
+  else
+    GTK_CFLAGS=`$GTK_CONFIG $gtk_config_args --cflags`
+    GTK_LIBS=`$GTK_CONFIG $gtk_config_args --libs`
+    gtk_config_major_version=`$GTK_CONFIG $gtk_config_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+    gtk_config_minor_version=`$GTK_CONFIG $gtk_config_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+    gtk_config_micro_version=`$GTK_CONFIG $gtk_config_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+    if test "x$enable_gtktest" = "xyes" ; then
+      ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+      ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GTK_CFLAGS"
+      LIBS="$GTK_LIBS $LIBS"
+dnl
+dnl Now check if the installed GTK is sufficiently new. (Also sanity
+dnl checks the results of gtk-config to some extent
+dnl
+      rm -f conf.gtktest
+      AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  int major, minor, micro;
+  char *tmp_version;
+
+  system ("touch conf.gtktest");
+
+  /* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
+  tmp_version = g_strdup("$min_gtk_version");
+  if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, &micro) != 3) {
+     printf("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_gtk_version");
+     exit(1);
+   }
+
+  if ((gtk_major_version != $gtk_config_major_version) ||
+      (gtk_minor_version != $gtk_config_minor_version) ||
+      (gtk_micro_version != $gtk_config_micro_version))
+    {
+      printf("\n*** 'gtk-config --version' returned %d.%d.%d, but GTK+ (%d.%d.%d)\n",
+             $gtk_config_major_version, $gtk_config_minor_version, $gtk_config_micro_version,
+             gtk_major_version, gtk_minor_version, gtk_micro_version);
+      printf ("*** was found! If gtk-config was correct, then it is best\n");
+      printf ("*** to remove the old version of GTK+. You may also be able to fix the error\n");
+      printf("*** by modifying your LD_LIBRARY_PATH enviroment variable, or by editing\n");
+      printf("*** /etc/ld.so.conf. Make sure you have run ldconfig if that is\n");
+      printf("*** required on your system.\n");
+      printf("*** If gtk-config was wrong, set the environment variable GTK_CONFIG\n");
+      printf("*** to point to the correct copy of gtk-config, and remove the file config.cache\n");
+      printf("*** before re-running configure\n");
+    }
+#if defined (GTK_MAJOR_VERSION) && defined (GTK_MINOR_VERSION) && defined (GTK_MICRO_VERSION)
+  else if ((gtk_major_version != GTK_MAJOR_VERSION) ||
+	   (gtk_minor_version != GTK_MINOR_VERSION) ||
+           (gtk_micro_version != GTK_MICRO_VERSION))
+    {
+      printf("*** GTK+ header files (version %d.%d.%d) do not match\n",
+	     GTK_MAJOR_VERSION, GTK_MINOR_VERSION, GTK_MICRO_VERSION);
+      printf("*** library (version %d.%d.%d)\n",
+	     gtk_major_version, gtk_minor_version, gtk_micro_version);
+    }
+#endif /* defined (GTK_MAJOR_VERSION) ... */
+  else
+    {
+      if ((gtk_major_version > major) ||
+        ((gtk_major_version == major) && (gtk_minor_version > minor)) ||
+        ((gtk_major_version == major) && (gtk_minor_version == minor) && (gtk_micro_version >= micro)))
+      {
+        return 0;
+       }
+     else
+      {
+        printf("\n*** An old version of GTK+ (%d.%d.%d) was found.\n",
+               gtk_major_version, gtk_minor_version, gtk_micro_version);
+        printf("*** You need a version of GTK+ newer than %d.%d.%d. The latest version of\n",
+	       major, minor, micro);
+        printf("*** GTK+ is always available from ftp://ftp.gtk.org.\n");
+        printf("***\n");
+        printf("*** If you have already installed a sufficiently new version, this error\n");
+        printf("*** probably means that the wrong copy of the gtk-config shell script is\n");
+        printf("*** being found. The easiest way to fix this is to remove the old version\n");
+        printf("*** of GTK+, but you can also set the GTK_CONFIG environment to point to the\n");
+        printf("*** correct copy of gtk-config. (In this case, you will have to\n");
+        printf("*** modify your LD_LIBRARY_PATH enviroment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf\n");
+        printf("*** so that the correct libraries are found at run-time))\n");
+      }
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+],, no_gtk=yes,[echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"])
+       CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+       LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test "x$no_gtk" = x ; then
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+     ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])
+  else
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+     if test "$GTK_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+       echo "*** The gtk-config script installed by GTK could not be found"
+       echo "*** If GTK was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in"
+       echo "*** your path, or set the GTK_CONFIG environment variable to the"
+       echo "*** full path to gtk-config."
+     else
+       if test -f conf.gtktest ; then
+        :
+       else
+          echo "*** Could not run GTK test program, checking why..."
+          CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GTK_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$LIBS $GTK_LIBS"
+          AC_TRY_LINK([
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+],      [ return ((gtk_major_version) || (gtk_minor_version) || (gtk_micro_version)); ],
+        [ echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
+          echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding GTK or finding the wrong"
+          echo "*** version of GTK. If it is not finding GTK, you'll need to set your"
+          echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
+          echo "*** to the installed location  Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
+          echo "*** is required on your system"
+	  echo "***"
+          echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
+          echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH" ],
+        [ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
+          echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means GTK was incorrectly installed"
+          echo "*** or that you have moved GTK since it was installed. In the latter case, you"
+          echo "*** may want to edit the gtk-config script: $GTK_CONFIG" ])
+          CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+       fi
+     fi
+     GTK_CFLAGS=""
+     GTK_LIBS=""
+     ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST(GTK_CFLAGS)
+  AC_SUBST(GTK_LIBS)
+  rm -f conf.gtktest
+])
+
+# Configure paths for IMLIB
+# David Walluck   99-9-18
+# Frank Belew     98-8-31
+# stolen from Manish Singh
+# Shamelessly stolen from Owen Taylor
+
+dnl AM_PATH_IMLIB([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]]])
+dnl Test for IMLIB, and define IMLIB_CFLAGS and IMLIB_LIBS
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_IMLIB,
+[dnl
+dnl Get the cflags and libraries from the imlib-config script
+dnl
+AC_ARG_WITH(imlib-prefix,[  --with-imlib-prefix=PFX Prefix where IMLIB is installed (optional)],
+            imlib_prefix="$withval", imlib_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_WITH(imlib-exec-prefix,[  --with-imlib-exec-prefix=PFX Exec prefix where IMLIB is installed (optional)],
+            imlib_exec_prefix="$withval", imlib_exec_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(imlibtest, [  --disable-imlibtest Do not try to compile and run a test IMLIB program],
+		    , enable_imlibtest=yes)
+
+  if test x$imlib_exec_prefix != x ; then
+     imlib_args="$imlib_args --exec-prefix=$imlib_exec_prefix"
+     if test x${IMLIB_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        IMLIB_CONFIG=$imlib_exec_prefix/bin/imlib-config
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test x$imlib_prefix != x ; then
+     imlib_args="$imlib_args --prefix=$imlib_prefix"
+     if test x${IMLIB_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        IMLIB_CONFIG=$imlib_prefix/bin/imlib-config
+     fi
+  fi
+
+  AC_PATH_PROG(IMLIB_CONFIG, imlib-config, no)
+  min_imlib_version=ifelse([$1], ,1.9.4,$1)
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING(for IMLIB - version >= $min_imlib_version)
+  no_imlib=""
+  if test "$IMLIB_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+    no_imlib=yes
+  else
+    IMLIB_CFLAGS=`$IMLIB_CONFIG $imlibconf_args --cflags`
+    IMLIB_LIBS=`$IMLIB_CONFIG $imlibconf_args --libs`
+
+    imlib_major_version=`$IMLIB_CONFIG $imlib_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+    imlib_minor_version=`$IMLIB_CONFIG $imlib_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+    imlib_micro_version=`$IMLIB_CONFIG $imlib_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+    if test "x$enable_imlibtest" = "xyes" ; then
+      ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+      ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $IMLIB_CFLAGS"
+      LIBS="$LIBS $IMLIB_LIBS"
+dnl
+dnl Now check if the installed IMLIB is sufficiently new. (Also sanity
+dnl checks the results of imlib-config to some extent
+dnl
+      rm -f conf.imlibtest
+      AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <Imlib.h>
+
+int main ()
+{
+  int major, minor, micro;
+  char *tmp_version;
+
+  system ("touch conf.imlibtest");
+
+  /* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
+  tmp_version = g_strdup("$min_imlib_version");
+  if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, &micro) != 3) {
+     printf("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_imlib_version");
+     exit(1);
+   }
+
+    if (($imlib_major_version > major) ||
+        (($imlib_major_version == major) && ($imlib_minor_version > minor)) ||
+	(($imlib_major_version == major) && ($imlib_minor_version == minor) &&
+	($imlib_micro_version >= micro)))
+    {
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      printf("\n*** 'imlib-config --version' returned %d.%d.%d, but the minimum version\n", $imlib_major_version, $imlib_minor_version, $imlib_micro_version);
+      printf("*** of IMLIB required is %d.%d.%d. If imlib-config is correct, then it is\n", major, minor, micro);
+      printf("*** best to upgrade to the required version.\n");
+      printf("*** If imlib-config was wrong, set the environment variable IMLIB_CONFIG\n");
+      printf("*** to point to the correct copy of imlib-config, and remove the file\n");
+      printf("*** config.cache before re-running configure\n");
+      return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+],, no_imlib=yes,[echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"])
+       CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+       LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test "x$no_imlib" = x ; then
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+     ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])
+  else
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+     if test "$IMLIB_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+       echo "*** The imlib-config script installed by IMLIB could not be found"
+       echo "*** If IMLIB was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in"
+       echo "*** your path, or set the IMLIB_CONFIG environment variable to the"
+       echo "*** full path to imlib-config."
+     else
+       if test -f conf.imlibtest ; then
+        :
+       else
+          echo "*** Could not run IMLIB test program, checking why..."
+          CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $IMLIB_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$LIBS $IMLIB_LIBS"
+          AC_TRY_LINK([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <Imlib.h>
+],      [ return 0; ],
+        [ echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
+          echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding IMLIB or finding the wrong"
+          echo "*** version of IMLIB. If it is not finding IMLIB, you'll need to set your"
+          echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
+          echo "*** to the installed location  Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
+          echo "*** is required on your system"
+	  echo "***"
+          echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
+          echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH"],
+        [ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
+          echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means IMLIB was incorrectly installed"
+          echo "*** or that you have moved IMLIB since it was installed. In the latter case, you"
+          echo "*** may want to edit the imlib-config script: $IMLIB_CONFIG" ])
+          CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+       fi
+     fi
+     IMLIB_CFLAGS=""
+     IMLIB_LIBS=""
+     ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST(IMLIB_CFLAGS)
+  AC_SUBST(IMLIB_LIBS)
+  rm -f conf.imlibtest
+])
+
+# Check for gdk-imlib
+AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_GDK_IMLIB,
+[dnl
+dnl Get the cflags and libraries from the imlib-config script
+dnl
+AC_ARG_WITH(imlib-prefix,[  --with-imlib-prefix=PFX Prefix where IMLIB is installed (optional)],
+            imlib_prefix="$withval", imlib_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_WITH(imlib-exec-prefix,[  --with-imlib-exec-prefix=PFX Exec prefix where IMLIB is installed (optional)],
+            imlib_exec_prefix="$withval", imlib_exec_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(imlibtest, [  --disable-imlibtest     Do not try to compile and run a test IMLIB program],
+		    , enable_imlibtest=yes)
+
+  if test x$imlib_exec_prefix != x ; then
+     imlib_args="$imlib_args --exec-prefix=$imlib_exec_prefix"
+     if test x${IMLIB_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        IMLIB_CONFIG=$imlib_exec_prefix/bin/imlib-config
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test x$imlib_prefix != x ; then
+     imlib_args="$imlib_args --prefix=$imlib_prefix"
+     if test x${IMLIB_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        IMLIB_CONFIG=$imlib_prefix/bin/imlib-config
+     fi
+  fi
+
+  AC_PATH_PROG(IMLIB_CONFIG, imlib-config, no)
+  min_imlib_version=ifelse([$1], ,1.9.4,$1)
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING(for IMLIB - version >= $min_imlib_version)
+  no_imlib=""
+  if test "$IMLIB_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+    no_imlib=yes
+  else
+    GDK_IMLIB_CFLAGS=`$IMLIB_CONFIG $imlibconf_args --cflags-gdk`
+    GDK_IMLIB_LIBS=`$IMLIB_CONFIG $imlibconf_args --libs-gdk`
+
+    imlib_major_version=`$IMLIB_CONFIG $imlib_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+    imlib_minor_version=`$IMLIB_CONFIG $imlib_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+    imlib_micro_version=`$IMLIB_CONFIG $imlib_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+    if test "x$enable_imlibtest" = "xyes" ; then
+      ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+      ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GDK_IMLIB_CFLAGS"
+      LIBS="$LIBS $GDK_IMLIB_LIBS"
+dnl
+dnl Now check if the installed IMLIB is sufficiently new. (Also sanity
+dnl checks the results of imlib-config to some extent
+dnl
+      rm -f conf.imlibtest
+      AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <gdk_imlib.h>
+
+int main ()
+{
+  int major, minor, micro;
+  char *tmp_version;
+
+  system ("touch conf.gdkimlibtest");
+
+  /* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
+  tmp_version = g_strdup("$min_imlib_version");
+  if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, &micro) != 3) {
+     printf("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_imlib_version");
+     exit(1);
+   }
+
+    if (($imlib_major_version > major) ||
+        (($imlib_major_version == major) && ($imlib_minor_version > minor)) ||
+	(($imlib_major_version == major) && ($imlib_minor_version == minor) &&
+	($imlib_micro_version >= micro)))
+    {
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      printf("\n*** 'imlib-config --version' returned %d.%d.%d, but the minimum version\n", $imlib_major_version, $imlib_minor_version, $imlib_micro_version);
+      printf("*** of IMLIB required is %d.%d.%d. If imlib-config is correct, then it is\n", major, minor, micro);
+      printf("*** best to upgrade to the required version.\n");
+      printf("*** If imlib-config was wrong, set the environment variable IMLIB_CONFIG\n");
+      printf("*** to point to the correct copy of imlib-config, and remove the file\n");
+      printf("*** config.cache before re-running configure\n");
+      return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+],, no_imlib=yes,[echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"])
+       CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+       LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test "x$no_imlib" = x ; then
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+     ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])
+  else
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+     if test "$IMLIB_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+       echo "*** The imlib-config script installed by IMLIB could not be found"
+       echo "*** If IMLIB was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in"
+       echo "*** your path, or set the IMLIB_CONFIG environment variable to the"
+       echo "*** full path to imlib-config."
+     else
+       if test -f conf.gdkimlibtest ; then
+        :
+       else
+          echo "*** Could not run IMLIB test program, checking why..."
+          CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GDK_IMLIB_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$LIBS $GDK_IMLIB_LIBS"
+          AC_TRY_LINK([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <gdk_imlib.h>
+],      [ return 0; ],
+        [ echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
+          echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding IMLIB or finding the wrong"
+          echo "*** version of IMLIB. If it is not finding IMLIB, you'll need to set your"
+          echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
+          echo "*** to the installed location  Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
+          echo "*** is required on your system"
+	  echo "***"
+          echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
+          echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH"],
+        [ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
+          echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means IMLIB was incorrectly installed"
+          echo "*** or that you have moved IMLIB since it was installed. In the latter case, you"
+          echo "*** may want to edit the imlib-config script: $IMLIB_CONFIG" ])
+          CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+       fi
+     fi
+     GDK_IMLIB_CFLAGS=""
+     GDK_IMLIB_LIBS=""
+     ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST(GDK_IMLIB_CFLAGS)
+  AC_SUBST(GDK_IMLIB_LIBS)
+  rm -f conf.gdkimlibtest
+])
+
+# Configure paths for ESD
+# David Walluck   99-9-20
+# Manish Singh    98-9-30
+# stolen back from Frank Belew
+# stolen from Manish Singh
+# Shamelessly stolen from Owen Taylor
+
+dnl AM_PATH_ESD([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]]])
+dnl Test for ESD, and define ESD_CFLAGS and ESD_LIBS
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_ESD,
+[dnl
+dnl Get the cflags and libraries from the esd-config script
+dnl
+AC_ARG_WITH(esd-prefix,[  --with-esd-prefix=PFX   Prefix where ESD is installed (optional)],
+            esd_prefix="$withval", esd_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_WITH(esd-exec-prefix,[  --with-esd-exec-prefix=PFX Exec prefix where ESD is installed (optional)],
+            esd_exec_prefix="$withval", esd_exec_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(esdtest, [  --disable-esdtest       Do not try to compile and run a test ESD program],
+		    , enable_esdtest=yes)
+
+  if test x$esd_exec_prefix != x ; then
+     esd_args="$esd_args --exec-prefix=$esd_exec_prefix"
+     if test x${ESD_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        ESD_CONFIG=$esd_exec_prefix/bin/esd-config
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test x$esd_prefix != x ; then
+     esd_args="$esd_args --prefix=$esd_prefix"
+     if test x${ESD_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        ESD_CONFIG=$esd_prefix/bin/esd-config
+     fi
+  fi
+
+  AC_PATH_PROG(ESD_CONFIG, esd-config, no)
+  min_esd_version=ifelse([$1], ,0.2.5,$1)
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ESD - version >= $min_esd_version)
+  no_esd=""
+  if test "$ESD_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+    no_esd=yes
+  else
+    ESD_CFLAGS=`$ESD_CONFIG $esdconf_args --cflags`
+    ESD_LIBS=`$ESD_CONFIG $esdconf_args --libs`
+
+    esd_major_version=`$ESD_CONFIG $esd_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+    esd_minor_version=`$ESD_CONFIG $esd_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+    esd_micro_version=`$ESD_CONFIG $esd_config_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+    if test "x$enable_esdtest" = "xyes" ; then
+      ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+      ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $ESD_CFLAGS"
+      LIBS="$LIBS $ESD_LIBS"
+dnl
+dnl Now check if the installed ESD is sufficiently new. (Also sanity
+dnl checks the results of esd-config to some extent
+dnl
+      rm -f conf.esdtest
+      AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <esd.h>
+
+int main ()
+{
+  int major, minor, micro;
+  char *tmp_version;
+
+  system ("touch conf.esdtest");
+
+  /* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
+  tmp_version = g_strdup("$min_esd_version");
+  if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, &micro) != 3) {
+     printf("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_esd_version");
+     exit(1);
+   }
+
+   if (($esd_major_version > major) ||
+      (($esd_major_version == major) && ($esd_minor_version > minor)) ||
+      (($esd_major_version == major) && ($esd_minor_version == minor) && ($esd_micro_version >= micro)))
+    {
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      printf("\n*** 'esd-config --version' returned %d.%d.%d, but the minimum version\n", $esd_major_version, $esd_minor_version, $esd_micro_version);
+      printf("*** of ESD required is %d.%d.%d. If esd-config is correct, then it is\n", major, minor, micro);
+      printf("*** best to upgrade to the required version.\n");
+      printf("*** If esd-config was wrong, set the environment variable ESD_CONFIG\n");
+      printf("*** to point to the correct copy of esd-config, and remove the file\n");
+      printf("*** config.cache before re-running configure\n");
+      return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+],, no_esd=yes,[echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"])
+       CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+       LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test "x$no_esd" = x ; then
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+     ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])
+  else
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+     if test "$ESD_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+       echo "*** The esd-config script installed by ESD could not be found"
+       echo "*** If ESD was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in"
+       echo "*** your path, or set the ESD_CONFIG environment variable to the"
+       echo "*** full path to esd-config."
+     else
+       if test -f conf.esdtest ; then
+        :
+       else
+          echo "*** Could not run ESD test program, checking why..."
+          CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $ESD_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$LIBS $ESD_LIBS"
+          AC_TRY_LINK([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <esd.h>
+],      [ return 0; ],
+        [ echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
+          echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding ESD or finding the wrong"
+          echo "*** version of ESD. If it is not finding ESD, you'll need to set your"
+          echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
+          echo "*** to the installed location  Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
+          echo "*** is required on your system"
+	  echo "***"
+          echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
+          echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH"],
+        [ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
+          echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means ESD was incorrectly installed"
+          echo "*** or that you have moved ESD since it was installed. In the latter case, you"
+          echo "*** may want to edit the esd-config script: $ESD_CONFIG" ])
+          CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+       fi
+     fi
+     ESD_CFLAGS=""
+     ESD_LIBS=""
+     ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST(ESD_CFLAGS)
+  AC_SUBST(ESD_LIBS)
+  rm -f conf.esdtest
+])
+
+# Configure paths for AUDIOFILE
+# Bertrand Guiheneuf 98-10-21
+# stolen from esd.m4 in esound :
+# Manish Singh    98-9-30
+# stolen back from Frank Belew
+# stolen from Manish Singh
+# Shamelessly stolen from Owen Taylor
+
+dnl AM_PATH_AUDIOFILE([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]]])
+dnl Test for AUDIOFILE, and define AUDIOFILE_CFLAGS and AUDIOFILE_LIBS
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_AUDIOFILE,
+[dnl
+dnl Get the cflags and libraries from the audiofile-config script
+dnl
+AC_ARG_WITH(audiofile-prefix,[  --with-audiofile-prefix=PFX Prefix where AUDIOFILE is installed (optional)],
+            audiofile_prefix="$withval", audiofile_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_WITH(audiofile-exec-prefix,[  --with-audiofile-exec-prefix=PFX Exec prefix where AUDIOFILE is installed
+                          (optional)],
+            audiofile_exec_prefix="$withval", audiofile_exec_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(audiofiletest, [  --disable-audiofiletest Do not try to compile and run a test AUDIOFILE program],
+		    , enable_audiofiletest=yes)
+
+  if test x$audiofile_exec_prefix != x ; then
+     audiofile_args="$audiofile_args --exec-prefix=$audiofile_exec_prefix"
+     if test x${AUDIOFILE_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        AUDIOFILE_CONFIG=$audiofile_exec_prefix/bin/audiofile-config
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test x$audiofile_prefix != x ; then
+     audiofile_args="$audiofile_args --prefix=$audiofile_prefix"
+     if test x${AUDIOFILE_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        AUDIOFILE_CONFIG=$audiofile_prefix/bin/audiofile-config
+     fi
+  fi
+
+  AC_PATH_PROG(AUDIOFILE_CONFIG, audiofile-config, no)
+  min_audiofile_version=ifelse([$1], ,0.1.5,$1)
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING(for AUDIOFILE - version >= $min_audiofile_version)
+  no_audiofile=""
+  if test "$AUDIOFILE_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+    no_audiofile=yes
+  else
+    AUDIOFILE_LIBS=`$AUDIOFILE_CONFIG $audiofileconf_args --libs`
+    AUDIOFILE_CFLAGS=`$AUDIOFILE_CONFIG $audiofileconf_args --cflags`
+    audiofile_major_version=`$AUDIOFILE_CONFIG $audiofile_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+    audiofile_minor_version=`$AUDIOFILE_CONFIG $audiofile_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+    audiofile_micro_version=`$AUDIOFILE_CONFIG $audiofile_config_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+    if test "x$enable_audiofiletest" = "xyes" ; then
+      ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+      ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $AUDIOFILE_CFLAGS"
+      LIBS="$LIBS $AUDIOFILE_LIBS"
+dnl
+dnl Now check if the installed AUDIOFILE is sufficiently new. (Also sanity
+dnl checks the results of audiofile-config to some extent
+dnl
+      rm -f conf.audiofiletest
+      AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <audiofile.h>
+
+int main ()
+{
+  int major, minor, micro;
+  char *tmp_version;
+
+  system ("touch conf.audiofiletest");
+
+  /* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
+  tmp_version = g_strdup("$min_audiofile_version");
+  if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, &micro) != 3) {
+     printf("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_audiofile_version");
+     exit(1);
+   }
+
+   if (($audiofile_major_version > major) ||
+      (($audiofile_major_version == major) && ($audiofile_minor_version > minor)) ||
+      (($audiofile_major_version == major) && ($audiofile_minor_version == minor) && ($audiofile_micro_version >= micro)))
+    {
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      printf("\n*** 'audiofile-config --version' returned %d.%d.%d, but the minimum version\n", $audiofile_major_version, $audiofile_minor_version, $audiofile_micro_version);
+      printf("*** of AUDIOFILE required is %d.%d.%d. If audiofile-config is correct, then it is\n", major, minor, micro);
+      printf("*** best to upgrade to the required version.\n");
+      printf("*** If audiofile-config was wrong, set the environment variable AUDIOFILE_CONFIG\n");
+      printf("*** to point to the correct copy of audiofile-config, and remove the file\n");
+      printf("*** config.cache before re-running configure\n");
+      return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+],, no_audiofile=yes,[echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"])
+       CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+       LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test "x$no_audiofile" = x ; then
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+     ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])
+  else
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+     if test "$AUDIOFILE_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+       echo "*** The audiofile-config script installed by AUDIOFILE could not be found"
+       echo "*** If AUDIOFILE was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in"
+       echo "*** your path, or set the AUDIOFILE_CONFIG environment variable to the"
+       echo "*** full path to audiofile-config."
+     else
+       if test -f conf.audiofiletest ; then
+        :
+       else
+          echo "*** Could not run AUDIOFILE test program, checking why..."
+          CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $AUDIOFILE_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$LIBS $AUDIOFILE_LIBS"
+          AC_TRY_LINK([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <audiofile.h>
+],      [ return 0; ],
+        [ echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
+          echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding AUDIOFILE or finding the wrong"
+          echo "*** version of AUDIOFILE. If it is not finding AUDIOFILE, you'll need to set your"
+          echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
+          echo "*** to the installed location  Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
+          echo "*** is required on your system"
+	  echo "***"
+          echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
+          echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH"],
+        [ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
+          echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means AUDIOFILE was incorrectly installed"
+          echo "*** or that you have moved AUDIOFILE since it was installed. In the latter case, you"
+          echo "*** may want to edit the audiofile-config script: $AUDIOFILE_CONFIG" ])
+          CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+       fi
+     fi
+     AUDIOFILE_CFLAGS=""
+     AUDIOFILE_LIBS=""
+     ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST(AUDIOFILE_CFLAGS)
+  AC_SUBST(AUDIOFILE_LIBS)
+  rm -f conf.audiofiletest
+])
+# Configure paths for GNOME
+# David Walluck   99-9-24
+
+dnl AM_PATH_GNOME([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]]])
+dnl Test for GNOME, and define GNOME_CFLAGS and GNOME_LIBS
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_GNOME,
+[dnl
+dnl Get the cflags and libraries from the gnome-config script
+dnl
+AC_ARG_WITH(gnome-prefix,[  --with-gnome-prefix=PFX Prefix where GNOME is installed (optional)],
+            gnome_prefix="$withval", gnome_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_WITH(gnome-exec-prefix,[  --with-gnome-exec-prefix=PFX Exec prefix where GNOME is installed (optional)],
+            gnome_exec_prefix="$withval", gnome_exec_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(gnometest, [  --disable-gnometest     Do not try to compile and run a test GNOME program],
+		    , enable_gnometest=yes)
+
+  if test x$gnome_exec_prefix != x ; then
+     gnome_args="$gnome_args --exec-prefix=$gnome_exec_prefix"
+     if test x${GNOME_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        GNOME_CONFIG=$gnome_exec_prefix/bin/gnome-config
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test x$gnome_prefix != x ; then
+     gnome_args="$gnome_args --prefix=$gnome_prefix"
+     if test x${GNOME_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        GNOME_CONFIG=$gnome_prefix/bin/gnome-config
+     fi
+  fi
+
+  AC_PATH_PROG(GNOME_CONFIG, gnome-config, no)
+  min_gnome_version=ifelse([$1], ,0.2.7,$1)
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING(for GNOME - version >= $min_gnome_version)
+  no_gnome=""
+  if test "$GNOME_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+    no_gnome=yes
+  else
+    GNOME_CFLAGS=`$GNOME_CONFIG $gnomeconf_args gnome --cflags`
+    GNOME_LIBS=`$GNOME_CONFIG $gnomeconf_args gnome --libs`
+
+    gnome_major_version=`$GNOME_CONFIG $gnome_args --version | \
+           sed 's/gnome-libs //' | sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+    gnome_minor_version=`$GNOME_CONFIG $gnome_args --version | \
+           sed 's/gnome-libs //' | sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+    gnome_micro_version=`$GNOME_CONFIG $gnome_config_args --version | \
+           sed 's/gnome-libs //' | sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+    if test "x$enable_gnometest" = "xyes" ; then
+      ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+      ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GNOME_CFLAGS"
+      LIBS="$LIBS $GNOME_LIBS"
+dnl
+dnl Now check if the installed GNOME is sufficiently new. (Also sanity
+dnl checks the results of gnome-config to some extent
+dnl
+      rm -f conf.gnometest
+      AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <gnome.h>
+
+int main ()
+{
+  int major, minor, micro;
+  char *tmp_version;
+
+  system ("touch conf.gnometest");
+
+  /* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
+  tmp_version = g_strdup("$min_gnome_version");
+  if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, &micro) != 3) {
+     printf("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_gnome_version");
+     exit(1);
+   }
+
+   if (($gnome_major_version > major) ||
+      (($gnome_major_version == major) && ($gnome_minor_version > minor)) ||
+      (($gnome_major_version == major) && ($gnome_minor_version == minor) && ($gnome_micro_version >= micro)))
+    {
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      printf("\n*** 'gnome-config --version' returned %d.%d.%d, but the minimum version\n", $gnome_major_version, $gnome_minor_version, $gnome_micro_version);
+      printf("*** of GNOME required is %d.%d.%d. If gnome-config is correct, then it is\n", major, minor, micro);
+      printf("*** best to upgrade to the required version.\n");
+      printf("*** If gnome-config was wrong, set the environment variable GNOME_CONFIG\n");
+      printf("*** to point to the correct copy of gnome-config, and remove the file\n");
+      printf("*** config.cache before re-running configure\n");
+      return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+],, no_gnome=yes,[echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"])
+       CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+       LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test "x$no_gnome" = x ; then
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+     ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])
+  else
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+     if test "$GNOME_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+       echo "*** The gnome-config script installed by GNOME could not be found"
+       echo "*** If GNOME was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in"
+       echo "*** your path, or set the GNOME_CONFIG environment variable to the"
+       echo "*** full path to gnome-config."
+     else
+       if test -f conf.gnometest ; then
+        :
+       else
+          echo "*** Could not run GNOME test program, checking why..."
+          CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GNOME_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$LIBS $GNOME_LIBS"
+          AC_TRY_LINK([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <gnome.h>
+],      [ return 0; ],
+        [ echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
+          echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding GNOME or finding the wrong"
+          echo "*** version of GNOME. If it is not finding GNOME, you'll need to set your"
+          echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
+          echo "*** to the installed location  Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
+          echo "*** is required on your system"
+	  echo "***"
+          echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
+          echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH"],
+        [ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
+          echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means GNOME was incorrectly installed"
+          echo "*** or that you have moved GNOME since it was installed. In the latter case, you"
+          echo "*** may want to edit the gnome-config script: $GNOME_CONFIG" ])
+          CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+       fi
+     fi
+     GNOME_CFLAGS=""
+     GNOME_LIBS=""
+     ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST(GNOME_CFLAGS)
+  AC_SUBST(GNOME_LIBS)
+  rm -f conf.gnometest
+])
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/aclocal.m4	Tue Jul 03 07:50:39 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,1140 @@
+dnl aclocal.m4 generated automatically by aclocal 1.4a
+
+dnl Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+dnl but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+dnl even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+dnl PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+dnl aclocal.m4 generated automatically by aclocal 1.4a
+
+dnl Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+dnl but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+dnl even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+dnl PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+# Configure paths for GLIB
+# Owen Taylor     97-11-3
+
+dnl AM_PATH_GLIB([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND [, MODULES]]]])
+dnl Test for GLIB, and define GLIB_CFLAGS and GLIB_LIBS, if "gmodule" or
+dnl gthread is specified in MODULES, pass to glib-config
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_GLIB,
+[dnl
+dnl Get the cflags and libraries from the glib-config script
+dnl
+AC_ARG_WITH(glib-prefix,[  --with-glib-prefix=PFX  Prefix where GLIB is installed (optional)],
+            glib_config_prefix="$withval", glib_config_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_WITH(glib-exec-prefix,[  --with-glib-exec-prefix=PFX Exec prefix where GLIB is installed (optional)],
+            glib_config_exec_prefix="$withval", glib_config_exec_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(glibtest, [  --disable-glibtest      Do not try to compile and run a test GLIB program],
+		    , enable_glibtest=yes)
+
+  if test x$glib_config_exec_prefix != x ; then
+     glib_config_args="$glib_config_args --exec-prefix=$glib_config_exec_prefix"
+     if test x${GLIB_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        GLIB_CONFIG=$glib_config_exec_prefix/bin/glib-config
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test x$glib_config_prefix != x ; then
+     glib_config_args="$glib_config_args --prefix=$glib_config_prefix"
+     if test x${GLIB_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        GLIB_CONFIG=$glib_config_prefix/bin/glib-config
+     fi
+  fi
+
+  for module in . $4
+  do
+      case "$module" in
+         gmodule)
+             glib_config_args="$glib_config_args gmodule"
+         ;;
+         gthread)
+             glib_config_args="$glib_config_args gthread"
+         ;;
+      esac
+  done
+
+  AC_PATH_PROG(GLIB_CONFIG, glib-config, no)
+  min_glib_version=ifelse([$1], ,1.2.0,$1)
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING(for GLIB - version >= $min_glib_version)
+  no_glib=""
+  if test "$GLIB_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+    no_glib=yes
+  else
+    GLIB_CFLAGS=`$GLIB_CONFIG $glib_config_args --cflags`
+    GLIB_LIBS=`$GLIB_CONFIG $glib_config_args --libs`
+    glib_config_major_version=`$GLIB_CONFIG $glib_config_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+    glib_config_minor_version=`$GLIB_CONFIG $glib_config_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+    glib_config_micro_version=`$GLIB_CONFIG $glib_config_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+    if test "x$enable_glibtest" = "xyes" ; then
+      ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+      ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GLIB_CFLAGS"
+      LIBS="$GLIB_LIBS $LIBS"
+dnl
+dnl Now check if the installed GLIB is sufficiently new. (Also sanity
+dnl checks the results of glib-config to some extent
+dnl
+      rm -f conf.glibtest
+      AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <glib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  int major, minor, micro;
+  char *tmp_version;
+
+  system ("touch conf.glibtest");
+
+  /* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
+  tmp_version = g_strdup("$min_glib_version");
+  if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, &micro) != 3) {
+     printf("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_glib_version");
+     exit(1);
+   }
+
+  if ((glib_major_version != $glib_config_major_version) ||
+      (glib_minor_version != $glib_config_minor_version) ||
+      (glib_micro_version != $glib_config_micro_version))
+    {
+      printf("\n*** 'glib-config --version' returned %d.%d.%d, but GLIB (%d.%d.%d)\n",
+             $glib_config_major_version, $glib_config_minor_version, $glib_config_micro_version,
+             glib_major_version, glib_minor_version, glib_micro_version);
+      printf ("*** was found! If glib-config was correct, then it is best\n");
+      printf ("*** to remove the old version of GLIB. You may also be able to fix the error\n");
+      printf("*** by modifying your LD_LIBRARY_PATH enviroment variable, or by editing\n");
+      printf("*** /etc/ld.so.conf. Make sure you have run ldconfig if that is\n");
+      printf("*** required on your system.\n");
+      printf("*** If glib-config was wrong, set the environment variable GLIB_CONFIG\n");
+      printf("*** to point to the correct copy of glib-config, and remove the file config.cache\n");
+      printf("*** before re-running configure\n");
+    }
+  else if ((glib_major_version != GLIB_MAJOR_VERSION) ||
+	   (glib_minor_version != GLIB_MINOR_VERSION) ||
+           (glib_micro_version != GLIB_MICRO_VERSION))
+    {
+      printf("*** GLIB header files (version %d.%d.%d) do not match\n",
+	     GLIB_MAJOR_VERSION, GLIB_MINOR_VERSION, GLIB_MICRO_VERSION);
+      printf("*** library (version %d.%d.%d)\n",
+	     glib_major_version, glib_minor_version, glib_micro_version);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if ((glib_major_version > major) ||
+        ((glib_major_version == major) && (glib_minor_version > minor)) ||
+        ((glib_major_version == major) && (glib_minor_version == minor) && (glib_micro_version >= micro)))
+      {
+        return 0;
+       }
+     else
+      {
+        printf("\n*** An old version of GLIB (%d.%d.%d) was found.\n",
+               glib_major_version, glib_minor_version, glib_micro_version);
+        printf("*** You need a version of GLIB newer than %d.%d.%d. The latest version of\n",
+	       major, minor, micro);
+        printf("*** GLIB is always available from ftp://ftp.gtk.org.\n");
+        printf("***\n");
+        printf("*** If you have already installed a sufficiently new version, this error\n");
+        printf("*** probably means that the wrong copy of the glib-config shell script is\n");
+        printf("*** being found. The easiest way to fix this is to remove the old version\n");
+        printf("*** of GLIB, but you can also set the GLIB_CONFIG environment to point to the\n");
+        printf("*** correct copy of glib-config. (In this case, you will have to\n");
+        printf("*** modify your LD_LIBRARY_PATH enviroment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf\n");
+        printf("*** so that the correct libraries are found at run-time))\n");
+      }
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+],, no_glib=yes,[echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"])
+       CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+       LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test "x$no_glib" = x ; then
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+     ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])
+  else
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+     if test "$GLIB_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+       echo "*** The glib-config script installed by GLIB could not be found"
+       echo "*** If GLIB was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in"
+       echo "*** your path, or set the GLIB_CONFIG environment variable to the"
+       echo "*** full path to glib-config."
+     else
+       if test -f conf.glibtest ; then
+        :
+       else
+          echo "*** Could not run GLIB test program, checking why..."
+          CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GLIB_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$LIBS $GLIB_LIBS"
+          AC_TRY_LINK([
+#include <glib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+],      [ return ((glib_major_version) || (glib_minor_version) || (glib_micro_version)); ],
+        [ echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
+          echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding GLIB or finding the wrong"
+          echo "*** version of GLIB. If it is not finding GLIB, you'll need to set your"
+          echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
+          echo "*** to the installed location  Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
+          echo "*** is required on your system"
+	  echo "***"
+          echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
+          echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH" ],
+        [ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
+          echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means GLIB was incorrectly installed"
+          echo "*** or that you have moved GLIB since it was installed. In the latter case, you"
+          echo "*** may want to edit the glib-config script: $GLIB_CONFIG" ])
+          CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+       fi
+     fi
+     GLIB_CFLAGS=""
+     GLIB_LIBS=""
+     ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST(GLIB_CFLAGS)
+  AC_SUBST(GLIB_LIBS)
+  rm -f conf.glibtest
+])
+
+# Configure paths for GTK+
+# Owen Taylor     97-11-3
+
+dnl AM_PATH_GTK([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND [, MODULES]]]])
+dnl Test for GTK, and define GTK_CFLAGS and GTK_LIBS
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_GTK,
+[dnl
+dnl Get the cflags and libraries from the gtk-config script
+dnl
+AC_ARG_WITH(gtk-prefix,[  --with-gtk-prefix=PFX   Prefix where GTK is installed (optional)],
+            gtk_config_prefix="$withval", gtk_config_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_WITH(gtk-exec-prefix,[  --with-gtk-exec-prefix=PFX Exec prefix where GTK is installed (optional)],
+            gtk_config_exec_prefix="$withval", gtk_config_exec_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(gtktest, [  --disable-gtktest       Do not try to compile and run a test GTK program],
+		    , enable_gtktest=yes)
+
+  for module in . $4
+  do
+      case "$module" in
+         gthread)
+             gtk_config_args="$gtk_config_args gthread"
+         ;;
+      esac
+  done
+
+  if test x$gtk_config_exec_prefix != x ; then
+     gtk_config_args="$gtk_config_args --exec-prefix=$gtk_config_exec_prefix"
+     if test x${GTK_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        GTK_CONFIG=$gtk_config_exec_prefix/bin/gtk-config
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test x$gtk_config_prefix != x ; then
+     gtk_config_args="$gtk_config_args --prefix=$gtk_config_prefix"
+     if test x${GTK_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        GTK_CONFIG=$gtk_config_prefix/bin/gtk-config
+     fi
+  fi
+
+  AC_PATH_PROG(GTK_CONFIG, gtk-config, no)
+  min_gtk_version=ifelse([$1], ,1.2.0,$1)
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING(for GTK - version >= $min_gtk_version)
+  no_gtk=""
+  if test "$GTK_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+    no_gtk=yes
+  else
+    GTK_CFLAGS=`$GTK_CONFIG $gtk_config_args --cflags`
+    GTK_LIBS=`$GTK_CONFIG $gtk_config_args --libs`
+    gtk_config_major_version=`$GTK_CONFIG $gtk_config_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+    gtk_config_minor_version=`$GTK_CONFIG $gtk_config_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+    gtk_config_micro_version=`$GTK_CONFIG $gtk_config_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+    if test "x$enable_gtktest" = "xyes" ; then
+      ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+      ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GTK_CFLAGS"
+      LIBS="$GTK_LIBS $LIBS"
+dnl
+dnl Now check if the installed GTK is sufficiently new. (Also sanity
+dnl checks the results of gtk-config to some extent
+dnl
+      rm -f conf.gtktest
+      AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  int major, minor, micro;
+  char *tmp_version;
+
+  system ("touch conf.gtktest");
+
+  /* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
+  tmp_version = g_strdup("$min_gtk_version");
+  if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, &micro) != 3) {
+     printf("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_gtk_version");
+     exit(1);
+   }
+
+  if ((gtk_major_version != $gtk_config_major_version) ||
+      (gtk_minor_version != $gtk_config_minor_version) ||
+      (gtk_micro_version != $gtk_config_micro_version))
+    {
+      printf("\n*** 'gtk-config --version' returned %d.%d.%d, but GTK+ (%d.%d.%d)\n",
+             $gtk_config_major_version, $gtk_config_minor_version, $gtk_config_micro_version,
+             gtk_major_version, gtk_minor_version, gtk_micro_version);
+      printf ("*** was found! If gtk-config was correct, then it is best\n");
+      printf ("*** to remove the old version of GTK+. You may also be able to fix the error\n");
+      printf("*** by modifying your LD_LIBRARY_PATH enviroment variable, or by editing\n");
+      printf("*** /etc/ld.so.conf. Make sure you have run ldconfig if that is\n");
+      printf("*** required on your system.\n");
+      printf("*** If gtk-config was wrong, set the environment variable GTK_CONFIG\n");
+      printf("*** to point to the correct copy of gtk-config, and remove the file config.cache\n");
+      printf("*** before re-running configure\n");
+    }
+#if defined (GTK_MAJOR_VERSION) && defined (GTK_MINOR_VERSION) && defined (GTK_MICRO_VERSION)
+  else if ((gtk_major_version != GTK_MAJOR_VERSION) ||
+	   (gtk_minor_version != GTK_MINOR_VERSION) ||
+           (gtk_micro_version != GTK_MICRO_VERSION))
+    {
+      printf("*** GTK+ header files (version %d.%d.%d) do not match\n",
+	     GTK_MAJOR_VERSION, GTK_MINOR_VERSION, GTK_MICRO_VERSION);
+      printf("*** library (version %d.%d.%d)\n",
+	     gtk_major_version, gtk_minor_version, gtk_micro_version);
+    }
+#endif /* defined (GTK_MAJOR_VERSION) ... */
+  else
+    {
+      if ((gtk_major_version > major) ||
+        ((gtk_major_version == major) && (gtk_minor_version > minor)) ||
+        ((gtk_major_version == major) && (gtk_minor_version == minor) && (gtk_micro_version >= micro)))
+      {
+        return 0;
+       }
+     else
+      {
+        printf("\n*** An old version of GTK+ (%d.%d.%d) was found.\n",
+               gtk_major_version, gtk_minor_version, gtk_micro_version);
+        printf("*** You need a version of GTK+ newer than %d.%d.%d. The latest version of\n",
+	       major, minor, micro);
+        printf("*** GTK+ is always available from ftp://ftp.gtk.org.\n");
+        printf("***\n");
+        printf("*** If you have already installed a sufficiently new version, this error\n");
+        printf("*** probably means that the wrong copy of the gtk-config shell script is\n");
+        printf("*** being found. The easiest way to fix this is to remove the old version\n");
+        printf("*** of GTK+, but you can also set the GTK_CONFIG environment to point to the\n");
+        printf("*** correct copy of gtk-config. (In this case, you will have to\n");
+        printf("*** modify your LD_LIBRARY_PATH enviroment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf\n");
+        printf("*** so that the correct libraries are found at run-time))\n");
+      }
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+],, no_gtk=yes,[echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"])
+       CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+       LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test "x$no_gtk" = x ; then
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+     ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])
+  else
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+     if test "$GTK_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+       echo "*** The gtk-config script installed by GTK could not be found"
+       echo "*** If GTK was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in"
+       echo "*** your path, or set the GTK_CONFIG environment variable to the"
+       echo "*** full path to gtk-config."
+     else
+       if test -f conf.gtktest ; then
+        :
+       else
+          echo "*** Could not run GTK test program, checking why..."
+          CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GTK_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$LIBS $GTK_LIBS"
+          AC_TRY_LINK([
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+],      [ return ((gtk_major_version) || (gtk_minor_version) || (gtk_micro_version)); ],
+        [ echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
+          echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding GTK or finding the wrong"
+          echo "*** version of GTK. If it is not finding GTK, you'll need to set your"
+          echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
+          echo "*** to the installed location  Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
+          echo "*** is required on your system"
+	  echo "***"
+          echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
+          echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH" ],
+        [ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
+          echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means GTK was incorrectly installed"
+          echo "*** or that you have moved GTK since it was installed. In the latter case, you"
+          echo "*** may want to edit the gtk-config script: $GTK_CONFIG" ])
+          CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+       fi
+     fi
+     GTK_CFLAGS=""
+     GTK_LIBS=""
+     ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST(GTK_CFLAGS)
+  AC_SUBST(GTK_LIBS)
+  rm -f conf.gtktest
+])
+
+# Configure paths for IMLIB
+# David Walluck   99-9-18
+# Frank Belew     98-8-31
+# stolen from Manish Singh
+# Shamelessly stolen from Owen Taylor
+
+dnl AM_PATH_IMLIB([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]]])
+dnl Test for IMLIB, and define IMLIB_CFLAGS and IMLIB_LIBS
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_IMLIB,
+[dnl
+dnl Get the cflags and libraries from the imlib-config script
+dnl
+AC_ARG_WITH(imlib-prefix,[  --with-imlib-prefix=PFX Prefix where IMLIB is installed (optional)],
+            imlib_prefix="$withval", imlib_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_WITH(imlib-exec-prefix,[  --with-imlib-exec-prefix=PFX Exec prefix where IMLIB is installed (optional)],
+            imlib_exec_prefix="$withval", imlib_exec_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(imlibtest, [  --disable-imlibtest Do not try to compile and run a test IMLIB program],
+		    , enable_imlibtest=yes)
+
+  if test x$imlib_exec_prefix != x ; then
+     imlib_args="$imlib_args --exec-prefix=$imlib_exec_prefix"
+     if test x${IMLIB_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        IMLIB_CONFIG=$imlib_exec_prefix/bin/imlib-config
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test x$imlib_prefix != x ; then
+     imlib_args="$imlib_args --prefix=$imlib_prefix"
+     if test x${IMLIB_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        IMLIB_CONFIG=$imlib_prefix/bin/imlib-config
+     fi
+  fi
+
+  AC_PATH_PROG(IMLIB_CONFIG, imlib-config, no)
+  min_imlib_version=ifelse([$1], ,1.9.4,$1)
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING(for IMLIB - version >= $min_imlib_version)
+  no_imlib=""
+  if test "$IMLIB_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+    no_imlib=yes
+  else
+    IMLIB_CFLAGS=`$IMLIB_CONFIG $imlibconf_args --cflags`
+    IMLIB_LIBS=`$IMLIB_CONFIG $imlibconf_args --libs`
+
+    imlib_major_version=`$IMLIB_CONFIG $imlib_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+    imlib_minor_version=`$IMLIB_CONFIG $imlib_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+    imlib_micro_version=`$IMLIB_CONFIG $imlib_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+    if test "x$enable_imlibtest" = "xyes" ; then
+      ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+      ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $IMLIB_CFLAGS"
+      LIBS="$LIBS $IMLIB_LIBS"
+dnl
+dnl Now check if the installed IMLIB is sufficiently new. (Also sanity
+dnl checks the results of imlib-config to some extent
+dnl
+      rm -f conf.imlibtest
+      AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <Imlib.h>
+
+int main ()
+{
+  int major, minor, micro;
+  char *tmp_version;
+
+  system ("touch conf.imlibtest");
+
+  /* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
+  tmp_version = g_strdup("$min_imlib_version");
+  if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, &micro) != 3) {
+     printf("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_imlib_version");
+     exit(1);
+   }
+
+    if (($imlib_major_version > major) ||
+        (($imlib_major_version == major) && ($imlib_minor_version > minor)) ||
+	(($imlib_major_version == major) && ($imlib_minor_version == minor) &&
+	($imlib_micro_version >= micro)))
+    {
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      printf("\n*** 'imlib-config --version' returned %d.%d.%d, but the minimum version\n", $imlib_major_version, $imlib_minor_version, $imlib_micro_version);
+      printf("*** of IMLIB required is %d.%d.%d. If imlib-config is correct, then it is\n", major, minor, micro);
+      printf("*** best to upgrade to the required version.\n");
+      printf("*** If imlib-config was wrong, set the environment variable IMLIB_CONFIG\n");
+      printf("*** to point to the correct copy of imlib-config, and remove the file\n");
+      printf("*** config.cache before re-running configure\n");
+      return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+],, no_imlib=yes,[echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"])
+       CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+       LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test "x$no_imlib" = x ; then
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+     ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])
+  else
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+     if test "$IMLIB_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+       echo "*** The imlib-config script installed by IMLIB could not be found"
+       echo "*** If IMLIB was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in"
+       echo "*** your path, or set the IMLIB_CONFIG environment variable to the"
+       echo "*** full path to imlib-config."
+     else
+       if test -f conf.imlibtest ; then
+        :
+       else
+          echo "*** Could not run IMLIB test program, checking why..."
+          CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $IMLIB_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$LIBS $IMLIB_LIBS"
+          AC_TRY_LINK([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <Imlib.h>
+],      [ return 0; ],
+        [ echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
+          echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding IMLIB or finding the wrong"
+          echo "*** version of IMLIB. If it is not finding IMLIB, you'll need to set your"
+          echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
+          echo "*** to the installed location  Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
+          echo "*** is required on your system"
+	  echo "***"
+          echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
+          echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH"],
+        [ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
+          echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means IMLIB was incorrectly installed"
+          echo "*** or that you have moved IMLIB since it was installed. In the latter case, you"
+          echo "*** may want to edit the imlib-config script: $IMLIB_CONFIG" ])
+          CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+       fi
+     fi
+     IMLIB_CFLAGS=""
+     IMLIB_LIBS=""
+     ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST(IMLIB_CFLAGS)
+  AC_SUBST(IMLIB_LIBS)
+  rm -f conf.imlibtest
+])
+
+# Check for gdk-imlib
+AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_GDK_IMLIB,
+[dnl
+dnl Get the cflags and libraries from the imlib-config script
+dnl
+AC_ARG_WITH(imlib-prefix,[  --with-imlib-prefix=PFX Prefix where IMLIB is installed (optional)],
+            imlib_prefix="$withval", imlib_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_WITH(imlib-exec-prefix,[  --with-imlib-exec-prefix=PFX Exec prefix where IMLIB is installed (optional)],
+            imlib_exec_prefix="$withval", imlib_exec_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(imlibtest, [  --disable-imlibtest     Do not try to compile and run a test IMLIB program],
+		    , enable_imlibtest=yes)
+
+  if test x$imlib_exec_prefix != x ; then
+     imlib_args="$imlib_args --exec-prefix=$imlib_exec_prefix"
+     if test x${IMLIB_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        IMLIB_CONFIG=$imlib_exec_prefix/bin/imlib-config
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test x$imlib_prefix != x ; then
+     imlib_args="$imlib_args --prefix=$imlib_prefix"
+     if test x${IMLIB_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        IMLIB_CONFIG=$imlib_prefix/bin/imlib-config
+     fi
+  fi
+
+  AC_PATH_PROG(IMLIB_CONFIG, imlib-config, no)
+  min_imlib_version=ifelse([$1], ,1.9.4,$1)
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING(for IMLIB - version >= $min_imlib_version)
+  no_imlib=""
+  if test "$IMLIB_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+    no_imlib=yes
+  else
+    GDK_IMLIB_CFLAGS=`$IMLIB_CONFIG $imlibconf_args --cflags-gdk`
+    GDK_IMLIB_LIBS=`$IMLIB_CONFIG $imlibconf_args --libs-gdk`
+
+    imlib_major_version=`$IMLIB_CONFIG $imlib_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+    imlib_minor_version=`$IMLIB_CONFIG $imlib_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+    imlib_micro_version=`$IMLIB_CONFIG $imlib_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+    if test "x$enable_imlibtest" = "xyes" ; then
+      ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+      ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GDK_IMLIB_CFLAGS"
+      LIBS="$LIBS $GDK_IMLIB_LIBS"
+dnl
+dnl Now check if the installed IMLIB is sufficiently new. (Also sanity
+dnl checks the results of imlib-config to some extent
+dnl
+      rm -f conf.imlibtest
+      AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <gdk_imlib.h>
+
+int main ()
+{
+  int major, minor, micro;
+  char *tmp_version;
+
+  system ("touch conf.gdkimlibtest");
+
+  /* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
+  tmp_version = g_strdup("$min_imlib_version");
+  if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, &micro) != 3) {
+     printf("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_imlib_version");
+     exit(1);
+   }
+
+    if (($imlib_major_version > major) ||
+        (($imlib_major_version == major) && ($imlib_minor_version > minor)) ||
+	(($imlib_major_version == major) && ($imlib_minor_version == minor) &&
+	($imlib_micro_version >= micro)))
+    {
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      printf("\n*** 'imlib-config --version' returned %d.%d.%d, but the minimum version\n", $imlib_major_version, $imlib_minor_version, $imlib_micro_version);
+      printf("*** of IMLIB required is %d.%d.%d. If imlib-config is correct, then it is\n", major, minor, micro);
+      printf("*** best to upgrade to the required version.\n");
+      printf("*** If imlib-config was wrong, set the environment variable IMLIB_CONFIG\n");
+      printf("*** to point to the correct copy of imlib-config, and remove the file\n");
+      printf("*** config.cache before re-running configure\n");
+      return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+],, no_imlib=yes,[echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"])
+       CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+       LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test "x$no_imlib" = x ; then
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+     ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])
+  else
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+     if test "$IMLIB_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+       echo "*** The imlib-config script installed by IMLIB could not be found"
+       echo "*** If IMLIB was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in"
+       echo "*** your path, or set the IMLIB_CONFIG environment variable to the"
+       echo "*** full path to imlib-config."
+     else
+       if test -f conf.gdkimlibtest ; then
+        :
+       else
+          echo "*** Could not run IMLIB test program, checking why..."
+          CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GDK_IMLIB_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$LIBS $GDK_IMLIB_LIBS"
+          AC_TRY_LINK([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <gdk_imlib.h>
+],      [ return 0; ],
+        [ echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
+          echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding IMLIB or finding the wrong"
+          echo "*** version of IMLIB. If it is not finding IMLIB, you'll need to set your"
+          echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
+          echo "*** to the installed location  Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
+          echo "*** is required on your system"
+	  echo "***"
+          echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
+          echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH"],
+        [ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
+          echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means IMLIB was incorrectly installed"
+          echo "*** or that you have moved IMLIB since it was installed. In the latter case, you"
+          echo "*** may want to edit the imlib-config script: $IMLIB_CONFIG" ])
+          CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+       fi
+     fi
+     GDK_IMLIB_CFLAGS=""
+     GDK_IMLIB_LIBS=""
+     ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST(GDK_IMLIB_CFLAGS)
+  AC_SUBST(GDK_IMLIB_LIBS)
+  rm -f conf.gdkimlibtest
+])
+
+# Configure paths for ESD
+# David Walluck   99-9-20
+# Manish Singh    98-9-30
+# stolen back from Frank Belew
+# stolen from Manish Singh
+# Shamelessly stolen from Owen Taylor
+
+dnl AM_PATH_ESD([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]]])
+dnl Test for ESD, and define ESD_CFLAGS and ESD_LIBS
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_ESD,
+[dnl
+dnl Get the cflags and libraries from the esd-config script
+dnl
+AC_ARG_WITH(esd-prefix,[  --with-esd-prefix=PFX   Prefix where ESD is installed (optional)],
+            esd_prefix="$withval", esd_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_WITH(esd-exec-prefix,[  --with-esd-exec-prefix=PFX Exec prefix where ESD is installed (optional)],
+            esd_exec_prefix="$withval", esd_exec_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(esdtest, [  --disable-esdtest       Do not try to compile and run a test ESD program],
+		    , enable_esdtest=yes)
+
+  if test x$esd_exec_prefix != x ; then
+     esd_args="$esd_args --exec-prefix=$esd_exec_prefix"
+     if test x${ESD_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        ESD_CONFIG=$esd_exec_prefix/bin/esd-config
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test x$esd_prefix != x ; then
+     esd_args="$esd_args --prefix=$esd_prefix"
+     if test x${ESD_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        ESD_CONFIG=$esd_prefix/bin/esd-config
+     fi
+  fi
+
+  AC_PATH_PROG(ESD_CONFIG, esd-config, no)
+  min_esd_version=ifelse([$1], ,0.2.5,$1)
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ESD - version >= $min_esd_version)
+  no_esd=""
+  if test "$ESD_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+    no_esd=yes
+  else
+    ESD_CFLAGS=`$ESD_CONFIG $esdconf_args --cflags`
+    ESD_LIBS=`$ESD_CONFIG $esdconf_args --libs`
+
+    esd_major_version=`$ESD_CONFIG $esd_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+    esd_minor_version=`$ESD_CONFIG $esd_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+    esd_micro_version=`$ESD_CONFIG $esd_config_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+    if test "x$enable_esdtest" = "xyes" ; then
+      ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+      ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $ESD_CFLAGS"
+      LIBS="$LIBS $ESD_LIBS"
+dnl
+dnl Now check if the installed ESD is sufficiently new. (Also sanity
+dnl checks the results of esd-config to some extent
+dnl
+      rm -f conf.esdtest
+      AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <esd.h>
+
+int main ()
+{
+  int major, minor, micro;
+  char *tmp_version;
+
+  system ("touch conf.esdtest");
+
+  /* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
+  tmp_version = g_strdup("$min_esd_version");
+  if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, &micro) != 3) {
+     printf("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_esd_version");
+     exit(1);
+   }
+
+   if (($esd_major_version > major) ||
+      (($esd_major_version == major) && ($esd_minor_version > minor)) ||
+      (($esd_major_version == major) && ($esd_minor_version == minor) && ($esd_micro_version >= micro)))
+    {
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      printf("\n*** 'esd-config --version' returned %d.%d.%d, but the minimum version\n", $esd_major_version, $esd_minor_version, $esd_micro_version);
+      printf("*** of ESD required is %d.%d.%d. If esd-config is correct, then it is\n", major, minor, micro);
+      printf("*** best to upgrade to the required version.\n");
+      printf("*** If esd-config was wrong, set the environment variable ESD_CONFIG\n");
+      printf("*** to point to the correct copy of esd-config, and remove the file\n");
+      printf("*** config.cache before re-running configure\n");
+      return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+],, no_esd=yes,[echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"])
+       CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+       LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test "x$no_esd" = x ; then
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+     ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])
+  else
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+     if test "$ESD_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+       echo "*** The esd-config script installed by ESD could not be found"
+       echo "*** If ESD was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in"
+       echo "*** your path, or set the ESD_CONFIG environment variable to the"
+       echo "*** full path to esd-config."
+     else
+       if test -f conf.esdtest ; then
+        :
+       else
+          echo "*** Could not run ESD test program, checking why..."
+          CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $ESD_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$LIBS $ESD_LIBS"
+          AC_TRY_LINK([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <esd.h>
+],      [ return 0; ],
+        [ echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
+          echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding ESD or finding the wrong"
+          echo "*** version of ESD. If it is not finding ESD, you'll need to set your"
+          echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
+          echo "*** to the installed location  Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
+          echo "*** is required on your system"
+	  echo "***"
+          echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
+          echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH"],
+        [ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
+          echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means ESD was incorrectly installed"
+          echo "*** or that you have moved ESD since it was installed. In the latter case, you"
+          echo "*** may want to edit the esd-config script: $ESD_CONFIG" ])
+          CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+       fi
+     fi
+     ESD_CFLAGS=""
+     ESD_LIBS=""
+     ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST(ESD_CFLAGS)
+  AC_SUBST(ESD_LIBS)
+  rm -f conf.esdtest
+])
+
+# Configure paths for AUDIOFILE
+# Bertrand Guiheneuf 98-10-21
+# stolen from esd.m4 in esound :
+# Manish Singh    98-9-30
+# stolen back from Frank Belew
+# stolen from Manish Singh
+# Shamelessly stolen from Owen Taylor
+
+dnl AM_PATH_AUDIOFILE([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]]])
+dnl Test for AUDIOFILE, and define AUDIOFILE_CFLAGS and AUDIOFILE_LIBS
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_AUDIOFILE,
+[dnl
+dnl Get the cflags and libraries from the audiofile-config script
+dnl
+AC_ARG_WITH(audiofile-prefix,[  --with-audiofile-prefix=PFX Prefix where AUDIOFILE is installed (optional)],
+            audiofile_prefix="$withval", audiofile_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_WITH(audiofile-exec-prefix,[  --with-audiofile-exec-prefix=PFX Exec prefix where AUDIOFILE is installed
+                          (optional)],
+            audiofile_exec_prefix="$withval", audiofile_exec_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(audiofiletest, [  --disable-audiofiletest Do not try to compile and run a test AUDIOFILE program],
+		    , enable_audiofiletest=yes)
+
+  if test x$audiofile_exec_prefix != x ; then
+     audiofile_args="$audiofile_args --exec-prefix=$audiofile_exec_prefix"
+     if test x${AUDIOFILE_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        AUDIOFILE_CONFIG=$audiofile_exec_prefix/bin/audiofile-config
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test x$audiofile_prefix != x ; then
+     audiofile_args="$audiofile_args --prefix=$audiofile_prefix"
+     if test x${AUDIOFILE_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        AUDIOFILE_CONFIG=$audiofile_prefix/bin/audiofile-config
+     fi
+  fi
+
+  AC_PATH_PROG(AUDIOFILE_CONFIG, audiofile-config, no)
+  min_audiofile_version=ifelse([$1], ,0.1.5,$1)
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING(for AUDIOFILE - version >= $min_audiofile_version)
+  no_audiofile=""
+  if test "$AUDIOFILE_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+    no_audiofile=yes
+  else
+    AUDIOFILE_LIBS=`$AUDIOFILE_CONFIG $audiofileconf_args --libs`
+    AUDIOFILE_CFLAGS=`$AUDIOFILE_CONFIG $audiofileconf_args --cflags`
+    audiofile_major_version=`$AUDIOFILE_CONFIG $audiofile_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+    audiofile_minor_version=`$AUDIOFILE_CONFIG $audiofile_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+    audiofile_micro_version=`$AUDIOFILE_CONFIG $audiofile_config_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+    if test "x$enable_audiofiletest" = "xyes" ; then
+      ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+      ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $AUDIOFILE_CFLAGS"
+      LIBS="$LIBS $AUDIOFILE_LIBS"
+dnl
+dnl Now check if the installed AUDIOFILE is sufficiently new. (Also sanity
+dnl checks the results of audiofile-config to some extent
+dnl
+      rm -f conf.audiofiletest
+      AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <audiofile.h>
+
+int main ()
+{
+  int major, minor, micro;
+  char *tmp_version;
+
+  system ("touch conf.audiofiletest");
+
+  /* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
+  tmp_version = g_strdup("$min_audiofile_version");
+  if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, &micro) != 3) {
+     printf("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_audiofile_version");
+     exit(1);
+   }
+
+   if (($audiofile_major_version > major) ||
+      (($audiofile_major_version == major) && ($audiofile_minor_version > minor)) ||
+      (($audiofile_major_version == major) && ($audiofile_minor_version == minor) && ($audiofile_micro_version >= micro)))
+    {
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      printf("\n*** 'audiofile-config --version' returned %d.%d.%d, but the minimum version\n", $audiofile_major_version, $audiofile_minor_version, $audiofile_micro_version);
+      printf("*** of AUDIOFILE required is %d.%d.%d. If audiofile-config is correct, then it is\n", major, minor, micro);
+      printf("*** best to upgrade to the required version.\n");
+      printf("*** If audiofile-config was wrong, set the environment variable AUDIOFILE_CONFIG\n");
+      printf("*** to point to the correct copy of audiofile-config, and remove the file\n");
+      printf("*** config.cache before re-running configure\n");
+      return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+],, no_audiofile=yes,[echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"])
+       CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+       LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test "x$no_audiofile" = x ; then
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+     ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])
+  else
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+     if test "$AUDIOFILE_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+       echo "*** The audiofile-config script installed by AUDIOFILE could not be found"
+       echo "*** If AUDIOFILE was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in"
+       echo "*** your path, or set the AUDIOFILE_CONFIG environment variable to the"
+       echo "*** full path to audiofile-config."
+     else
+       if test -f conf.audiofiletest ; then
+        :
+       else
+          echo "*** Could not run AUDIOFILE test program, checking why..."
+          CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $AUDIOFILE_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$LIBS $AUDIOFILE_LIBS"
+          AC_TRY_LINK([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <audiofile.h>
+],      [ return 0; ],
+        [ echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
+          echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding AUDIOFILE or finding the wrong"
+          echo "*** version of AUDIOFILE. If it is not finding AUDIOFILE, you'll need to set your"
+          echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
+          echo "*** to the installed location  Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
+          echo "*** is required on your system"
+	  echo "***"
+          echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
+          echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH"],
+        [ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
+          echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means AUDIOFILE was incorrectly installed"
+          echo "*** or that you have moved AUDIOFILE since it was installed. In the latter case, you"
+          echo "*** may want to edit the audiofile-config script: $AUDIOFILE_CONFIG" ])
+          CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+       fi
+     fi
+     AUDIOFILE_CFLAGS=""
+     AUDIOFILE_LIBS=""
+     ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST(AUDIOFILE_CFLAGS)
+  AC_SUBST(AUDIOFILE_LIBS)
+  rm -f conf.audiofiletest
+])
+# Configure paths for GNOME
+# David Walluck   99-9-24
+
+dnl AM_PATH_GNOME([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]]])
+dnl Test for GNOME, and define GNOME_CFLAGS and GNOME_LIBS
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_GNOME,
+[dnl
+dnl Get the cflags and libraries from the gnome-config script
+dnl
+AC_ARG_WITH(gnome-prefix,[  --with-gnome-prefix=PFX Prefix where GNOME is installed (optional)],
+            gnome_prefix="$withval", gnome_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_WITH(gnome-exec-prefix,[  --with-gnome-exec-prefix=PFX Exec prefix where GNOME is installed (optional)],
+            gnome_exec_prefix="$withval", gnome_exec_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(gnometest, [  --disable-gnometest     Do not try to compile and run a test GNOME program],
+		    , enable_gnometest=yes)
+
+  if test x$gnome_exec_prefix != x ; then
+     gnome_args="$gnome_args --exec-prefix=$gnome_exec_prefix"
+     if test x${GNOME_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        GNOME_CONFIG=$gnome_exec_prefix/bin/gnome-config
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test x$gnome_prefix != x ; then
+     gnome_args="$gnome_args --prefix=$gnome_prefix"
+     if test x${GNOME_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        GNOME_CONFIG=$gnome_prefix/bin/gnome-config
+     fi
+  fi
+
+  AC_PATH_PROG(GNOME_CONFIG, gnome-config, no)
+  min_gnome_version=ifelse([$1], ,0.2.7,$1)
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING(for GNOME - version >= $min_gnome_version)
+  no_gnome=""
+  if test "$GNOME_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+    no_gnome=yes
+  else
+    GNOME_CFLAGS=`$GNOME_CONFIG $gnomeconf_args gnome --cflags`
+    GNOME_LIBS=`$GNOME_CONFIG $gnomeconf_args gnome --libs`
+
+    gnome_major_version=`$GNOME_CONFIG $gnome_args --version | \
+           sed 's/gnome-libs //' | sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+    gnome_minor_version=`$GNOME_CONFIG $gnome_args --version | \
+           sed 's/gnome-libs //' | sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+    gnome_micro_version=`$GNOME_CONFIG $gnome_config_args --version | \
+           sed 's/gnome-libs //' | sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+    if test "x$enable_gnometest" = "xyes" ; then
+      ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+      ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GNOME_CFLAGS"
+      LIBS="$LIBS $GNOME_LIBS"
+dnl
+dnl Now check if the installed GNOME is sufficiently new. (Also sanity
+dnl checks the results of gnome-config to some extent
+dnl
+      rm -f conf.gnometest
+      AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <gnome.h>
+
+int main ()
+{
+  int major, minor, micro;
+  char *tmp_version;
+
+  system ("touch conf.gnometest");
+
+  /* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
+  tmp_version = g_strdup("$min_gnome_version");
+  if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, &micro) != 3) {
+     printf("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_gnome_version");
+     exit(1);
+   }
+
+   if (($gnome_major_version > major) ||
+      (($gnome_major_version == major) && ($gnome_minor_version > minor)) ||
+      (($gnome_major_version == major) && ($gnome_minor_version == minor) && ($gnome_micro_version >= micro)))
+    {
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      printf("\n*** 'gnome-config --version' returned %d.%d.%d, but the minimum version\n", $gnome_major_version, $gnome_minor_version, $gnome_micro_version);
+      printf("*** of GNOME required is %d.%d.%d. If gnome-config is correct, then it is\n", major, minor, micro);
+      printf("*** best to upgrade to the required version.\n");
+      printf("*** If gnome-config was wrong, set the environment variable GNOME_CONFIG\n");
+      printf("*** to point to the correct copy of gnome-config, and remove the file\n");
+      printf("*** config.cache before re-running configure\n");
+      return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+],, no_gnome=yes,[echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"])
+       CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+       LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test "x$no_gnome" = x ; then
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+     ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])
+  else
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+     if test "$GNOME_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+       echo "*** The gnome-config script installed by GNOME could not be found"
+       echo "*** If GNOME was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in"
+       echo "*** your path, or set the GNOME_CONFIG environment variable to the"
+       echo "*** full path to gnome-config."
+     else
+       if test -f conf.gnometest ; then
+        :
+       else
+          echo "*** Could not run GNOME test program, checking why..."
+          CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GNOME_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$LIBS $GNOME_LIBS"
+          AC_TRY_LINK([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <gnome.h>
+],      [ return 0; ],
+        [ echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
+          echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding GNOME or finding the wrong"
+          echo "*** version of GNOME. If it is not finding GNOME, you'll need to set your"
+          echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
+          echo "*** to the installed location  Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
+          echo "*** is required on your system"
+	  echo "***"
+          echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
+          echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH"],
+        [ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
+          echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means GNOME was incorrectly installed"
+          echo "*** or that you have moved GNOME since it was installed. In the latter case, you"
+          echo "*** may want to edit the gnome-config script: $GNOME_CONFIG" ])
+          CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+       fi
+     fi
+     GNOME_CFLAGS=""
+     GNOME_LIBS=""
+     ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST(GNOME_CFLAGS)
+  AC_SUBST(GNOME_LIBS)
+  rm -f conf.gnometest
+])
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/ci.c	Tue Jul 03 07:50:39 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+#define INCL_DOS
+#define INCL_WIN
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "dw.h"
+
+
+unsigned long flStyle = DW_FCF_SYSMENU | DW_FCF_TITLEBAR |
+	DW_FCF_SHELLPOSITION | DW_FCF_TASKLIST | DW_FCF_DLGBORDER;
+
+HWND mainwindow,
+     entryfield,
+	 okbutton,
+	 cancelbutton,
+	 lbbox,
+	 stext,
+	 buttonbox;
+
+int test_callback(HWND window, void *data)
+{
+	dw_window_destroy((HWND)data);
+	exit(0);
+	return -1;
+}
+
+void archive_add(void)
+{
+	HWND browsebutton, browsebox;
+
+	mainwindow = dw_window_new(HWND_DESKTOP, "Add new archive", flStyle | DW_FCF_SIZEBORDER | DW_FCF_MINMAX);
+
+	lbbox = dw_box_new(BOXVERT, 10);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(mainwindow, lbbox, 150, 70, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+    /* Archive Name */
+	stext = dw_text_new("Archive Name", 0);
+
+	dw_window_set_style(stext, DW_DT_VCENTER, DW_DT_VCENTER);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(lbbox, stext, 130, 15, TRUE, TRUE, 2);
+
+	browsebox = dw_box_new(BOXHORZ, 0);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(lbbox, browsebox, 130, 15, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+	entryfield = dw_entryfield_new("", 100L);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(browsebox, entryfield, 100, 15, TRUE, TRUE, 4);
+
+	browsebutton = dw_button_new("Browse", 1001L);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(browsebox, browsebutton, 30, 15, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+	dw_window_set_color(browsebox, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	dw_window_set_font(browsebutton, "9.WarpSans");
+	dw_window_set_font(stext, "9.WarpSans");
+	dw_window_set_color(stext, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	dw_window_set_font(entryfield, "9.WarpSans");
+
+    /* Archive Description */
+	stext = dw_text_new("Archive Description", 0);
+
+	dw_window_set_style(stext, DW_DT_VCENTER, DW_DT_VCENTER);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(lbbox, stext, 130, 15, TRUE, TRUE, 4);
+
+	entryfield = dw_entryfield_new("", 100L);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(lbbox, entryfield, 130, 15, TRUE, TRUE, 4);
+
+	dw_window_set_font(stext, "9.WarpSans");
+	dw_window_set_color(stext, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	dw_window_set_font(entryfield, "9.WarpSans");
+
+    /* Comments */
+	stext = dw_text_new("Comments", 0);
+
+	dw_window_set_style(stext, DW_DT_VCENTER, DW_DT_VCENTER);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(lbbox, stext, 130, 15, TRUE, TRUE, 4);
+
+	entryfield = dw_entryfield_new("", 100L);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(lbbox, entryfield, 130, 15, TRUE, TRUE, 4);
+
+	dw_window_set_font(stext, "9.WarpSans");
+	dw_window_set_color(stext, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	dw_window_set_font(entryfield, "9.WarpSans");
+
+    /* Buttons */
+	buttonbox = dw_box_new(BOXHORZ, 10);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(lbbox, buttonbox, 140, 210, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+	okbutton = dw_button_new("Ok", 1001L);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(buttonbox, okbutton, 130, 30, TRUE, TRUE, 2);
+
+	cancelbutton = dw_button_new("Cancel", 1002L);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(buttonbox, cancelbutton, 130, 30, TRUE, TRUE, 2);
+
+	/* Set some nice fonts and colors */
+	dw_window_set_color(lbbox, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	dw_window_set_color(buttonbox, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	dw_window_set_font(okbutton, "9.WarpSans");
+	dw_window_set_font(cancelbutton, "9.WarpSans");
+
+	dw_signal_connect(browsebutton, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)mainwindow);
+	dw_signal_connect(okbutton, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)mainwindow);
+	dw_signal_connect(cancelbutton, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)mainwindow);
+	dw_signal_connect(mainwindow, "delete_event", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)mainwindow);
+
+	dw_window_set_usize(mainwindow, 340, 250);
+
+	dw_window_show(mainwindow);
+}
+
+void object_add(void)
+{
+	mainwindow = dw_window_new(HWND_DESKTOP, "Add new object", flStyle | DW_FCF_SIZEBORDER | DW_FCF_MINMAX);
+
+	lbbox = dw_box_new(BOXVERT, 10);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(mainwindow, lbbox, 150, 70, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+    /* Object Name */
+	stext = dw_text_new("Object Name", 0);
+
+	dw_window_set_style(stext, DW_DT_VCENTER, DW_DT_VCENTER);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(lbbox, stext, 130, 15, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+	entryfield = dw_entryfield_new("", 100L);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(lbbox, entryfield, 130, 15, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+	dw_window_set_font(stext, "9.WarpSans");
+	dw_window_set_color(stext, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	dw_window_set_font(entryfield, "9.WarpSans");
+
+    /* Object ID */
+	stext = dw_text_new("Object ID", 0);
+
+	dw_window_set_style(stext, DW_DT_VCENTER, DW_DT_VCENTER);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(lbbox, stext, 130, 15, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+	entryfield = dw_entryfield_new("", 100L);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(lbbox, entryfield, 130, 15, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+	dw_window_set_font(stext, "9.WarpSans");
+	dw_window_set_color(stext, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	dw_window_set_font(entryfield, "9.WarpSans");
+
+    /* Object Type */
+	stext = dw_text_new("Object Type", 0);
+
+	dw_window_set_style(stext, DW_DT_VCENTER, DW_DT_VCENTER);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(lbbox, stext, 130, 15, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+	entryfield = dw_entryfield_new("", 100L);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(lbbox, entryfield, 130, 15, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+	dw_window_set_font(stext, "9.WarpSans");
+	dw_window_set_color(stext, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	dw_window_set_font(entryfield, "9.WarpSans");
+
+    /* Buttons */
+	buttonbox = dw_box_new(BOXHORZ, 10);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(lbbox, buttonbox, 140, 210, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+	okbutton = dw_button_new("Ok", 1001L);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(buttonbox, okbutton, 50, 30, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+	cancelbutton = dw_button_new("Cancel", 1002L);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(buttonbox, cancelbutton, 50, 30, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+	/* Set some nice fonts and colors */
+	dw_window_set_color(lbbox, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	dw_window_set_color(buttonbox, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	dw_window_set_font(okbutton, "9.WarpSans");
+	dw_window_set_font(cancelbutton, "9.WarpSans");
+
+	dw_signal_connect(okbutton, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)mainwindow);
+	dw_signal_connect(cancelbutton, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)mainwindow);
+	dw_signal_connect(mainwindow, "delete_event", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)mainwindow);
+
+	dw_window_set_usize(mainwindow, 340, 250);
+
+	dw_window_show(mainwindow);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Let's demonstrate the functionality of this library. :)
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	dw_init(TRUE);
+
+	archive_add();
+	dw_main(0L, NULL);
+
+	object_add();
+	dw_main(0L, NULL);
+
+	return 0;
+}
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/ci.def	Tue Jul 03 07:50:39 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+NAME CI WINDOWAPI
+
+DESCRIPTION 'Create Installer'
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/compat.c	Tue Jul 03 07:50:39 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,379 @@
+/* $Id$ */
+
+#include "compat.h"
+#if defined(__OS2__) || defined(__WIN32__)
+#include <share.h>
+#endif
+
+int	sockread (int a, void *b, int c, int d)
+{
+#if defined(__IBMC__) || (defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__CYGWIN32__))
+	return recv(a,b,c,d);
+#else
+	return read(a,b,c);
+#endif
+}
+
+int	sockwrite (int a, void *b, int c, int d)
+{
+#if defined(__IBMC__) || (defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__CYGWIN32__))
+	return send(a,b,c,d);
+#else
+	return write(a,b,c);
+#endif
+}
+
+int	sockclose(int a)
+{
+#ifdef __IBMC__
+	return soclose(a);
+#elif defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__CYGWIN32__)
+	return closesocket(a);
+#else
+	return close(a);
+#endif
+}
+
+int makedir(char *path)
+{
+#if defined(__IBMC__) || (defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__CYGWIN32__))
+	return mkdir(path);
+#else
+	return mkdir(path,S_IRWXU);
+#endif
+}
+
+void nonblock(int fd)
+{
+#ifdef __IBMC__
+	static int _nonblock = 1;
+
+	ioctl(fd, FIONBIO, (char *)&_nonblock, sizeof(_nonblock));
+#elif defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__CYGWIN32__)
+	static unsigned long _nonblock = 1;
+
+	ioctlsocket(fd, FIONBIO, &_nonblock);
+#else
+	fcntl(fd, F_SETFL, O_NONBLOCK);
+#endif
+}
+
+int socksprintf(int fd, char *format, ...)
+{
+	va_list args;
+	char outbuf[1024];
+	int len;
+
+	va_start(args, format);
+	vsprintf(outbuf, format, args);
+	va_end(args);
+
+	len = strlen(outbuf);
+	sockwrite(fd, outbuf, len, 0);
+
+	return len;
+}
+
+void sockinit(void)
+{
+#ifdef __IBMC__
+	sock_init();
+#elif defined(__WIN32__) || defined(WINNT)
+    WSADATA wsa;
+
+    WSAStartup(MAKEWORD (1, 1), &wsa);
+#endif /* !WIN32 */
+}
+
+void sockshutdown(void)
+{
+#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(WINNT)
+    WSACleanup();
+#endif /* !WIN32 */
+}
+
+int sockpipe(int *pipes)
+{
+#ifndef NO_DOMAIN_SOCKETS
+#ifndef HAVE_PIPE
+	struct sockaddr_un un;
+#endif
+#else
+	struct sockaddr_in server_addr;
+	struct sockaddr_in listen_addr = { 0 };
+	int len = sizeof(struct sockaddr_in);
+	struct hostent *he;
+#endif
+#ifndef HAVE_PIPE
+	int tmpsock;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_PIPE
+    return pipe(pipes);
+#elif !defined(NO_DOMAIN_SOCKETS)
+	static int instance = -1;
+
+	instance++;
+
+	/* Use UNIX domain sockets to pass messages */
+	tmpsock = socket(AF_UNIX, SOCK_STREAM, 0);
+	pipes[1] = socket(AF_UNIX, SOCK_STREAM, 0);
+	memset(&un, 0, sizeof(un));
+	un.sun_family=AF_UNIX;
+	sprintf(un.sun_path, PIPENAME, instance);
+	bind(tmpsock, (struct sockaddr *)&un, sizeof(un));
+	listen(tmpsock, 0);
+	connect(pipes[1], (struct sockaddr *)&un, sizeof(un));
+	pipes[0] = accept(tmpsock, 0, 0);
+	sockclose(tmpsock);
+#else
+	/* Use localhost socket to pass messages if no domain sockets */
+	he = gethostbyname("localhost");
+
+	if(he)
+	{
+		memset(&server_addr, 0, sizeof(server_addr));
+		server_addr.sin_family = AF_INET;
+		server_addr.sin_port   = 0;
+		server_addr.sin_addr.s_addr = INADDR_ANY;
+		if ((tmpsock = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, 0)) < 0 ||  bind(tmpsock, (struct sockaddr *)&server_addr, sizeof(server_addr)) < 0 || listen(tmpsock, 0) < 0)
+			return -1;
+
+		memset(&listen_addr, 0, sizeof(listen_addr));
+		getsockname(tmpsock, (struct sockaddr *)&listen_addr, &len);
+
+		server_addr.sin_family      = AF_INET;
+		server_addr.sin_port        = listen_addr.sin_port;
+		server_addr.sin_addr.s_addr = *((unsigned long *)he->h_addr);
+		if((pipes[1] = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, 0)) < 0 || connect(pipes[1], (struct sockaddr *)&server_addr, sizeof(server_addr)))
+			return -1;
+		else
+			pipes[0] = accept(tmpsock, 0, 0);
+		sockclose(tmpsock);
+	}
+	else
+		return -1;
+#endif
+	if(pipes[0] < 0 || pipes[1] < 0)
+		return -1;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/* Return in K to avoid big problems exceeding an
+   unsigned long when no 64bit integers are available */
+#if defined(__IBMC__) || (defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__CYGWIN32__))
+unsigned long drivefree(int drive)
+#else
+unsigned long long drivefree(int drive)
+#endif
+{
+#if defined(__EMX__) || defined(__OS2__)
+	ULONG   aulFSInfoBuf[40] = {0};
+	APIRET  rc               = NO_ERROR;
+
+	DosError(FERR_DISABLEHARDERR);
+	rc = DosQueryFSInfo(drive,
+			    FSIL_ALLOC,
+			    (PVOID)aulFSInfoBuf,
+			    sizeof(aulFSInfoBuf));
+
+	DosError(FERR_ENABLEHARDERR);
+	if (rc != NO_ERROR)
+		return 0;
+
+	return (unsigned long)((aulFSInfoBuf[3] * aulFSInfoBuf[1] * (USHORT)aulFSInfoBuf[4])/1024);
+#elif defined(__WIN32__) || defined(WINNT)
+	char buffer[10] = "C:\\";
+	DWORD spc, bps, fc, tc;
+
+	buffer[0] = drive + 'A' - 1;
+
+	if(GetDiskFreeSpace(buffer, &spc, &bps, &fc, &tc) == 0)
+		return 0;
+	return (unsigned long)(spc*bps*(fc/1024));
+#else
+	return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+int isdrive(int drive)
+{
+#if defined(__EMX__) || defined(__OS2__)
+	APIRET  rc               = NO_ERROR;
+	FSINFO  volinfo;
+
+	DosError(FERR_DISABLEHARDERR);
+	rc = DosQueryFSInfo(drive,
+			    FSIL_VOLSER,
+			    (PVOID)&volinfo,
+			    sizeof(FSINFO));
+
+	DosError(FERR_ENABLEHARDERR);
+	if (rc == NO_ERROR)
+		return 1;
+
+#elif defined(__WIN32__) || defined(WINNT)
+	char buffer[10] = "C:\\", volname[100];
+	DWORD spc, bps, fc;
+
+	buffer[0] = drive + 'A' - 1;
+
+	if(GetVolumeInformation(buffer, volname, 100, &spc, &bps, &fc, NULL, 0) != 0)
+		return 1;
+#endif
+	return 0;
+}
+
+void setfileinfo(char *filename, char *url)
+{
+	time_t		ltime;
+	struct tm	*tm;
+    char buffer[200], timebuf[200];
+#ifdef __OS2__
+	const unsigned fea2listsize = 6000;
+	char *pData;
+	EAOP2 eaop2;
+	PFEA2 pFEA2;
+#else
+	FILE *urlfile;
+#endif
+
+	ltime = time(NULL);
+
+	tm = localtime(&ltime);
+
+	strftime(timebuf, 200, "%c", tm);
+
+	sprintf(buffer, "%s %s", url, timebuf);
+
+#ifdef __OS2__
+	eaop2.fpGEA2List = 0;
+	eaop2.fpFEA2List = (PFEA2LIST)malloc(fea2listsize);
+	pFEA2 = &eaop2.fpFEA2List->list[0];
+
+	pFEA2->fEA = 0;
+    /* .COMMENTS is 9 characters long */
+	pFEA2->cbName = 9;
+
+	/* space for the type and length field. */
+	pFEA2->cbValue = strlen(buffer)+2*sizeof(USHORT);
+
+	strcpy(pFEA2->szName, ".COMMENTS");
+	pData = pFEA2->szName+pFEA2->cbName+1;
+	/* data begins at first byte after the name */
+
+	*(USHORT*)pData = EAT_ASCII;             /* type */
+	*((USHORT*)pData+1) = strlen(buffer);  /* length */
+	strcpy(pData+2*sizeof(USHORT), buffer);/* content */
+
+	pFEA2->oNextEntryOffset = 0;
+
+	eaop2.fpFEA2List->cbList = ((PCHAR)pData+2*sizeof(USHORT)+
+									 pFEA2->cbValue)-((PCHAR)eaop2.fpFEA2List);
+
+	DosSetPathInfo(filename,
+						FIL_QUERYEASIZE,
+						&eaop2,
+						sizeof(eaop2),
+						0);
+
+	free((void *)eaop2.fpFEA2List);
+#else
+
+	if((urlfile = fopen("handyftp.url", "a"))!=NULL)
+	{
+		fprintf(urlfile, "%s\n", buffer);
+		fclose(urlfile);
+	}
+#endif
+}
+
+#if defined(__OS2__) || defined(__WIN32__)
+typedef struct _fsinfo {
+	FILE *fp;
+	int fd;
+} FSInfo;
+
+FSInfo *FSIRoot = NULL;
+
+#define FSI_MAX 100
+#endif
+
+/* Sharable fopen() and fclose() calls. */
+FILE *fsopen(char *path, char *modes)
+{
+#if defined(__OS2__) || defined(__WIN32__)
+	int z;
+
+	if(!FSIRoot)
+		FSIRoot = calloc(sizeof(struct _fsinfo), FSI_MAX);
+
+	for(z=0;z<FSI_MAX;z++)
+	{
+		if(FSIRoot[z].fd < 1)
+		{
+			int s, sopenmode = 0, wrmode = 0;
+
+			/* Check the flags passed */
+			for(s=0;s<3;s++)
+			{
+				if(modes[s] == 'b')
+					sopenmode |= O_BINARY;
+				if(modes[s] == 'r')
+					wrmode |= O_RDONLY;
+				if(modes[s] == 'w')
+					wrmode |= O_WRONLY;
+				if(modes[s] == 'a')
+					sopenmode |= O_APPEND;
+				if(modes[s] == 't')
+					sopenmode |= O_TEXT;
+			}
+
+			/* Check the read/write request */
+			if((wrmode & O_RDONLY) && (wrmode & O_WRONLY))
+				sopenmode |= O_RDWR;
+			else
+				sopenmode |= wrmode;
+			FSIRoot[z].fd = _sopen(path, sopenmode, SH_DENYNO, S_IREAD|S_IWRITE);
+			if(FSIRoot[z].fd > 0)
+			{
+				FSIRoot[z].fp = fdopen(FSIRoot[z].fd, modes);
+
+				return FSIRoot[z].fp;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return NULL;
+#else
+	return fopen(path, modes);
+#endif
+}
+
+int fsclose(FILE *fp)
+{
+#if defined(__OS2__) || defined(__WIN32__)
+	if(FSIRoot)
+	{
+
+		int z;
+		for(z=0;z<FSI_MAX;z++)
+		{
+			if(fp == FSIRoot[z].fp)
+			{
+				int ret = fclose(fp);
+				close(FSIRoot[z].fd);
+				FSIRoot[z].fd = 0;
+				FSIRoot[z].fp = NULL;
+				return ret;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+	return fclose(fp);
+}
+
+char *fsgets(char *str, int size, FILE *stream)
+{
+	return fgets(str, size, stream);
+}
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/compat.h	Tue Jul 03 07:50:39 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/* $Id$ */
+
+/* This header includes and defines everything needed for a given OS/compiler */
+#if !defined(__EMX__) && !defined(__IBMC__) && !defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(WINNT)
+#include "config.h"
+
+#define msleep(a) usleep(a*1000)
+#endif /* Unix */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#if HAVE_DIRENT_H
+#include <dirent.h>
+#define NAMLEN(dirent) strlen((dirent)->d_name)
+#else
+#define dirent direct
+#define NAMLEN(dirent) (dirent)->d_namlen
+#if HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
+#include <sys/ndir.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H */
+#if HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
+#include <sys/dir.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_SYS_DIR_H */
+#if HAVE_NDIR_H
+#include <ndir.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_NDIR_H */
+#endif /* HAVE_DIRENT_H */
+
+#ifdef DIRSEP
+#undef DIRSEP
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__EMX__) || defined(__IBMC__) || defined(__WIN32__) || defined(WINNT)
+#include <io.h>
+#include <process.h>
+
+#define DIRSEP "\\"
+#define INIDIR "."
+#define TYPDIR "."
+#else
+#define DIRSEP "/"
+#define INIDIR "~/.handyftp"
+#define TYPDIR "/usr/local/handyftp"
+#endif
+
+/* OS/2 */
+#if defined(__EMX__) || defined(__IBMC__)
+#define INCL_WIN
+#define INCL_GPI
+#define INCL_VIO
+#define INCL_NLS
+#define INCL_DOS
+#define INCL_DEV
+#define INCL_DOSERRORS
+
+#define msleep(a) DosSleep(a)
+
+#ifdef __EMX__
+#define FD_SETSIZE 1024
+#define strcasecmp stricmp
+#define strncasecmp strnicmp
+#endif /* __EMX__ */
+
+#ifndef OS2
+#define OS2
+#endif /* OS2 */
+
+#include <os2.h>
+
+#ifndef BKS_TABBEDDIALOG
+#define BKS_TABBEDDIALOG          0x0800
+#endif
+
+#define PIPENAME "\\socket\\handyftp%d"
+#define TPIPENAME "\\socket\\handyftpt%d"
+#else
+#define PIPENAME "/tmp/handyftp%d"
+#define TPIPENAME "/tmp/handyftpt%d"
+#endif /* __EMX__ || __IBMC__ */
+
+#ifdef __IBMC__
+#define BSD_SELECT
+
+#include <types.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/select.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <direct.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+/* For VAC we are using the Mozilla dirent.c */
+#include "dirent.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Windows */
+#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(WINNT)
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <winsock.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <process.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#ifdef MSVC
+#include "dirent.h"
+#else
+#include <dir.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+#endif
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+#if defined(__CYGWIN32__) || defined(__MINGW32__)
+#include <sys/un.h>
+#endif /* __CYGWIN32__ || __MINGW32__ */
+
+#ifndef __CYGWIN32__
+#define NO_DOMAIN_SOCKETS
+#endif /* __CYGWIN32__ */
+
+#if defined(_P_NOWAIT) && !defined(P_NOWAIT)
+#define P_NOWAIT _P_NOWAIT
+#endif
+
+#define strcasecmp stricmp
+#define strncasecmp strnicmp
+#define msleep Sleep
+
+#endif /* WIN32 */
+
+/* Everything else ;) */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+#if !defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(WINNT)
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <sys/un.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#include <netdb.h>
+#include <arpa/nameser.h>
+#include <resolv.h>
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#endif /* STDC_HEADERS */
+#endif /* !WIN32 */
+
+#ifndef _MAX_PATH
+#define _MAX_PATH 255
+#endif
+
+/* IBM C doesn't allow "t" in the mode parameter
+ * because it violates the ANSI standard.
+ */
+#ifdef __IBMC__
+#define FOPEN_READ_TEXT "r"
+#define FOPEN_WRITE_TEXT "w"
+#define FOPEN_APPEND_TEXT "a"
+#else
+#define FOPEN_READ_TEXT "rt"
+#define FOPEN_WRITE_TEXT "wt"
+#define FOPEN_APPEND_TEXT "at"
+#endif
+#define FOPEN_READ_BINARY "rb"
+#define FOPEN_WRITE_BINARY "wb"
+#define FOPEN_APPEND_BINARY "ab"
+
+/* Compatibility layer for IBM C/Winsock */
+int	sockread (int a, void *b, int c, int d);
+int	sockwrite (int a, void *b, int c, int d);
+int	sockclose(int a);
+int socksprintf(int fd, char *format, ...);
+int sockpipe(int *pipes);
+void sockinit(void);
+void sockshutdown(void);
+int makedir(char *path);
+void nonblock(int fd);
+void setfileinfo(char *filename, char *url);
+#if defined(__IBMC__) || defined(__WIN32__)
+unsigned long drivefree(int drive);
+#else
+unsigned long long drivefree(int drive);
+#endif
+int isdrive(int drive);
+FILE *fsopen(char *path, char *modes);
+int fsclose(FILE *fp);
+char *fsgets(char *str, int size, FILE *stream);
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/config.h.in	Tue Jul 03 07:50:39 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* config.h.in.  Generated automatically from configure.in by autoheader.  */
+
+/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files.  */
+#undef STDC_HEADERS
+
+/* Define if you have the connect function.  */
+#undef HAVE_CONNECT
+
+/* Define if you have the pipe function.  */
+#undef HAVE_PIPE
+
+/* Define if you have the <dirent.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_DIRENT_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <ndir.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_NDIR_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/dir.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/ndir.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+
+/* Determine whether we have the pipe function */
+#undef HAVE_PIPE
+
+/* Define if IMLIB is available. */
+#undef USE_IMLIB
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/configure	Tue Jul 03 07:50:39 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,4741 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
+# Generated by Autoconf 2.49e.
+#
+# Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+
+# Be Bourne compatible
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+elif test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}" && (set -o posix) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  set -o posix
+fi
+
+# Name of the executable.
+as_me=`echo "$0" |sed 's,.*[\\/],,'`
+
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+echo >conf$$.file
+if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+  # We could just check for DJGPP; but this test a) works b) is more generic
+  # and c) will remain valid once DJGPP supports symlinks (DJGPP 2.04).
+  if test -f conf$$.exe; then
+    # Don't use ln at all; we don't have any links
+    as_ln_s='cp -p'
+  else
+    as_ln_s='ln -s'
+  fi
+elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_ln_s=ln
+else
+  as_ln_s='cp -p'
+fi
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+
+as_executable_p="test -f"
+
+# Support unset when possible.
+if (FOO=FOO; unset FOO) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_unset=unset
+else
+  as_unset=false
+fi
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+$as_unset LANG || test "${LANG+set}" != set || { LANG=C; export LANG; }
+$as_unset LC_ALL || test "${LC_ALL+set}" != set || { LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; }
+$as_unset LC_TIME || test "${LC_TIME+set}" != set || { LC_TIME=C; export LC_TIME; }
+$as_unset LC_CTYPE || test "${LC_CTYPE+set}" != set || { LC_CTYPE=C; export LC_CTYPE; }
+$as_unset LANGUAGE || test "${LANGUAGE+set}" != set || { LANGUAGE=C; export LANGUAGE; }
+$as_unset LC_COLLATE || test "${LC_COLLATE+set}" != set || { LC_COLLATE=C; export LC_COLLATE; }
+$as_unset LC_NUMERIC || test "${LC_NUMERIC+set}" != set || { LC_NUMERIC=C; export LC_NUMERIC; }
+$as_unset LC_MESSAGES || test "${LC_MESSAGES+set}" != set || { LC_MESSAGES=C; export LC_MESSAGES; }
+
+# IFS
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.
+as_nl='
+'
+IFS=" 	$as_nl"
+
+# CDPATH.
+$as_unset CDPATH || test "${CDPATH+set}" != set || { CDPATH=:; export CDPATH; }
+
+# Name of the host.
+# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, Linux) returns a bogus exit status,
+# so uname gets run too.
+ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+
+exec 6>&1
+
+#
+# Initializations.
+#
+ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
+cross_compiling=no
+subdirs=
+MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS=
+SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+
+# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
+# This variable seems obsolete.  It should probably be removed, and
+# only ac_max_sed_lines should be used.
+: ${ac_max_here_lines=38}
+
+# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
+ac_cr_az='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+ac_cr_AZ='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
+ac_cr_09='0123456789'
+ac_cr_alnum=$ac_cr_az$ac_cr_AZ$ac_cr_09
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid sh and CPP variable names.
+ac_tr_sh="sed y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$ac_cr_alnum]%_%g"
+ac_tr_cpp="sed y%*$ac_cr_az%P$ac_cr_AZ%;s%[^_$ac_cr_alnum]%_%g"
+
+ac_unique_file="winmain.c"
+
+# Initialize some variables set by options.
+ac_init_help=
+ac_init_version=false
+# The variables have the same names as the options, with
+# dashes changed to underlines.
+cache_file=/dev/null
+exec_prefix=NONE
+no_create=
+no_recursion=
+prefix=NONE
+program_prefix=NONE
+program_suffix=NONE
+program_transform_name=s,x,x,
+silent=
+site=
+srcdir=
+verbose=
+x_includes=NONE
+x_libraries=NONE
+
+# Installation directory options.
+# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo"
+# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix
+# by default will actually change.
+# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them.
+bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
+sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
+libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
+datadir='${prefix}/share'
+sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
+sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
+localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
+libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
+includedir='${prefix}/include'
+oldincludedir='/usr/include'
+infodir='${prefix}/info'
+mandir='${prefix}/man'
+
+# Identity of this package.
+PACKAGE_NAME=
+PACKAGE_TARNAME=
+PACKAGE_VERSION=
+PACKAGE_STRING=
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=
+
+ac_prev=
+for ac_option
+do
+  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+    eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
+    ac_prev=
+    continue
+  fi
+
+  ac_optarg=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
+
+  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
+
+  case $ac_option in
+
+  -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
+    ac_prev=bindir ;;
+  -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
+    bindir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
+    ac_prev=build_alias ;;
+  -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
+    build_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
+  | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
+    ac_prev=cache_file ;;
+  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
+  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
+    cache_file=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  --config-cache | -C)
+    cache_file=config.cache ;;
+
+  -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
+    ac_prev=datadir ;;
+  -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \
+  | --da=*)
+    datadir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -disable-* | --disable-*)
+    ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-_$ac_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "enable_$ac_feature=no" ;;
+
+  -enable-* | --enable-*)
+    ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-_$ac_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case $ac_option in
+      *=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "enable_$ac_feature='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
+  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
+  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
+    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
+  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
+  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
+  | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
+    exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
+    with_gas=yes ;;
+
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h)
+    ac_init_help=long ;;
+  -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*)
+    ac_init_help=recursive ;;
+  -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*)
+    ac_init_help=short ;;
+
+  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
+    ac_prev=host_alias ;;
+  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
+    host_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
+  | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
+    ac_prev=includedir ;;
+  -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
+  | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
+    includedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
+    ac_prev=infodir ;;
+  -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
+    infodir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
+    ac_prev=libdir ;;
+  -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
+    libdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
+  | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
+    ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
+  -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
+  | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
+    libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
+  | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
+  | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo)
+    ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
+  -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
+  | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
+  | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
+    localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
+    ac_prev=mandir ;;
+  -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
+    mandir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
+    # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
+    with_fp=no ;;
+
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c)
+    no_create=yes ;;
+
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
+    no_recursion=yes ;;
+
+  -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
+  | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
+  | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
+    ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
+  -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
+  | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
+  | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
+    oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
+    ac_prev=prefix ;;
+  -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
+    prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
+  | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
+    ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
+  -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
+  | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
+    program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
+  | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
+    ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
+  -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
+  | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
+    program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
+  | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
+  | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
+  | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
+  | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
+  | --program-trans | --program-tran \
+  | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
+    ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
+  -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
+  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
+  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
+  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
+  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
+  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
+  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
+    program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+    silent=yes ;;
+
+  -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
+    ac_prev=sbindir ;;
+  -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
+  | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
+    sbindir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
+  | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
+  | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
+  | --sha | --sh)
+    ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
+  -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
+  | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
+  | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
+  | --sha=* | --sh=*)
+    sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -site | --site | --sit)
+    ac_prev=site ;;
+  -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
+    site=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
+    ac_prev=srcdir ;;
+  -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
+    srcdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
+  | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
+    ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
+  -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
+  | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
+    sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
+    ac_prev=target_alias ;;
+  -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
+    target_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
+    verbose=yes ;;
+
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V)
+    ac_init_version=: ;;
+
+  -with-* | --with-*)
+    ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-_$ac_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case $ac_option in
+      *=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "with_$ac_package='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -without-* | --without-*)
+    ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-_$ac_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package | sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "with_$ac_package=no" ;;
+
+  --x)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
+    with_x=yes ;;
+
+  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
+  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
+    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
+  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
+  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
+    x_includes=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
+  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
+    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
+  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
+  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
+    x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -*) { echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $ac_option
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ;;
+
+  *=*)
+    ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_envvar" : ".*[^_$ac_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid variable name: $ac_envvar" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`
+    eval "$ac_envvar='$ac_optarg'"
+    export $ac_envvar ;;
+
+  *)
+    # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0.
+    echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2
+    expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$ac_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2
+    : ${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}
+    ;;
+
+  esac
+done
+
+if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+  ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`
+  { echo "$as_me: error: missing argument to $ac_option" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+# Be sure to have absolute paths.
+for ac_var in bindir sbindir libexecdir datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir \
+              localstatedir libdir includedir oldincludedir infodir mandir \
+              exec_prefix prefix
+do
+  eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
+  case $ac_val in
+    [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ;;
+    NONE ) ;;
+    *)  { echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute path for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+  esac
+done
+
+# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host'
+# used to hold the argument of --host etc.
+build=$build_alias
+host=$host_alias
+target=$target_alias
+
+# FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0.
+if test "x$host_alias" != x; then
+  if test "x$build_alias" = x; then
+    cross_compiling=maybe
+    echo "$as_me: WARNING: If you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host.
+    If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used." >&2
+  elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then
+    cross_compiling=yes
+  fi
+fi
+
+ac_tool_prefix=
+test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias-
+
+test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null
+
+# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
+if test -z "$srcdir"; then
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
+  # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
+  ac_prog=$0
+  ac_confdir=`echo "$ac_prog" | sed 's%[\\/][^\\/][^\\/]*$%%'`
+  test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=.
+  srcdir=$ac_confdir
+  if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+    srcdir=..
+  fi
+else
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
+fi
+if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+  if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
+    { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources in $ac_confdir or .." >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  else
+    { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources in $srcdir" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  fi
+fi
+srcdir=`echo "$srcdir" | sed 's%\([^\\/]\)[\\/]*$%\1%'`
+ac_env_build_alias_set=${build_alias+set}
+ac_env_build_alias_value=$build_alias
+ac_cv_env_build_alias_set=${build_alias+set}
+ac_cv_env_build_alias_value=$build_alias
+ac_env_host_alias_set=${host_alias+set}
+ac_env_host_alias_value=$host_alias
+ac_cv_env_host_alias_set=${host_alias+set}
+ac_cv_env_host_alias_value=$host_alias
+ac_env_target_alias_set=${target_alias+set}
+ac_env_target_alias_value=$target_alias
+ac_cv_env_target_alias_set=${target_alias+set}
+ac_cv_env_target_alias_value=$target_alias
+ac_env_CC_set=${CC+set}
+ac_env_CC_value=$CC
+ac_cv_env_CC_set=${CC+set}
+ac_cv_env_CC_value=$CC
+ac_env_CFLAGS_set=${CFLAGS+set}
+ac_env_CFLAGS_value=$CFLAGS
+ac_cv_env_CFLAGS_set=${CFLAGS+set}
+ac_cv_env_CFLAGS_value=$CFLAGS
+ac_env_LDFLAGS_set=${LDFLAGS+set}
+ac_env_LDFLAGS_value=$LDFLAGS
+ac_cv_env_LDFLAGS_set=${LDFLAGS+set}
+ac_cv_env_LDFLAGS_value=$LDFLAGS
+ac_env_CPP_set=${CPP+set}
+ac_env_CPP_value=$CPP
+ac_cv_env_CPP_set=${CPP+set}
+ac_cv_env_CPP_value=$CPP
+ac_env_CPPFLAGS_set=${CPPFLAGS+set}
+ac_env_CPPFLAGS_value=$CPPFLAGS
+ac_cv_env_CPPFLAGS_set=${CPPFLAGS+set}
+ac_cv_env_CPPFLAGS_value=$CPPFLAGS
+
+#
+# Report the --help message.
+#
+if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
+  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
+  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
+  cat <<EOF
+\`configure' configures this package to adapt to many kinds of systems.
+
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...
+
+To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
+VAR=VALUE.  See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.
+
+Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
+
+Configuration:
+  -h, --help              display this help and exit
+      --help=short        display options specific to this package
+      --help=recursive    display the short help of all the included packages
+  -V, --version           display version information and exit
+  -q, --quiet, --silent   do not print \`checking...' messages
+      --cache-file=FILE   cache test results in FILE [disabled]
+  -C, --config-cache      alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache'
+  -n, --no-create         do not create output files
+      --srcdir=DIR        find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..']
+
+EOF
+
+  cat <<EOF
+Installation directories:
+  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+                          [$ac_default_prefix]
+  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+                          [PREFIX]
+
+By default, \`make install' will install all the files in
+\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc.  You can specify
+an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix',
+for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'.
+
+For better control, use the options below.
+
+Fine tuning of the installation directories:
+  --bindir=DIR           user executables [EPREFIX/bin]
+  --sbindir=DIR          system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin]
+  --libexecdir=DIR       program executables [EPREFIX/libexec]
+  --datadir=DIR          read-only architecture-independent data [PREFIX/share]
+  --sysconfdir=DIR       read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc]
+  --sharedstatedir=DIR   modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com]
+  --localstatedir=DIR    modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var]
+  --libdir=DIR           object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib]
+  --includedir=DIR       C header files [PREFIX/include]
+  --oldincludedir=DIR    C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include]
+  --infodir=DIR          info documentation [PREFIX/info]
+  --mandir=DIR           man documentation [PREFIX/man]
+EOF
+
+  cat <<\EOF
+EOF
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
+
+  cat <<\EOF
+
+Optional Features:
+  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
+  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
+  --disable-glibtest      Do not try to compile and run a test GLIB program
+  --disable-gtktest       Do not try to compile and run a test GTK program
+  --disable-imlibtest     Do not try to compile and run a test IMLIB program
+
+Optional Packages:
+  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
+  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
+  --with-glib-prefix=PFX  Prefix where GLIB is installed (optional)
+  --with-glib-exec-prefix=PFX Exec prefix where GLIB is installed (optional)
+  --with-gtk-prefix=PFX   Prefix where GTK is installed (optional)
+  --with-gtk-exec-prefix=PFX Exec prefix where GTK is installed (optional)
+  --with-imlib-prefix=PFX Prefix where IMLIB is installed (optional)
+  --with-imlib-exec-prefix=PFX Exec prefix where IMLIB is installed (optional)
+
+Some influential environment variables:
+  CC          C compiler command
+  CFLAGS      C compiler flags
+  LDFLAGS     linker flags, e.g. -L<lib dir> if you have libraries in a
+              nonstandard directory <lib dir>
+  CPP         C preprocessor
+  CPPFLAGS    C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I<include dir> if you have
+              headers in a nonstandard directory <include dir>
+
+Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help
+it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations.
+
+EOF
+fi
+
+if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then
+  # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help.
+  ac_popdir=`pwd`
+  for ac_subdir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_subdir" = x: && continue
+    cd $ac_subdir
+    # A "../" for each directory in /$ac_subdir.
+    ac_dots=`echo $ac_subdir |
+             sed 's,^\./,,;s,[^/]$,&/,;s,[^/]*/,../,g'`
+
+    case $srcdir in
+    .) # No --srcdir option.  We are building in place.
+      ac_sub_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+    [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute path.
+      ac_sub_srcdir=$srcdir/$ac_subdir ;;
+    *) # Relative path.
+      ac_sub_srcdir=$ac_dots$srcdir/$ac_subdir ;;
+    esac
+
+    # Check for guested configure; otherwise get Cygnus style configure.
+    if test -f $ac_sub_srcdir/configure.gnu; then
+      echo
+      $SHELL $ac_sub_srcdir/configure.gnu  --help=recursive
+    elif test -f $ac_sub_srcdir/configure; then
+      echo
+      $SHELL $ac_sub_srcdir/configure  --help=recursive
+    elif test -f $ac_sub_srcdir/configure.ac ||
+           test -f $ac_sub_srcdir/configure.in; then
+      echo
+      $ac_configure --help
+    else
+      echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_subdir" >&2
+    fi
+    cd $ac_popdir
+  done
+fi
+
+test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit 0
+if $ac_init_version; then
+  cat <<\EOF
+
+Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+EOF
+  exit 0
+fi
+exec 5>config.log
+cat >&5 <<EOF
+This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
+running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
+
+It was created by $as_me, which was
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.49e.  Invocation command line was
+
+  $ $0 $@
+
+EOF
+{
+cat <<_ASUNAME
+## ---------- ##
+## Platform.  ##
+## ---------- ##
+
+hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/bin/uname -X     = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null     || echo unknown`
+
+/bin/arch              = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null              || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/arch -k       = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
+/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+hostinfo               = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null               || echo unknown`
+/bin/machine           = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null           || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/oslevel       = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
+/bin/universe          = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null          || echo unknown`
+
+PATH = $PATH
+
+_ASUNAME
+} >&5
+
+cat >&5 <<EOF
+## ------------ ##
+## Core tests.  ##
+## ------------ ##
+
+EOF
+
+# Keep a trace of the command line.
+# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
+# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters.
+ac_configure_args=
+ac_sep=
+for ac_arg
+do
+  case $ac_arg in
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c) ;;
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ;;
+  *" "*|*"	"*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?\"\']*)
+    ac_arg=`echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`
+    ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args$ac_sep'$ac_arg'"
+    ac_sep=" " ;;
+  *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args$ac_sep$ac_arg"
+     ac_sep=" " ;;
+  esac
+  # Get rid of the leading space.
+done
+
+# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete
+# config.log.  We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there
+# would cause problems or look ugly.
+trap 'exit_status=$?
+  # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging.
+  echo >&5
+  echo "## ----------------- ##" >&5
+  echo "## Cache variables.  ##" >&5
+  echo "## ----------------- ##" >&5
+  echo >&5
+  # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+{
+  (set) 2>&1 |
+    case `(ac_space='"'"' '"'"'; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
+    *ac_space=\ *)
+      sed -n \
+        "s/'"'"'/'"'"'\\\\'"'"''"'"'/g;
+    	  s/^\\([_$ac_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$ac_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='"'"'\\2'"'"'/p"
+      ;;
+    *)
+      sed -n \
+        "s/^\\([_$ac_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$ac_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\\2/p"
+      ;;
+    esac;
+} >&5
+  sed "/^$/d" confdefs.h >conftest.log
+  if test -s conftest.log; then
+    echo >&5
+    echo "## ------------ ##" >&5
+    echo "## confdefs.h.  ##" >&5
+    echo "## ------------ ##" >&5
+    echo >&5
+    cat conftest.log >&5
+  fi
+  (echo; echo) >&5
+  test "$ac_signal" != 0 &&
+    echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal" >&5
+  echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status" >&5
+  rm -rf conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core conf$$* $ac_clean_files &&
+    exit $exit_status
+     ' 0
+for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do
+  trap 'ac_status=$?; ac_signal='$ac_signal'; { (exit $ac_status); exit $ac_status; }' $ac_signal
+done
+ac_signal=0
+
+# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
+rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
+# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
+echo >confdefs.h
+
+# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to.
+# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
+if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
+  if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
+    CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"
+  else
+    CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"
+  fi
+fi
+for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do
+  if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
+    { echo "$as_me:824: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5
+echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;}
+    cat "$ac_site_file" >&5
+    . "$ac_site_file"
+  fi
+done
+
+if test -r "$cache_file"; then
+  # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special
+  # files actually), so we avoid doing that.
+  if test -f "$cache_file"; then
+    { echo "$as_me:835: loading cache $cache_file" >&5
+echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+    case $cache_file in
+      [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . $cache_file;;
+      *)                      . ./$cache_file;;
+    esac
+  fi
+else
+  { echo "$as_me:843: creating cache $cache_file" >&5
+echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+  >$cache_file
+fi
+
+# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same
+# value.
+ac_suggest_removing_cache=false
+for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 |
+               sed -n 's/^ac_env_\([a-zA-Z_0-9]*\)_set=.*/\1/p'`; do
+  eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set
+  eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set
+  eval ac_old_val="\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value"
+  eval ac_new_val="\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value"
+  case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in
+    set,)
+      { echo "$as_me:859: WARNING: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;}
+      ac_suggest_removing_cache=: ;;
+    ,set)
+      { echo "$as_me:863: WARNING: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;}
+      ac_suggest_removing_cache=: ;;
+    ,);;
+    *)
+      if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then
+        { echo "$as_me:869: WARNING: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;}
+        { echo "$as_me:871: WARNING:   former value:  $ac_old_val" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING:   former value:  $ac_old_val" >&2;}
+        { echo "$as_me:873: WARNING:   current value: $ac_new_val" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING:   current value: $ac_new_val" >&2;}
+        ac_suggest_removing_cache=:
+      fi;;
+  esac
+done
+if $ac_suggest_removing_cache; then
+  { echo "$as_me:880: WARNING: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;}
+  { echo "$as_me:882: WARNING: consider removing $cache_file and starting over" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: consider removing $cache_file and starting over" >&2;}
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in
+  *c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='
+' ECHO_T='	' ;;
+  *c*,*  ) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ECHO_T= ;;
+  *)      ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ECHO_T= ;;
+esac
+echo "#! $SHELL" >conftest.sh
+echo  "exit 0"   >>conftest.sh
+chmod +x conftest.sh
+if { (echo "$as_me:901: PATH=\".;.\"; conftest.sh") >&5
+  (PATH=".;."; conftest.sh) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:904: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; then
+  ac_path_separator=';'
+else
+  ac_path_separator=:
+fi
+PATH_SEPARATOR="$ac_path_separator"
+rm -f conftest.sh
+
+ac_config_headers="$ac_config_headers config.h"
+
+INCLUDES="-I."
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:925: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$ac_path_separator
+ac_dummy="$PATH"
+for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
+  IFS=$ac_save_IFS
+  test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+  $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue
+ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
+echo "$as_me:940: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5
+{ ac_try='$ac_dir/$ac_word --version </dev/null >&2'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:942: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:945: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }
+break
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:954: result: $CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:957: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:966: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$ac_path_separator
+ac_dummy="$PATH"
+for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
+  IFS=$ac_save_IFS
+  test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+  $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue
+ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
+echo "$as_me:981: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5
+{ ac_try='$ac_dir/$ac_word --version </dev/null >&2'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:983: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:986: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }
+break
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:995: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:998: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+  CC=$ac_ct_CC
+else
+  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+fi
+
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:1011: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$ac_path_separator
+ac_dummy="$PATH"
+for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
+  IFS=$ac_save_IFS
+  test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+  $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue
+ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
+echo "$as_me:1026: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5
+{ ac_try='$ac_dir/$ac_word --version </dev/null >&2'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:1028: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:1031: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }
+break
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:1040: result: $CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:1043: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:1052: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$ac_path_separator
+ac_dummy="$PATH"
+for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
+  IFS=$ac_save_IFS
+  test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+  $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue
+ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="cc"
+echo "$as_me:1067: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5
+{ ac_try='$ac_dir/$ac_word --version </dev/null >&2'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:1069: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:1072: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }
+break
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:1081: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:1084: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+  CC=$ac_ct_CC
+else
+  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:1097: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  ac_prog_rejected=no
+  ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$ac_path_separator
+ac_dummy="$PATH"
+for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
+  IFS=$ac_save_IFS
+  test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+  $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue
+if test "$ac_dir/$ac_word" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
+  ac_prog_rejected=yes
+  continue
+fi
+ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
+echo "$as_me:1117: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5
+{ ac_try='$ac_dir/$ac_word --version </dev/null >&2'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:1119: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:1122: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }
+break
+done
+
+if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
+  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
+  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
+  shift
+  if test $# != 0; then
+    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
+    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
+    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
+    shift
+    set dummy "$ac_dir/$ac_word" ${1+"$@"}
+    shift
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$@"
+  fi
+fi
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:1145: result: $CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:1148: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  for ac_prog in cl
+  do
+    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:1159: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$ac_path_separator
+ac_dummy="$PATH"
+for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
+  IFS=$ac_save_IFS
+  test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+  $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue
+ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
+echo "$as_me:1174: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5
+{ ac_try='$ac_dir/$ac_word --version </dev/null >&2'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:1176: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:1179: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }
+break
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:1188: result: $CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:1191: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+    test -n "$CC" && break
+  done
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  for ac_prog in cl
+do
+  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:1204: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$ac_path_separator
+ac_dummy="$PATH"
+for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
+  IFS=$ac_save_IFS
+  test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+  $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue
+ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
+echo "$as_me:1219: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5
+{ ac_try='$ac_dir/$ac_word --version </dev/null >&2'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:1221: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:1224: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }
+break
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:1233: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:1236: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+  test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break
+done
+
+  CC=$ac_ct_CC
+fi
+
+fi
+
+test -z "$CC" && { { echo "$as_me:1248: error: no acceptable cc found in \$PATH" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable cc found in \$PATH" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 1253 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.exe"
+# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out.
+# It will help us diagnose broken compiler, and finding out an intuition
+# of exeext.
+echo "$as_me:1269: checking for C compiler default output" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for C compiler default output... $ECHO_C" >&6
+ac_link_default=`echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'`
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:1272: \"$ac_link_default\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link_default) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:1275: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; then
+  for ac_file in `ls a.exe conftest.exe a.* conftest conftest.* 2>/dev/null`; do
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.o | *.obj | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb ) ;;
+    a.out ) # We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most
+            # certainly right.
+            break;;
+    *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
+          export ac_cv_exeext
+          break;;
+    * ) break;;
+  esac
+done
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+{ { echo "$as_me:1292: error: C compiler cannot create executables" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: C compiler cannot create executables" >&2;}
+   { (exit 77); exit 77; }; }
+fi
+
+ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext
+echo "$as_me:1298: result: $ac_file" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_file" >&6
+
+# Check the compiler produces executables we can run.  If not, either
+# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
+echo "$as_me:1303: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether the C compiler works... $ECHO_C" >&6
+# FIXME: These cross compiler hacks should be removed for Autoconf 3.0
+# If not cross compiling, check that we can run a simple program.
+if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then
+  if { ac_try='./$ac_file'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:1309: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:1312: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+    cross_compiling=no
+  else
+    if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then
+	cross_compiling=yes
+    else
+	{ { echo "$as_me:1319: error: cannot run C compiled programs.
+If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot run C compiled programs.
+If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    fi
+  fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:1327: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+
+rm -f a.out a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+# Check the compiler produces executables we can run.  If not, either
+# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
+echo "$as_me:1334: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are cross compiling... $ECHO_C" >&6
+echo "$as_me:1336: result: $cross_compiling" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$cross_compiling" >&6
+
+echo "$as_me:1339: checking for executable suffix" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for executable suffix... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:1341: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:1344: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; then
+  # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable)
+# catch `conftest.exe'.  For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will
+# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with
+# `rm'.
+for ac_file in `(ls conftest.exe; ls conftest; ls conftest.*) 2>/dev/null`; do
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.o | *.obj | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb ) ;;
+    *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
+          export ac_cv_exeext
+          break;;
+    * ) break;;
+  esac
+done
+else
+  { { echo "$as_me:1360: error: cannot compute EXEEXT: cannot compile and link" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute EXEEXT: cannot compile and link" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+rm -f conftest$ac_cv_exeext
+echo "$as_me:1366: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_exeext" >&6
+
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext
+ac_exeext=$EXEEXT
+echo "$as_me:1372: checking for object suffix" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for object suffix... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_objext+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 1378 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:1390: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:1393: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; then
+  for ac_file in `(ls conftest.o conftest.obj; ls conftest.*) 2>/dev/null`; do
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb ) ;;
+    *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'`
+       break;;
+  esac
+done
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+{ { echo "$as_me:1405: error: cannot compute OBJEXT: cannot compile" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute OBJEXT: cannot compile" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:1412: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_objext" >&6
+OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext
+ac_objext=$OBJEXT
+echo "$as_me:1416: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 1422 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+       choke me
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:1437: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:1440: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+         { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:1443: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:1446: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_compiler_gnu=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ac_compiler_gnu=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:1458: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6
+GCC=`test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes && echo yes`
+ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set}
+ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+CFLAGS="-g"
+echo "$as_me:1464: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether $CC accepts -g... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 1470 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:1482: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:1485: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+         { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:1488: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:1491: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:1501: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6
+if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
+  CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS
+elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS="-g"
+  fi
+else
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS=
+  fi
+fi
+# Some people use a C++ compiler to compile C.  Since we use `exit',
+# in C++ we need to declare it.  In case someone uses the same compiler
+# for both compiling C and C++ we need to have the C++ compiler decide
+# the declaration of exit, since it's the most demanding environment.
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+  choke me
+#endif
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:1528: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:1531: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+         { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:1534: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:1537: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  for ac_declaration in \
+   ''\
+   '#include <stdlib.h>' \
+   'extern "C" void std::exit (int) throw (); using std::exit;' \
+   'extern "C" void std::exit (int); using std::exit;' \
+   'extern "C" void exit (int) throw ();' \
+   'extern "C" void exit (int);' \
+   'void exit (int);'
+do
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 1549 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+$ac_declaration
+int
+main ()
+{
+exit (42);
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:1562: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:1565: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+         { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:1568: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:1571: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+continue
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 1581 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+$ac_declaration
+int
+main ()
+{
+exit (42);
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:1593: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:1596: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+         { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:1599: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:1602: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  break
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+done
+echo '#ifdef __cplusplus' >>confdefs.h
+echo $ac_declaration      >>confdefs.h
+echo '#endif'             >>confdefs.h
+
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+# Extract the first word of "gmake", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gmake; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:1628: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_MAKE+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$MAKE"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_MAKE="$MAKE" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$ac_path_separator
+ac_dummy="$PATH"
+for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
+  IFS=$ac_save_IFS
+  test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+  $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue
+ac_cv_prog_MAKE="gmake"
+echo "$as_me:1643: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5
+{ ac_try='$ac_dir/$ac_word --version </dev/null >&2'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:1645: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:1648: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }
+break
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+MAKE=$ac_cv_prog_MAKE
+if test -n "$MAKE"; then
+  echo "$as_me:1657: result: $MAKE" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$MAKE" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:1660: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+if test x"$MAKE" = x; then
+  # Extract the first word of "make", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy make; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:1667: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_MAKE+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$MAKE"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_MAKE="$MAKE" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$ac_path_separator
+ac_dummy="$PATH"
+for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
+  IFS=$ac_save_IFS
+  test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+  $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word" || continue
+ac_cv_prog_MAKE="make"
+echo "$as_me:1682: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5
+{ ac_try='$ac_dir/$ac_word --version </dev/null >&2'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:1684: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:1687: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }
+break
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+MAKE=$ac_cv_prog_MAKE
+if test -n "$MAKE"; then
+  echo "$as_me:1696: result: $MAKE" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$MAKE" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:1699: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+fi
+
+ac_aux_dir=
+for ac_dir in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../..; do
+  if test -f $ac_dir/install-sh; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
+    break
+  elif test -f $ac_dir/install.sh; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
+    break
+  elif test -f $ac_dir/shtool; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/shtool install -c"
+    break
+  fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+  { { echo "$as_me:1722: error: cannot find install-sh or install.sh in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../.." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot find install-sh or install.sh in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../.." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess"
+ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub"
+ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure" # This should be Cygnus configure.
+
+# Find a good install program.  We prefer a C program (faster),
+# so one script is as good as another.  But avoid the broken or
+# incompatible versions:
+# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
+# SunOS /usr/etc/install
+# IRIX /sbin/install
+# AIX /bin/install
+# AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs
+# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag
+# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
+# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
+# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
+echo "$as_me:1742: checking for a BSD compatible install" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for a BSD compatible install... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
+if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+    ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$ac_path_separator
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    IFS=$ac_save_IFS
+    # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
+    case $ac_dir/ in
+    / | ./ | .// | /cC/* \
+    | /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* \
+    | /usr/ucb/* ) ;;
+    *)
+      # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
+      # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root
+      # by default.
+      for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do
+        if $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_prog"; then
+	  if test $ac_prog = install &&
+            grep dspmsg "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # AIX install.  It has an incompatible calling convention.
+	    :
+	  elif test $ac_prog = install &&
+	    grep pwplus "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use.
+	    :
+	  else
+	    ac_cv_path_install="$ac_dir/$ac_prog -c"
+	    break 2
+	  fi
+	fi
+      done
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+
+fi
+  if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+    INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install
+  else
+    # As a last resort, use the slow shell script.  We don't cache a
+    # path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
+    # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+    # removed, or if the path is relative.
+    INSTALL=$ac_install_sh
+  fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:1791: result: $INSTALL" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$INSTALL" >&6
+
+# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
+# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
+test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+echo "$as_me:1807: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking how to run the C preprocessor... $ECHO_C" >&6
+# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
+if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
+  CPP=
+fi
+if test -z "$CPP"; then
+  if test "${ac_cv_prog_CPP+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+      # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded
+    for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp"
+    do
+      # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
+# with a fresh cross-compiler works.
+# On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+# not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
+ac_c_preproc_warn_flag=maybe
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 1826 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+Syntax error
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:1831: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  egrep -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:1837: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  # Now check whether non-existent headers can be detected and how
+# Skip if ac_cpp_err is not empty - ac_cpp is broken
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 1852 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:1856: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  egrep -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:1862: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  # cannot detect missing includes at all
+ac_cpp_err=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  if test "x$ac_cpp_err" = xmaybe; then
+      ac_c_preproc_warn_flag=yes
+    else
+      ac_c_preproc_warn_flag=
+    fi
+    ac_cpp_err=
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+      if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+        break
+      fi
+    done
+    ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
+
+fi
+  CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP
+else
+  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
+# with a fresh cross-compiler works.
+# On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+# not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
+ac_c_preproc_warn_flag=maybe
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 1908 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+Syntax error
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:1913: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  egrep -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:1919: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  # Now check whether non-existent headers can be detected and how
+# Skip if ac_cpp_err is not empty - ac_cpp is broken
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 1934 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:1938: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  egrep -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:1944: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  # cannot detect missing includes at all
+ac_cpp_err=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  if test "x$ac_cpp_err" = xmaybe; then
+      ac_c_preproc_warn_flag=yes
+    else
+      ac_c_preproc_warn_flag=
+    fi
+    ac_cpp_err=
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+  ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
+fi
+echo "$as_me:1977: result: $CPP" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CPP" >&6
+if test -n "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  { { echo "$as_me:1980: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+echo "$as_me:1990: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for ANSI C header files... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_stdc+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 1996 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <float.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:2004: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  egrep -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:2010: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 2032 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <string.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  egrep "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  :
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 2050 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  egrep "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  :
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi.
+  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+  :
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 2071 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020)
+# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
+# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c))
+#else
+# define ISLOWER(c) (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \
+                     || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \
+                     || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z'))
+# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c))
+#endif
+
+#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f)))
+int
+main ()
+{
+  int i;
+  for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+    if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i))
+        || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i))
+      exit(2);
+  exit (0);
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:2097: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:2100: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:2102: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:2105: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
+echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:2118: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define STDC_HEADERS 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+ac_header_dirent=no
+for ac_hdr in dirent.h sys/ndir.h sys/dir.h ndir.h; do
+  ac_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_dirent_$ac_hdr" | $ac_tr_sh`
+echo "$as_me:2131: checking for $ac_hdr that defines DIR" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_hdr that defines DIR... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$ac_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 2137 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <$ac_hdr>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+DIR *dirp = 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:2151: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:2154: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+         { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:2157: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:2160: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  eval "$ac_ac_Header=yes"
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+eval "$ac_ac_Header=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:2170: result: `eval echo '${'$ac_ac_Header'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$ac_ac_Header'}'`" >&6
+if test `eval echo '${'$ac_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_hdr" | $ac_tr_cpp` 1
+EOF
+
+ac_header_dirent=$ac_hdr; break
+fi
+
+done
+# Two versions of opendir et al. are in -ldir and -lx on SCO Xenix.
+if test $ac_header_dirent = dirent.h; then
+  echo "$as_me:2183: checking for opendir in -ldir" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for opendir in -ldir... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_dir_opendir+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-ldir  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 2191 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char opendir ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+opendir ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:2210: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:2213: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+         { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:2216: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:2219: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_dir_opendir=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ac_cv_lib_dir_opendir=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:2230: result: $ac_cv_lib_dir_opendir" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_dir_opendir" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_dir_opendir = yes; then
+  LIBS="$LIBS -ldir"
+fi
+
+else
+  echo "$as_me:2237: checking for opendir in -lx" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for opendir in -lx... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_x_opendir+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lx  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 2245 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char opendir ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+opendir ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:2264: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:2267: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+         { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:2270: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:2273: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_x_opendir=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ac_cv_lib_x_opendir=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:2284: result: $ac_cv_lib_x_opendir" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_x_opendir" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_x_opendir = yes; then
+  LIBS="$LIBS -lx"
+fi
+
+fi
+
+for ac_header in unistd.h
+do
+ac_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $ac_tr_sh`
+echo "$as_me:2295: checking for $ac_header" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$ac_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 2301 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <$ac_header>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:2305: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  egrep -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:2311: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  eval "$ac_ac_Header=yes"
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  eval "$ac_ac_Header=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:2330: result: `eval echo '${'$ac_ac_Header'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$ac_ac_Header'}'`" >&6
+if test `eval echo '${'$ac_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $ac_tr_cpp` 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+done
+
+for ac_header in sys/stat.h
+do
+ac_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $ac_tr_sh`
+echo "$as_me:2343: checking for $ac_header" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$ac_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 2349 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <$ac_header>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:2353: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  egrep -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:2359: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  eval "$ac_ac_Header=yes"
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  eval "$ac_ac_Header=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:2378: result: `eval echo '${'$ac_ac_Header'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$ac_ac_Header'}'`" >&6
+if test `eval echo '${'$ac_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $ac_tr_cpp` 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+done
+
+for ac_func in pipe
+do
+ac_ac_var=`echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $ac_tr_sh`
+echo "$as_me:2391: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_func... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$ac_ac_var+set}\" = set"; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 2397 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below.  */
+#include <assert.h>
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char $ac_func ();
+char (*f) ();
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+f = $ac_func;
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:2428: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:2431: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+         { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:2434: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:2437: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  eval "$ac_ac_var=yes"
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+eval "$ac_ac_var=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:2447: result: `eval echo '${'$ac_ac_var'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$ac_ac_var'}'`" >&6
+if test `eval echo '${'$ac_ac_var'}'` = yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $ac_tr_cpp` 1
+EOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_PIPE 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+done
+
+for ac_func in connect
+do
+ac_ac_var=`echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $ac_tr_sh`
+echo "$as_me:2464: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_func... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$ac_ac_var+set}\" = set"; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 2470 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below.  */
+#include <assert.h>
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char $ac_func ();
+char (*f) ();
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+f = $ac_func;
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:2501: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:2504: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+         { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:2507: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:2510: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  eval "$ac_ac_var=yes"
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+eval "$ac_ac_var=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:2520: result: `eval echo '${'$ac_ac_var'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$ac_ac_var'}'`" >&6
+if test `eval echo '${'$ac_ac_var'}'` = yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $ac_tr_cpp` 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+done
+
+if test x"$ac_cv_func_connect" = x"no"; then
+  if test -z "$libsocket"; then
+    echo "$as_me:2532: checking for socket in -lsocket" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for socket in -lsocket... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_socket_socket+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lsocket  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 2540 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char socket ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+socket ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:2559: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:2562: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+         { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:2565: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:2568: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_socket_socket=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ac_cv_lib_socket_socket=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:2579: result: $ac_cv_lib_socket_socket" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_socket_socket" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_socket_socket = yes; then
+  LIBS="$LIBS -lsocket"
+fi
+
+  fi
+
+    if test -z "$libinet"; then
+    echo "$as_me:2588: checking for socket in -linet" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for socket in -linet... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_inet_socket+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-linet  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 2596 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char socket ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+socket ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:2615: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:2618: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+         { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:2621: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:2624: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_inet_socket=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ac_cv_lib_inet_socket=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:2635: result: $ac_cv_lib_inet_socket" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_inet_socket" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_inet_socket = yes; then
+  libnsl=1; LIBS="$LIBS -linet -lnsl_s"
+fi
+
+  fi
+
+  if test -z "$libnsl"; then
+    echo "$as_me:2644: checking for gethostname in -lnsl" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for gethostname in -lnsl... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_nsl_gethostname+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lnsl  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 2652 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char gethostname ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+gethostname ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:2671: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:2674: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+         { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:2677: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:2680: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_nsl_gethostname=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ac_cv_lib_nsl_gethostname=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:2691: result: $ac_cv_lib_nsl_gethostname" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_nsl_gethostname" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_nsl_gethostname = yes; then
+  LIBS="$LIBS -lnsl"
+fi
+
+  fi
+fi
+
+echo "$as_me:2700: checking for getpwnam in -lsun" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for getpwnam in -lsun... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_sun_getpwnam+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lsun  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 2708 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char getpwnam ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+getpwnam ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:2727: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:2730: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+         { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:2733: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:2736: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_sun_getpwnam=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ac_cv_lib_sun_getpwnam=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:2747: result: $ac_cv_lib_sun_getpwnam" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_sun_getpwnam" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_sun_getpwnam = yes; then
+  LIBS="$LIBS -lsun"
+fi
+
+echo "$as_me:2753: checking for inet_addr in -ldgc" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for inet_addr in -ldgc... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_dgc_inet_addr+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-ldgc  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 2761 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char inet_addr ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+inet_addr ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:2780: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:2783: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+         { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:2786: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:2789: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_dgc_inet_addr=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ac_cv_lib_dgc_inet_addr=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:2800: result: $ac_cv_lib_dgc_inet_addr" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_dgc_inet_addr" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_dgc_inet_addr = yes; then
+  LIBS="$LIBS -ldgc"
+fi
+
+echo "$as_me:2806: checking for gethostbyname in -lresolv" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for gethostbyname in -lresolv... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_resolv_gethostbyname+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lresolv  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 2814 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char gethostbyname ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+gethostbyname ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:2833: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:2836: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+         { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:2839: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:2842: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_resolv_gethostbyname=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ac_cv_lib_resolv_gethostbyname=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:2853: result: $ac_cv_lib_resolv_gethostbyname" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_resolv_gethostbyname" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_resolv_gethostbyname = yes; then
+  LIBS="$LIBS -lresolv"
+fi
+
+# Check whether --with-glib-prefix or --without-glib-prefix was given.
+if test "${with_glib_prefix+set}" = set; then
+  withval="$with_glib_prefix"
+  glib_config_prefix="$withval"
+else
+  glib_config_prefix=""
+fi;
+
+# Check whether --with-glib-exec-prefix or --without-glib-exec-prefix was given.
+if test "${with_glib_exec_prefix+set}" = set; then
+  withval="$with_glib_exec_prefix"
+  glib_config_exec_prefix="$withval"
+else
+  glib_config_exec_prefix=""
+fi;
+# Check whether --enable-glibtest or --disable-glibtest was given.
+if test "${enable_glibtest+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_glibtest"
+
+else
+  enable_glibtest=yes
+fi;
+
+  if test x$glib_config_exec_prefix != x ; then
+     glib_config_args="$glib_config_args --exec-prefix=$glib_config_exec_prefix"
+     if test x${GLIB_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        GLIB_CONFIG=$glib_config_exec_prefix/bin/glib-config
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test x$glib_config_prefix != x ; then
+     glib_config_args="$glib_config_args --prefix=$glib_config_prefix"
+     if test x${GLIB_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        GLIB_CONFIG=$glib_config_prefix/bin/glib-config
+     fi
+  fi
+
+  for module in .
+  do
+      case "$module" in
+         gmodule)
+             glib_config_args="$glib_config_args gmodule"
+         ;;
+         gthread)
+             glib_config_args="$glib_config_args gthread"
+         ;;
+      esac
+  done
+
+  # Extract the first word of "glib-config", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy glib-config; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:2909: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_path_GLIB_CONFIG+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  case $GLIB_CONFIG in
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
+  ac_cv_path_GLIB_CONFIG="$GLIB_CONFIG" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  ;;
+  *)
+  ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$ac_path_separator
+ac_dummy="$PATH"
+for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
+  IFS=$ac_save_IFS
+  test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+  if $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word"; then
+   ac_cv_path_GLIB_CONFIG="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+   echo "$as_me:2926: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5
+   { ac_try='$ac_dir/$ac_word --version </dev/null >&2'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:2928: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:2931: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }
+   break
+fi
+done
+
+  test -z "$ac_cv_path_GLIB_CONFIG" && ac_cv_path_GLIB_CONFIG="no"
+  ;;
+esac
+fi
+GLIB_CONFIG=$ac_cv_path_GLIB_CONFIG
+
+if test -n "$GLIB_CONFIG"; then
+  echo "$as_me:2944: result: $GLIB_CONFIG" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$GLIB_CONFIG" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:2947: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+  min_glib_version=1.2.0
+  echo "$as_me:2952: checking for GLIB - version >= $min_glib_version" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for GLIB - version >= $min_glib_version... $ECHO_C" >&6
+  no_glib=""
+  if test "$GLIB_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+    no_glib=yes
+  else
+    GLIB_CFLAGS=`$GLIB_CONFIG $glib_config_args --cflags`
+    GLIB_LIBS=`$GLIB_CONFIG $glib_config_args --libs`
+    glib_config_major_version=`$GLIB_CONFIG $glib_config_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([0-9]*\).\([0-9]*\).\([0-9]*\)/\1/'`
+    glib_config_minor_version=`$GLIB_CONFIG $glib_config_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([0-9]*\).\([0-9]*\).\([0-9]*\)/\2/'`
+    glib_config_micro_version=`$GLIB_CONFIG $glib_config_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([0-9]*\).\([0-9]*\).\([0-9]*\)/\3/'`
+    if test "x$enable_glibtest" = "xyes" ; then
+      ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+      ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GLIB_CFLAGS"
+      LIBS="$GLIB_LIBS $LIBS"
+      rm -f conf.glibtest
+      if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+  echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 2976 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#include <glib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  int major, minor, micro;
+  char *tmp_version;
+
+  system ("touch conf.glibtest");
+
+  /* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
+  tmp_version = g_strdup("$min_glib_version");
+  if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, &micro) != 3) {
+     printf("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_glib_version");
+     exit(1);
+   }
+
+  if ((glib_major_version != $glib_config_major_version) ||
+      (glib_minor_version != $glib_config_minor_version) ||
+      (glib_micro_version != $glib_config_micro_version))
+    {
+      printf("\n*** 'glib-config --version' returned %d.%d.%d, but GLIB (%d.%d.%d)\n",
+             $glib_config_major_version, $glib_config_minor_version, $glib_config_micro_version,
+             glib_major_version, glib_minor_version, glib_micro_version);
+      printf ("*** was found! If glib-config was correct, then it is best\n");
+      printf ("*** to remove the old version of GLIB. You may also be able to fix the error\n");
+      printf("*** by modifying your LD_LIBRARY_PATH enviroment variable, or by editing\n");
+      printf("*** /etc/ld.so.conf. Make sure you have run ldconfig if that is\n");
+      printf("*** required on your system.\n");
+      printf("*** If glib-config was wrong, set the environment variable GLIB_CONFIG\n");
+      printf("*** to point to the correct copy of glib-config, and remove the file config.cache\n");
+      printf("*** before re-running configure\n");
+    }
+  else if ((glib_major_version != GLIB_MAJOR_VERSION) ||
+	   (glib_minor_version != GLIB_MINOR_VERSION) ||
+           (glib_micro_version != GLIB_MICRO_VERSION))
+    {
+      printf("*** GLIB header files (version %d.%d.%d) do not match\n",
+	     GLIB_MAJOR_VERSION, GLIB_MINOR_VERSION, GLIB_MICRO_VERSION);
+      printf("*** library (version %d.%d.%d)\n",
+	     glib_major_version, glib_minor_version, glib_micro_version);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if ((glib_major_version > major) ||
+        ((glib_major_version == major) && (glib_minor_version > minor)) ||
+        ((glib_major_version == major) && (glib_minor_version == minor) && (glib_micro_version >= micro)))
+      {
+        return 0;
+       }
+     else
+      {
+        printf("\n*** An old version of GLIB (%d.%d.%d) was found.\n",
+               glib_major_version, glib_minor_version, glib_micro_version);
+        printf("*** You need a version of GLIB newer than %d.%d.%d. The latest version of\n",
+	       major, minor, micro);
+        printf("*** GLIB is always available from ftp://ftp.gtk.org.\n");
+        printf("***\n");
+        printf("*** If you have already installed a sufficiently new version, this error\n");
+        printf("*** probably means that the wrong copy of the glib-config shell script is\n");
+        printf("*** being found. The easiest way to fix this is to remove the old version\n");
+        printf("*** of GLIB, but you can also set the GLIB_CONFIG environment to point to the\n");
+        printf("*** correct copy of glib-config. (In this case, you will have to\n");
+        printf("*** modify your LD_LIBRARY_PATH enviroment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf\n");
+        printf("*** so that the correct libraries are found at run-time))\n");
+      }
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:3053: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:3056: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:3058: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:3061: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
+echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+no_glib=yes
+fi
+rm -f conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+       CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+       LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test "x$no_glib" = x ; then
+     echo "$as_me:3077: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+     :
+  else
+     echo "$as_me:3081: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+     if test "$GLIB_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+       echo "*** The glib-config script installed by GLIB could not be found"
+       echo "*** If GLIB was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in"
+       echo "*** your path, or set the GLIB_CONFIG environment variable to the"
+       echo "*** full path to glib-config."
+     else
+       if test -f conf.glibtest ; then
+        :
+       else
+          echo "*** Could not run GLIB test program, checking why..."
+          CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GLIB_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$LIBS $GLIB_LIBS"
+          cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 3096 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#include <glib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+ return ((glib_major_version) || (glib_minor_version) || (glib_micro_version));
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:3111: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:3114: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+         { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:3117: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:3120: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+   echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
+          echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding GLIB or finding the wrong"
+          echo "*** version of GLIB. If it is not finding GLIB, you'll need to set your"
+          echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
+          echo "*** to the installed location  Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
+          echo "*** is required on your system"
+	  echo "***"
+          echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
+          echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH"
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
+          echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means GLIB was incorrectly installed"
+          echo "*** or that you have moved GLIB since it was installed. In the latter case, you"
+          echo "*** may want to edit the glib-config script: $GLIB_CONFIG"
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+          CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+       fi
+     fi
+     GLIB_CFLAGS=""
+     GLIB_LIBS=""
+     { { echo "$as_me:3146: error: { { echo \"$as_me:3146: error: Cannot find GLIB: Is glib-config in path?\" >&5
+echo \"$as_me: error: Cannot find GLIB: Is glib-config in path?\" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: { { echo \"$as_me:3149: error: Cannot find GLIB: Is glib-config in path?\" >&5
+echo \"$as_me: error: Cannot find GLIB: Is glib-config in path?\" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  fi
+
+  rm -f conf.glibtest
+
+# Check whether --with-gtk-prefix or --without-gtk-prefix was given.
+if test "${with_gtk_prefix+set}" = set; then
+  withval="$with_gtk_prefix"
+  gtk_config_prefix="$withval"
+else
+  gtk_config_prefix=""
+fi;
+
+# Check whether --with-gtk-exec-prefix or --without-gtk-exec-prefix was given.
+if test "${with_gtk_exec_prefix+set}" = set; then
+  withval="$with_gtk_exec_prefix"
+  gtk_config_exec_prefix="$withval"
+else
+  gtk_config_exec_prefix=""
+fi;
+# Check whether --enable-gtktest or --disable-gtktest was given.
+if test "${enable_gtktest+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_gtktest"
+
+else
+  enable_gtktest=yes
+fi;
+
+  for module in . gthread
+  do
+      case "$module" in
+         gthread)
+             gtk_config_args="$gtk_config_args gthread"
+         ;;
+      esac
+  done
+
+  if test x$gtk_config_exec_prefix != x ; then
+     gtk_config_args="$gtk_config_args --exec-prefix=$gtk_config_exec_prefix"
+     if test x${GTK_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        GTK_CONFIG=$gtk_config_exec_prefix/bin/gtk-config
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test x$gtk_config_prefix != x ; then
+     gtk_config_args="$gtk_config_args --prefix=$gtk_config_prefix"
+     if test x${GTK_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        GTK_CONFIG=$gtk_config_prefix/bin/gtk-config
+     fi
+  fi
+
+  # Extract the first word of "gtk-config", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gtk-config; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:3204: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_path_GTK_CONFIG+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  case $GTK_CONFIG in
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
+  ac_cv_path_GTK_CONFIG="$GTK_CONFIG" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  ;;
+  *)
+  ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$ac_path_separator
+ac_dummy="$PATH"
+for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
+  IFS=$ac_save_IFS
+  test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+  if $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word"; then
+   ac_cv_path_GTK_CONFIG="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+   echo "$as_me:3221: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5
+   { ac_try='$ac_dir/$ac_word --version </dev/null >&2'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:3223: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:3226: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }
+   break
+fi
+done
+
+  test -z "$ac_cv_path_GTK_CONFIG" && ac_cv_path_GTK_CONFIG="no"
+  ;;
+esac
+fi
+GTK_CONFIG=$ac_cv_path_GTK_CONFIG
+
+if test -n "$GTK_CONFIG"; then
+  echo "$as_me:3239: result: $GTK_CONFIG" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$GTK_CONFIG" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:3242: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+  min_gtk_version=1.2.0
+  echo "$as_me:3247: checking for GTK - version >= $min_gtk_version" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for GTK - version >= $min_gtk_version... $ECHO_C" >&6
+  no_gtk=""
+  if test "$GTK_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+    no_gtk=yes
+  else
+    GTK_CFLAGS=`$GTK_CONFIG $gtk_config_args --cflags`
+    GTK_LIBS=`$GTK_CONFIG $gtk_config_args --libs`
+    gtk_config_major_version=`$GTK_CONFIG $gtk_config_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([0-9]*\).\([0-9]*\).\([0-9]*\)/\1/'`
+    gtk_config_minor_version=`$GTK_CONFIG $gtk_config_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([0-9]*\).\([0-9]*\).\([0-9]*\)/\2/'`
+    gtk_config_micro_version=`$GTK_CONFIG $gtk_config_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([0-9]*\).\([0-9]*\).\([0-9]*\)/\3/'`
+    if test "x$enable_gtktest" = "xyes" ; then
+      ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+      ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GTK_CFLAGS"
+      LIBS="$GTK_LIBS $LIBS"
+      rm -f conf.gtktest
+      if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+  echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 3271 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  int major, minor, micro;
+  char *tmp_version;
+
+  system ("touch conf.gtktest");
+
+  /* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
+  tmp_version = g_strdup("$min_gtk_version");
+  if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, &micro) != 3) {
+     printf("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_gtk_version");
+     exit(1);
+   }
+
+  if ((gtk_major_version != $gtk_config_major_version) ||
+      (gtk_minor_version != $gtk_config_minor_version) ||
+      (gtk_micro_version != $gtk_config_micro_version))
+    {
+      printf("\n*** 'gtk-config --version' returned %d.%d.%d, but GTK+ (%d.%d.%d)\n",
+             $gtk_config_major_version, $gtk_config_minor_version, $gtk_config_micro_version,
+             gtk_major_version, gtk_minor_version, gtk_micro_version);
+      printf ("*** was found! If gtk-config was correct, then it is best\n");
+      printf ("*** to remove the old version of GTK+. You may also be able to fix the error\n");
+      printf("*** by modifying your LD_LIBRARY_PATH enviroment variable, or by editing\n");
+      printf("*** /etc/ld.so.conf. Make sure you have run ldconfig if that is\n");
+      printf("*** required on your system.\n");
+      printf("*** If gtk-config was wrong, set the environment variable GTK_CONFIG\n");
+      printf("*** to point to the correct copy of gtk-config, and remove the file config.cache\n");
+      printf("*** before re-running configure\n");
+    }
+#if defined (GTK_MAJOR_VERSION) && defined (GTK_MINOR_VERSION) && defined (GTK_MICRO_VERSION)
+  else if ((gtk_major_version != GTK_MAJOR_VERSION) ||
+	   (gtk_minor_version != GTK_MINOR_VERSION) ||
+           (gtk_micro_version != GTK_MICRO_VERSION))
+    {
+      printf("*** GTK+ header files (version %d.%d.%d) do not match\n",
+	     GTK_MAJOR_VERSION, GTK_MINOR_VERSION, GTK_MICRO_VERSION);
+      printf("*** library (version %d.%d.%d)\n",
+	     gtk_major_version, gtk_minor_version, gtk_micro_version);
+    }
+#endif /* defined (GTK_MAJOR_VERSION) ... */
+  else
+    {
+      if ((gtk_major_version > major) ||
+        ((gtk_major_version == major) && (gtk_minor_version > minor)) ||
+        ((gtk_major_version == major) && (gtk_minor_version == minor) && (gtk_micro_version >= micro)))
+      {
+        return 0;
+       }
+     else
+      {
+        printf("\n*** An old version of GTK+ (%d.%d.%d) was found.\n",
+               gtk_major_version, gtk_minor_version, gtk_micro_version);
+        printf("*** You need a version of GTK+ newer than %d.%d.%d. The latest version of\n",
+	       major, minor, micro);
+        printf("*** GTK+ is always available from ftp://ftp.gtk.org.\n");
+        printf("***\n");
+        printf("*** If you have already installed a sufficiently new version, this error\n");
+        printf("*** probably means that the wrong copy of the gtk-config shell script is\n");
+        printf("*** being found. The easiest way to fix this is to remove the old version\n");
+        printf("*** of GTK+, but you can also set the GTK_CONFIG environment to point to the\n");
+        printf("*** correct copy of gtk-config. (In this case, you will have to\n");
+        printf("*** modify your LD_LIBRARY_PATH enviroment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf\n");
+        printf("*** so that the correct libraries are found at run-time))\n");
+      }
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:3350: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:3353: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:3355: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:3358: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
+echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+no_gtk=yes
+fi
+rm -f conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+       CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+       LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test "x$no_gtk" = x ; then
+     echo "$as_me:3374: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+     :
+  else
+     echo "$as_me:3378: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+     if test "$GTK_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+       echo "*** The gtk-config script installed by GTK could not be found"
+       echo "*** If GTK was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in"
+       echo "*** your path, or set the GTK_CONFIG environment variable to the"
+       echo "*** full path to gtk-config."
+     else
+       if test -f conf.gtktest ; then
+        :
+       else
+          echo "*** Could not run GTK test program, checking why..."
+          CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GTK_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$LIBS $GTK_LIBS"
+          cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 3393 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+ return ((gtk_major_version) || (gtk_minor_version) || (gtk_micro_version));
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:3408: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:3411: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+         { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:3414: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:3417: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+   echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
+          echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding GTK or finding the wrong"
+          echo "*** version of GTK. If it is not finding GTK, you'll need to set your"
+          echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
+          echo "*** to the installed location  Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
+          echo "*** is required on your system"
+	  echo "***"
+          echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
+          echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH"
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
+          echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means GTK was incorrectly installed"
+          echo "*** or that you have moved GTK since it was installed. In the latter case, you"
+          echo "*** may want to edit the gtk-config script: $GTK_CONFIG"
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+          CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+       fi
+     fi
+     GTK_CFLAGS=""
+     GTK_LIBS=""
+     { { echo "$as_me:3443: error: { { echo \"$as_me:3443: error: Cannot find GTK: Is gtk-config in path?\" >&5
+echo \"$as_me: error: Cannot find GTK: Is gtk-config in path?\" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: { { echo \"$as_me:3446: error: Cannot find GTK: Is gtk-config in path?\" >&5
+echo \"$as_me: error: Cannot find GTK: Is gtk-config in path?\" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  fi
+
+  rm -f conf.gtktest
+
+echo "$as_me:3454: checking for pthread.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for pthread.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_pthread_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 3460 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <pthread.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:3464: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  egrep -v '^ *\+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:3470: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  ac_cv_header_pthread_h=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  ac_cv_header_pthread_h=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:3489: result: $ac_cv_header_pthread_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_pthread_h" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_header_pthread_h = yes; then
+  :
+else
+  { { echo "$as_me:3494: error: pthread header not found. Dynamic Windows cannot build without it." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: pthread header not found. Dynamic Windows cannot build without it." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+echo "$as_me:3499: checking for pthread_attr_init in -lpthread" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for pthread_attr_init in -lpthread... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_attr_init+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lpthread  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 3507 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char pthread_attr_init ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+pthread_attr_init ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:3526: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:3529: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+         { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:3532: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:3535: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_attr_init=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_attr_init=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:3546: result: $ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_attr_init" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_attr_init" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_attr_init = yes; then
+  PTHREAD_LIBS="-lpthread"
+else
+  echo "$as_me:3551: checking for pthread_attr_init in -lpthreads" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for pthread_attr_init in -lpthreads... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_attr_init+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lpthreads  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 3559 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char pthread_attr_init ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+pthread_attr_init ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:3578: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:3581: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+         { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:3584: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:3587: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_attr_init=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_attr_init=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:3598: result: $ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_attr_init" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_attr_init" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_attr_init = yes; then
+  PTHREAD_LIBS="-lpthreads"
+else
+  echo "$as_me:3603: checking for pthread_attr_init in -lc_r" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for pthread_attr_init in -lc_r... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_attr_init+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lc_r  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 3611 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char pthread_attr_init ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+pthread_attr_init ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:3630: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:3633: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+         { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:3636: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:3639: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_attr_init=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_attr_init=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:3650: result: $ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_attr_init" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_attr_init" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_attr_init = yes; then
+  PTHREAD_LIBS="-lc_r"
+else
+  { { echo "$as_me:3655: error: pthread library not found. HandyFTP cannot build without it.
+      " >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: pthread library not found. HandyFTP cannot build without it.
+      " >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+fi
+
+fi
+
+fi
+
+# Check whether --with-imlib-prefix or --without-imlib-prefix was given.
+if test "${with_imlib_prefix+set}" = set; then
+  withval="$with_imlib_prefix"
+  imlib_prefix="$withval"
+else
+  imlib_prefix=""
+fi;
+
+# Check whether --with-imlib-exec-prefix or --without-imlib-exec-prefix was given.
+if test "${with_imlib_exec_prefix+set}" = set; then
+  withval="$with_imlib_exec_prefix"
+  imlib_exec_prefix="$withval"
+else
+  imlib_exec_prefix=""
+fi;
+# Check whether --enable-imlibtest or --disable-imlibtest was given.
+if test "${enable_imlibtest+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_imlibtest"
+
+else
+  enable_imlibtest=yes
+fi;
+
+  if test x$imlib_exec_prefix != x ; then
+     imlib_args="$imlib_args --exec-prefix=$imlib_exec_prefix"
+     if test x${IMLIB_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        IMLIB_CONFIG=$imlib_exec_prefix/bin/imlib-config
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test x$imlib_prefix != x ; then
+     imlib_args="$imlib_args --prefix=$imlib_prefix"
+     if test x${IMLIB_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        IMLIB_CONFIG=$imlib_prefix/bin/imlib-config
+     fi
+  fi
+
+  # Extract the first word of "imlib-config", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy imlib-config; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:3705: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_path_IMLIB_CONFIG+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  case $IMLIB_CONFIG in
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
+  ac_cv_path_IMLIB_CONFIG="$IMLIB_CONFIG" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  ;;
+  *)
+  ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$ac_path_separator
+ac_dummy="$PATH"
+for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
+  IFS=$ac_save_IFS
+  test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+  if $as_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word"; then
+   ac_cv_path_IMLIB_CONFIG="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+   echo "$as_me:3722: found $ac_dir/$ac_word" >&5
+   { ac_try='$ac_dir/$ac_word --version </dev/null >&2'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:3724: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:3727: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }
+   break
+fi
+done
+
+  test -z "$ac_cv_path_IMLIB_CONFIG" && ac_cv_path_IMLIB_CONFIG="no"
+  ;;
+esac
+fi
+IMLIB_CONFIG=$ac_cv_path_IMLIB_CONFIG
+
+if test -n "$IMLIB_CONFIG"; then
+  echo "$as_me:3740: result: $IMLIB_CONFIG" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$IMLIB_CONFIG" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:3743: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+  min_imlib_version=1.9.4
+  echo "$as_me:3748: checking for IMLIB - version >= $min_imlib_version" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for IMLIB - version >= $min_imlib_version... $ECHO_C" >&6
+  no_imlib=""
+  if test "$IMLIB_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+    no_imlib=yes
+  else
+    GDK_IMLIB_CFLAGS=`$IMLIB_CONFIG $imlibconf_args --cflags-gdk`
+    GDK_IMLIB_LIBS=`$IMLIB_CONFIG $imlibconf_args --libs-gdk`
+
+    imlib_major_version=`$IMLIB_CONFIG $imlib_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([0-9]*\).\([0-9]*\).\([0-9]*\)/\1/'`
+    imlib_minor_version=`$IMLIB_CONFIG $imlib_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([0-9]*\).\([0-9]*\).\([0-9]*\)/\2/'`
+    imlib_micro_version=`$IMLIB_CONFIG $imlib_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([0-9]*\).\([0-9]*\).\([0-9]*\)/\3/'`
+    if test "x$enable_imlibtest" = "xyes" ; then
+      ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+      ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GDK_IMLIB_CFLAGS"
+      LIBS="$LIBS $GDK_IMLIB_LIBS"
+      rm -f conf.imlibtest
+      if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+  echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 3773 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <gdk_imlib.h>
+
+int main ()
+{
+  int major, minor, micro;
+  char *tmp_version;
+
+  system ("touch conf.gdkimlibtest");
+
+  /* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
+  tmp_version = g_strdup("$min_imlib_version");
+  if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, &micro) != 3) {
+     printf("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_imlib_version");
+     exit(1);
+   }
+
+    if (($imlib_major_version > major) ||
+        (($imlib_major_version == major) && ($imlib_minor_version > minor)) ||
+	(($imlib_major_version == major) && ($imlib_minor_version == minor) &&
+	($imlib_micro_version >= micro)))
+    {
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      printf("\n*** 'imlib-config --version' returned %d.%d.%d, but the minimum version\n", $imlib_major_version, $imlib_minor_version, $imlib_micro_version);
+      printf("*** of IMLIB required is %d.%d.%d. If imlib-config is correct, then it is\n", major, minor, micro);
+      printf("*** best to upgrade to the required version.\n");
+      printf("*** If imlib-config was wrong, set the environment variable IMLIB_CONFIG\n");
+      printf("*** to point to the correct copy of imlib-config, and remove the file\n");
+      printf("*** config.cache before re-running configure\n");
+      return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:3815: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:3818: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:3820: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:3823: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
+echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+no_imlib=yes
+fi
+rm -f conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+       CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+       LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test "x$no_imlib" = x ; then
+     echo "$as_me:3839: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+     cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define USE_IMLIB 1
+EOF
+
+  else
+     echo "$as_me:3846: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+     if test "$IMLIB_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+       echo "*** The imlib-config script installed by IMLIB could not be found"
+       echo "*** If IMLIB was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in"
+       echo "*** your path, or set the IMLIB_CONFIG environment variable to the"
+       echo "*** full path to imlib-config."
+     else
+       if test -f conf.gdkimlibtest ; then
+        :
+       else
+          echo "*** Could not run IMLIB test program, checking why..."
+          CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GDK_IMLIB_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$LIBS $GDK_IMLIB_LIBS"
+          cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#line 3861 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <gdk_imlib.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+ return 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:3876: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:3879: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+         { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:3882: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:3885: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+   echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
+          echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding IMLIB or finding the wrong"
+          echo "*** version of IMLIB. If it is not finding IMLIB, you'll need to set your"
+          echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
+          echo "*** to the installed location  Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
+          echo "*** is required on your system"
+	  echo "***"
+          echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
+          echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH"
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
+          echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means IMLIB was incorrectly installed"
+          echo "*** or that you have moved IMLIB since it was installed. In the latter case, you"
+          echo "*** may want to edit the imlib-config script: $IMLIB_CONFIG"
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+          CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+       fi
+     fi
+     GDK_IMLIB_CFLAGS=""
+     GDK_IMLIB_LIBS=""
+     { { echo "$as_me:3911: error: IMLIB not found or too old. Dynamic Windows cannot build without it." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: IMLIB not found or too old. Dynamic Windows cannot build without it." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  fi
+
+  rm -f conf.gdkimlibtest
+
+CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GTK_CFLAGS $GDK_IMLIB_FLAGS"
+LIBS="$LIBS $GTK_LIBS $PTHREAD_LIBS $GDK_IMLIB_LIBS"
+
+RM="rm -f"
+LN="ln -s"
+CP="cp"
+MV="mv"
+MKDIR="mkdir"
+
+ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile:Makefile.in"
+cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF
+# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
+# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
+# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache.
+# It is not useful on other systems.  If it contains results you don't
+# want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+#
+# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it
+# the --recheck option to rerun configure.
+#
+# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overriden when
+# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the
+# following values.
+
+_ACEOF
+
+# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
+# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values.
+# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
+# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
+{
+  (set) 2>&1 |
+    case `(ac_space=' '; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
+    *ac_space=\ *)
+      # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote
+      # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
+      sed -n \
+        "s/'/'\\\\''/g;
+    	  s/^\\([_$ac_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$ac_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p"
+      ;;
+    *)
+      # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
+      sed -n \
+        "s/^\\([_$ac_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$ac_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\\2/p"
+      ;;
+    esac;
+} |
+  sed '
+     t clear
+     : clear
+     s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/
+     t end
+     /^ac_cv_env/!s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/
+     : end' >>confcache
+if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then :; else
+  if test -w $cache_file; then
+    test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null" && echo "updating cache $cache_file"
+    cat confcache >$cache_file
+  else
+    echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
+  fi
+fi
+rm -f confcache
+
+test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+# Let make expand exec_prefix.
+test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+
+# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove $(srcdir),
+# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and
+# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty
+# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers).
+if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
+  ac_vpsub='/^[ 	]*VPATH[ 	]*=/{
+s/:*\$(srcdir):*/:/;
+s/:*\${srcdir}:*/:/;
+s/:*@srcdir@:*/:/;
+s/^\([^=]*=[ 	]*\):*/\1/;
+s/:*$//;
+s/^[^=]*=[ 	]*$//;
+}'
+fi
+
+DEFS=-DHAVE_CONFIG_H
+
+: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
+ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS"
+{ echo "$as_me:4007: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
+echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;}
+cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
+#! $SHELL
+# Generated automatically by configure.
+# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
+# configure, is in config.log if it exists.
+
+debug=false
+SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL}
+ac_cs_invocation="\$0 \$@"
+
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+# Be Bourne compatible
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+elif test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}" && (set -o posix) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  set -o posix
+fi
+
+# Name of the executable.
+as_me=`echo "$0" |sed 's,.*[\\/],,'`
+
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+echo >conf$$.file
+if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+  # We could just check for DJGPP; but this test a) works b) is more generic
+  # and c) will remain valid once DJGPP supports symlinks (DJGPP 2.04).
+  if test -f conf$$.exe; then
+    # Don't use ln at all; we don't have any links
+    as_ln_s='cp -p'
+  else
+    as_ln_s='ln -s'
+  fi
+elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_ln_s=ln
+else
+  as_ln_s='cp -p'
+fi
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+
+as_executable_p="test -f"
+
+# Support unset when possible.
+if (FOO=FOO; unset FOO) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_unset=unset
+else
+  as_unset=false
+fi
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+$as_unset LANG || test "${LANG+set}" != set || { LANG=C; export LANG; }
+$as_unset LC_ALL || test "${LC_ALL+set}" != set || { LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; }
+$as_unset LC_TIME || test "${LC_TIME+set}" != set || { LC_TIME=C; export LC_TIME; }
+$as_unset LC_CTYPE || test "${LC_CTYPE+set}" != set || { LC_CTYPE=C; export LC_CTYPE; }
+$as_unset LANGUAGE || test "${LANGUAGE+set}" != set || { LANGUAGE=C; export LANGUAGE; }
+$as_unset LC_COLLATE || test "${LC_COLLATE+set}" != set || { LC_COLLATE=C; export LC_COLLATE; }
+$as_unset LC_NUMERIC || test "${LC_NUMERIC+set}" != set || { LC_NUMERIC=C; export LC_NUMERIC; }
+$as_unset LC_MESSAGES || test "${LC_MESSAGES+set}" != set || { LC_MESSAGES=C; export LC_MESSAGES; }
+
+# IFS
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.
+as_nl='
+'
+IFS=" 	$as_nl"
+
+# CDPATH.
+$as_unset CDPATH || test "${CDPATH+set}" != set || { CDPATH=:; export CDPATH; }
+
+exec 6>&1
+
+_ACEOF
+
+# Files that config.status was made for.
+if test -n "$ac_config_files"; then
+  echo "config_files=\"$ac_config_files\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_config_headers"; then
+  echo "config_headers=\"$ac_config_headers\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_config_links"; then
+  echo "config_links=\"$ac_config_links\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_config_commands"; then
+  echo "config_commands=\"$ac_config_commands\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+fi
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+
+ac_cs_usage="\
+\`$as_me' instantiates files from templates according to the
+current configuration.
+
+Usage: $0 [OPTIONS] [FILE]...
+
+  -h, --help       print this help, then exit
+  -V, --version    print version number, then exit
+  -d, --debug      don't remove temporary files
+      --recheck    update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions
+  --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
+                   instantiate the configuration file FILE
+  --header=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
+                   instantiate the configuration header FILE
+
+Configuration files:
+$config_files
+
+Configuration headers:
+$config_headers
+
+Report bugs to <bug-autoconf@gnu.org>."
+EOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+ac_cs_version="\\
+config.status
+configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.49e,
+  with options \"`echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\"
+
+Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."
+srcdir=$srcdir
+INSTALL="$INSTALL"
+EOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+# If no file are specified by the user, then we need to provide default
+# value.  By we need to know if files were specified by the user.
+ac_need_defaults=:
+while test $# != 0
+do
+  case $1 in
+  --*=*)
+    ac_option=`expr "x$1" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
+    ac_optarg=`expr "x$1" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
+    shift
+    set dummy "$ac_option" "$ac_optarg" ${1+"$@"}
+    shift
+    ;;
+  -*);;
+  *) # This is not an option, so the user has probably given explicit
+     # arguments.
+     ac_need_defaults=false;;
+  esac
+
+  case $1 in
+  # Handling of the options.
+EOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+    echo "running $SHELL $0 " $ac_configure_args " --no-create --no-recursion"
+    exec $SHELL $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;;
+EOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+  --version | --vers* | -V )
+    echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit 0 ;;
+  --he | --h)
+    # Conflict between --help and --header
+    { { echo "$as_me:4180: error: ambiguous option: $1
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: ambiguous option: $1
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+  --help | --hel | -h )
+    echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
+  --debug | --d* | -d )
+    debug=: ;;
+  --file | --fil | --fi | --f )
+    shift
+    CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES $1"
+    ac_need_defaults=false;;
+  --header | --heade | --head | --hea )
+    shift
+    CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS $1"
+    ac_need_defaults=false;;
+
+  # Handling of arguments.
+  'Makefile' ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile:Makefile.in" ;;
+  'config.h' ) CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS config.h" ;;
+
+  # This is an error.
+  -*) { { echo "$as_me:4203: error: unrecognized option: $1
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $1
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;;
+  *) { { echo "$as_me:4208: error: invalid argument: $1" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: invalid argument: $1" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+
+exec 5>>config.log
+cat >&5 << _ACEOF
+
+## ----------------------- ##
+## Running config.status.  ##
+## ----------------------- ##
+
+This file was extended by $as_me 2.49e, executed with
+  > $ac_cs_invocation
+on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+
+_ACEOF
+EOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate,
+# then the envvar interface is used.  Set only those that are not.
+# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely
+# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3.
+if $ac_need_defaults; then
+  test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files
+  test "${CONFIG_HEADERS+set}" = set || CONFIG_HEADERS=$config_headers
+fi
+
+# Create a temporary directory, and hook for its removal unless debugging.
+$debug ||
+{
+  trap 'exit_status=$?; rm -rf $tmp && exit $exit_status' 0
+  trap '{ (exit $?); exit $?; }' 1 2 13 15
+}
+
+# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files.
+: ${TMPDIR=/tmp}
+{
+  tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d -q "$TMPDIR/csXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` &&
+  test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp"
+}  ||
+{
+  tmp=$TMPDIR/cs$$-$RANDOM
+  (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp)
+} ||
+{
+   echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+}
+
+EOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+#
+# CONFIG_FILES section.
+#
+
+# No need to generate the scripts if there are no CONFIG_FILES.
+# This happens for instance when ./config.status config.h
+if test -n "\$CONFIG_FILES"; then
+  # Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+  sed 's/,@/@@/; s/@,/@@/; s/,;t t\$/@;t t/; /@;t t\$/s/[\\\\&,]/\\\\&/g;
+   s/@@/,@/; s/@@/@,/; s/@;t t\$/,;t t/' >\$tmp/subs.sed <<\\CEOF
+s,@SHELL@,$SHELL,;t t
+s,@exec_prefix@,$exec_prefix,;t t
+s,@prefix@,$prefix,;t t
+s,@program_transform_name@,$program_transform_name,;t t
+s,@bindir@,$bindir,;t t
+s,@sbindir@,$sbindir,;t t
+s,@libexecdir@,$libexecdir,;t t
+s,@datadir@,$datadir,;t t
+s,@sysconfdir@,$sysconfdir,;t t
+s,@sharedstatedir@,$sharedstatedir,;t t
+s,@localstatedir@,$localstatedir,;t t
+s,@libdir@,$libdir,;t t
+s,@includedir@,$includedir,;t t
+s,@oldincludedir@,$oldincludedir,;t t
+s,@infodir@,$infodir,;t t
+s,@mandir@,$mandir,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE_NAME@,$PACKAGE_NAME,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE_TARNAME@,$PACKAGE_TARNAME,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE_VERSION@,$PACKAGE_VERSION,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE_STRING@,$PACKAGE_STRING,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@,$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT,;t t
+s,@ECHO_C@,$ECHO_C,;t t
+s,@ECHO_N@,$ECHO_N,;t t
+s,@ECHO_T@,$ECHO_T,;t t
+s,@PATH_SEPARATOR@,$PATH_SEPARATOR,;t t
+s,@DEFS@,$DEFS,;t t
+s,@LIBS@,$LIBS,;t t
+s,@CC@,$CC,;t t
+s,@CFLAGS@,$CFLAGS,;t t
+s,@LDFLAGS@,$LDFLAGS,;t t
+s,@ac_ct_CC@,$ac_ct_CC,;t t
+s,@EXEEXT@,$EXEEXT,;t t
+s,@OBJEXT@,$OBJEXT,;t t
+s,@MAKE@,$MAKE,;t t
+s,@INSTALL_PROGRAM@,$INSTALL_PROGRAM,;t t
+s,@INSTALL_SCRIPT@,$INSTALL_SCRIPT,;t t
+s,@INSTALL_DATA@,$INSTALL_DATA,;t t
+s,@CPP@,$CPP,;t t
+s,@CPPFLAGS@,$CPPFLAGS,;t t
+s,@GLIB_CONFIG@,$GLIB_CONFIG,;t t
+s,@GLIB_CFLAGS@,$GLIB_CFLAGS,;t t
+s,@GLIB_LIBS@,$GLIB_LIBS,;t t
+s,@GTK_CONFIG@,$GTK_CONFIG,;t t
+s,@GTK_CFLAGS@,$GTK_CFLAGS,;t t
+s,@GTK_LIBS@,$GTK_LIBS,;t t
+s,@IMLIB_CONFIG@,$IMLIB_CONFIG,;t t
+s,@GDK_IMLIB_CFLAGS@,$GDK_IMLIB_CFLAGS,;t t
+s,@GDK_IMLIB_LIBS@,$GDK_IMLIB_LIBS,;t t
+s,@INCLUDES@,$INCLUDES,;t t
+s,@RM@,$RM,;t t
+s,@LN@,$LN,;t t
+s,@CP@,$CP,;t t
+s,@MV@,$MV,;t t
+s,@MKDIR@,$MKDIR,;t t
+CEOF
+
+EOF
+
+  cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+  # Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
+  # small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
+  ac_max_sed_lines=48
+  ac_sed_frag=1 # Number of current file.
+  ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
+  ac_end=$ac_max_sed_lines # Line after last line for current file.
+  ac_more_lines=:
+  ac_sed_cmds=
+  while $ac_more_lines; do
+    if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
+      sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag
+    else
+      sed "${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag
+    fi
+    if test ! -s $tmp/subs.frag; then
+      ac_more_lines=false
+    else
+      # The purpose of the label and of the branching condition is to
+      # speed up the sed processing (if there are no `@' at all, there
+      # is no need to browse any of the substitutions).
+      # These are the two extra sed commands mentioned above.
+      (echo ':t
+  /@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b' && cat $tmp/subs.frag) >$tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed
+      if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+  	ac_sed_cmds="sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed"
+      else
+  	ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed"
+      fi
+      ac_sed_frag=`expr $ac_sed_frag + 1`
+      ac_beg=$ac_end
+      ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_lines`
+    fi
+  done
+  if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+    ac_sed_cmds=cat
+  fi
+fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"
+
+EOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+for ac_file in : $CONFIG_FILES; do test "x$ac_file" = x: && continue
+  # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+  case $ac_file in
+  - | *:- | *:-:* ) # input from stdin
+        cat >$tmp/stdin
+        ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
+        ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;;
+  *:* ) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
+        ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;;
+  * )   ac_file_in=$ac_file.in ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Compute @srcdir@, @top_srcdir@, and @INSTALL@ for subdirectories.
+  ac_dir=`$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+         X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+         X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+         X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
+         .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X"$ac_file" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  s/.*/./; q'`
+  if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+    { case "$ac_dir" in
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) as_incr_dir=;;
+  *)                      as_incr_dir=.;;
+esac
+as_dummy="$ac_dir"
+for as_mkdir_dir in `IFS='/\\'; set X $as_dummy; shift; echo "$@"`; do
+  case $as_mkdir_dir in
+    # Skip DOS drivespec
+    ?:) as_incr_dir=$as_mkdir_dir ;;
+    *)
+      as_incr_dir=$as_incr_dir/$as_mkdir_dir
+      test -d "$as_incr_dir" || mkdir "$as_incr_dir"
+    ;;
+  esac
+done; }
+
+    ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's,^\./,,'`"
+    # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+    ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^/]*,../,g'`
+  else
+    ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots=
+  fi
+
+  case $srcdir in
+  .)  ac_srcdir=.
+      if test -z "$ac_dots"; then
+         ac_top_srcdir=.
+      else
+         ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots | sed 's,/$,,'`
+      fi ;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )
+      ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
+      ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+  *) # Relative path.
+    ac_srcdir=$ac_dots$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_dots$srcdir ;;
+  esac
+
+  case $INSTALL in
+  [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_INSTALL=$INSTALL ;;
+  *) ac_INSTALL=$ac_dots$INSTALL ;;
+  esac
+
+  if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
+    { echo "$as_me:4443: creating $ac_file" >&5
+echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;}
+    rm -f "$ac_file"
+  fi
+  # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't
+  # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read:
+  #    /* config.h.  Generated automatically by config.status.  */
+  configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in |
+                                                 sed 's,.*/,,'` by configure."
+
+  # First look for the input files in the build tree, otherwise in the
+  # src tree.
+  ac_file_inputs=`IFS=:
+    for f in $ac_file_in; do
+      case $f in
+      -) echo $tmp/stdin ;;
+      [\\/$]*)
+         # Absolute (can't be DOS-style, as IFS=:)
+         test -f "$f" || { { echo "$as_me:4461: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+         echo $f;;
+      *) # Relative
+         if test -f "$f"; then
+           # Build tree
+           echo $f
+         elif test -f "$srcdir/$f"; then
+           # Source tree
+           echo $srcdir/$f
+         else
+           # /dev/null tree
+           { { echo "$as_me:4474: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+         fi;;
+      esac
+    done` || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+EOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+  sed "$ac_vpsub
+$extrasub
+EOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+:t
+/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b
+s,@configure_input@,$configure_input,;t t
+s,@srcdir@,$ac_srcdir,;t t
+s,@top_srcdir@,$ac_top_srcdir,;t t
+s,@INSTALL@,$ac_INSTALL,;t t
+" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") >$tmp/out
+  rm -f $tmp/stdin
+  if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
+    mv $tmp/out $ac_file
+  else
+    cat $tmp/out
+    rm -f $tmp/out
+  fi
+
+done
+EOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+
+#
+# CONFIG_HEADER section.
+#
+
+# These sed commands are passed to sed as "A NAME B NAME C VALUE D", where
+# NAME is the cpp macro being defined and VALUE is the value it is being given.
+#
+# ac_d sets the value in "#define NAME VALUE" lines.
+ac_dA='s,^\([ 	]*\)#\([ 	]*define[ 	][ 	]*\)'
+ac_dB='[ 	].*$,\1#\2'
+ac_dC=' '
+ac_dD=',;t'
+# ac_u turns "#undef NAME" without trailing blanks into "#define NAME VALUE".
+ac_uA='s,^\([ 	]*\)#\([ 	]*\)undef\([ 	][ 	]*\)'
+ac_uB='$,\1#\2define\3'
+ac_uC=' '
+ac_uD=',;t'
+
+for ac_file in : $CONFIG_HEADERS; do test "x$ac_file" = x: && continue
+  # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+  case $ac_file in
+  - | *:- | *:-:* ) # input from stdin
+        cat >$tmp/stdin
+        ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
+        ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;;
+  *:* ) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
+        ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;;
+  * )   ac_file_in=$ac_file.in ;;
+  esac
+
+  test x"$ac_file" != x- && { echo "$as_me:4535: creating $ac_file" >&5
+echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;}
+
+  # First look for the input files in the build tree, otherwise in the
+  # src tree.
+  ac_file_inputs=`IFS=:
+    for f in $ac_file_in; do
+      case $f in
+      -) echo $tmp/stdin ;;
+      [\\/$]*)
+         # Absolute (can't be DOS-style, as IFS=:)
+         test -f "$f" || { { echo "$as_me:4546: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+         echo $f;;
+      *) # Relative
+         if test -f "$f"; then
+           # Build tree
+           echo $f
+         elif test -f "$srcdir/$f"; then
+           # Source tree
+           echo $srcdir/$f
+         else
+           # /dev/null tree
+           { { echo "$as_me:4559: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+         fi;;
+      esac
+    done` || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+  # Remove the trailing spaces.
+  sed 's/[ 	]*$//' $ac_file_inputs >$tmp/in
+
+EOF
+
+# Transform confdefs.h into two sed scripts, `conftest.defines' and
+# `conftest.undefs', that substitutes the proper values into
+# config.h.in to produce config.h.  The first handles `#define'
+# templates, and the second `#undef' templates.
+# And first: Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in
+# config.status.  Protect against being in an unquoted here document
+# in config.status.
+rm -f conftest.defines conftest.undefs
+# Using a here document instead of a string reduces the quoting nightmare.
+# Putting comments in sed scripts is not portable.
+#
+# `end' is used to avoid that the second main sed command (meant for
+# 0-ary CPP macros) applies to n-ary macro definitions.
+# See the Autoconf documentation for `clear'.
+cat >confdef2sed.sed <<\EOF
+s/[\\&,]/\\&/g
+s,[\\$`],\\&,g
+t clear
+: clear
+s,^[ 	]*#[ 	]*define[ 	][ 	]*\(\([^ 	(][^ 	(]*\)([^)]*)\)[ 	]*\(.*\)$,${ac_dA}\2${ac_dB}\1${ac_dC}\3${ac_dD},gp
+t end
+s,^[ 	]*#[ 	]*define[ 	][ 	]*\([^ 	][^ 	]*\)[ 	]*\(.*\)$,${ac_dA}\1${ac_dB}\1${ac_dC}\2${ac_dD},gp
+: end
+EOF
+# If some macros were called several times there might be several times
+# the same #defines, which is useless.  Nevertheless, we may not want to
+# sort them, since we want the *last* AC-DEFINE to be honored.
+uniq confdefs.h | sed -n -f confdef2sed.sed >conftest.defines
+sed 's/ac_d/ac_u/g' conftest.defines >conftest.undefs
+rm -f confdef2sed.sed
+
+# This sed command replaces #undef with comments.  This is necessary, for
+# example, in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required
+# on some systems where configure will not decide to define it.
+cat >>conftest.undefs <<\EOF
+s,^[ 	]*#[ 	]*undef[ 	][ 	]*[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*,/* & */,
+EOF
+
+# Break up conftest.defines because some shells have a limit on the size
+# of here documents, and old seds have small limits too (100 cmds).
+echo '  # Handle all the #define templates only if necessary.' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+echo '  if egrep "^[ 	]*#[ 	]*define" $tmp/in >/dev/null; then' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+echo '  # If there are no defines, we may have an empty if/fi' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+echo '  :' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -f conftest.tail
+while grep . conftest.defines >/dev/null
+do
+  # Write a limited-size here document to $tmp/defines.sed.
+  echo '  cat >$tmp/defines.sed <<CEOF' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+  # Speed up: don't consider the non `#define' lines.
+  echo '/^[ 	]*#[ 	]*define/!b' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+  # Work around the forget-to-reset-the-flag bug.
+  echo 't clr' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+  echo ': clr' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+  sed ${ac_max_here_lines}q conftest.defines >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+  echo 'CEOF
+  sed -f $tmp/defines.sed $tmp/in >$tmp/out
+  rm -f $tmp/in
+  mv $tmp/out $tmp/in
+' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+  sed 1,${ac_max_here_lines}d conftest.defines >conftest.tail
+  rm -f conftest.defines
+  mv conftest.tail conftest.defines
+done
+rm -f conftest.defines
+echo '  fi # egrep' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+echo >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+
+# Break up conftest.undefs because some shells have a limit on the size
+# of here documents, and old seds have small limits too (100 cmds).
+echo '  # Handle all the #undef templates' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -f conftest.tail
+while grep . conftest.undefs >/dev/null
+do
+  # Write a limited-size here document to $tmp/undefs.sed.
+  echo '  cat >$tmp/undefs.sed <<CEOF' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+  # Speed up: don't consider the non `#undef'
+  echo '/^[ 	]*#[ 	]*undef/!b' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+  # Work around the forget-to-reset-the-flag bug.
+  echo 't clr' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+  echo ': clr' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+  sed ${ac_max_here_lines}q conftest.undefs >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+  echo 'CEOF
+  sed -f $tmp/undefs.sed $tmp/in >$tmp/out
+  rm -f $tmp/in
+  mv $tmp/out $tmp/in
+' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+  sed 1,${ac_max_here_lines}d conftest.undefs >conftest.tail
+  rm -f conftest.undefs
+  mv conftest.tail conftest.undefs
+done
+rm -f conftest.undefs
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+  # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't
+  # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read:
+  #    /* config.h.  Generated automatically by config.status.  */
+  if test x"$ac_file" = x-; then
+    echo "/* Generated automatically by configure.  */" >$tmp/config.h
+  else
+    echo "/* $ac_file.  Generated automatically by configure.  */" >$tmp/config.h
+  fi
+  cat $tmp/in >>$tmp/config.h
+  rm -f $tmp/in
+  if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
+    if cmp -s $ac_file $tmp/config.h 2>/dev/null; then
+      { echo "$as_me:4676: $ac_file is unchanged" >&5
+echo "$as_me: $ac_file is unchanged" >&6;}
+    else
+      ac_dir=`$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+         X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+         X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+         X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
+         .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X"$ac_file" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  s/.*/./; q'`
+      if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+        { case "$ac_dir" in
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) as_incr_dir=;;
+  *)                      as_incr_dir=.;;
+esac
+as_dummy="$ac_dir"
+for as_mkdir_dir in `IFS='/\\'; set X $as_dummy; shift; echo "$@"`; do
+  case $as_mkdir_dir in
+    # Skip DOS drivespec
+    ?:) as_incr_dir=$as_mkdir_dir ;;
+    *)
+      as_incr_dir=$as_incr_dir/$as_mkdir_dir
+      test -d "$as_incr_dir" || mkdir "$as_incr_dir"
+    ;;
+  esac
+done; }
+
+      fi
+      rm -f $ac_file
+      mv $tmp/config.h $ac_file
+    fi
+  else
+    cat $tmp/config.h
+    rm -f $tmp/config.h
+  fi
+done
+EOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+
+{ (exit 0); exit 0; }
+EOF
+chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+
+# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status.
+# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log.
+# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open
+# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its
+# output is simply discarded.  So we exec the FD to /dev/null,
+# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and
+# appended to by config.status.  When coming back to configure, we
+# need to make the FD available again.
+if test "$no_create" != yes; then
+  ac_cs_success=:
+  exec 5>/dev/null
+  $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS || ac_cs_success=false
+  exec 5>>config.log
+  # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which
+  # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction.
+  $ac_cs_success || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+fi
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/configure.in	Tue Jul 03 07:50:39 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+AC_INIT(winmain.c)
+AC_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
+
+INCLUDES="-I."
+
+AC_PROG_CC
+
+AC_CHECK_PROG(MAKE, gmake, gmake)
+if test x"$MAKE" = x; then
+  AC_CHECK_PROG(MAKE, make, make)
+fi
+
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+
+AC_SUBST(MAKE)
+
+AC_HEADER_STDC
+AC_HEADER_DIRENT
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(unistd.h)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/stat.h)
+
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(pipe, AC_DEFINE(HAVE_PIPE,1,Determine whether we have the pipe function))
+
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(connect)
+if test x"$ac_cv_func_connect" = x"no"; then
+  if test -z "$libsocket"; then
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, socket, LIBS="$LIBS -lsocket",)
+  fi
+
+  dnl this is for isc.  need the nsl_s library as well.
+  if test -z "$libinet"; then
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(inet, socket, libnsl=1; LIBS="$LIBS -linet -lnsl_s",)
+  fi
+
+  if test -z "$libnsl"; then
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl, gethostname, LIBS="$LIBS -lnsl",)
+  fi
+fi
+
+AC_CHECK_LIB(sun, getpwnam, LIBS="$LIBS -lsun",)
+AC_CHECK_LIB(dgc, inet_addr, LIBS="$LIBS -ldgc",)
+AC_CHECK_LIB(resolv, gethostbyname, LIBS="$LIBS -lresolv",)
+
+AM_PATH_GLIB(1.2.0,,AC_MSG_ERROR(AC_MSG_ERROR(Cannot find GLIB: Is glib-config in path?)))
+AM_PATH_GTK(1.2.0,,AC_MSG_ERROR(AC_MSG_ERROR(Cannot find GTK: Is gtk-config in path?)), gthread)
+
+AC_CHECK_HEADER(pthread.h,,AC_MSG_ERROR([pthread header not found. Dynamic Windows cannot build without it.]))
+AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, pthread_attr_init, PTHREAD_LIBS="-lpthread",
+AC_CHECK_LIB(pthreads, pthread_attr_init, PTHREAD_LIBS="-lpthreads",
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(c_r, pthread_attr_init, PTHREAD_LIBS="-lc_r",
+      AC_MSG_ERROR(pthread library not found. HandyFTP cannot build without it.
+      )
+    )
+  )
+)
+
+AM_PATH_GDK_IMLIB(1.9.4, AC_DEFINE(USE_IMLIB), AC_MSG_ERROR(IMLIB not found or too old. Dynamic Windows cannot build without it.))
+
+CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GTK_CFLAGS $GDK_IMLIB_FLAGS"
+LIBS="$LIBS $GTK_LIBS $PTHREAD_LIBS $GDK_IMLIB_LIBS"
+
+RM="rm -f"
+LN="ln -s"
+CP="cp"
+MV="mv"
+MKDIR="mkdir"
+
+
+AC_SUBST(INCLUDES)
+AC_SUBST(RM)
+AC_SUBST(LN)
+AC_SUBST(CP)
+AC_SUBST(MV)
+AC_SUBST(MKDIR)
+
+AC_OUTPUT(Makefile:Makefile.in)
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/dirent.h	Tue Jul 03 07:50:39 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+#ifdef OS2
+#ifndef __DIRENT_H__
+#define __DIRENT_H__
+
+#ifdef __EMX__
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#else
+#if defined(__IBMC__) || defined(__IBMCPP__) || defined(XP_W32_MSVC)
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef MAXPATHLEN
+	#undef MAXPATHLEN
+#endif
+#define MAXPATHLEN (FILENAME_MAX*4)
+#define MAXNAMLEN FILENAME_MAX
+
+#else
+#include <param.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* attribute stuff */
+#ifndef A_RONLY
+# define A_RONLY   0x01
+# define A_HIDDEN  0x02
+# define A_SYSTEM  0x04
+# define A_LABEL   0x08
+# define A_DIR     0x10
+# define A_ARCHIVE 0x20
+#endif
+
+struct dirent {
+#if defined(OS2) || defined(WIN32)        /* use the layout of EMX to avoid trouble */
+    int            d_ino;                 /* Dummy */
+    int            d_reclen;		  /* Dummy, same as d_namlen */
+    int            d_namlen;              /* length of name */
+    char           d_name[MAXNAMLEN + 1];
+    unsigned long  d_size;
+    unsigned short d_attribute;           /* attributes (see above) */
+    unsigned short d_time;                /* modification time */
+    unsigned short d_date;                /* modification date */
+#else
+    char	   d_name[MAXNAMLEN + 1]; /* garentee null termination */
+    char	   d_attribute;		  /* .. extension .. */
+    unsigned long  d_size;		  /* .. extension .. */
+#endif
+};
+
+typedef struct _dirdescr DIR;
+/* the structs do not have to be defined here */
+
+extern DIR		*opendir(const char *);
+extern DIR		*openxdir(const char *, unsigned);
+extern struct dirent	*readdir(DIR *);
+extern void		seekdir(DIR *, long);
+extern long		telldir(DIR *);
+extern void 		closedir(DIR *);
+#define			rewinddir(dirp) seekdir(dirp, 0L)
+
+extern char *		abs_path(const char *name, char *buffer, int len);
+
+#ifndef S_IFMT
+#define S_IFMT ( S_IFDIR | S_IFREG )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISDIR
+#define S_ISDIR( m )                    (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISREG
+#define S_ISREG( m )                    (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef WIN32
+#ifndef __DIRENT_H__
+#define __DIRENT_H__
+/*
+ * @(#)msd_dir.h 1.4 87/11/06   Public Domain.
+ *
+ *  A public domain implementation of BSD directory routines for
+ *  MS-DOS.  Written by Michael Rendell ({uunet,utai}michael@garfield),
+ *  August 1897
+ *
+ *  Extended by Peter Lim (lim@mullian.oz) to overcome some MS DOS quirks
+ *  and returns 2 more pieces of information - file size & attribute.
+ *  Plus a little reshuffling of some #define's positions    December 1987
+ *
+ *  Some modifications by Martin Junius                      02-14-89
+ *
+ *	AK900712
+ *	AK910410	abs_path - make absolute path
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef __EMX__
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#else
+#if defined(__IBMC__) || defined(__IBMCPP__) || defined(MSVC)
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef MAXPATHLEN
+	#undef MAXPATHLEN
+#endif
+#define MAXPATHLEN (FILENAME_MAX*4)
+#define MAXNAMLEN FILENAME_MAX
+#else
+#include <param.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* attribute stuff */
+#ifndef A_RONLY
+# define A_RONLY   0x01
+# define A_HIDDEN  0x02
+# define A_SYSTEM  0x04
+# define A_LABEL   0x08
+# define A_DIR     0x10
+# define A_ARCHIVE 0x20
+#endif
+
+struct dirent {
+#if defined(OS2) || defined(WIN32)        /* use the layout of EMX to avoid trouble */
+    int            d_ino;                 /* Dummy */
+    int            d_reclen;		  /* Dummy, same as d_namlen */
+    int            d_namlen;              /* length of name */
+    char           d_name[MAXNAMLEN + 1];
+    unsigned long  d_size;
+    unsigned short d_attribute;           /* attributes (see above) */
+    unsigned short d_time;                /* modification time */
+    unsigned short d_date;                /* modification date */
+#else
+    char	   d_name[MAXNAMLEN + 1]; /* garentee null termination */
+    char	   d_attribute;		  /* .. extension .. */
+    unsigned long  d_size;		  /* .. extension .. */
+#endif
+};
+
+typedef struct _dirdescr DIR;
+/* the structs do not have to be defined here */
+
+extern DIR		*opendir(const char *);
+extern DIR		*openxdir(const char *, unsigned);
+extern struct dirent	*readdir(DIR *);
+extern void		seekdir(DIR *, long);
+extern long		telldir(DIR *);
+extern void 		closedir(DIR *);
+#define			rewinddir(dirp) seekdir(dirp, 0L)
+
+extern char *		abs_path(const char *name, char *buffer, int len);
+
+#ifndef S_IFMT
+#define S_IFMT ( S_IFDIR | S_IFREG )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISDIR
+#define S_ISDIR( m )                    (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISREG
+#define S_ISREG( m )                    (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+#endif
Binary file dll/dw.dll has changed
Binary file dll/dwcompat.dll has changed
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/dw.def	Tue Jul 03 07:50:39 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+LIBRARY DW INITINSTANCE TERMINSTANCE
+
+PROTMODE
+
+DESCRIPTION 'Dynamic Windows for OS/2'
+
+CODE LOADONCALL
+DATA NONSHARED LOADONCALL
+
+EXPORTS
+  dw_init                                @10
+  dw_main                                @11
+  dw_exit                                @12
+  dw_beep                                @13
+  dw_messagebox                          @14
+  dw_yesno                               @15
+  dw_environment_query                   @16
+  dw_exec                                @17
+  dw_browse                              @18
+  dw_file_browse                         @19
+  dw_user_dir                            @20
+  dw_flush                               @21
+  dw_free                                @22
+
+  dw_box_new                             @40
+  dw_groupbox_new                        @41
+  dw_box_pack_start                      @42
+  dw_box_pack_end                        @43
+  dw_box_pack_splitbar_start             @44
+  dw_box_pack_splitbar_end               @45
+
+  dw_window_new                          @50
+  dw_window_show                         @51
+  dw_window_hide                         @52
+  dw_window_destroy                      @53
+  dw_window_set_font                     @54
+  dw_window_set_color                    @55
+  dw_window_set_pos                      @56
+  dw_window_set_usize                    @57
+  dw_window_set_pos_size                 @58
+  dw_window_get_pos_size                 @59
+  dw_window_set_style                    @60
+  dw_window_set_icon                     @61
+  dw_window_set_bitmap                   @62
+  dw_window_get_text                     @63
+  dw_window_set_text                     @64
+  dw_window_disable                      @65
+  dw_window_enable                       @66
+  dw_window_capture                      @67
+  dw_window_release                      @68
+  dw_window_reparent                     @69
+  dw_window_function                     @70
+  dw_window_from_id                      @71
+  dw_window_set_border                   @72
+
+  dw_bitmap_new                          @80
+
+  dw_button_new                          @90
+  dw_bitmapbutton_new                    @91
+
+  dw_text_new                            @100
+
+  dw_entryfield_new                      @110
+  dw_entryfield_password_new             @111
+
+  dw_combobox_new                        @120
+
+  dw_radiobutton_new                     @130
+
+  dw_listbox_new                         @140
+  dw_listbox_append                      @141
+  dw_listbox_clear                       @142
+  dw_listbox_count                       @143
+  dw_listbox_set_top                     @144
+  dw_listbox_select                      @145
+  dw_listbox_delete                      @146
+  dw_listbox_query_text                  @147
+  dw_listbox_set_text                    @148
+  dw_listbox_selected                    @149
+  dw_listbox_selected_multi              @150
+
+  dw_slider_new                          @160
+  dw_slider_query_range                  @161
+  dw_slider_set_pos                      @162
+
+  dw_mle_new                             @170
+  dw_mle_import                          @171
+  dw_mle_export                          @172
+  dw_mle_query                           @173
+  dw_mle_delete                          @174
+  dw_mle_clear                           @175
+  dw_mle_freeze                          @176
+  dw_mle_thaw                            @177
+  dw_mle_set                             @178
+  dw_mle_set_visible                     @179
+  dw_mle_search                          @180
+
+  dw_spinbutton_new                      @190
+  dw_spinbutton_set_pos                  @191
+  dw_spinbutton_set_limits               @192
+  dw_entryfield_set_limit                @193
+  dw_spinbutton_query                    @194
+
+  dw_checkbox_new                        @200
+  dw_checkbox_query                      @201
+  dw_checkbox_set                        @202
+
+  dw_icon_load                           @210
+  dw_icon_free                           @211
+
+  dw_container_new                       @220
+  dw_container_setup                     @221
+  dw_container_alloc                     @222
+  dw_container_set_item                  @223
+  dw_container_set_row_title             @224
+  dw_container_insert                    @225
+  dw_container_clear                     @226
+  dw_container_set_view                  @227
+  dw_container_query_start               @228
+  dw_container_query_next                @229
+
+  dw_filesystem_setup                    @240
+  dw_filesystem_set_item                 @241
+  dw_filesystem_set_file                 @242
+
+  dw_screen_width                        @250
+  dw_screen_height                       @251
+
+  dw_color_depth                         @260
+  dw_color_foreground_set                @261
+  dw_color_background_set                @262
+
+  dw_notebook_new                        @270
+  dw_notebook_page_new                   @271
+  dw_notebook_page_destroy               @272
+  dw_notebook_page_set_text              @273
+  dw_notebook_page_set_status_text       @274
+  dw_notebook_page_set                   @275
+  dw_notebook_page_query                 @276
+  dw_notebook_pack                       @277
+
+  dw_menu_new                            @280
+  dw_menubar_new                         @281
+  dw_menu_append_item                    @282
+  dw_menu_item_set_check                 @283
+  dw_menu_popup                          @284
+  dw_menu_destroy                        @285
+
+  dw_pointer_query_pos                   @290
+  dw_pointer_set_pos                     @291
+
+  dw_mutex_new                           @300
+  dw_mutex_close                         @301
+  dw_mutex_lock                          @302
+  dw_mutex_unlock                        @303
+
+  dw_event_new                           @310
+  dw_event_reset                         @311
+  dw_event_post                          @312
+  dw_event_wait                          @313
+  dw_event_close                         @314
+
+  dw_thread_new                          @320
+  dw_thread_end                          @321
+  dw_thread_id                           @322
+
+  dw_render_new                          @330
+  dw_draw_point                          @331
+  dw_draw_line                           @332
+  dw_draw_rect                           @333
+  dw_draw_text                           @334
+
+  dw_pixmap_bitblt                       @340
+  dw_pixmap_new                          @341
+  dw_pixmap_grab                         @342
+  dw_pixmap_destroy                      @343
+
+  dw_dialog_new                          @350
+  dw_dialog_dismiss                      @351
+  dw_dialog_wait                         @352
+
+  dw_signal_connect                      @360
+  dw_signal_disconnect_by_window         @361
+  dw_signal_disconnect_by_data           @362
+  dw_signal_disconnect_by_name           @363
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/dw.h	Tue Jul 03 07:50:39 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,693 @@
+/* $Id$ */
+
+#ifndef _H_DW
+#define _H_DW
+
+#if defined(__OS2__) || defined(__WIN32__) || defined(WINNT) || defined(__EMX__)
+/* OS/2 or Windows */
+
+/* Used internally */
+#define TYPEBOX  0
+#define TYPEITEM 1
+
+#define SIZESTATIC 0
+#define SIZEEXPAND 1
+
+#define SPLITBAR_WIDTH 3
+#define BUBBLE_HELP_MAX 256
+
+#if defined(__OS2__) || defined(__EMX__)
+#define INCL_DOS
+#define INCL_WIN
+#define INCL_GPI
+
+#include <os2.h>
+
+/* Lets make some platform independent defines :) */
+#define DW_DT_LEFT               DT_LEFT
+#define DW_DT_QUERYEXTENT        DT_QUERYEXTENT
+#define DW_DT_UNDERSCORE         DT_UNDERSCORE
+#define DW_DT_STRIKEOUT          DT_STRIKEOUT
+#define DW_DT_TEXTATTRS          DT_TEXTATTRS
+#define DW_DT_EXTERNALLEADING    DT_EXTERNALLEADING
+#define DW_DT_CENTER             DT_CENTER
+#define DW_DT_RIGHT              DT_RIGHT
+#define DW_DT_TOP                DT_TOP
+#define DW_DT_VCENTER            DT_VCENTER
+#define DW_DT_BOTTOM             DT_BOTTOM
+#define DW_DT_HALFTONE           DT_HALFTONE
+#define DW_DT_MNEMONIC           DT_MNEMONIC
+#define DW_DT_WORDBREAK          DT_WORDBREAK
+#define DW_DT_ERASERECT          DT_ERASERECT
+
+#define DW_CLR_WHITE             16
+#define DW_CLR_BLACK             17
+#define DW_CLR_BLUE              CLR_BLUE
+#define DW_CLR_RED               CLR_RED
+#define DW_CLR_PINK              CLR_PINK
+#define DW_CLR_GREEN             CLR_GREEN
+#define DW_CLR_CYAN              CLR_CYAN
+#define DW_CLR_YELLOW            CLR_YELLOW
+#define DW_CLR_DARKGRAY          CLR_DARKGRAY
+#define DW_CLR_DARKBLUE          CLR_DARKBLUE
+#define DW_CLR_DARKRED           CLR_DARKRED
+#define DW_CLR_DARKPINK          CLR_DARKPINK
+#define DW_CLR_DARKGREEN         CLR_DARKGREEN
+#define DW_CLR_DARKCYAN          CLR_DARKCYAN
+#define DW_CLR_BROWN             CLR_BROWN
+#define DW_CLR_PALEGRAY          CLR_PALEGRAY
+
+#define DW_FCF_TITLEBAR          FCF_TITLEBAR
+#define DW_FCF_SYSMENU           FCF_SYSMENU
+#define DW_FCF_MENU              FCF_MENU
+#define DW_FCF_SIZEBORDER        FCF_SIZEBORDER
+#define DW_FCF_MINBUTTON         FCF_MINBUTTON
+#define DW_FCF_MAXBUTTON         FCF_MAXBUTTON
+#define DW_FCF_MINMAX            FCF_MINMAX
+#define DW_FCF_VERTSCROLL        FCF_VERTSCROLL
+#define DW_FCF_HORZSCROLL        FCF_HORZSCROLL
+#define DW_FCF_DLGBORDER         FCF_DLGBORDER
+#define DW_FCF_BORDER            FCF_BORDER
+#define DW_FCF_SHELLPOSITION     FCF_SHELLPOSITION
+#define DW_FCF_TASKLIST          FCF_TASKLIST
+#define DW_FCF_NOBYTEALIGN       FCF_NOBYTEALIGN
+#define DW_FCF_NOMOVEWITHOWNER   FCF_NOMOVEWITHOWNER
+#define DW_FCF_SYSMODAL          FCF_SYSMODAL
+#define DW_FCF_HIDEBUTTON        FCF_HIDEBUTTON
+#define DW_FCF_HIDEMAX           FCF_HIDEMAX
+#define DW_FCF_AUTOICON          FCF_AUTOICON
+
+#define DW_CFA_BITMAPORICON      CFA_BITMAPORICON
+#define DW_CFA_STRING            CFA_STRING
+#define DW_CFA_ULONG             CFA_ULONG
+#define DW_CFA_TIME              CFA_TIME
+#define DW_CFA_DATE              CFA_DATE
+#define DW_CFA_CENTER            CFA_CENTER
+#define DW_CFA_LEFT              CFA_LEFT
+#define DW_CFA_RIGHT             CFA_RIGHT
+#define DW_CFA_HORZSEPARATOR     CFA_HORZSEPARATOR
+#define DW_CFA_SEPARATOR         CFA_SEPARATOR
+
+#define DW_CA_DETAILSVIEWTITLES  CA_DETAILSVIEWTITLES
+#define DW_CV_MINI               CV_MINI
+#define DW_CV_DETAIL             CV_DETAIL
+
+#define DW_SLS_READONLY          SLS_READONLY
+#define DW_SLS_RIBBONSTRIP       SLS_RIBBONSTRIP
+
+#define DW_CCS_SINGLESEL         CCS_SINGLESEL
+#define DW_CCS_EXTENDSEL         CCS_EXTENDSEL
+
+#define DW_LS_MULTIPLESEL        LS_MULTIPLESEL
+
+#define DW_LIT_NONE              -1
+
+#define DW_MLE_CASESENSITIVE     MLFSEARCH_CASESENSITIVE
+
+typedef struct _hpixmap {
+	unsigned long width, height;
+	HDC hdc;
+	HPS hps;
+	HBITMAP hbm;
+	HWND handle;
+} *HPIXMAP;
+
+typedef struct _hmenui {
+	HWND menu;
+} *HMENUI;
+
+extern HAB dwhab;
+extern HMQ dwhmq;
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(WINNT)
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <commctrl.h>
+
+/* Cygwin doesn't seem to have these... */
+#if defined(__CYGWIN32__)
+#define LVS_EX_GRIDLINES        0x00000001
+#define LVS_EX_FULLROWSELECT    0x00000020
+#define LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE (0x1000 + 54)
+#define ListView_SetExtendedListViewStyle(hwndLV, dw) (DWORD)SendMessage((hwndLV), LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE, 0, dw)
+#endif
+#ifndef UDM_SETPOS32
+#define UDM_SETPOS32            (WM_USER+113)
+#endif
+#ifndef UDM_GETPOS32
+#define UDM_GETPOS32            (WM_USER+114)
+#endif
+
+/* Lets make some platform independent defines :) */
+#define DW_DT_LEFT               SS_LEFT
+#define DW_DT_QUERYEXTENT        0
+#define DW_DT_UNDERSCORE         0
+#define DW_DT_STRIKEOUT          0
+#define DW_DT_TEXTATTRS          0
+#define DW_DT_EXTERNALLEADING    0
+#define DW_DT_CENTER             SS_CENTER
+#define DW_DT_RIGHT              SS_RIGHT
+#define DW_DT_TOP                0
+#define DW_DT_VCENTER            0
+#define DW_DT_BOTTOM             0
+#define DW_DT_HALFTONE           0
+#define DW_DT_MNEMONIC           0
+#define DW_DT_WORDBREAK          0
+#define DW_DT_ERASERECT          0
+
+/* These corespond to the entries in the color
+ * arrays in the Win32 dw.c, they are also the
+ * same as DOS ANSI colors.
+ */
+#define DW_CLR_BLACK             0
+#define DW_CLR_DARKRED           1
+#define DW_CLR_DARKGREEN         2
+#define DW_CLR_BROWN             3
+#define DW_CLR_DARKBLUE          4
+#define DW_CLR_DARKPINK          5
+#define DW_CLR_DARKCYAN          6
+#define DW_CLR_PALEGRAY          7
+#define DW_CLR_DARKGRAY          8
+#define DW_CLR_RED               9
+#define DW_CLR_GREEN             10
+#define DW_CLR_YELLOW            11
+#define DW_CLR_BLUE              12
+#define DW_CLR_PINK              13
+#define DW_CLR_CYAN              14
+#define DW_CLR_WHITE             15
+
+#define DW_FCF_TITLEBAR          WS_CAPTION
+#define DW_FCF_SYSMENU           WS_SYSMENU
+#define DW_FCF_MENU              0
+#define DW_FCF_SIZEBORDER        WS_THICKFRAME
+#define DW_FCF_MINBUTTON         WS_MINIMIZEBOX
+#define DW_FCF_MAXBUTTON         WS_MAXIMIZEBOX
+#define DW_FCF_MINMAX            (WS_MINIMIZEBOX|WS_MAXIMIZEBOX)
+#define DW_FCF_VERTSCROLL        WS_VSCROLL
+#define DW_FCF_HORZSCROLL        WS_HSCROLL
+#define DW_FCF_DLGBORDER         WS_DLGFRAME
+#define DW_FCF_BORDER            WS_BORDER
+#define DW_FCF_SHELLPOSITION     0
+#define DW_FCF_TASKLIST          WS_VSCROLL
+#define DW_FCF_NOBYTEALIGN       0
+#define DW_FCF_NOMOVEWITHOWNER   0
+#define DW_FCF_SYSMODAL          0
+#define DW_FCF_HIDEBUTTON        WS_MINIMIZEBOX
+#define DW_FCF_HIDEMAX           0
+#define DW_FCF_AUTOICON          0
+
+#define DW_CFA_BITMAPORICON      1
+#define DW_CFA_STRING            1 << 2
+#define DW_CFA_ULONG             1 << 3
+#define DW_CFA_TIME              1 << 4
+#define DW_CFA_DATE              1 << 5
+#define DW_CFA_CENTER            1 << 6
+#define DW_CFA_LEFT              1 << 7
+#define DW_CFA_RIGHT             1 << 8
+#define DW_CFA_HORZSEPARATOR     0
+#define DW_CFA_SEPARATOR         0
+
+#define DW_CA_DETAILSVIEWTITLES  0
+#define DW_CV_MINI               0
+#define DW_CV_DETAIL             0
+
+#define DW_SLS_READONLY          0
+#define DW_SLS_RIBBONSTRIP       0
+
+#define DW_CCS_SINGLESEL         0
+#define DW_CCS_EXTENDSEL         0
+
+#define DW_LS_MULTIPLESEL        LBS_MULTIPLESEL
+
+#define DW_LIT_NONE              -1
+
+#define DW_MLE_CASESENSITIVE     1
+
+#define STATICCLASSNAME "STATIC"
+#define COMBOBOXCLASSNAME "COMBOBOX"
+#define LISTBOXCLASSNAME "LISTBOX"
+#define BUTTONCLASSNAME "BUTTON"
+#define POPUPMENUCLASSNAME "POPUPMENU"
+#define EDITCLASSNAME "EDIT"
+#define FRAMECLASSNAME "FRAME"
+
+#define ClassName "dynamicwindows"
+#define SplitbarClassName "dwsplitbar"
+#define ObjectClassName "dwobjectclass"
+#define DefaultFont NULL
+
+typedef struct _color {
+	int fore;
+	int back;
+	HWND buddy;
+	int user;
+	HBRUSH hbrush;
+	char fontname[128];
+	WNDPROC pOldProc;
+} ColorInfo;
+
+typedef struct _notebookpage {
+	ColorInfo cinfo;
+	TC_ITEM item;
+	HWND hwnd;
+	int realid;
+} NotebookPage;
+
+typedef unsigned long HAB;
+typedef HANDLE HMTX;
+typedef HANDLE HEV;
+
+typedef struct _container {
+	ColorInfo cinfo;
+	ULONG *flags;
+	WNDPROC pOldProc;
+} ContainerInfo;
+
+typedef struct _hpixmap {
+	unsigned long width, height;
+	HBITMAP hbm;
+	HDC hdc;
+	HWND handle;
+	void *bits;
+} *HPIXMAP;
+
+typedef struct _hmenui {
+	HMENU menu;
+	HWND hwnd;
+} *HMENUI;
+
+#endif
+
+typedef struct _item {
+    /* Item type - Box or Item */
+	int type;
+    /* Handle to Frame or Window */
+	HWND hwnd;
+    /* Width and Height of static size */
+	int width, height, origwidth, origheight;
+    /* Size Type - Static or Expand */
+	int hsize, vsize;
+	/* Padding */
+	int pad;
+	/* Ratio of current item */
+    float xratio, yratio;
+} Item;
+
+typedef struct _box {
+#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(WINNT)
+	ColorInfo cinfo;
+#elif defined(__OS2__)
+	PFNWP oldproc;
+#endif
+    /* Number of items in the box */
+	int count;
+	/* Box type - horizontal or vertical */
+	int type;
+	/* Padding */
+	int pad, parentpad;
+	/* Groupbox */
+    HWND grouphwnd;
+	/* Used as temporary storage in the calculation stage */
+    int upx, upy, minheight, minwidth;
+	/* Ratio in this box */
+	float xratio, yratio, parentxratio, parentyratio;
+	/* Used for calculating individual item ratios */
+    int width, height;
+    /* Array of item structures */
+	struct _item *items;
+} Box;
+
+typedef struct _bubblebutton {
+#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(WINNT)
+	ColorInfo cinfo;
+#endif
+	unsigned long id;
+	char bubbletext[BUBBLE_HELP_MAX];
+#if defined(__OS2__) || defined(__EMX__)
+	PFNWP pOldProc;
+#else
+	WNDPROC pOldProc;
+#endif
+} BubbleButton;
+
+void dw_box_pack_start_stub(HWND box, HWND item, int width, int height, int hsize, int vsize, int pad);
+void dw_box_pack_end_stub(HWND box, HWND item, int width, int height, int hsize, int vsize, int pad);
+#else
+/* GTK */
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+#include <gdk/gdkx.h>
+#include <gdk/gdkprivate.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+
+/* Lets make some platform independent defines :) */
+#define DW_DT_LEFT               1
+#define DW_DT_UNDERSCORE         (1 << 1)
+#define DW_DT_STRIKEOUT          (1 << 2)
+#define DW_DT_CENTER             (1 << 3)
+#define DW_DT_RIGHT              (1 << 4)
+#define DW_DT_TOP                (1 << 5)
+#define DW_DT_VCENTER            (1 << 6)
+#define DW_DT_BOTTOM             (1 << 7)
+#define DW_DT_HALFTONE           (1 << 8)
+#define DW_DT_MNEMONIC           (1 << 9)
+#define DW_DT_WORDBREAK          (1 << 10)
+#define DW_DT_ERASERECT          (1 << 11)
+
+#define DW_CLR_BLACK             0
+#define DW_CLR_DARKRED           1
+#define DW_CLR_DARKGREEN         2
+#define DW_CLR_BROWN             3
+#define DW_CLR_DARKBLUE          4
+#define DW_CLR_DARKPINK          5
+#define DW_CLR_DARKCYAN          6
+#define DW_CLR_PALEGRAY          7
+#define DW_CLR_DARKGRAY          8
+#define DW_CLR_RED               9
+#define DW_CLR_GREEN             10
+#define DW_CLR_YELLOW            11
+#define DW_CLR_BLUE              12
+#define DW_CLR_PINK              13
+#define DW_CLR_CYAN              14
+#define DW_CLR_WHITE             15
+
+#define DW_FCF_TITLEBAR          1
+#define DW_FCF_SYSMENU           (1 << 1)
+#define DW_FCF_MENU              (1 << 2)
+#define DW_FCF_SIZEBORDER        (1 << 3)
+#define DW_FCF_MINBUTTON         (1 << 4)
+#define DW_FCF_MAXBUTTON         (1 << 5)
+#define DW_FCF_MINMAX            (1 << 6)
+#define DW_FCF_VERTSCROLL        (1 << 7)
+#define DW_FCF_HORZSCROLL        (1 << 8)
+#define DW_FCF_DLGBORDER         (1 << 9)
+#define DW_FCF_BORDER            (1 << 10)
+#define DW_FCF_SHELLPOSITION     (1 << 11)
+#define DW_FCF_TASKLIST          (1 << 12)
+#define DW_FCF_NOBYTEALIGN       (1 << 13)
+#define DW_FCF_NOMOVEWITHOWNER   (1 << 14)
+#define DW_FCF_SYSMODAL          (1 << 15)
+#define DW_FCF_HIDEBUTTON        (1 << 16)
+#define DW_FCF_HIDEMAX           (1 << 17)
+#define DW_FCF_AUTOICON          (1 << 18)
+
+#define DW_CFA_BITMAPORICON      1
+#define DW_CFA_STRING            (1 << 1)
+#define DW_CFA_ULONG             (1 << 2)
+#define DW_CFA_TIME              (1 << 3)
+#define DW_CFA_DATE              (1 << 4)
+#define DW_CFA_CENTER            (1 << 5)
+#define DW_CFA_LEFT              (1 << 6)
+#define DW_CFA_RIGHT             (1 << 7)
+#define DW_CFA_HORZSEPARATOR     (1 << 8)
+#define DW_CFA_SEPARATOR         (1 << 9)
+
+#define DW_CA_DETAILSVIEWTITLES  1
+#define DW_CV_MINI               (1 << 1)
+#define DW_CV_DETAIL             (1 << 2)
+
+#define DW_SLS_READONLY          1
+#define DW_SLS_RIBBONSTRIP       (1 << 1)
+
+#define DW_CCS_SINGLESEL         1
+#define DW_CCS_EXTENDSEL         (1 << 1)
+
+#define DW_LS_MULTIPLESEL        1
+
+#define DW_LIT_NONE              -1
+
+#define DW_MLE_CASESENSITIVE     1
+
+#define DW_DESKTOP               ((HWND)0)
+#define HWND_DESKTOP             ((HWND)0)
+
+typedef GtkWidget *HWND;
+typedef void *HAB;
+typedef unsigned long ULONG;
+typedef unsigned char UCHAR;
+typedef long LONG;
+typedef unsigned short USHORT;
+typedef short SHORT;
+typedef pthread_mutex_t HMTX;
+typedef struct _dw_unix_event {
+	pthread_mutex_t mutex;
+	pthread_cond_t event;
+	pthread_t thread;
+	int alive;
+    int posted;
+} *HEV;
+typedef pthread_t DWTID;
+
+typedef struct _hpixmap {
+	unsigned long width, height;
+	GdkPixmap *pixmap;
+    HWND handle;
+} *HPIXMAP;
+
+typedef struct _hmenui {
+	GtkWidget *menu;
+} *HMENUI;
+
+typedef struct _resource_struct {
+	long resource_max, *resource_id;
+	char **resource_data;
+} DWResources;
+
+#if !defined(DW_RESOURCES) || defined(BUILD_DLL)
+static DWResources _resources = { 0, 0, 0 };
+#else
+extern DWResources _resources;
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(__OS2__) && !defined(__EMX__)
+typedef struct _CDATE
+{
+  UCHAR	 day;
+  UCHAR	 month;
+  USHORT year;
+} CDATE;
+typedef CDATE *PCDATE;
+
+typedef struct _CTIME
+{
+  UCHAR hours;
+  UCHAR minutes;
+  UCHAR seconds;
+  UCHAR ucReserved;
+} CTIME;
+typedef CTIME *PCTIME;
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__OS2__) || defined(__WIN32__) || defined(WINNT) || defined(__EMX__)
+typedef unsigned long DWTID;
+#endif
+
+typedef struct _dwenv {
+    /* Operating System Name */
+	char osName[30];
+	/* Versions and builds */
+	short MajorVersion, MinorVersion, MajorBuild, MinorBuild;
+} DWEnv;
+
+
+typedef struct _dwexpose {
+	int x, y;
+	int width, height;
+} DWExpose;
+
+typedef struct _dwdialog {
+	HEV eve;
+	int done;
+	void *data, *result;
+} DWDialog;
+
+#define DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(a) ((void *)a)
+
+#define DW_BUTTON1_MASK 1
+#define DW_BUTTON2_MASK (1 << 1)
+#define DW_BUTTON3_MASK (1 << 2)
+
+#define DW_EXEC_CON 0
+#define DW_EXEC_GUI 1
+
+#define DW_FILE_OPEN 0
+#define DW_FILE_SAVE 1
+
+#define BOXHORZ 0
+#define BOXVERT 1
+
+#define DW_PIXMAP_WIDTH(x) (x ? x->width : 0)
+#define DW_PIXMAP_HEIGHT(x) (x ? x->height : 0)
+
+#define DW_RGB_COLOR (0xFF000000)
+#define DW_RGB_MASK (0x00FFFFFF)
+#define DW_RED_MASK (0x000000FF)
+#define DW_GREEN_MASK (0x0000FF00)
+#define DW_BLUE_MASK (0x00FF0000)
+#define DW_RED_VALUE(a) (a & DW_RED_MASK)
+#define DW_GREEN_VALUE(a) ((a & DW_GREEN_MASK) >> 8)
+#define DW_BLUE_VALUE(a) ((a & DW_BLUE_MASK) >> 16)
+#define DW_RGB(a, b, c) (0xFF000000 | a | b << 8 | c << 16)
+
+#ifdef __OS2__
+#define DW_OS2_RGB(a) ((DW_RED_VALUE(a) << 16) | (DW_GREEN_VALUE(a) << 8) | DW_BLUE_VALUE(a))
+#endif
+
+/* Public function prototypes */
+void dw_box_pack_start(HWND box, HWND item, int width, int height, int hsize, int vsize, int pad);
+void dw_box_pack_end(HWND box, HWND item, int width, int height, int hsize, int vsize, int pad);
+#if !defined(__OS2__) && !defined(__WIN32__)
+int dw_int_init(DWResources *res, int newthread);
+#define dw_init(a) dw_int_init(&_resources, a)
+#else
+int dw_init(int newthread);
+#endif
+void dw_main(HAB currenthab, void *filterfunc);
+void dw_free(void *ptr);
+int dw_window_show(HWND handle);
+int dw_window_hide(HWND handle);
+int dw_window_destroy(HWND handle);
+int dw_window_set_font(HWND handle, char *fontname);
+int dw_window_set_color(HWND handle, unsigned long fore, unsigned long back);
+HWND dw_window_new(HWND hwndOwner, char *title, unsigned long flStyle);
+HWND dw_box_new(int type, int pad);
+HWND dw_groupbox_new(int type, int pad, char *title);
+HWND dw_bitmap_new(unsigned long id);
+HWND dw_bitmapbutton_new(char *text, unsigned long id);
+HWND dw_container_new(unsigned long id);
+HWND dw_text_new(char *text, unsigned long id);
+HWND dw_mle_new(unsigned long id);
+HWND dw_entryfield_new(char *text, unsigned long id);
+HWND dw_entryfield_password_new(char *text, ULONG id);
+HWND dw_combobox_new(char *text, unsigned long id);
+HWND dw_button_new(char *text, unsigned long id);
+HWND dw_spinbutton_new(char *text, unsigned long id);
+HWND dw_radiobutton_new(char *text, ULONG id);
+HWND dw_slider_new(unsigned long id);
+HWND dw_checkbox_new(char *text, unsigned long id);
+HWND dw_listbox_new(unsigned long id, int multi);
+void dw_listbox_append(HWND handle, char *text);
+void dw_listbox_clear(HWND handle);
+int dw_listbox_count(HWND handle);
+void dw_listbox_set_top(HWND handle, int top);
+void dw_listbox_select(HWND handle, int index, int state);
+void dw_listbox_delete(HWND handle, int index);
+void dw_listbox_query_text(HWND handle, unsigned int index, char *buffer, unsigned int length);
+void dw_listbox_set_text(HWND handle, unsigned int index, char *buffer);
+unsigned int dw_listbox_selected(HWND handle);
+int dw_listbox_selected_multi(HWND handle, int where);
+unsigned int dw_slider_query_range(HWND handle);
+void dw_slider_set_pos(HWND handle, unsigned int position);
+void dw_window_set_pos(HWND handle, unsigned long x, unsigned long y);
+void dw_window_set_usize(HWND handle, unsigned long width, unsigned long height);
+void dw_window_set_pos_size(HWND handle, unsigned long x, unsigned long y, unsigned long width, unsigned long height);
+void dw_window_get_pos_size(HWND handle, unsigned long *x, unsigned long *y, unsigned long *width, unsigned long *height);
+void dw_window_set_style(HWND handle, unsigned long style, unsigned long mask);
+void dw_window_set_icon(HWND handle, unsigned long id);
+void dw_window_set_bitmap(HWND handle, unsigned long id);
+char *dw_window_get_text(HWND handle);
+void dw_window_set_text(HWND handle, char *text);
+int dw_window_set_border(HWND handle, int border);
+void dw_window_disable(HWND handle);
+void dw_window_enable(HWND handle);
+void dw_window_capture(HWND handle);
+void dw_window_release(void);
+void dw_window_reparent(HWND handle, HWND newparent);
+unsigned int dw_mle_import(HWND handle, char *buffer, int startpoint);
+void dw_mle_export(HWND handle, char *buffer, int startpoint, int length);
+void dw_mle_query(HWND handle, unsigned long *bytes, unsigned long *lines);
+void dw_mle_delete(HWND handle, int startpoint, int length);
+void dw_mle_clear(HWND handle);
+void dw_mle_freeze(HWND handle);
+void dw_mle_thaw(HWND handle);
+void dw_mle_set(HWND handle, int point);
+void dw_mle_set_visible(HWND handle, int line);
+int dw_mle_search(HWND handle, char *text, int point, unsigned long flags);
+void dw_spinbutton_set_pos(HWND handle, long position);
+void dw_spinbutton_set_limits(HWND handle, long upper, long lower);
+void dw_entryfield_set_limit(HWND handle, ULONG limit);
+long dw_spinbutton_query(HWND handle);
+int dw_checkbox_query(HWND handle);
+void dw_checkbox_set(HWND handle, int value);
+int dw_container_setup(HWND handle, unsigned long *flags, char **titles, int count, int separator);
+unsigned long dw_icon_load(unsigned long module, unsigned long id);
+void dw_icon_free(unsigned long handle);
+void *dw_container_alloc(HWND handle, int rowcount);
+void dw_container_set_item(HWND handle, void *pointer, int column, int row, void *data);
+void dw_container_set_row_title(void *pointer, int row, char *title);
+void dw_container_insert(HWND handle, void *pointer, int rowcount);
+void dw_container_clear(HWND handle);
+void dw_container_set_view(HWND handle, unsigned long flags, int iconwidth, int iconheight);
+char *dw_container_query_start(HWND handle, unsigned long flags);
+char *dw_container_query_next(HWND handle, unsigned long flags);
+int dw_filesystem_setup(HWND handle, unsigned long *flags, char **titles, int count);
+void dw_filesystem_set_item(HWND handle, void *pointer, int column, int row, void *data);
+void dw_filesystem_set_file(HWND handle, void *pointer, int row, char *filename, unsigned long icon);
+int dw_screen_width(void);
+int dw_screen_height(void);
+unsigned long dw_color_depth(void);
+HWND dw_notebook_new(unsigned long id, int top);
+unsigned long dw_notebook_page_new(HWND handle, unsigned long flags, int front);
+void dw_notebook_page_destroy(HWND handle, unsigned int pageid);
+void dw_notebook_page_set_text(HWND handle, unsigned long pageid, char *text);
+void dw_notebook_page_set_status_text(HWND handle, unsigned long pageid, char *text);
+void dw_notebook_page_set(HWND handle, unsigned int pageid);
+unsigned int dw_notebook_page_query(HWND handle);
+void dw_notebook_pack(HWND handle, unsigned long pageid, HWND page);
+void dw_box_pack_splitbar_start(HWND box);
+void dw_box_pack_splitbar_end(HWND box);
+HMENUI dw_menu_new(unsigned long id);
+HMENUI dw_menubar_new(HWND location);
+HWND dw_menu_append_item(HMENUI menu, char *title, unsigned long id, unsigned long flags, int end, int check, HMENUI submenu);
+void dw_menu_item_set_check(HMENUI menu, int id, int check);
+void dw_menu_popup(HMENUI *menu, HWND parent, int x, int y);
+void dw_menu_destroy(HMENUI *menu);
+void dw_pointer_query_pos(long *x, long *y);
+void dw_pointer_set_pos(long x, long y);
+void dw_window_function(HWND handle, void *function, void *data);
+HWND dw_window_from_id(HWND handle, int id);
+HMTX dw_mutex_new(void);
+void dw_mutex_close(HMTX mutex);
+void dw_mutex_lock(HMTX mutex);
+void dw_mutex_unlock(HMTX mutex);
+HEV dw_event_new(void);
+int dw_event_reset(HEV eve);
+int dw_event_post(HEV eve);
+int dw_event_wait(HEV eve, unsigned long timeout);
+int dw_event_close (HEV *eve);
+DWTID dw_thread_new(void *func, void *data, int stack);
+void dw_thread_end(void);
+DWTID dw_thread_id(void);
+void dw_exit(int exitcode);
+HWND dw_render_new(unsigned long id);
+void dw_color_foreground_set(unsigned long value);
+void dw_color_background_set(unsigned long value);
+void dw_draw_point(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int x, int y);
+void dw_draw_line(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2);
+void dw_draw_rect(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int fill, int x, int y, int width, int height);
+void dw_draw_text(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int x, int y, char *text);
+void dw_flush(void);
+void dw_pixmap_bitblt(HWND dest, HPIXMAP destp, int xdest, int ydest, int width, int height, HWND src, HPIXMAP srcp, int xsrc, int ysrc);
+HPIXMAP dw_pixmap_new(HWND handle, unsigned long width, unsigned long height, int depth);
+HPIXMAP dw_pixmap_grab(HWND handle, ULONG id);
+void dw_pixmap_destroy(HPIXMAP pixmap);
+void dw_beep(int freq, int dur);
+int dw_messagebox(char *title, char *format, ...);
+int dw_yesno(char *title, char *text);
+void dw_environment_query(DWEnv *env);
+int dw_exec(char *program, int type, char **params);
+int dw_browse(char *url);
+char *dw_file_browse(char *title, char *defpath, char *ext, int flags);
+char *dw_user_dir(void);
+DWDialog *dw_dialog_new(void *data);
+int dw_dialog_dismiss(DWDialog *dialog, void *result);
+void *dw_dialog_wait(DWDialog *dialog);
+#ifndef NO_SIGNALS
+void dw_signal_connect(HWND window, char *signame, void *sigfunc, void *data);
+void dw_signal_disconnect_by_window(HWND window);
+void dw_signal_disconnect_by_data(HWND window, void *data);
+void dw_signal_disconnect_by_name(HWND window, char *signame);
+#endif
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/dwcompat.def	Tue Jul 03 07:50:39 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+LIBRARY DWCOMPAT INITINSTANCE TERMINSTANCE
+
+PROTMODE
+
+DESCRIPTION 'Dynamic Windows Compatibility Module for OS/2'
+
+CODE LOADONCALL
+DATA NONSHARED LOADONCALL
+
+EXPORTS
+  sockread           @10
+  sockwrite          @11
+  sockclose          @12
+  socksprintf        @13
+  sockpipe           @14
+  sockinit           @15
+  sockshutdown       @16
+
+  makedir            @20
+  nonblock           @21
+  setfileinfo        @22
+  drivefree          @23
+  isdrive            @24
+
+  opendir            @30
+  openxdir           @31
+  readdir            @32
+  seekdir            @33
+  telldir            @34
+  closedir           @35
+
+  fsopen             @40
+  fsclose            @41
+  fsgets             @42
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/dwcompatw.def	Tue Jul 03 07:50:39 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+LIBRARY DWCOMPAT
+
+DESCRIPTION 'Dynamic Windows Compatibility Module for Win32'
+
+EXPORTS
+  sockread           @10
+  sockwrite          @11
+  sockclose          @12
+  socksprintf        @13
+  sockpipe           @14
+  sockinit           @15
+  sockshutdown       @16
+
+  makedir            @20
+  nonblock           @21
+  setfileinfo        @22
+  drivefree          @23
+  isdrive            @24
+
+  opendir            @30
+  openxdir           @31
+  readdir            @32
+  seekdir            @33
+  telldir            @34
+  closedir           @35
+
+  fsopen             @40
+  fsclose            @41
+  fsgets             @42
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/dww.def	Tue Jul 03 07:50:39 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+LIBRARY DW
+
+DESCRIPTION 'Dynamic Windows for Win32'
+
+EXPORTS
+  Win32_Set_Instance                     @1
+
+  dw_init                                @10
+  dw_main                                @11
+  dw_exit                                @12
+  dw_beep                                @13
+  dw_messagebox                          @14
+  dw_yesno                               @15
+  dw_environment_query                   @16
+  dw_exec                                @17
+  dw_browse                              @18
+  dw_file_browse                         @19
+  dw_user_dir                            @20
+  dw_flush                               @21
+  dw_free                                @22
+
+  dw_box_new                             @40
+  dw_groupbox_new                        @41
+  dw_box_pack_start                      @42
+  dw_box_pack_end                        @43
+  dw_box_pack_splitbar_start             @44
+  dw_box_pack_splitbar_end               @45
+
+  dw_window_new                          @50
+  dw_window_show                         @51
+  dw_window_hide                         @52
+  dw_window_destroy                      @53
+  dw_window_set_font                     @54
+  dw_window_set_color                    @55
+  dw_window_set_pos                      @56
+  dw_window_set_usize                    @57
+  dw_window_set_pos_size                 @58
+  dw_window_get_pos_size                 @59
+  dw_window_set_style                    @60
+  dw_window_set_icon                     @61
+  dw_window_set_bitmap                   @62
+  dw_window_get_text                     @63
+  dw_window_set_text                     @64
+  dw_window_disable                      @65
+  dw_window_enable                       @66
+  dw_window_capture                      @67
+  dw_window_release                      @68
+  dw_window_reparent                     @69
+  dw_window_function                     @70
+  dw_window_from_id                      @71
+  dw_window_set_border                   @72
+
+  dw_bitmap_new                          @80
+
+  dw_button_new                          @90
+  dw_bitmapbutton_new                    @91
+
+  dw_text_new                            @100
+
+  dw_entryfield_new                      @110
+  dw_entryfield_password_new             @111
+
+  dw_combobox_new                        @120
+
+  dw_radiobutton_new                     @130
+
+  dw_listbox_new                         @140
+  dw_listbox_append                      @141
+  dw_listbox_clear                       @142
+  dw_listbox_count                       @143
+  dw_listbox_set_top                     @144
+  dw_listbox_select                      @145
+  dw_listbox_delete                      @146
+  dw_listbox_query_text                  @147
+  dw_listbox_set_text                    @148
+  dw_listbox_selected                    @149
+  dw_listbox_selected_multi              @150
+
+  dw_slider_new                          @160
+  dw_slider_query_range                  @161
+  dw_slider_set_pos                      @162
+
+  dw_mle_new                             @170
+  dw_mle_import                          @171
+  dw_mle_export                          @172
+  dw_mle_query                           @173
+  dw_mle_delete                          @174
+  dw_mle_clear                           @175
+  dw_mle_freeze                          @176
+  dw_mle_thaw                            @177
+  dw_mle_set                             @178
+  dw_mle_set_visible                     @179
+  dw_mle_search                          @180
+
+  dw_spinbutton_new                      @190
+  dw_spinbutton_set_pos                  @191
+  dw_spinbutton_set_limits               @192
+  dw_entryfield_set_limit                @193
+  dw_spinbutton_query                    @194
+
+  dw_checkbox_new                        @200
+  dw_checkbox_query                      @201
+  dw_checkbox_set                        @202
+
+  dw_icon_load                           @210
+  dw_icon_free                           @211
+
+  dw_container_new                       @220
+  dw_container_setup                     @221
+  dw_container_alloc                     @222
+  dw_container_set_item                  @223
+  dw_container_set_row_title             @224
+  dw_container_insert                    @225
+  dw_container_clear                     @226
+  dw_container_set_view                  @227
+  dw_container_query_start               @228
+  dw_container_query_next                @229
+
+  dw_filesystem_setup                    @240
+  dw_filesystem_set_item                 @241
+  dw_filesystem_set_file                 @242
+
+  dw_screen_width                        @250
+  dw_screen_height                       @251
+
+  dw_color_depth                         @260
+  dw_color_foreground_set                @261
+  dw_color_background_set                @262
+
+  dw_notebook_new                        @270
+  dw_notebook_page_new                   @271
+  dw_notebook_page_destroy               @272
+  dw_notebook_page_set_text              @273
+  dw_notebook_page_set_status_text       @274
+  dw_notebook_page_set                   @275
+  dw_notebook_page_query                 @276
+  dw_notebook_pack                       @277
+
+  dw_menu_new                            @280
+  dw_menubar_new                         @281
+  dw_menu_append_item                    @282
+  dw_menu_item_set_check                 @283
+  dw_menu_popup                          @284
+  dw_menu_destroy                        @285
+
+  dw_pointer_query_pos                   @290
+  dw_pointer_set_pos                     @291
+
+  dw_mutex_new                           @300
+  dw_mutex_close                         @301
+  dw_mutex_lock                          @302
+  dw_mutex_unlock                        @303
+
+  dw_event_new                           @310
+  dw_event_reset                         @311
+  dw_event_post                          @312
+  dw_event_wait                          @313
+  dw_event_close                         @314
+
+  dw_thread_new                          @320
+  dw_thread_end                          @321
+  dw_thread_id                           @322
+
+  dw_render_new                          @330
+  dw_draw_point                          @331
+  dw_draw_line                           @332
+  dw_draw_rect                           @333
+  dw_draw_text                           @334
+
+  dw_pixmap_bitblt                       @340
+  dw_pixmap_new                          @341
+  dw_pixmap_grab                         @342
+  dw_pixmap_destroy                      @343
+
+  dw_dialog_new                          @350
+  dw_dialog_dismiss                      @351
+  dw_dialog_wait                         @352
+
+  dw_signal_connect                      @360
+  dw_signal_disconnect_by_window         @361
+  dw_signal_disconnect_by_data           @362
+  dw_signal_disconnect_by_name           @363
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/gtk/dw.c	Tue Jul 03 07:50:39 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,4251 @@
+/*
+ * Dynamic Windows:
+ *          A GTK like implementation of the PM GUI
+ *          GTK forwarder module for portabilty.
+ *
+ * (C) 2000,2001 Brian Smith <dbsoft@technologist.com>
+ *
+ */
+#include "dw.h"
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/utsname.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include "config.h"
+#ifdef USE_IMLIB
+#include <gdk_imlib.h>
+#endif
+
+/* These are used for resource management */
+#if defined(DW_RESOURCES) && !defined(BUILD_DLL)
+extern DWResources _resources;
+#endif
+
+char monthlist[][4] = { "Jan", "Feb", "Mar", "Apr", "May", "Jun", "Jul", "Aug",
+                        "Sep", "Oct", "Nov", "Dec" };
+GdkColor _colors[] =
+{
+	{ 0, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000 },	/* 0  black */
+	{ 0, 0xbbbb, 0x0000, 0x0000 },	/* 1  red */
+	{ 0, 0x0000, 0xbbbb, 0x0000 },	/* 2  green */
+	{ 0, 0xaaaa, 0xaaaa, 0x0000 },	/* 3  yellow */
+	{ 0, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0xcccc },	/* 4  blue */
+	{ 0, 0xbbbb, 0x0000, 0xbbbb },	/* 5  magenta */
+	{ 0, 0x0000, 0xbbbb, 0xbbbb },	/* 6  cyan */
+	{ 0, 0xaaaa, 0xaaaa, 0xaaaa },	/* 7  white */
+	{ 0, 0x7777, 0x7777, 0x7777 },	/* 8  grey */
+	{ 0, 0xffff, 0x0000, 0x0000 },	/* 9  bright red */
+	{ 0, 0x0000, 0xffff, 0x0000 },	/* 10 bright green */
+	{ 0, 0xeeee, 0xeeee, 0x0000 },	/* 11 bright yellow */
+	{ 0, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0xffff },	/* 12 bright blue */
+	{ 0, 0xffff, 0x0000, 0xffff },	/* 13 bright magenta */
+	{ 0, 0x0000, 0xeeee, 0xeeee },	/* 14 bright cyan */
+	{ 0, 0xffff, 0xffff, 0xffff },	/* 15 bright white */
+};
+
+GdkColor _foreground = { 0, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000 };
+GdkColor _background = { 0, 0xaaaa, 0xaaaa, 0xaaaa };
+
+char *_dw_browse_file = NULL;
+int _dw_file_active = 0, _dw_file_ready = 0;
+pthread_t _dw_thread = (pthread_t)-1;
+int _dw_mutex_locked = FALSE;
+
+#define  DW_MUTEX_LOCK { if(pthread_self() != _dw_thread && _dw_mutex_locked == FALSE) { gdk_threads_enter(); _dw_mutex_locked = TRUE; _locked_by_me = TRUE;  } }
+#define  DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK { if(pthread_self() != _dw_thread && _locked_by_me == TRUE) { gdk_threads_leave(); _dw_mutex_locked = FALSE; _locked_by_me = FALSE; } }
+
+/* Currently the non Imlib method does not work */
+#ifndef USE_IMLIB
+#define USE_IMLIB
+#endif
+
+GdkColormap *_dw_cmap = NULL;
+
+/* Signal forwarder prototypes */
+gint _button_press_event(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventButton *event, gpointer data);
+gint _button_release_event(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventButton *event, gpointer data);
+gint _motion_notify_event(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventMotion *event, gpointer data);
+gint _delete_event(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, gpointer data);
+gint _key_press_event(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventKey *event, gpointer data);
+gint _generic_event(GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
+gint _configure_event(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventConfigure *event, gpointer data);
+void _activate_event(GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
+void _container_select_event(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventButton *event, gpointer data);
+void _container_context_event(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventButton *event, gpointer data);
+void _item_select_event(GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *child, gpointer data);
+void _expose_event(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventExpose *event, gpointer data);
+
+typedef struct
+{
+	void *func;
+	char name[30];
+
+} SignalList;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+	HWND window;
+	void *func;
+	gpointer data;
+
+} SignalHandler;
+
+#define SIGNALMAX 12
+
+/* A list of signal forwarders, to account for paramater differences. */
+SignalList SignalTranslate[SIGNALMAX] = {
+	{ _configure_event, "configure_event" },
+	{ _key_press_event, "key_press_event" },
+	{ _button_press_event, "button_press_event" },
+	{ _button_release_event, "button_release_event" },
+	{ _motion_notify_event, "motion_notify_event" },
+	{ _delete_event, "delete_event" },
+	{ _expose_event, "expose_event" },
+	{ _activate_event, "activate" },
+	{ _generic_event, "clicked" },
+	{ _container_select_event, "container-select" },
+	{ _container_context_event, "container-context" },
+	{ _item_select_event, "item-select" }
+};
+
+/* Finds the translation function for a given signal name */
+void *_findsigfunc(char *signame)
+{
+	int z;
+
+	for(z=0;z<SIGNALMAX;z++)
+	{
+		if(strcasecmp(signame, SignalTranslate[z].name) == 0)
+			return SignalTranslate[z].func;
+	}
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+gint _button_press_event(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventButton *event, gpointer data)
+{
+	SignalHandler *work = (SignalHandler *)data;
+
+	if(work)
+	{
+		int (*buttonfunc)(HWND, int, int, int, void *) = work->func;
+		int mybutton = event->button;
+
+		if(event->button == 3)
+			mybutton = 2;
+		else if(event->button == 2)
+			mybutton = 3;
+
+		buttonfunc(widget, event->x, event->y, mybutton, work->data);
+	}
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+gint _button_release_event(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventButton *event, gpointer data)
+{
+	SignalHandler *work = (SignalHandler *)data;
+
+	if(work)
+	{
+		int (*buttonfunc)(HWND, int, int, int, void *) = work->func;
+		int mybutton = event->button;
+
+		if(event->button == 3)
+			mybutton = 2;
+		else if(event->button == 2)
+			mybutton = 3;
+
+		buttonfunc(widget, event->x, event->y, mybutton, work->data);
+	}
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+gint _motion_notify_event(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventMotion *event, gpointer data)
+{
+	SignalHandler *work = (SignalHandler *)data;
+
+	if(work)
+	{
+		int (*motionfunc)(HWND, int, int, int, void *) = work->func;
+		int keys = 0, x, y;
+		GdkModifierType state;
+
+		if (event->is_hint)
+			gdk_window_get_pointer (event->window, &x, &y, &state);
+		else
+		{
+			x = event->x;
+			y = event->y;
+			state = event->state;
+		}
+
+		if (state & GDK_BUTTON1_MASK)
+			keys = DW_BUTTON1_MASK;
+		if (state & GDK_BUTTON3_MASK)
+			keys |= DW_BUTTON2_MASK;
+		if (state & GDK_BUTTON2_MASK)
+			keys |= DW_BUTTON3_MASK;
+
+		motionfunc(widget, x, y, keys, work->data);
+	}
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+gint _delete_event(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, gpointer data)
+{
+	SignalHandler *work = (SignalHandler *)data;
+
+	if(work)
+	{
+		int (*closefunc)(HWND, void *) = work->func;
+
+		closefunc(widget, data);
+	}
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+gint _key_press_event(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventKey *event, gpointer data)
+{
+	SignalHandler *work = (SignalHandler *)data;
+
+	if(work)
+	{
+		int (*keypressfunc)(HWND, int, void *) = work->func;
+
+		keypressfunc(widget, *event->string, work->data);
+	}
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+gint _generic_event(GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
+{
+	SignalHandler *work = (SignalHandler *)data;
+
+	if(work)
+	{
+		int (*genericfunc)(HWND, void *) = work->func;
+
+		genericfunc(widget, work->data);
+	}
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+void _activate_event(GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
+{
+	SignalHandler *work = (SignalHandler *)data;
+
+	if(work)
+	{
+		void (*activatefunc)(HWND, void *) = work->func;
+
+		activatefunc(work->window, work->data);
+	}
+	return;
+}
+
+gint _configure_event(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventConfigure *event, gpointer data)
+{
+	SignalHandler *work = (SignalHandler *)data;
+
+	if(work)
+	{
+		int (*sizefunc)(HWND, int, int, void *) = work->func;
+
+		sizefunc(widget, event->width, event->height, work->data);
+	}
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+void _expose_event(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventExpose *event, gpointer data)
+{
+	SignalHandler *work = (SignalHandler *)data;
+
+	if(work)
+	{
+		DWExpose exp;
+		int (*exposefunc)(HWND, DWExpose *, void *) = work->func;
+
+		exp.x = event->area.x;
+		exp.y = event->area.y;
+		exp.width = event->area.width;
+		exp.height = event->area.height;
+		exposefunc(widget, &exp, work->data);
+	}
+}
+
+void _item_select_event(GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *child, gpointer data)
+{
+	SignalHandler *work = (SignalHandler *)data;
+
+	if(work)
+	{
+		int (*selectfunc)(HWND, int, void *) = work->func;
+		GList *list;
+		int item = 0;
+
+		if(GTK_IS_COMBO(work->window))
+			list = GTK_LIST(GTK_COMBO(work->window)->list)->children;
+		else if(GTK_IS_LIST(widget))
+			list = GTK_LIST(widget)->children;
+		else
+			return;
+
+		while(list)
+		{
+			if(list->data == (gpointer)child)
+			{
+				gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(work->window), "item", (gpointer)item);
+				selectfunc(work->window, item, work->data);
+				break;
+			}
+			item++;
+			list = list->next;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void _container_context_event(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventButton *event, gpointer data)
+{
+	SignalHandler *work = (SignalHandler *)data;
+
+	if(work)
+	{
+		if(event->button == 3)
+		{
+			void (*contextfunc)(HWND, char *, int, int, void *) = work->func;
+			char *text;
+			int row, col;
+
+			gtk_clist_get_selection_info(GTK_CLIST(widget), event->x, event->y, &row, &col);
+
+			text = (char *)gtk_clist_get_row_data(GTK_CLIST(widget), row);
+			contextfunc(work->window, text, event->x, event->y, work->data);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void _container_select_event(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventButton *event, gpointer data)
+{
+	SignalHandler *work = (SignalHandler *)data;
+
+	if(work)
+	{
+		if(event->button == 1 && event->type == GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS)
+		{
+			void (*contextfunc)(HWND, char *, void *) = work->func;
+			char *text;
+			int row, col;
+
+			gtk_clist_get_selection_info(GTK_CLIST(widget), event->x, event->y, &row, &col);
+
+			text = (char *)gtk_clist_get_row_data(GTK_CLIST(widget), row);
+			contextfunc(work->window, text, work->data);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void _select_row(GtkWidget *widget, gint row, gint column, GdkEventButton *event, gpointer data)
+{
+	GList *tmp = (GList *)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(widget), "selectlist");
+	char *rowdata = gtk_clist_get_row_data(GTK_CLIST(widget), row);
+
+	if(rowdata)
+	{
+		tmp = g_list_append(tmp, rowdata);
+		gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(widget), "selectlist", tmp);
+	}
+
+}
+
+void _unselect_row(GtkWidget *widget, gint row, gint column, GdkEventButton *event, gpointer data)
+{
+	GList *tmp = (GList *)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(widget), "selectlist");
+	char *rowdata = gtk_clist_get_row_data(GTK_CLIST(widget), row);
+
+	if(rowdata)
+	{
+		g_list_remove(tmp, rowdata);
+		gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(widget), "selectlist", tmp);
+	}
+}
+
+GdkPixmap *_find_pixmap(GdkBitmap **bitmap, long id, HWND handle)
+{
+	char *data = NULL;
+	int z;
+
+	for(z=0;z<_resources.resource_max;z++)
+	{
+		if(_resources.resource_id[z] == id)
+		{
+			data = _resources.resource_data[z];
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if(data)
+	{
+		GdkPixmap *icon_pixmap = NULL;
+#ifndef USE_IMLIB
+		GtkStyle *iconstyle;
+
+		/* hmmm why do we need the handle here? */
+		iconstyle = gtk_widget_get_style(handle);
+		if (!icon_pixmap)
+			icon_pixmap = gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm_d(handle->window, bitmap, &iconstyle->bg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL], &data);
+#else
+		gdk_imlib_data_to_pixmap((char **)data, &icon_pixmap, bitmap);
+#endif
+		return icon_pixmap;
+	}
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+void _size_allocate(GtkWindow *window)
+{
+  XSizeHints sizehints;
+
+  sizehints.base_width = 1;
+  sizehints.base_height = 1;
+  sizehints.width_inc = 1;
+  sizehints.height_inc = 1;
+  sizehints.min_width = 8;
+  sizehints.min_height = 8;
+
+  sizehints.flags = (PBaseSize|PMinSize|PResizeInc);
+
+  XSetWMNormalHints (GDK_DISPLAY(),
+		     GDK_WINDOW_XWINDOW (GTK_WIDGET (window)->window),
+		     &sizehints);
+  gdk_flush ();
+}
+
+/*
+ * Initializes the Dynamic Windows engine.
+ * Parameters:
+ *           newthread: True if this is the only thread.
+ *                      False if there is already a message loop running.
+ */
+int dw_int_init(DWResources *res, int newthread)
+{
+	int z;
+
+	if(res)
+	{
+		_resources.resource_max = res->resource_max;
+		_resources.resource_id = res->resource_id;
+		_resources.resource_data = res->resource_data;
+	}
+	gtk_set_locale();
+	g_thread_init(NULL);
+	gtk_init(0, NULL);
+#ifdef USE_IMLIB
+	gdk_imlib_init();
+#endif
+	/* Add colors to the system colormap */
+	_dw_cmap = gdk_colormap_get_system();
+	for(z=0;z<16;z++)
+		gdk_color_alloc(_dw_cmap, &_colors[z]);
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Runs a message loop for Dynamic Windows.
+ * Parameters:
+ *           currenthab: The handle to the current anchor block
+ *                       or NULL if this DW is handling the message loop.
+ *           func: Function pointer to the message filter function.
+ */
+void dw_main(HAB currenthab, void *func)
+{
+	_dw_thread = pthread_self();
+	gdk_threads_enter();
+	gtk_main();
+	gdk_threads_leave();
+}
+
+/*
+ * Free's memory allocated by dynamic windows.
+ * Parameters:
+ *           ptr: Pointer to dynamic windows allocated
+ *                memory to be free()'d.
+ */
+void dw_free(void *ptr)
+{
+	free(ptr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Allocates and initializes a dialog struct.
+ * Parameters:
+ *           data: User defined data to be passed to functions.
+ */
+DWDialog *dw_dialog_new(void *data)
+{
+	DWDialog *tmp = malloc(sizeof(DWDialog));
+
+	tmp->eve = dw_event_new();
+	dw_event_reset(tmp->eve);
+	tmp->data = data;
+	tmp->done = FALSE;
+	tmp->result = NULL;
+
+    return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Accepts a dialog struct and returns the given data to the
+ * initial called of dw_dialog_wait().
+ * Parameters:
+ *           dialog: Pointer to a dialog struct aquired by dw_dialog_new).
+ *           result: Data to be returned by dw_dialog_wait().
+ */
+int dw_dialog_dismiss(DWDialog *dialog, void *result)
+{
+	dialog->result = result;
+	if(pthread_self() == _dw_thread)
+		gtk_main_quit();
+	else
+		dw_event_post(dialog->eve);
+	dialog->done = TRUE;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Accepts a dialog struct waits for dw_dialog_dismiss() to be
+ * called by a signal handler with the given dialog struct.
+ * Parameters:
+ *           dialog: Pointer to a dialog struct aquired by dw_dialog_new).
+ */
+void *dw_dialog_wait(DWDialog *dialog)
+{
+	void *tmp;
+
+	if(pthread_self() == _dw_thread)
+		gtk_main();
+	else
+		dw_event_wait(dialog->eve, -1);
+
+	dw_event_close(&dialog->eve);
+	tmp = dialog->result;
+	free(dialog);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+void _delete(GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *event, gpointer param)
+{
+	gtk_widget_destroy(GTK_WIDGET(param));
+}
+
+void _delete2(GtkWidget *widget, gpointer param)
+{
+	gtk_widget_destroy(GTK_WIDGET(param));
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Displays a Message Box with given text and title..
+ * Parameters:
+ *           title: The title of the message box.
+ *           format: printf style format string.
+ *           ...: Additional variables for use in the format.
+ */
+int dw_messagebox(char *title, char *format, ...)
+{
+	va_list args;
+	char outbuf[256];
+	GtkWidget 	*dialog,
+		        *button,
+	            *label;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	va_start(args, format);
+	vsprintf(outbuf, format, args);
+	va_end(args);
+
+	dialog = gtk_dialog_new();
+
+	gtk_window_set_title(GTK_WINDOW(dialog), title);
+
+	button = gtk_button_new_with_label("Ok");
+	gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(GTK_DIALOG(dialog)->action_area), button, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+	gtk_widget_show(button);
+
+	gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(button), "clicked", GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(_delete2), (gpointer)dialog);
+	gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(dialog), "delete_event", GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(_delete), (gpointer)dialog);
+
+	label = gtk_label_new(outbuf);
+	gtk_container_set_border_width(GTK_CONTAINER(GTK_DIALOG(dialog)->vbox), 20);
+	gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(GTK_DIALOG(dialog)->vbox), label, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+	gtk_widget_show(label);
+
+	gtk_widget_show(dialog);
+
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+
+	return strlen(outbuf);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Displays a Message Box with given text and title..
+ * Parameters:
+ *           title: The title of the message box.
+ *           text: The text to display in the box.
+ * Returns:
+ *           True if YES False of NO.
+ */
+int dw_yesno(char *title, char *text)
+{
+	return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Makes the window visible.
+ * Parameters:
+ *           handle: The window handle to make visible.
+ */
+int dw_window_show(HWND handle)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	gtk_widget_show(handle);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Makes the window invisible.
+ * Parameters:
+ *           handle: The window handle to make visible.
+ */
+int dw_window_hide(HWND handle)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	gtk_widget_hide(handle);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Destroys a window and all of it's children.
+ * Parameters:
+ *           handle: The window handle to destroy.
+ */
+int dw_window_destroy(HWND handle)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	gtk_widget_destroy(handle);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Changes a window's parent to newparent.
+ * Parameters:
+ *           handle: The window handle to destroy.
+ *           newparent: The window's new parent window.
+ */
+void dw_window_reparent(HWND handle, HWND newparent)
+{
+	gtk_widget_reparent(handle, newparent);
+}
+
+int _set_font(HWND handle, char *fontname)
+{
+	GtkStyle *style;
+	GdkFont *font = NULL;
+	int retval = FALSE;
+
+	font = gdk_font_load(fontname);
+
+	if(font)
+	{
+		style = gtk_widget_get_style(handle);
+		style->font = font;
+		gtk_widget_set_style(handle, style);
+		retval = TRUE;
+	}
+	return retval;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the font used by a specified window (widget) handle.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: The window (widget) handle.
+ *          fontname: Name and size of the font in the form "size.fontname"
+ */
+int dw_window_set_font(HWND handle, char *fontname)
+{
+	GtkWidget *handle2 = handle;
+	char *font;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+	gpointer data;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(GTK_IS_SCROLLED_WINDOW(handle))
+	{
+		GtkWidget *tmp = (GtkWidget *)gtk_object_get_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle));
+		if(tmp)
+			handle2 = tmp;
+	}
+	font = strdup(fontname);
+
+	data = gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle2), "fontname");
+	if(data)
+		free(data);
+
+	if(font)
+		gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle2), "fontname", (gpointer)font);
+
+    DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+int _set_color(HWND handle, unsigned long fore, unsigned long back)
+{
+	GtkStyle *style;
+
+	if(fore & DW_RGB_COLOR || back & DW_RGB_COLOR)
+	{
+		GdkColor forecolor = { 0, DW_RED_VALUE(fore) << 8, DW_GREEN_VALUE(fore) << 8, DW_BLUE_VALUE(fore) << 8 };
+		GdkColor backcolor = { 0, DW_RED_VALUE(back) << 8, DW_GREEN_VALUE(back) << 8, DW_BLUE_VALUE(back) << 8 };
+
+		gdk_color_alloc(_dw_cmap, &forecolor);
+		gdk_color_alloc(_dw_cmap, &backcolor);
+
+		style = gtk_widget_get_style(handle);
+		style->fg[0] = forecolor;
+		style->bg[0] = backcolor;
+		gtk_widget_set_style(handle, style);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		style = gtk_widget_get_style(handle);
+		style->fg[0] = _colors[fore];
+		style->bg[0] = _colors[back];
+		gtk_widget_set_style(handle, style);
+	}
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+/*
+ * Sets the colors used by a specified window (widget) handle.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: The window (widget) handle.
+ *          fore: Foreground color in RGB format.
+ *          back: Background color in RGB format.
+ */
+int dw_window_set_color(HWND handle, unsigned long fore, unsigned long back)
+{
+	GtkWidget *handle2 = handle;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+
+	if(GTK_IS_SCROLLED_WINDOW(handle))
+	{
+		GtkWidget *tmp = (GtkWidget *)gtk_object_get_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle));
+		if(tmp)
+			handle2 = tmp;
+	}
+
+	gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle2), "fore", (gpointer)fore);
+	gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle2), "back", (gpointer)back);
+
+	_set_color(handle2, fore, back);
+
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the font used by a specified window (widget) handle.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: The window (widget) handle.
+ *          border: Size of the window border in pixels.
+ */
+int dw_window_set_border(HWND handle, int border)
+{
+	/* TODO */
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Captures the mouse input to this window.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to receive mouse input.
+ */
+void dw_window_capture(HWND handle)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	gdk_pointer_grab(handle->window, TRUE, GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK | GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK | GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK, NULL, NULL, GDK_CURRENT_TIME);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Releases previous mouse capture.
+ */
+void dw_window_release(void)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	gdk_pointer_ungrab(GDK_CURRENT_TIME);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new Window Frame.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       owner: The Owner's window handle or HWND_DESKTOP.
+ *       title: The Window title.
+ *       flStyle: Style flags, see the PM reference.
+ */
+HWND dw_window_new(HWND hwndOwner, char *title, unsigned long flStyle)
+{
+	GtkWidget *tmp;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+	int flags = 0;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	tmp = gtk_window_new(GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
+
+	gtk_window_set_title(GTK_WINDOW(tmp), title);
+	if(!(flStyle & DW_FCF_SIZEBORDER))
+		gtk_window_set_policy(GTK_WINDOW(tmp), FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
+
+	gtk_widget_realize(tmp);
+
+	if(flStyle & DW_FCF_TITLEBAR)
+		flags |= GDK_DECOR_TITLE;
+
+	if(flStyle & DW_FCF_MINMAX)
+		flags |= GDK_DECOR_MINIMIZE | GDK_DECOR_MAXIMIZE;
+
+	if(flStyle & DW_FCF_SIZEBORDER)
+		flags |= GDK_DECOR_RESIZEH;
+
+	if(flStyle & DW_FCF_BORDER)
+		flags |= GDK_DECOR_BORDER;
+
+	gdk_window_set_decorations(tmp->window, flags);
+
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new Box to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       type: Either BOXVERT (vertical) or BOXHORZ (horizontal).
+ *       pad: Number of pixels to pad around the box.
+ */
+HWND dw_box_new(int type, int pad)
+{
+	GtkWidget *tmp;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(type == BOXVERT)
+		tmp = gtk_vbox_new(FALSE, pad);
+	else
+		tmp = gtk_hbox_new(FALSE, pad);
+	gtk_widget_show(tmp);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new Group Box to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       type: Either BOXVERT (vertical) or BOXHORZ (horizontal).
+ *       pad: Number of pixels to pad around the box.
+ *       title: Text to be displayined in the group outline.
+ */
+HWND dw_groupbox_new(int type, int pad, char *title)
+{
+	return dw_box_new(type, pad);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a bitmap object to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_bitmap_new(unsigned long id)
+{
+	GdkPixmap *pixmap= NULL;
+	GdkBitmap *bitmap;
+	GtkWidget *tmp;
+	char * test_xpm[] = {
+		"1 1 1 1",
+		"       c None",
+		" "};
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+#ifndef USE_IMLIB
+	GtkStyle *iconstyle;
+
+	/* hmmm why do we need the handle here? */
+	iconstyle = gtk_widget_get_style(handle);
+	if (!pixmap)
+		pixmap = gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm_d(handle->window, &bitmap, &iconstyle->bg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL], &test_xpm);
+#else
+	gdk_imlib_data_to_pixmap(test_xpm, &pixmap, &bitmap);
+#endif
+	tmp = gtk_pixmap_new(pixmap, bitmap);
+	gtk_widget_show(tmp);
+	gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(tmp), "id", (gpointer)id);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a notebook object to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       id: An ID to be used for getting the resource from the
+ *           resource file.
+ */
+HWND dw_notebook_new(unsigned long id, int top)
+{
+	GtkWidget *tmp;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	tmp = gtk_notebook_new();
+	if(top)
+		gtk_notebook_set_tab_pos(GTK_NOTEBOOK(tmp), GTK_POS_TOP);
+	else
+		gtk_notebook_set_tab_pos(GTK_NOTEBOOK(tmp), GTK_POS_BOTTOM);
+	gtk_widget_show(tmp);
+	gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(tmp), "id", (gpointer)id);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a menu object to be popped up.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       id: An ID to be used for getting the resource from the
+ *           resource file.
+ */
+HMENUI dw_menu_new(unsigned long id)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+	HMENUI tmp = malloc(sizeof(struct _hmenui));;
+
+	if(!tmp)
+		return NULL;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	tmp->menu = gtk_menu_new();
+	gtk_widget_show(tmp->menu);
+	gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(tmp->menu), "id", (gpointer)id);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a menubar on a window.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       location: Handle of a window frame to be attached to.
+ */
+HMENUI dw_menubar_new(HWND location)
+{
+	GtkWidget *box;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+	HMENUI tmp = malloc(sizeof(struct _hmenui));;
+
+	if(!tmp)
+		return NULL;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	tmp->menu = gtk_menu_bar_new();
+	box = (GtkWidget *)gtk_object_get_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(location));
+	gtk_widget_show(tmp->menu);
+
+	if(box)
+		gtk_box_pack_end(GTK_BOX(box), tmp->menu, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
+
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Destroys a menu created with dw_menubar_new or dw_menu_new.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       menu: Handle of a menu.
+ */
+void dw_menu_destroy(HMENUI *menu)
+{
+	if(menu && *menu)
+	{
+		int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+		DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+		gtk_widget_destroy((*menu)->menu);
+		free(*menu);
+		*menu = NULL;
+		DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	}
+}
+
+void _removetilde(char *dest, char *src)
+{
+	int z, cur=0;
+
+	for(z=0;z<strlen(src);z++)
+	{
+		if(src[z] != '~')
+			{
+				dest[cur] = src[z];
+				cur++;
+			}
+	}
+	dest[cur] = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Adds a menuitem or submenu to an existing menu.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       menu: The handle the the existing menu.
+ *       title: The title text on the menu item to be added.
+ *       id: An ID to be used for message passing.
+ *       flags: Extended attributes to set on the menu.
+ *       end: If TRUE memu is positioned at the end of the menu.
+ *       check: If TRUE menu is "check"able.
+ *       submenu: Handle to an existing menu to be a submenu or NULL.
+ */
+HWND dw_menu_append_item(HMENUI menu, char *title, unsigned long id, unsigned long flags, int end, int check, HMENUI submenu)
+{
+	GtkWidget *tmphandle;
+	char *tempbuf = malloc(strlen(title)+1);
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	if(!menu || !menu->menu)
+	{
+		free(tempbuf);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	_removetilde(tempbuf, title);
+
+	if(strlen(tempbuf) == 0)
+		tmphandle=gtk_menu_item_new();
+	else
+	{
+		if(check)
+		{
+			char numbuf[10];
+			tmphandle=gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_label(tempbuf);
+			gtk_check_menu_item_set_show_toggle(GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM(tmphandle), TRUE);
+			sprintf(numbuf, "%lu", id);
+			gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(menu->menu), numbuf, (gpointer)tmphandle);
+		}
+		else
+			tmphandle=gtk_menu_item_new_with_label(tempbuf);
+	}
+
+	gtk_widget_show(tmphandle);
+
+	if(submenu)
+		gtk_menu_item_set_submenu(GTK_MENU_ITEM(tmphandle), submenu->menu);
+
+	if(GTK_IS_MENU_BAR(menu->menu))
+		gtk_menu_bar_append(GTK_MENU_BAR(menu->menu), tmphandle);
+	else
+		gtk_menu_append(GTK_MENU(menu->menu), tmphandle);
+
+	gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(tmphandle), "id", (gpointer)id);
+	free(tempbuf);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return tmphandle;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the state of a menu item check.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       menu: The handle the the existing menu.
+ *       id: Menuitem id.
+ *       check: TRUE for checked FALSE for not checked.
+ */
+void dw_menu_item_set_check(HMENUI menu, int id, int check)
+{
+	char numbuf[10];
+	GtkWidget *tmphandle;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	if(!menu || !menu->menu)
+		return;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	sprintf(numbuf, "%d", id);
+	tmphandle = gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(menu->menu), numbuf);
+
+	if(tmphandle)
+	{
+		if(GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM(tmphandle)->active != check)
+			gtk_check_menu_item_set_active(GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM(tmphandle), check);
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Pops up a context menu at given x and y coordinates.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       menu: The handle the the existing menu.
+ *       parent: Handle to the window initiating the popup.
+ *       x: X coordinate.
+ *       y: Y coordinate.
+ */
+void dw_menu_popup(HMENUI *menu, HWND parent, int x, int y)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	if(!menu || !*menu)
+		return;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	gtk_menu_popup(GTK_MENU((*menu)->menu), NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, x, y);
+	free(*menu);
+	*menu = NULL;
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Returns the current X and Y coordinates of the mouse pointer.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       x: Pointer to variable to store X coordinate.
+ *       y: Pointer to variable to store Y coordinate.
+ */
+void dw_pointer_query_pos(long *x, long *y)
+{
+	GdkModifierType state;
+	int gx, gy;
+
+	gdk_window_get_pointer (GDK_ROOT_PARENT(), &gx, &gy, &state);
+	*x = gx;
+	*y = gy;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the X and Y coordinates of the mouse pointer.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       x: X coordinate.
+ *       y: Y coordinate.
+ */
+void dw_pointer_set_pos(long x, long y)
+{
+	XWarpPointer(GDK_DISPLAY(), None, GDK_ROOT_WINDOW(), 0,0,0,0, x, y);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a container object to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       id: An ID to be used for getting the resource from the
+ *           resource file.
+ */
+HWND dw_container_new(unsigned long id)
+{
+	GtkWidget *tmp;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	tmp = gtk_scrolled_window_new (NULL, NULL);
+	gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (tmp),
+					GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC, GTK_POLICY_ALWAYS);
+
+	gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(tmp), "id", (gpointer)id);
+	gtk_widget_show(tmp);
+
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new static text window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       text: The text to be display by the static text widget.
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_text_new(char *text, unsigned long id)
+{
+	GtkWidget *tmp;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	tmp = gtk_label_new(text);
+	gtk_label_set_justify(GTK_LABEL(tmp), GTK_JUSTIFY_LEFT);
+	gtk_widget_show(tmp);
+	gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(tmp), "id", (gpointer)id);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new Multiline Editbox window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_mle_new(unsigned long id)
+{
+	GtkWidget *tmp, *tmpbox, *scroller;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	tmpbox = gtk_hbox_new(FALSE, 0);
+	tmp = gtk_text_new(NULL, NULL);
+	gtk_text_set_word_wrap(GTK_TEXT(tmp), FALSE);
+	gtk_text_set_line_wrap(GTK_TEXT(tmp), FALSE);
+	scroller = gtk_vscrollbar_new(GTK_TEXT(tmp)->vadj);
+	GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS(scroller, GTK_CAN_FOCUS);
+	gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(tmp), "id", (gpointer)id);
+	gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(tmpbox), "mle", (gpointer)tmp);
+	gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(tmpbox), tmp, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+	gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(tmpbox), scroller, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
+	gtk_widget_show(tmp);
+	gtk_widget_show(scroller);
+	gtk_widget_show(tmpbox);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return tmpbox;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new Entryfield window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       text: The default text to be in the entryfield widget.
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_entryfield_new(char *text, unsigned long id)
+{
+	GtkWidget *tmp;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	tmp = gtk_entry_new();
+
+	gtk_entry_set_text(GTK_ENTRY(tmp), text);
+
+	gtk_widget_show(tmp);
+	gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(tmp), "id", (gpointer)id);
+
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new Entryfield (password) window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       text: The default text to be in the entryfield widget.
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_entryfield_password_new(char *text, ULONG id)
+{
+	GtkWidget *tmp;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	tmp = gtk_entry_new();
+
+	gtk_entry_set_visibility(GTK_ENTRY(tmp), FALSE);
+	gtk_entry_set_text(GTK_ENTRY(tmp), text);
+
+	gtk_widget_show(tmp);
+	gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(tmp), "id", (gpointer)id);
+
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new Combobox window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       text: The default text to be in the combpbox widget.
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_combobox_new(char *text, unsigned long id)
+{
+	GtkWidget *tmp;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	tmp = gtk_combo_new();
+	gtk_entry_set_text(GTK_ENTRY(GTK_COMBO(tmp)->entry), text);
+	gtk_combo_set_use_arrows(GTK_COMBO(tmp), TRUE);
+	gtk_object_set_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(tmp), NULL);
+	gtk_widget_show(tmp);
+	gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(tmp), "id", (gpointer)id);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new button window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       text: The text to be display by the static text widget.
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_button_new(char *text, unsigned long id)
+{
+	GtkWidget *tmp;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	tmp = gtk_button_new_with_label(text);
+	gtk_widget_show(tmp);
+	gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(tmp), "id", (gpointer)id);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new bitmap button window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       text: Bubble help text to be displayed.
+ *       id: An ID of a bitmap in the resource file.
+ */
+HWND dw_bitmapbutton_new(char *text, unsigned long id)
+{
+	GtkWidget *tmp;
+	GtkWidget *bitmap;
+    GtkTooltips *tooltips;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	tmp = gtk_button_new();
+	bitmap = dw_bitmap_new(id);
+
+	if(bitmap)
+	{
+		dw_window_set_bitmap(bitmap, id);
+		gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER(tmp), bitmap);
+	}
+	gtk_widget_show(tmp);
+	if(text)
+	{
+		tooltips = gtk_tooltips_new();
+		gtk_tooltips_set_colors(tooltips, &_colors[DW_CLR_BLACK], &_colors[DW_CLR_YELLOW]);
+		gtk_tooltips_set_tip(tooltips, tmp, text, NULL);
+		gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(tmp), "tooltip", (gpointer)tooltips);
+	}
+	gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(tmp), "id", (gpointer)id);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new spinbutton window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       text: The text to be display by the static text widget.
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_spinbutton_new(char *text, unsigned long id)
+{
+	GtkAdjustment *adj;
+	GtkWidget *tmp;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	adj = (GtkAdjustment *)gtk_adjustment_new (1.0, 0.0, 100.0, 1.0, 5.0, 0.0);
+	tmp = gtk_spin_button_new (adj, 0, 0);
+	gtk_spin_button_set_numeric(GTK_SPIN_BUTTON(tmp), TRUE);
+	gtk_spin_button_set_wrap(GTK_SPIN_BUTTON(tmp), TRUE);
+	gtk_widget_show(tmp);
+	gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(tmp), "id", (gpointer)id);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new radiobutton window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       text: The text to be display by the static text widget.
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_radiobutton_new(char *text, ULONG id)
+{
+	/* This will have to be fixed in the future. */
+	GtkWidget *tmp;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	tmp = gtk_radio_button_new_with_label(NULL, text);
+	gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(tmp), "id", (gpointer)id);
+	gtk_widget_show(tmp);
+
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new slider window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_slider_new(unsigned long id)
+{
+	GtkWidget *tmp;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	tmp = gtk_progress_bar_new();
+	gtk_widget_show(tmp);
+	gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(tmp), "id", (gpointer)id);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new checkbox window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       text: The text to be display by the static text widget.
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_checkbox_new(char *text, unsigned long id)
+{
+	GtkWidget *tmp;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	tmp = gtk_check_button_new_with_label(text);
+	gtk_widget_show(tmp);
+	gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(tmp), "id", (gpointer)id);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new listbox window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ *       multi: Multiple select TRUE or FALSE.
+ */
+HWND dw_listbox_new(unsigned long id, int multi)
+{
+	GtkWidget *tmp, *list;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	tmp = gtk_scrolled_window_new(NULL, NULL);
+	gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy(GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (tmp),
+				       GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC, GTK_POLICY_ALWAYS);
+
+	list = gtk_list_new();
+	gtk_list_set_selection_mode(GTK_LIST(list), multi ? GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE : GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE);
+
+	gtk_scrolled_window_add_with_viewport(GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW(tmp),
+					      list);
+	gtk_object_set_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(tmp), list);
+	gtk_widget_show(list);
+	gtk_widget_show(tmp);
+	gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(tmp), "id", (gpointer)id);
+
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the icon used for a given window.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window.
+ *       id: An ID to be used to specify the icon.
+ */
+void dw_window_set_icon(HWND handle, unsigned long id)
+{
+	GdkBitmap *bitmap;
+	GdkPixmap *icon_pixmap;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	icon_pixmap = _find_pixmap(&bitmap, id, handle);
+
+	if(handle->window && icon_pixmap)
+		gdk_window_set_icon(handle->window, NULL, icon_pixmap, bitmap);
+
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the bitmap used for a given static window.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window.
+ *       id: An ID to be used to specify the icon.
+ */
+void dw_window_set_bitmap(HWND handle, unsigned long id)
+{
+	GdkBitmap *bitmap;
+	GdkPixmap *tmp;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	tmp = _find_pixmap(&bitmap, id, handle);
+	if(tmp)
+		gtk_pixmap_set(GTK_PIXMAP(handle), tmp, bitmap);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the text used for a given window.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window.
+ *       text: The text associsated with a given window.
+ */
+void dw_window_set_text(HWND handle, char *text)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(GTK_IS_ENTRY(handle))
+		gtk_entry_set_text(GTK_ENTRY(handle), text);
+	else if(GTK_IS_COMBO(handle))
+		gtk_entry_set_text(GTK_ENTRY(GTK_COMBO(handle)->entry), text);
+	else if(GTK_IS_LABEL(handle))
+		gtk_label_set_text(GTK_LABEL(handle), text);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Gets the text used for a given window.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window.
+ * Returns:
+ *       text: The text associsated with a given window.
+ */
+char *dw_window_get_text(HWND handle)
+{
+	char *possible = "";
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(GTK_IS_ENTRY(handle))
+		possible = gtk_entry_get_text(GTK_ENTRY(handle));
+	else if(GTK_IS_COMBO(handle))
+		possible = gtk_entry_get_text(GTK_ENTRY(GTK_COMBO(handle)->entry));
+
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return strdup(possible);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Disables given window (widget).
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window.
+ */
+void dw_window_disable(HWND handle)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	gtk_widget_set_sensitive(handle, FALSE);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Enables given window (widget).
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window.
+ */
+void dw_window_enable(HWND handle)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	gtk_widget_set_sensitive(handle, TRUE);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Adds text to an MLE box and returns the current point.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the MLE to be queried.
+ *          buffer: Text buffer to be imported.
+ *          startpoint: Point to start entering text.
+ */
+unsigned int dw_mle_import(HWND handle, char *buffer, int startpoint)
+{
+	unsigned int tmppoint = startpoint;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(GTK_IS_BOX(handle))
+	{
+		GtkWidget *tmp = (GtkWidget *)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle), "mle");
+
+		if(tmp && GTK_IS_TEXT(tmp))
+		{
+			gtk_text_set_point(GTK_TEXT(tmp), startpoint < 0 ? 0 : startpoint);
+			gtk_text_insert(GTK_TEXT(tmp), NULL, NULL, NULL, buffer, -1);
+			tmppoint = gtk_text_get_point(GTK_TEXT(tmp));
+		}
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return tmppoint;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Grabs text from an MLE box.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the MLE to be queried.
+ *          buffer: Text buffer to be exported.
+ *          startpoint: Point to start grabbing text.
+ *          length: Amount of text to be grabbed.
+ */
+void dw_mle_export(HWND handle, char *buffer, int startpoint, int length)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+	gchar *text;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(GTK_IS_BOX(handle))
+	{
+		GtkWidget *tmp = (GtkWidget *)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle), "mle");
+
+		if(tmp && GTK_IS_TEXT(tmp))
+		{
+			text = gtk_editable_get_chars(GTK_EDITABLE(&(GTK_TEXT(tmp)->editable)), startpoint, startpoint + length);
+			if(text)
+			{
+				strcpy(buffer, text);
+				g_free(text);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Obtains information about an MLE box.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the MLE to be queried.
+ *          bytes: A pointer to a variable to return the total bytes.
+ *          lines: A pointer to a variable to return the number of lines.
+ */
+void dw_mle_query(HWND handle, unsigned long *bytes, unsigned long *lines)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	if(bytes)
+		*bytes = 0;
+	if(lines)
+		*lines = 0;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(GTK_IS_BOX(handle))
+	{
+		GtkWidget *tmp = (GtkWidget *)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle), "mle");
+
+		if(tmp && GTK_IS_TEXT(tmp))
+		{
+			if(bytes)
+				*bytes = gtk_text_get_length(GTK_TEXT(tmp));
+			if(lines)
+			{
+				gchar *text;
+
+				*lines = 0;
+				text = gtk_editable_get_chars(GTK_EDITABLE(&(GTK_TEXT(tmp)->editable)), 0, bytes ? *bytes : gtk_text_get_length(GTK_TEXT(tmp)));
+
+				if(text)
+				{
+					int z, len = strlen(text);
+
+					for(z=0;z<len;z++)
+					{
+						if(text[z] == '\n')
+							(*lines)++;
+					}
+					g_free(text);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Deletes text from an MLE box.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the MLE to be deleted from.
+ *          startpoint: Point to start deleting text.
+ *          length: Amount of text to be deleted.
+ */
+void dw_mle_delete(HWND handle, int startpoint, int length)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(GTK_IS_BOX(handle))
+	{
+		GtkWidget *tmp = (GtkWidget *)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle), "mle");
+
+		if(tmp && GTK_IS_TEXT(tmp))
+		{
+			gtk_text_set_point(GTK_TEXT(tmp), startpoint);
+			gtk_text_forward_delete(GTK_TEXT(tmp), length);
+		}
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Clears all text from an MLE box.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the MLE to be cleared.
+ */
+void dw_mle_clear(HWND handle)
+{
+	int length, _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(GTK_IS_BOX(handle))
+	{
+		GtkWidget *tmp = (GtkWidget *)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle), "mle");
+
+		if(tmp && GTK_IS_TEXT(tmp))
+		{
+			length = gtk_text_get_length(GTK_TEXT(tmp));
+			gtk_text_set_point(GTK_TEXT(tmp), 0);
+			gtk_text_forward_delete(GTK_TEXT(tmp), length);
+		}
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the visible line of an MLE box.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the MLE.
+ *          line: Line to be visible.
+ */
+void dw_mle_set_visible(HWND handle, int line)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(GTK_IS_BOX(handle))
+	{
+		GtkWidget *tmp = (GtkWidget *)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle), "mle");
+
+		if(tmp && GTK_IS_TEXT(tmp))
+		{
+			unsigned long lines;
+			float pos, ratio;
+
+			dw_mle_query(handle, NULL, &lines);
+
+			if(lines)
+			{
+				ratio = (float)line/(float)lines;
+
+				pos = (ratio * (float)(GTK_TEXT(tmp)->vadj->upper - GTK_TEXT(tmp)->vadj->lower)) + GTK_TEXT(tmp)->vadj->lower;
+
+				gtk_adjustment_set_value(GTK_TEXT(tmp)->vadj, pos);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the current cursor position of an MLE box.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the MLE to be positioned.
+ *          point: Point to position cursor.
+ */
+void dw_mle_set(HWND handle, int point)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(GTK_IS_BOX(handle))
+	{
+		GtkWidget *tmp = (GtkWidget *)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle), "mle");
+
+		if(tmp && GTK_IS_TEXT(tmp))
+		{
+			gtk_text_set_point(GTK_TEXT(tmp), point);
+		}
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Finds text in an MLE box.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the MLE to be cleared.
+ *          text: Text to search for.
+ *          point: Start point of search.
+ *          flags: Search specific flags.
+ */
+int dw_mle_search(HWND handle, char *text, int point, unsigned long flags)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE, retval = 0;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(GTK_IS_BOX(handle))
+	{
+		GtkWidget *tmp = (GtkWidget *)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle), "mle");
+
+		if(tmp && GTK_IS_TEXT(tmp))
+		{
+			int len = gtk_text_get_length(GTK_TEXT(tmp));
+			gchar *tmpbuf;
+
+			tmpbuf = gtk_editable_get_chars(GTK_EDITABLE(&(GTK_TEXT(tmp)->editable)), 0, len);
+			if(tmpbuf)
+			{
+				int z, textlen;
+
+				textlen = strlen(text);
+
+				if(flags & DW_MLE_CASESENSITIVE)
+				{
+					for(z=point;z<(len-textlen) && !retval;z++)
+					{
+						if(strncmp(&tmpbuf[z], text, textlen) == 0)
+							retval = z + textlen;
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					for(z=point;z<(len-textlen) && !retval;z++)
+					{
+						if(strncasecmp(&tmpbuf[z], text, textlen) == 0)
+							retval = z + textlen;
+					}
+				}
+
+				if(retval)
+				{
+					gtk_text_set_point(GTK_TEXT(tmp), retval - textlen);
+					gtk_editable_select_region(&(GTK_TEXT(tmp)->editable), retval - textlen, retval);
+				}
+
+				g_free(tmpbuf);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return retval;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Stops redrawing of an MLE box.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the MLE to freeze.
+ */
+void dw_mle_freeze(HWND handle)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(GTK_IS_BOX(handle))
+	{
+		GtkWidget *tmp = (GtkWidget *)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle), "mle");
+
+		if(tmp && GTK_IS_TEXT(tmp))
+		{
+			gtk_text_freeze(GTK_TEXT(tmp));
+		}
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Resumes redrawing of an MLE box.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the MLE to thaw.
+ */
+void dw_mle_thaw(HWND handle)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(GTK_IS_BOX(handle))
+	{
+		GtkWidget *tmp = (GtkWidget *)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle), "mle");
+
+		if(tmp && GTK_IS_TEXT(tmp))
+		{
+			gtk_text_thaw(GTK_TEXT(tmp));
+		}
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the range of the slider.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the slider to be queried.
+ */
+unsigned int dw_slider_query_range(HWND handle)
+{
+	return 100;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the slider position.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the slider to be set.
+ *          position: Position of the slider withing the range.
+ */
+void dw_slider_set_pos(HWND handle, unsigned int position)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	gtk_progress_bar_update(GTK_PROGRESS_BAR(handle), (gfloat)position/100);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the spinbutton value.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the spinbutton to be set.
+ *          position: Current value of the spinbutton.
+ */
+void dw_spinbutton_set_pos(HWND handle, long position)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	gtk_spin_button_set_value(GTK_SPIN_BUTTON(handle), (gfloat)position);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the spinbutton limits.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the spinbutton to be set.
+ *          position: Current value of the spinbutton.
+ *          position: Current value of the spinbutton.
+ */
+void dw_spinbutton_set_limits(HWND handle, long upper, long lower)
+{
+	long curval;
+	GtkAdjustment *adj;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	curval = dw_spinbutton_query(handle);
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	adj = (GtkAdjustment *)gtk_adjustment_new((gfloat)curval, (gfloat)lower, (gfloat)upper, 1.0, 5.0, 0.0);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the entryfield character limit.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the spinbutton to be set.
+ *          limit: Number of characters the entryfield will take.
+ */
+void dw_entryfield_set_limit(HWND handle, ULONG limit)
+{
+	/* TODO: can this be done after the fact? */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the current value of the spinbutton.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the spinbutton to be queried.
+ */
+long dw_spinbutton_query(HWND handle)
+{
+	long retval;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	retval = (long)gtk_spin_button_get_value_as_int(GTK_SPIN_BUTTON(handle));
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+
+	return retval;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the state of the checkbox.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the checkbox to be queried.
+ */
+int dw_checkbox_query(HWND handle)
+{
+	int retval;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	retval = GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(handle)->active;
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+
+	return retval;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the state of the checkbox.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the checkbox to be queried.
+ *          value: TRUE for checked, FALSE for unchecked.
+ */
+void dw_checkbox_set(HWND handle, int value)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	gtk_toggle_button_set_active(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(handle), value);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+int _dw_container_setup(HWND handle, unsigned long *flags, char **titles, int count, int separator, int extra)
+{
+	GtkWidget *clist;
+	char numbuf[10];
+	int z;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+    clist = gtk_clist_new_with_titles(count, (gchar **)titles);
+	if(!clist)
+	{
+		DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+
+	gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(clist), "select_row", GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(_select_row),  NULL);
+	gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(clist), "unselect_row", GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(_unselect_row),  NULL);
+
+	gtk_clist_set_column_auto_resize(GTK_CLIST(clist), 0, TRUE);
+	gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(handle), clist);
+	gtk_object_set_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle), (gpointer)clist);
+	gtk_widget_show(clist);
+	gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(clist), "colcount", (gpointer)count);
+
+    if(extra)
+		gtk_clist_set_column_width(GTK_CLIST(clist), 1, 120);
+
+	for(z=0;z<count;z++)
+	{
+		if(!extra || z > 1)
+			gtk_clist_set_column_width(GTK_CLIST(clist), z, 50);
+		sprintf(numbuf, "%d", z);
+		gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(clist), numbuf, (gpointer)flags[z]);
+	}
+
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets up the container columns.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the container to be configured.
+ *          flags: An array of unsigned longs with column flags.
+ *          titles: An array of strings with column text titles.
+ *          count: The number of columns (this should match the arrays).
+ *          separator: The column number that contains the main separator.
+ *                     (this item may only be used in OS/2)
+ */
+int dw_container_setup(HWND handle, unsigned long *flags, char **titles, int count, int separator)
+{
+	return _dw_container_setup(handle, flags, titles, count, separator, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets up the filesystem columns, note: filesystem always has an icon/filename field.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the container to be configured.
+ *          flags: An array of unsigned longs with column flags.
+ *          titles: An array of strings with column text titles.
+ *          count: The number of columns (this should match the arrays).
+ */
+int dw_filesystem_setup(HWND handle, unsigned long *flags, char **titles, int count)
+{
+	char **newtitles = malloc(sizeof(char *) * (count + 2));
+	unsigned long *newflags = malloc(sizeof(unsigned long) * (count + 2));
+
+	newtitles[0] = "Icon";
+	newtitles[1] = "Filename";
+
+	newflags[0] = DW_CFA_BITMAPORICON | DW_CFA_CENTER | DW_CFA_HORZSEPARATOR | DW_CFA_SEPARATOR;
+	newflags[1] = DW_CFA_STRING | DW_CFA_LEFT | DW_CFA_HORZSEPARATOR;
+
+	memcpy(&newtitles[2], titles, sizeof(char *) * count);
+	memcpy(&newflags[2], flags, sizeof(unsigned long) * count);
+
+	_dw_container_setup(handle, newflags, newtitles, count + 2, 2, 1);
+
+	free(newtitles);
+	free(newflags);
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Obtains an icon from a module (or header in GTK).
+ * Parameters:
+ *          module: Handle to module (DLL) in OS/2 and Windows.
+ *          id: A unsigned long id int the resources on OS/2 and
+ *              Windows, on GTK this is converted to a pointer
+ *              to an embedded XPM.
+ */
+unsigned long dw_icon_load(unsigned long module, unsigned long id)
+{
+	return id;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Frees a loaded resource in OS/2 and Windows.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to icon returned by dw_icon_load().
+ */
+void dw_icon_free(unsigned long handle)
+{
+}
+
+/*
+ * Allocates memory used to populate a container.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the container window (widget).
+ *          rowcount: The number of items to be populated.
+ */
+void *dw_container_alloc(HWND handle, int rowcount)
+{
+	int z, count = 0;
+	GtkWidget *clist;
+	char **blah;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	clist = (GtkWidget *)gtk_object_get_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle));
+	if(!clist)
+	{
+		DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	count = (int)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(clist), "colcount");
+
+	if(!count)
+	{
+		DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	blah = malloc(sizeof(char *) * count);
+	memset(blah, 0, sizeof(char *) * count);
+
+	gtk_clist_freeze(GTK_CLIST(clist));
+	for(z=0;z<rowcount;z++)
+	{
+		gtk_clist_append(GTK_CLIST(clist), blah);
+	}
+	free(blah);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return (void *)handle;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets an item in specified row and column to the given data.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the container window (widget).
+ *          pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc().
+ *          column: Zero based column of data being set.
+ *          row: Zero based row of data being set.
+ *          data: Pointer to the data to be added.
+ */
+void dw_container_set_item(HWND handle, void *pointer, int column, int row, void *data)
+{
+	char numbuf[10], textbuffer[100];
+	int flag = 0;
+	GtkWidget *clist;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	clist = (GtkWidget *)gtk_object_get_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle));
+	if(!clist)
+	{
+		DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	sprintf(numbuf, "%d", column);
+	flag = (int)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(clist), numbuf);
+
+	if(flag & DW_CFA_BITMAPORICON)
+	{
+		long hicon = *((long *)data);
+		GdkBitmap *bitmap;
+		GdkPixmap *pixmap = _find_pixmap(&bitmap, hicon, clist);
+
+		if(pixmap)
+			gtk_clist_set_pixmap(GTK_CLIST(clist), row, column, pixmap, bitmap);
+	}
+	else if(flag & DW_CFA_STRING)
+	{
+		char *tmp = *((char **)data);
+		gtk_clist_set_text(GTK_CLIST(clist), row, column, tmp);
+	}
+	else if(flag & DW_CFA_ULONG)
+	{
+		ULONG tmp = *((ULONG *)data);
+
+		sprintf(textbuffer, "%lu", tmp);
+
+		gtk_clist_set_text(GTK_CLIST(clist), row, column, textbuffer);
+	}
+	else if(flag & DW_CFA_DATE)
+	{
+		CDATE fdate = *((CDATE *)data);
+
+		sprintf(textbuffer, "%s %d, %d", monthlist[fdate.month], fdate.day, fdate.year);
+		gtk_clist_set_text(GTK_CLIST(clist), row, column, textbuffer);
+	}
+	else if(flag & DW_CFA_TIME)
+	{
+		CTIME ftime = *((CTIME *)data);
+
+		if(ftime.hours > 12)
+			sprintf(textbuffer, "%d:%s%dpm", ftime.hours - 12, (ftime.minutes < 10) ? "0" : "", ftime.minutes);
+		else
+			sprintf(textbuffer, "%d:%s%dam", ftime.hours ? ftime.hours : 12, (ftime.minutes < 10) ? "0" : "", ftime.minutes);
+		gtk_clist_set_text(GTK_CLIST(clist), row, column, textbuffer);
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets an item in specified row and column to the given data.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the container window (widget).
+ *          pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc().
+ *          column: Zero based column of data being set.
+ *          row: Zero based row of data being set.
+ *          data: Pointer to the data to be added.
+ */
+void dw_filesystem_set_file(HWND handle, void *pointer, int row, char *filename, unsigned long icon)
+{
+	dw_container_set_item(handle, pointer, 0, row, (void *)&icon);
+	dw_container_set_item(handle, pointer, 1, row, (void *)&filename);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets an item in specified row and column to the given data.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the container window (widget).
+ *          pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc().
+ *          column: Zero based column of data being set.
+ *          row: Zero based row of data being set.
+ *          data: Pointer to the data to be added.
+ */
+void dw_filesystem_set_item(HWND handle, void *pointer, int column, int row, void *data)
+{
+	dw_container_set_item(handle, pointer, column + 2, row, data);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the title of a row in the container.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc().
+ *          row: Zero based row of data being set.
+ *          title: String title of the item.
+ */
+void dw_container_set_row_title(void *pointer, int row, char *title)
+{
+	GtkWidget *clist;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	clist = (GtkWidget *)gtk_object_get_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(pointer));
+
+	if(clist)
+		gtk_clist_set_row_data(GTK_CLIST(clist), row, (gpointer)title);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the title of a row in the container.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the container window (widget).
+ *          pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc().
+ *          rowcount: The number of rows to be inserted.
+ */
+void dw_container_insert(HWND handle, void *pointer, int rowcount)
+{
+	GtkWidget *clist;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	clist = gtk_object_get_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle));
+
+	if(clist && GTK_IS_CLIST(clist))
+		gtk_clist_thaw(GTK_CLIST(clist));
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Removes all rows from a container.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be cleared.
+ */
+void dw_container_clear(HWND handle)
+{
+	GtkWidget *clist;
+	GList *list;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	clist = (GtkWidget*)gtk_object_get_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle));
+	if(clist && GTK_IS_CLIST(clist))
+	{
+		list = (GList *)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(clist), "selectlist");
+		g_list_free(list);
+		gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(clist), "selectlist", NULL);
+		gtk_clist_clear(GTK_CLIST(clist));
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Removes all rows from a container.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be cleared.
+ */
+void dw_container_set_view(HWND handle, unsigned long flags, int iconwidth, int iconheight)
+{
+}
+
+/*
+ * Starts a new query of a container.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be queried.
+ *       flags: If this parameter is DW_CRA_SELECTED it will only
+ *              return items that are currently selected.  Otherwise
+ *              it will return all records in the container.
+ */
+char *dw_container_query_start(HWND handle, unsigned long flags)
+{
+	GtkWidget *clist;
+	GList *list;
+	char *retval = NULL;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	clist = (GtkWidget*)gtk_object_get_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle));
+
+	if(!clist)
+	{
+		DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	/* If there is an old query list, free it */
+	list = (GList *)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(clist), "querylist");
+	if(list)
+		g_list_free(list);
+
+	/* Move the current selection list to the query list, and remove the
+	 * current selection list.
+	 */
+	list = (GList *)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(clist), "selectlist");
+	gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(clist), "selectlist", NULL);
+	gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(clist), "querylist", (gpointer)list);
+	gtk_clist_unselect_all(GTK_CLIST(clist));
+
+	if(list)
+	{
+		gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(clist), "querypos", (gpointer)1);
+		if(list->data)
+			retval =  list->data;
+		else
+			retval = "";
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return retval;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Continues an existing query of a container.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be queried.
+ *       flags: If this parameter is DW_CRA_SELECTED it will only
+ *              return items that are currently selected.  Otherwise
+ *              it will return all records in the container.
+ */
+char *dw_container_query_next(HWND handle, unsigned long flags)
+{
+	GtkWidget *clist;
+	GList *list;
+	char *retval = NULL;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	clist = (GtkWidget*)gtk_object_get_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle));
+
+	if(!clist)
+	{
+		DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	list = (GList *)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(clist), "querylist");
+
+	if(list)
+	{
+		int counter = 0, pos = (int)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(clist), "querypos");
+		gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(clist), "querypos", (gpointer)pos+1);
+
+		while(list && counter < pos)
+		{
+			list = list->next;
+			counter++;
+		}
+
+		if(list && list->data)
+			retval = list->data;
+		else if(list && !list->data)
+			retval = "";
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return retval;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Creates a rendering context widget (window) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       id: An id to be used with dw_window_from_id.
+ * Returns:
+ *       A handle to the widget or NULL on failure.
+ */
+HWND dw_render_new(unsigned long id)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+	GtkWidget *tmp;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	tmp = gtk_drawing_area_new();
+	gtk_widget_set_events(tmp, GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK
+						  | GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK
+						  | GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK
+						  | GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK
+						  | GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK);
+	gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(tmp), "id", (gpointer)id);
+	gtk_widget_show(tmp);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/* Sets the current foreground drawing color.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       red: red value.
+ *       green: green value.
+ *       blue: blue value.
+ */
+void dw_color_foreground_set(unsigned long value)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+	GdkColor color = { 0, DW_RED_VALUE(value) << 8, DW_GREEN_VALUE(value) << 8, DW_BLUE_VALUE(value) << 8 };
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	gdk_color_alloc(_dw_cmap, &color);
+	_foreground = color;
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/* Sets the current background drawing color.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       red: red value.
+ *       green: green value.
+ *       blue: blue value.
+ */
+void dw_color_background_set(unsigned long value)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+	GdkColor color = { 0, DW_RED_VALUE(value) << 8, DW_GREEN_VALUE(value) << 8, DW_BLUE_VALUE(value) << 8 };
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	gdk_color_alloc(_dw_cmap, &color);
+	_background = color;
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+GdkGC *_set_colors(GdkWindow *window)
+{
+	GdkGC *gc;
+	if(!window)
+		return NULL;
+	gc = gdk_gc_new(window);
+	if(gc)
+	{
+		gdk_gc_set_foreground(gc, &_foreground);
+		gdk_gc_set_background(gc, &_background);
+	}
+	return gc;
+}
+
+/* Draw a point on a window (preferably a render window).
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window.
+ *       pixmap: Handle to the pixmap. (choose only one of these)
+ *       x: X coordinate.
+ *       y: Y coordinate.
+ */
+void dw_draw_point(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int x, int y)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+	GdkGC *gc = NULL;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(handle)
+		gc = _set_colors(handle->window);
+	else if(pixmap)
+		gc = _set_colors(pixmap->pixmap);
+	if(gc)
+	{
+		gdk_draw_point(handle ? handle->window : pixmap->pixmap, gc, x, y);
+		gdk_gc_unref(gc);
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/* Draw a line on a window (preferably a render window).
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window.
+ *       pixmap: Handle to the pixmap. (choose only one of these)
+ *       x1: First X coordinate.
+ *       y1: First Y coordinate.
+ *       x2: Second X coordinate.
+ *       y2: Second Y coordinate.
+ */
+void dw_draw_line(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+	GdkGC *gc = NULL;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(handle)
+		gc = _set_colors(handle->window);
+	else if(pixmap)
+		gc = _set_colors(pixmap->pixmap);
+	if(gc)
+	{
+		gdk_draw_line(handle ? handle->window : pixmap->pixmap, gc, x1, y1, x2, y2);
+		gdk_gc_unref(gc);
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/* Draw a rectangle on a window (preferably a render window).
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window.
+ *       pixmap: Handle to the pixmap. (choose only one of these)
+ *       x: X coordinate.
+ *       y: Y coordinate.
+ *       width: Width of rectangle.
+ *       height: Height of rectangle.
+ */
+void dw_draw_rect(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int fill, int x, int y, int width, int height)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+	GdkGC *gc = NULL;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(handle)
+		gc = _set_colors(handle->window);
+	else if(pixmap)
+		gc = _set_colors(pixmap->pixmap);
+	if(gc)
+	{
+		gdk_draw_rectangle(handle ? handle->window : pixmap->pixmap, gc, fill, x, y, width, height);
+		gdk_gc_unref(gc);
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/* Draw text on a window (preferably a render window).
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window.
+ *       pixmap: Handle to the pixmap. (choose only one of these)
+ *       x: X coordinate.
+ *       y: Y coordinate.
+*       text: Text to be displayed.
+  */
+void dw_draw_text(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int x, int y, char *text)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+	GdkGC *gc = NULL;
+	GdkFont *font;
+	char *fontname = "fixed";
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(handle)
+	{
+		fontname = (char *)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle), "fontname");
+		gc = _set_colors(handle->window);
+	}
+	else if(pixmap)
+	{
+		fontname = (char *)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(pixmap->handle), "fontname");
+		gc = _set_colors(pixmap->pixmap);
+	}
+	if(gc)
+	{
+		font = gdk_font_load(fontname);
+		if(font)
+		{
+			gint ascent;
+
+			gdk_text_extents(font, text, strlen(text), NULL, NULL, NULL, &ascent, NULL);
+			gdk_draw_text(handle ? handle->window : pixmap->pixmap, font, gc, x, y + ascent, text, strlen(text));
+			gdk_gc_unref(gc);
+			gdk_font_unref(font);
+		}
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Creates a pixmap with given parameters.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Window handle the pixmap is associated with.
+ *       width: Width of the pixmap in pixels.
+ *       height: Height of the pixmap in pixels.
+ *       depth: Color depth of the pixmap.
+ * Returns:
+ *       A handle to a pixmap or NULL on failure.
+ */
+HPIXMAP dw_pixmap_new(HWND handle, unsigned long width, unsigned long height, int depth)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+	HPIXMAP pixmap;
+
+	if (!(pixmap = calloc(1,sizeof(struct _hpixmap))))
+		return NULL;
+
+	if (!depth)
+		depth = 24;
+
+	pixmap->width = width; pixmap->height = height;
+
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	pixmap->handle = handle;
+	pixmap->pixmap = gdk_pixmap_new(handle->window, width, height, depth);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return pixmap;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Creates a pixmap from internal resource graphic specified by id.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Window handle the pixmap is associated with.
+ *       id: Resource ID associated with requested pixmap.
+ * Returns:
+ *       A handle to a pixmap or NULL on failure.
+ */
+HPIXMAP dw_pixmap_grab(HWND handle, ULONG id)
+{
+	GdkBitmap *bitmap;
+	HPIXMAP pixmap;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	if (!(pixmap = calloc(1,sizeof(struct _hpixmap))))
+		return NULL;
+
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	pixmap->pixmap = _find_pixmap(&bitmap, id, handle);
+	if(pixmap->pixmap)
+	{
+		GdkPixmapPrivate *pvt = (GdkPixmapPrivate *)pixmap->pixmap;
+		pixmap->width = pvt->width; pixmap->height = pvt->height;
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return pixmap;
+}
+
+/* Call this after drawing to the screen to make sure
+ * anything you have drawn is visible.
+ */
+void dw_flush(void)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	gdk_flush();
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Destroys an allocated pixmap.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       pixmap: Handle to a pixmap returned by
+ *               dw_pixmap_new..
+ */
+void dw_pixmap_destroy(HPIXMAP pixmap)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	gdk_pixmap_unref(pixmap->pixmap);
+	free(pixmap);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Copies from one item to another.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       dest: Destination window handle.
+ *       destp: Destination pixmap. (choose only one).
+ *       xdest: X coordinate of destination.
+ *       ydest: Y coordinate of destination.
+ *       width: Width of area to copy.
+ *       height: Height of area to copy.
+ *       src: Source window handle.
+ *       srcp: Source pixmap. (choose only one).
+ *       xsrc: X coordinate of source.
+ *       ysrc: Y coordinate of source.
+ */
+void dw_pixmap_bitblt(HWND dest, HPIXMAP destp, int xdest, int ydest, int width, int height, HWND src, HPIXMAP srcp, int xsrc, int ysrc)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+	GdkGC *gc = NULL;
+
+	if((!dest && !destp) || (!src && !srcp))
+		return;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(dest)
+		gc = _set_colors(dest->window);
+	else if(src)
+		gc = _set_colors(src->window);
+	else if(destp)
+		gc = gdk_gc_new(destp->pixmap);
+	else if(srcp)
+		gc = gdk_gc_new(srcp->pixmap);
+
+	if(gc)
+	{
+		gdk_draw_pixmap(dest ? dest->window : destp->pixmap, gc, src ? src->window : srcp->pixmap, xsrc, ysrc, xdest, ydest, width, height);
+		gdk_gc_unref(gc);
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Emits a beep.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       freq: Frequency.
+ *       dur: Duration.
+ */
+void dw_beep(int freq, int dur)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	gdk_beep();
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the handle to an unnamed mutex semaphore.
+ */
+HMTX dw_mutex_new(void)
+{
+	HMTX mutex;
+
+	pthread_mutex_init(&mutex, NULL);
+	return mutex;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Closes a semaphore created by dw_mutex_new().
+ * Parameters:
+ *       mutex: The handle to the mutex returned by dw_mutex_new().
+ */
+void dw_mutex_close(HMTX mutex)
+{
+	pthread_mutex_destroy(&mutex);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Tries to gain access to the semaphore, if it can't it blocks.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       mutex: The handle to the mutex returned by dw_mutex_new().
+ */
+void dw_mutex_lock(HMTX mutex)
+{
+	pthread_mutex_lock(&mutex);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Reliquishes the access to the semaphore.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       mutex: The handle to the mutex returned by dw_mutex_new().
+ */
+void dw_mutex_unlock(HMTX mutex)
+{
+	pthread_mutex_unlock(&mutex);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the handle to an unnamed event semaphore.
+ */
+HEV dw_event_new(void)
+{
+	HEV eve = (HEV)malloc(sizeof(struct _dw_unix_event));
+
+	if(!eve)
+		return NULL;
+
+	/* We need to be careful here, mutexes on Linux are
+	 * FAST by default but are error checking on other
+	 * systems such as FreeBSD and OS/2, perhaps others.
+	 */
+	pthread_mutex_init (&(eve->mutex), NULL);
+	pthread_mutex_lock (&(eve->mutex));
+	pthread_cond_init (&(eve->event), NULL);
+
+	pthread_mutex_unlock (&(eve->mutex));
+	eve->alive = 1;
+	eve->posted = 0;
+
+	return eve;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Resets a semaphore created by dw_event_new().
+ * Parameters:
+ *       eve: The handle to the event returned by dw_event_new().
+ */
+int dw_event_reset (HEV eve)
+{
+	if(!eve)
+		return FALSE;
+
+	pthread_mutex_lock (&(eve->mutex));
+	pthread_cond_broadcast (&(eve->event));
+	pthread_cond_init (&(eve->event), NULL);
+	eve->posted = 0;
+	pthread_mutex_unlock (&(eve->mutex));
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Posts a semaphore created by dw_event_new(). Causing all threads
+ * waiting on this event in dw_event_wait to continue.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       eve: The handle to the event returned by dw_event_new().
+ */
+int dw_event_post (HEV eve)
+{
+	if(!eve)
+		return FALSE;
+
+	pthread_mutex_lock (&(eve->mutex));
+	pthread_cond_broadcast (&(eve->event));
+	eve->posted = 1;
+	pthread_mutex_unlock (&(eve->mutex));
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Waits on a semaphore created by dw_event_new(), until the
+ * event gets posted or until the timeout expires.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       eve: The handle to the event returned by dw_event_new().
+ */
+int dw_event_wait(HEV eve, unsigned long timeout)
+{
+	int rc;
+	struct timeval now;
+	struct timespec timeo;
+
+	if(!eve)
+		return FALSE;
+
+	if(eve->posted)
+		return 0;
+
+	pthread_mutex_lock (&(eve->mutex));
+	gettimeofday(&now, 0);
+	timeo.tv_sec = now.tv_sec + (timeout / 1000);
+	timeo.tv_nsec = now.tv_usec * 1000;
+	rc = pthread_cond_timedwait (&(eve->event), &(eve->mutex), &timeo);
+	pthread_mutex_unlock (&(eve->mutex));
+	if(!rc)
+		return 1;
+	if(rc == ETIMEDOUT)
+		return -1;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Closes a semaphore created by dw_event_new().
+ * Parameters:
+ *       eve: The handle to the event returned by dw_event_new().
+ */
+int dw_event_close(HEV *eve)
+{
+	if(!eve || !(*eve))
+		return FALSE;
+
+	pthread_mutex_lock (&((*eve)->mutex));
+	pthread_cond_destroy (&((*eve)->event));
+	pthread_mutex_unlock (&((*eve)->mutex));
+	pthread_mutex_destroy (&((*eve)->mutex));
+	free(*eve);
+	*eve = NULL;
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Creates a new thread with a starting point of func.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       func: Function which will be run in the new thread.
+ *       data: Parameter(s) passed to the function.
+ *       stack: Stack size of new thread (OS/2 and Windows only).
+ */
+DWTID dw_thread_new(void *func, void *data, int stack)
+{
+	DWTID gtkthread;
+
+	pthread_create(&gtkthread, NULL, func, data);
+	return gtkthread;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Ends execution of current thread immediately.
+ */
+void dw_thread_end(void)
+{
+	pthread_exit(NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Cleanly terminates a DW session, should be signal handler safe.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       exitcode: Exit code reported to the operating system.
+ */
+void dw_exit(int exitcode)
+{
+	exit(exitcode);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Pack windows (widgets) into a box from the end (or bottom).
+ * Parameters:
+ *       box: Window handle of the box to be packed into.
+ *       item: Window handle of the item to be back.
+ *       width: Width in pixels of the item or -1 to be self determined.
+ *       height: Height in pixels of the item or -1 to be self determined.
+ *       hsize: TRUE if the window (widget) should expand horizontally to fill space given.
+ *       vsize: TRUE if the window (widget) should expand vertically to fill space given.
+ *       pad: Number of pixels of padding around the item.
+ */
+void dw_box_pack_end(HWND box, HWND item, int width, int height, int hsize, int vsize, int pad)
+{
+	int expand = (hsize == FALSE && vsize == FALSE) ? FALSE : TRUE;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	if(!box)
+		return;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+
+	if(!item)
+	{
+		item = gtk_label_new("");
+		gtk_widget_show(item);
+	}
+
+	if(GTK_IS_BOX(box))
+	{
+		gtk_box_pack_end(GTK_BOX(box), item, expand, TRUE, pad);
+		gtk_widget_set_usize(item, width, height);
+		if(GTK_IS_RADIO_BUTTON(item))
+		{
+			GSList *group;
+			GtkWidget *groupstart = (GtkWidget *)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(box), "group");
+
+			if(groupstart)
+			{
+				group = gtk_radio_button_group(GTK_RADIO_BUTTON(groupstart));
+				gtk_radio_button_set_group(GTK_RADIO_BUTTON(item), group);
+			}
+			else
+				gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(box), "group", (gpointer)item);
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		GtkWidget *vbox = gtk_vbox_new(FALSE, 0);
+
+		gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(box), vbox);
+		gtk_box_pack_end(GTK_BOX(vbox), item, expand, TRUE, 0);
+		gtk_widget_show(vbox);
+
+		gtk_widget_set_usize(item, width, height);
+		gtk_object_set_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(box), vbox);
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the size of a given window (widget).
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Window (widget) handle.
+ *          width: New width in pixels.
+ *          height: New height in pixels.
+ */
+void dw_window_set_usize(HWND handle, unsigned long width, unsigned long height)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(GTK_IS_WINDOW(handle))
+		_size_allocate(GTK_WINDOW(handle));
+#if 0
+		gtk_window_set_default_size(GTK_WINDOW(handle), width, height);
+	else
+#endif
+		gtk_widget_set_usize(handle, width, height);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the width of the screen.
+ */
+int dw_screen_width(void)
+{
+	int retval;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	retval = gdk_screen_width();
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return retval;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the height of the screen.
+ */
+int dw_screen_height(void)
+{
+	int retval;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	retval = gdk_screen_height();
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return retval;
+}
+
+/* This should return the current color depth */
+unsigned long dw_color_depth(void)
+{
+	int retval;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	retval = gdk_colormap_get_system_size();
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return retval;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the position of a given window (widget).
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Window (widget) handle.
+ *          x: X location from the bottom left.
+ *          y: Y location from the bottom left.
+ */
+void dw_window_set_pos(HWND handle, unsigned long x, unsigned long y)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(handle->window)
+		gdk_window_move(handle->window, x, y);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the position and size of a given window (widget).
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Window (widget) handle.
+ *          x: X location from the bottom left.
+ *          y: Y location from the bottom left.
+ *          width: Width of the widget.
+ *          height: Height of the widget.
+ */
+void dw_window_set_pos_size(HWND handle, unsigned long x, unsigned long y, unsigned long width, unsigned long height)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(GTK_IS_WINDOW(handle))
+	{
+		_size_allocate(GTK_WINDOW(handle));
+		gtk_widget_set_uposition(handle, x, y);
+		gtk_window_set_default_size(GTK_WINDOW(handle), width, height);
+	}
+	else if(handle->window)
+	{
+		gdk_window_resize(handle->window, width, height);
+		gdk_window_move(handle->window, x, y);
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Gets the position and size of a given window (widget).
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Window (widget) handle.
+ *          x: X location from the bottom left.
+ *          y: Y location from the bottom left.
+ *          width: Width of the widget.
+ *          height: Height of the widget.
+ */
+void dw_window_get_pos_size(HWND handle, ULONG *x, ULONG *y, ULONG *width, ULONG *height)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+	gint gx, gy, gwidth, gheight, gdepth;
+
+	if(handle->window)
+	{
+		DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+		gdk_window_get_geometry(handle->window, &gx, &gy, &gwidth, &gheight, &gdepth);
+		gdk_window_get_root_origin(handle->window, &gx, &gy);
+		if(x)
+			*x = gx;
+		if(y)
+			*y = gy;
+		if(width)
+			*width = gwidth;
+		if(height)
+			*height = gheight;
+		DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the style of a given window (widget).
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Window (widget) handle.
+ *          width: New width in pixels.
+ *          height: New height in pixels.
+ */
+void dw_window_set_style(HWND handle, unsigned long style, unsigned long mask)
+{
+	GtkWidget *handle2 = handle;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(GTK_IS_SCROLLED_WINDOW(handle))
+	{
+		GtkWidget *tmp = (GtkWidget *)gtk_object_get_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle));
+		if(tmp)
+			handle2 = tmp;
+	}
+	if(GTK_IS_CLIST(handle2))
+	{
+		if(style & DW_CCS_EXTENDSEL)
+			gtk_clist_set_selection_mode(GTK_CLIST(handle2), GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE);
+		if(style & DW_CCS_SINGLESEL)
+			gtk_clist_set_selection_mode(GTK_CLIST(handle2), GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE);
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Adds a new page to specified notebook.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Window (widget) handle.
+ *          flags: Any additional page creation flags.
+ *          front: If TRUE page is added at the beginning.
+ */
+unsigned long dw_notebook_page_new(HWND handle, unsigned long flags, int front)
+{
+	int z;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	for(z=0;z<256;z++)
+		if(!gtk_notebook_get_nth_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(handle), z))
+		{
+			DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+			return z;
+		}
+
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+
+	/* Hopefully this won't happen. */
+	return 256;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Remove a page from a notebook.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the notebook widget.
+ *          pageid: ID of the page to be destroyed.
+ */
+void dw_notebook_page_destroy(HWND handle, unsigned int pageid)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	gtk_notebook_remove_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(handle), pageid);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Queries the currently visible page ID.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the notebook widget.
+ */
+unsigned int dw_notebook_page_query(HWND handle)
+{
+	int retval;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	retval = gtk_notebook_get_current_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(handle));
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return retval;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the currently visibale page ID.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the notebook widget.
+ *          pageid: ID of the page to be made visible.
+ */
+void dw_notebook_page_set(HWND handle, unsigned int pageid)
+{
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	gtk_notebook_set_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(handle), pageid);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Sets the text on the specified notebook tab.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Notebook handle.
+ *          pageid: Page ID of the tab to set.
+ *          text: Pointer to the text to set.
+ */
+void dw_notebook_page_set_text(HWND handle, unsigned long pageid, char *text)
+{
+	GtkWidget *child;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	child = gtk_notebook_get_nth_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(handle), pageid);
+	if(child)
+		gtk_notebook_set_tab_label_text(GTK_NOTEBOOK(handle), child, text);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the text on the specified notebook tab status area.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Notebook handle.
+ *          pageid: Page ID of the tab to set.
+ *          text: Pointer to the text to set.
+ */
+void dw_notebook_page_set_status_text(HWND handle, unsigned long pageid, char *text)
+{
+	/* TODO (if possible) */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Packs the specified box into the notebook page.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the notebook to be packed.
+ *          pageid: Page ID in the notebook which is being packed.
+ *          page: Box handle to be packed.
+ */
+void dw_notebook_pack(HWND handle, unsigned long pageid, HWND page)
+{
+	GtkWidget *label;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	label = gtk_label_new("");
+
+	gtk_notebook_append_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK(handle), page, label);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Appends the specified text to the listbox's (or combobox) entry list.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the listbox to be appended to.
+ *          text: Text to append into listbox.
+ */
+void dw_listbox_append(HWND handle, char *text)
+{
+	GtkWidget *handle2 = handle;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(GTK_IS_SCROLLED_WINDOW(handle))
+	{
+		GtkWidget *tmp = (GtkWidget *)gtk_object_get_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle));
+		if(tmp)
+			handle2 = tmp;
+	}
+	if(GTK_IS_LIST(handle2))
+	{
+		GtkWidget *list_item;
+		GList *tmp;
+		char *font = (char *)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle), "font");
+		unsigned long fore = (unsigned long)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle), "fore");
+		unsigned long back = (unsigned long)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle), "back");
+
+		list_item=gtk_list_item_new_with_label(text);
+
+		if(font)
+			_set_font(GTK_LIST_ITEM(list_item)->item.bin.child, font);
+		if(fore && back)
+			_set_color(GTK_LIST_ITEM(list_item)->item.bin.child, fore, back);
+
+		tmp  = g_list_append(NULL, list_item);
+		gtk_widget_show(list_item);
+		gtk_list_append_items(GTK_LIST(handle2),tmp);
+	}
+	else if(GTK_IS_COMBO(handle2))
+	{
+		GList *tmp = (GList *)gtk_object_get_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle2));
+		char *addtext = strdup(text);
+
+		if(addtext)
+		{
+			tmp = g_list_append(tmp, addtext);
+			gtk_object_set_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle2), tmp);
+			gtk_combo_set_popdown_strings(GTK_COMBO(handle2), tmp);
+		}
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Clears the listbox's (or combobox) list of all entries.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the listbox to be cleared.
+ */
+void dw_listbox_clear(HWND handle)
+{
+	GtkWidget *handle2 = handle;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(GTK_IS_SCROLLED_WINDOW(handle))
+	{
+		GtkWidget *tmp = (GtkWidget *)gtk_object_get_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle));
+		if(tmp)
+			handle2 = tmp;
+	}
+	if(GTK_IS_COMBO(handle2))
+	{
+		GList *list, *tmp = (GList *)gtk_object_get_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle2));
+
+		if(tmp)
+		{
+			list = tmp;
+			while(list)
+			{
+				if(list->data)
+					free(list->data);
+				list=list->next;
+			}
+			g_list_free(tmp);
+		}
+		gtk_object_set_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle2), NULL);
+	}
+	else if(GTK_IS_LIST(handle2))
+	{
+		int count = dw_listbox_count(handle);
+
+		gtk_list_clear_items(GTK_LIST(handle2), 0, count - 1);
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the listbox's item count.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the listbox to be counted
+ */
+int dw_listbox_count(HWND handle)
+{
+	GtkWidget *handle2 = handle;
+    int retval = 0;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(GTK_IS_SCROLLED_WINDOW(handle))
+	{
+		GtkWidget *tmp = (GtkWidget *)gtk_object_get_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle));
+		if(tmp)
+			handle2 = tmp;
+	}
+	else if(GTK_IS_COMBO(handle))
+	{
+		handle2 = GTK_COMBO(handle)->list;
+	}
+	if(GTK_IS_LIST(handle2))
+	{
+		GList *list = GTK_LIST(handle2)->children;
+		while(list)
+		{
+			list = list->next;
+			retval++;
+		}
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return retval;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the topmost item in the viewport.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the listbox to be cleared.
+ *          top: Index to the top item.
+ */
+void dw_listbox_set_top(HWND handle, int top)
+{
+	GtkWidget *handle2 = handle;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(GTK_IS_SCROLLED_WINDOW(handle))
+	{
+		GtkWidget *tmp = (GtkWidget *)gtk_object_get_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle));
+		if(tmp)
+			handle2 = tmp;
+	}
+	if(GTK_IS_LIST(handle2))
+	{
+		int count = dw_listbox_count(handle);
+		GtkAdjustment *adj = gtk_scrolled_window_get_vadjustment(GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW(handle));
+		float pos, ratio;
+
+		if(count)
+		{
+			ratio = (float)top/(float)count;
+
+			pos = (ratio * (float)(adj->upper - adj->lower)) + adj->lower;
+
+			gtk_adjustment_set_value(adj, pos);
+		}
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Copies the given index item's text into buffer.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the listbox to be queried.
+ *          index: Index into the list to be queried.
+ *          buffer: Buffer where text will be copied.
+ *          length: Length of the buffer (including NULL).
+ */
+void dw_listbox_query_text(HWND handle, unsigned int index, char *buffer, unsigned int length)
+{
+	GtkWidget *handle2 = handle;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(GTK_IS_SCROLLED_WINDOW(handle))
+	{
+		GtkWidget *tmp = (GtkWidget *)gtk_object_get_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle));
+		if(tmp)
+			handle2 = tmp;
+	}
+	else if(GTK_IS_COMBO(handle))
+	{
+		handle2 = GTK_COMBO(handle)->list;
+	}
+	if(GTK_IS_LIST(handle2))
+	{
+		int counter = 0;
+		GList *list = GTK_LIST(handle2)->children;
+
+		while(list)
+		{
+			if(counter == index)
+			{
+				gchar *text = "";
+
+				if(GTK_IS_LIST_ITEM(list->data))
+				{
+					GtkListItem *li = GTK_LIST_ITEM(list->data);
+
+					if(GTK_IS_ITEM(&(li->item)))
+					{
+						GtkItem *i = &(li->item);
+
+						if(GTK_IS_BIN(&(i->bin)))
+						{
+							GtkBin *b = &(i->bin);
+
+							if(GTK_IS_LABEL(b->child))
+								gtk_label_get(GTK_LABEL(b->child), &text);
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				else if(GTK_IS_COMBO(handle) && list->data)
+					text = (gchar *)list->data;
+
+				strncpy(buffer, (char *)text, length);
+				break;
+			}
+			list = list->next;
+			counter++;
+		}
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the text of a given listbox entry.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the listbox to be queried.
+ *          index: Index into the list to be queried.
+ *          buffer: Buffer where text will be copied.
+ */
+void dw_listbox_set_text(HWND handle, unsigned int index, char *buffer)
+{
+	GtkWidget *handle2 = handle;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(GTK_IS_SCROLLED_WINDOW(handle))
+	{
+		GtkWidget *tmp = (GtkWidget *)gtk_object_get_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle));
+		if(tmp)
+			handle2 = tmp;
+	}
+	else if(GTK_IS_COMBO(handle))
+	{
+		handle2 = GTK_COMBO(handle)->list;
+	}
+	if(GTK_IS_LIST(handle2))
+	{
+		int counter = 0;
+		GList *list = GTK_LIST(handle2)->children;
+
+		while(list)
+		{
+			if(counter == index)
+			{
+
+				if(GTK_IS_LIST_ITEM(list->data))
+				{
+					GtkListItem *li = GTK_LIST_ITEM(list->data);
+
+					if(GTK_IS_ITEM(&(li->item)))
+					{
+						GtkItem *i = &(li->item);
+
+						if(GTK_IS_BIN(&(i->bin)))
+						{
+							GtkBin *b = &(i->bin);
+
+							if(GTK_IS_LABEL(b->child))
+								gtk_label_set_text(GTK_LABEL(b->child), buffer);
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				else if(GTK_IS_COMBO(handle))
+				{
+					if(list->data)
+						g_free(list->data);
+					list->data = g_strdup(buffer);
+				}
+				break;
+			}
+			list = list->next;
+			counter++;
+		}
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the index to the item in the list currently selected.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the listbox to be queried.
+ */
+unsigned int dw_listbox_selected(HWND handle)
+{
+	GtkWidget *handle2 = handle;
+	int retval = DW_LIT_NONE;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(GTK_IS_SCROLLED_WINDOW(handle))
+	{
+		GtkWidget *tmp = (GtkWidget *)gtk_object_get_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle));
+		if(tmp)
+			handle2 = tmp;
+	}
+	else if(GTK_IS_COMBO(handle))
+	{
+		retval = (unsigned int)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle), "item");
+		DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+		return retval;
+	}
+	if(GTK_IS_LIST(handle2))
+	{
+		int counter = 0;
+		GList *list = GTK_LIST(handle2)->children;
+		while(list)
+		{
+			if(list == GTK_LIST(handle2)->selection)
+			{
+				retval = counter;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			list = list->next;
+			counter++;
+		}
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+	return retval;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the selection state of a given index.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the listbox to be set.
+ *          index: Item index.
+ *          state: TRUE if selected FALSE if unselected.
+ */
+void dw_listbox_select(HWND handle, int index, int state)
+{
+	GtkWidget *handle2 = handle;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(GTK_IS_SCROLLED_WINDOW(handle))
+	{
+		GtkWidget *tmp = (GtkWidget *)gtk_object_get_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle));
+		if(tmp)
+			handle2 = tmp;
+	}
+	else if(GTK_IS_COMBO(handle))
+	{
+		handle2 = GTK_COMBO(handle)->list;
+	}
+	if(GTK_IS_LIST(handle2))
+	{
+		if(state)
+			gtk_list_select_item(GTK_LIST(handle2), index);
+		else
+			gtk_list_unselect_item(GTK_LIST(handle2), index);
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Deletes the item with given index from the list.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the listbox to be set.
+ *          index: Item index.
+ */
+void dw_listbox_delete(HWND handle, int index)
+{
+	GtkWidget *handle2 = handle;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(GTK_IS_SCROLLED_WINDOW(handle))
+	{
+		GtkWidget *tmp = (GtkWidget *)gtk_object_get_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(handle));
+		if(tmp)
+			handle2 = tmp;
+	}
+	else if(GTK_IS_COMBO(handle))
+	{
+		handle2 = GTK_COMBO(handle)->list;
+	}
+	if(GTK_IS_LIST(handle2))
+		gtk_list_clear_items(GTK_LIST(handle2), index, index);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Pack a splitbar (sizer) into the specified box from the start.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       box: Window handle of the box to be packed into.
+ */
+void dw_box_pack_splitbar_start(HWND box)
+{
+    /* TODO */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Pack a splitbar (sizer) into the specified box from the end.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       box: Window handle of the box to be packed into.
+ */
+void dw_box_pack_splitbar_end(HWND box)
+{
+	/* TODO */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Pack windows (widgets) into a box from the start (or top).
+ * Parameters:
+ *       box: Window handle of the box to be packed into.
+ *       item: Window handle of the item to be back.
+ *       width: Width in pixels of the item or -1 to be self determined.
+ *       height: Height in pixels of the item or -1 to be self determined.
+ *       hsize: TRUE if the window (widget) should expand horizontally to fill space given.
+ *       vsize: TRUE if the window (widget) should expand vertically to fill space given.
+ *       pad: Number of pixels of padding around the item.
+ */
+void dw_box_pack_start(HWND box, HWND item, int width, int height, int hsize, int vsize, int pad)
+{
+	int expand = (hsize == FALSE && vsize == FALSE) ? FALSE : TRUE;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	if(!box)
+		return;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+
+	if(!item)
+	{
+		item = gtk_label_new("");
+		gtk_widget_show(item);
+	}
+
+	if(GTK_IS_BOX(box))
+	{
+		gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(box), item, expand, TRUE, pad);
+		gtk_widget_set_usize(item, width, height);
+		if(GTK_IS_RADIO_BUTTON(item))
+		{
+			GSList *group;
+			GtkWidget *groupstart = (GtkWidget *)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(box), "group");
+
+			if(groupstart)
+			{
+				group = gtk_radio_button_group(GTK_RADIO_BUTTON(groupstart));
+				gtk_radio_button_set_group(GTK_RADIO_BUTTON(item), group);
+			}
+			else
+				gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(box), "group", (gpointer)item);
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		GtkWidget *vbox = gtk_vbox_new(FALSE, 0);
+
+		gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(box), vbox);
+		gtk_box_pack_end(GTK_BOX(vbox), item, expand, TRUE, 0);
+		gtk_widget_show(vbox);
+
+		gtk_widget_set_usize(item, width, height);
+		gtk_object_set_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(box), vbox);
+	}
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns some information about the current operating environment.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       env: Pointer to a DWEnv struct.
+ */
+void dw_environment_query(DWEnv *env)
+{
+	struct utsname name;
+	char tempbuf[100];
+	int len, z;
+
+	uname(&name);
+	strcpy(env->osName, name.sysname);
+	strcpy(tempbuf, name.release);
+
+	env->MajorBuild = env->MinorBuild = 0;
+
+	len = strlen(tempbuf);
+
+	for(z=1;z<len;z++)
+	{
+		if(tempbuf[z] == '.')
+		{
+			tempbuf[z] = '\0';
+			env->MajorVersion = atoi(&tempbuf[z-1]);
+			env->MinorVersion = atoi(&tempbuf[z+1]);
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+	env->MajorVersion = atoi(tempbuf);
+	env->MinorVersion = 0;
+}
+
+/* Internal function to handle the file OK press */
+void _gtk_file_ok(GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *window)
+{
+	char *tmp;
+
+	tmp = gtk_file_selection_get_filename(GTK_FILE_SELECTION(window));
+	if(tmp)
+		_dw_browse_file = strdup(tmp);
+	gtk_widget_destroy(GTK_WIDGET(window));
+	if(pthread_self() == _dw_thread)
+		gtk_main_quit();
+	_dw_file_ready = 1;
+}
+
+/* Internal function to handle the file Cancel press */
+void _gtk_file_cancel(GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *window)
+{
+	gtk_widget_destroy(GTK_WIDGET(window));
+	if(pthread_self() == _dw_thread)
+		gtk_main_quit();
+	_dw_file_ready = 1;
+
+}
+
+/*
+ * Opens a file dialog and queries user selection.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       title: Title bar text for dialog.
+ *       defpath: The default path of the open dialog.
+ *       ext: Default file extention.
+ *       flags: DW_FILE_OPEN or DW_FILE_SAVE.
+ * Returns:
+ *       NULL on error. A malloced buffer containing
+ *       the file path on success.
+ *
+ */
+char *dw_file_browse(char *title, char *defpath, char *ext, int flags)
+{
+	GtkWidget *filew;
+	char *tmpvar;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+
+	/* The DW mutex should be sufficient for
+	 * insuring no thread changes this unknowingly.
+	 */
+	if(_dw_file_active)
+	{
+		DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	_dw_file_active = 1;
+	_dw_file_ready = 0;
+
+	filew = gtk_file_selection_new(title);
+
+	gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(GTK_FILE_SELECTION(filew)->ok_button), "clicked", (GtkSignalFunc) _gtk_file_ok, filew);
+	gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(GTK_FILE_SELECTION(filew)->cancel_button), "clicked", (GtkSignalFunc) _gtk_file_cancel, filew);
+
+	if(defpath)
+		gtk_file_selection_set_filename(GTK_FILE_SELECTION(filew), defpath);
+
+	gtk_widget_show(filew);
+
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+
+	if(pthread_self() == _dw_thread)
+		gtk_main();
+	else
+	{
+		/* This should be an event semaphore */
+		while(!_dw_file_ready)
+			usleep(100);
+	}
+
+	tmpvar = _dw_browse_file;
+	_dw_browse_file = NULL;
+	_dw_file_ready = _dw_file_active = 0;
+
+	return tmpvar;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Execute and external program in a seperate session.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       program: Program name with optional path.
+ *       type: Either DW_EXEC_CON or DW_EXEC_GUI.
+ *       params: An array of pointers to string arguements.
+ * Returns:
+ *       -1 on error.
+ */
+int dw_exec(char *program, int type, char **params)
+{
+	int ret = -1;
+
+	if((ret = fork()) == 0)
+	{
+		int i;
+
+		for (i = 3; i < 256; i++)
+			close(i);
+		setsid();
+		if(type == DW_EXEC_GUI)
+		{
+			execvp(program, params);
+		}
+		else if(type == DW_EXEC_CON)
+		{
+			char **tmpargs;
+
+			if(!params)
+			{
+				tmpargs = malloc(sizeof(char *));
+				tmpargs[0] = NULL;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				int z = 0;
+
+				while(params[z])
+				{
+					z++;
+				}
+				tmpargs = malloc(sizeof(char *)*(z+3));
+				z=0;
+				tmpargs[0] = "xterm";
+				tmpargs[1] = "-e";
+				while(params[z])
+				{
+					tmpargs[z+2] = params[z];
+					z++;
+				}
+				tmpargs[z+2] = NULL;
+			}
+			execvp("xterm", tmpargs);
+			free(tmpargs);
+		}
+		/* If we got here exec failed */
+		_exit(-1);
+	}
+	return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Loads a web browser pointed at the given URL.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       url: Uniform resource locator.
+ */
+int dw_browse(char *url)
+{
+	/* Is there a way to find the webbrowser in Unix? */
+	char *execargs[3], *browser = "netscape";
+
+	execargs[0] = browser;
+	execargs[1] = url;
+	execargs[2] = NULL;
+
+	return dw_exec(browser, DW_EXEC_GUI, execargs);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns a pointer to a static buffer which containes the
+ * current user directory.  Or the root directory (C:\ on
+ * OS/2 and Windows).
+ */
+char *dw_user_dir(void)
+{
+	static char _user_dir[1024] = "";
+
+	if(!_user_dir[0])
+	{
+		char *home = getenv("HOME");
+
+		if(home)
+			strcpy(_user_dir, home);
+		else
+			strcpy(_user_dir, "/");
+	}
+	return _user_dir;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Call a function from the window (widget)'s context.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Window handle of the widget.
+ *       function: Function pointer to be called.
+ *       data: Pointer to the data to be passed to the function.
+ */
+void dw_window_function(HWND handle, void *function, void *data)
+{
+    /* TODO */
+}
+
+#ifndef NO_SIGNALS
+/*
+ * Add a callback to a window event.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       window: Window handle of signal to be called back.
+ *       signame: A string pointer identifying which signal to be hooked.
+ *       sigfunc: The pointer to the function to be used as the callback.
+ *       data: User data to be passed to the handler function.
+ */
+void dw_signal_connect(HWND window, char *signame, void *sigfunc, void *data)
+{
+	SignalHandler *work = malloc(sizeof(SignalHandler));
+	void *thisfunc  = _findsigfunc(signame);
+	char *thisname = signame;
+	HWND thiswindow = window;
+	int _locked_by_me = FALSE;
+
+	DW_MUTEX_LOCK;
+	if(GTK_IS_SCROLLED_WINDOW(thiswindow))
+	{
+		thiswindow = (HWND)gtk_object_get_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(window));
+	}
+
+	if(GTK_IS_MENU_ITEM(thiswindow) && strcmp(signame, "clicked") == 0)
+	{
+		thisname = "activate";
+		thisfunc = _findsigfunc(thisname);
+	}
+	else if(GTK_IS_CLIST(thiswindow) && strcmp(signame, "container-context") == 0)
+	{
+		thisname = "button_press_event";
+		thisfunc = _findsigfunc("container-context");
+	}
+	else if(GTK_IS_CLIST(thiswindow) && strcmp(signame, "container-select") == 0)
+	{
+		thisname = "button_press_event";
+		thisfunc = _findsigfunc("container-select");
+	}
+	else if(GTK_IS_COMBO(thiswindow) && strcmp(signame, "item-select") == 0)
+	{
+		thisname = "select_child";
+		thiswindow = GTK_COMBO(thiswindow)->list;
+	}
+	else if(GTK_IS_LIST(thiswindow) && strcmp(signame, "item-select") == 0)
+	{
+		thisname = "select_child";
+	}
+
+	if(!thisfunc || !thiswindow)
+	{
+		free(work);
+		DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	work->window = window;
+	work->data = data;
+	work->func = sigfunc;
+
+	gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(thiswindow), thisname, GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(thisfunc), work);
+	DW_MUTEX_UNLOCK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Removes callbacks for a given window with given name.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       window: Window handle of callback to be removed.
+ */
+void dw_signal_disconnect_by_name(HWND window, char *signame)
+{
+#if 0
+	gtk_signal_disconnect_by_name(window, signame);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * Removes all callbacks for a given window.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       window: Window handle of callback to be removed.
+ */
+void dw_signal_disconnect_by_window(HWND window)
+{
+#if 0
+	gtk_signal_disconnect_by_window(window);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * Removes all callbacks for a given window with specified data.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       window: Window handle of callback to be removed.
+ *       data: Pointer to the data to be compared against.
+ */
+void dw_signal_disconnect_by_data(HWND window, void *data)
+{
+	dw_signal_disconnect_by_data(window, data);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TEST
+HWND mainwindow,
+	 listbox,
+	 okbutton,
+	 cancelbutton,
+	 lbbox,
+	 stext,
+	 buttonbox,
+	 testwindow,
+	 testbox,
+	 testok,
+	 testcancel,
+	 testbox2,
+	 testok2,
+	 testcancel2,
+	 notebook;
+int count = 2;
+
+int test_callback(HWND window, void *data)
+{
+	dw_window_destroy((HWND)data);
+	/* Return -1 to allow the default handlers to return. */
+	count--;
+	if(!count)
+		exit(0);
+	return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Let's demonstrate the functionality of this library. :)
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	unsigned long flStyle = DW_FCF_SYSMENU | DW_FCF_TITLEBAR |
+		DW_FCF_SHELLPOSITION | DW_FCF_TASKLIST | DW_FCF_DLGBORDER;
+	int pageid;
+
+	dw_init(TRUE);
+
+	/* Try a little server dialog. :) */
+	mainwindow = dw_window_new(DW_DESKTOP, "Server", flStyle | DW_FCF_SIZEBORDER | DW_FCF_MINMAX);
+
+	lbbox = dw_box_new(BOXVERT, 10);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(mainwindow, lbbox, 0, 0, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+	stext = dw_text_new("Choose a server:", 0);
+
+	dw_window_set_style(stext, DW_DT_VCENTER, DW_DT_VCENTER);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(lbbox, stext, 130, 15, FALSE, FALSE, 10);
+
+	listbox = dw_listbox_new(100L, FALSE);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(lbbox, listbox, 130, 200, TRUE, TRUE, 10);
+
+	buttonbox = dw_box_new(BOXHORZ, 0);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(lbbox, buttonbox, 0, 0, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+	okbutton = dw_button_new("Ok", 1001L);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(buttonbox, okbutton, 50, 30, TRUE, TRUE, 5);
+
+	cancelbutton = dw_button_new("Cancel", 1002L);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(buttonbox, cancelbutton, 50, 30, TRUE, TRUE, 5);
+
+	/* Set some nice fonts and colors */
+	dw_window_set_color(lbbox, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	dw_window_set_color(buttonbox, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	dw_window_set_font(stext, "9.WarpSans");
+	dw_window_set_color(stext, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	dw_window_set_font(listbox, "9.WarpSans");
+	dw_window_set_font(okbutton, "9.WarpSans");
+	dw_window_set_font(cancelbutton, "9.WarpSans");
+
+	dw_window_show(mainwindow);
+
+	dw_window_set_usize(mainwindow, 170, 340);
+
+	/* Another small example */
+	flStyle |= DW_FCF_MINMAX | DW_FCF_SIZEBORDER;
+
+	testwindow = dw_window_new(DW_DESKTOP, "Wow a test dialog! :) yay!", flStyle);
+
+	testbox = dw_box_new(BOXVERT, 0);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(testwindow, testbox, 0, 0, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+	notebook = dw_notebook_new(1010L, TRUE);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(testbox, notebook, 100, 100, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+	testbox = dw_box_new(BOXVERT, 10);
+
+	pageid = dw_notebook_page_new(notebook, 0L, FALSE);
+
+	dw_notebook_pack(notebook, pageid, testbox);
+
+	dw_notebook_page_set_text(notebook, pageid, "Test page");
+	dw_notebook_page_set_status_text(notebook, pageid, "Test page");
+
+	testok = dw_button_new("Ok", 1003L);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(testbox, testok, 60, 40, TRUE, TRUE, 10);
+
+	testcancel = dw_button_new("Cancel", 1004L);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(testbox, testcancel, 60, 40, TRUE, TRUE, 10);
+
+	testbox2 = dw_box_new(BOXHORZ, 0);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(testbox, testbox2, 0, 0, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+	testok2 = dw_button_new("Ok", 1003L);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(testbox2, testok2, 60, 40, TRUE, TRUE, 10);
+
+	dw_box_pack_splitbar_start(testbox2);
+
+	testcancel2 = dw_button_new("Cancel", 1004L);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(testbox2, testcancel2, 60, 40, TRUE, TRUE, 10);
+
+	/* Set some nice fonts and colors */
+	dw_window_set_color(testbox, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	dw_window_set_color(testbox2, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	dw_window_set_font(testok, "9.WarpSans");
+	dw_window_set_font(testcancel, "9.WarpSans");
+	dw_window_set_font(testok2, "9.WarpSans");
+	dw_window_set_font(testcancel2, "9.WarpSans");
+
+	dw_window_show(testwindow);
+
+	/* Setup the function callbacks */
+	dw_signal_connect(okbutton, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)mainwindow);
+	dw_signal_connect(cancelbutton, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)mainwindow);
+	dw_signal_connect(testok, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)testwindow);
+	dw_signal_connect(testcancel, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)testwindow);
+	dw_signal_connect(testok2, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)testwindow);
+	dw_signal_connect(testcancel2, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)testwindow);
+	dw_signal_connect(mainwindow, "delete_event", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)mainwindow);
+	dw_signal_connect(testwindow, "delete_event", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)testwindow);
+
+	dw_main(0L, NULL);
+
+	return 0;
+}
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file
Binary file lib/dw.lib has changed
Binary file lib/dwcompat.lib has changed
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/makefile.vac	Tue Jul 03 07:50:39 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+.SUFFIXES: .c .obj
+
+.all: \
+    .\dw.dll \
+    .\dwcompat.dll
+
+.c.obj:
+  icc.exe  /DOS2 /DTCPV40HDRS /DBUILD_DLL /I. /I..\..\include /Tdc /Sp1 /Ss /Wprorearet /Wpro+ /V"Dynamic Windows Compatibility" /Ti /Gm /Gd- /G5 /Ge- /C /W3 /Wini+ /Wpar+ /Wpro+ /Wuse+ %s
+
+.\dw.dll: \
+    .\os2\dw.obj
+    @echo " Link::Linker "
+    icc.exe @<<
+    /B" /NOE /de /ST:32768 /nologo /li"
+    /Fe"dw.dll" dw.def
+    .\dw.obj
+   so32dll.lib
+   tcp32dll.lib
+<<
+  IMPLIB DW.LIB DW.DEF
+  copy dw.lib lib\dw.lib
+  copy dw.dll dll\dw.dll
+
+.\dwcompat.dll: \
+    .\os2\dirent.obj \
+    .\compat.obj
+    @echo " Link::Linker "
+    icc.exe @<<
+    /B" /NOE /de /ST:32768 /nologo /li"
+    /Fe"dwcompat.dll" dwcompat.def
+    .\dirent.obj
+    .\compat.obj
+   so32dll.lib
+   tcp32dll.lib
+<<
+  IMPLIB DWCOMPAT.LIB DWCOMPAT.DEF
+  copy dwcompat.lib lib\dwcompat.lib
+  copy dwcompat.dll dll\dwcompat.dll
+
+clean :
+        @if exist *.obj del *.obj
+        @if exist *.map del *.map
+        @if exist *.lib del *.lib
+        @if exist *.dll del *.dll
+        @if exist *.exe del *.exe
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/makefile.vc	Tue Jul 03 07:50:39 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+#
+FXLIBDIR=..\..\lib
+FXDLLDIR=..\..\dll
+
+CC = cl
+CFLAGS = -c -G5 -GD -Zp1 -DWIN32 -D__WIN32__ -DMSVC -DBUILD_DLL -I..\..\include -I.
+CFLAGS_DEBUG = -Zi
+CFLAGS_COMPILE = -MTd
+LIBS = wsock32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib comctl32.lib gdi32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib comdlg32.lib
+RES =
+LINKFLAGS = -machine:i386 -debug:full -debugtype:cv
+DLLLINKFLAGS = -dll
+LINK = link
+DEFFILE = dww.def
+DEFFILE2 = dwcompatw.def
+
+OBJS =	dw.obj
+
+OBJS2 = compat.obj dirent.obj
+
+all: dw dwcompat
+
+clean:
+	-erase *.dll
+        -erase *.exe
+        -erase *.opt
+        -erase *.lib
+        -erase *.obj
+        -erase *.map
+        -erase *.pdb
+        -erase *.ilk
+        -erase *.exp
+        -erase *~
+
+dw: dw.dll
+
+dw.dll: $(OBJS) $(DEFFILE)
+	$(LINK) @<<
+-out:$(@) -def:$(DEFFILE)
+$(LINKFLAGS) $(DLLLINKFLAGS)
+$(OBJS) $(RES)
+$(LIBS)
+<<
+	lib /def:$(DEFFILE)
+        copy dw.lib $(FXLIBDIR)\dw.lib
+        copy dw.dll $(FXDLLDIR)\dw.dll
+
+dwcompat: dwcompat.dll
+
+dwcompat.dll: $(OBJS2) $(DEFFILE2)
+	$(LINK) @<<
+-out:$(@) -def:$(DEFFILE2)
+$(LINKFLAGS) $(DLLLINKFLAGS)
+$(OBJS2) $(RES)
+$(LIBS)
+<<
+	lib /def:$(DEFFILE2)
+        copy dwcompat.lib $(FXLIBDIR)\dwcompat.lib
+        copy dwcompat.dll $(FXDLLDIR)\dwcompat.dll
+
+dw.obj:
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) $(CFLAGS_COMPILE) win\dw.c
+
+dirent.obj:
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) $(CFLAGS_COMPILE) win\dirent.c
+
+.c.obj:
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) $(CFLAGS_COMPILE) $*.c
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/os2/dirent.c	Tue Jul 03 07:50:39 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
+#ifdef OS2
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "dirent.h"
+#include <errno.h>
+
+/*#ifndef __EMX__
+#include <libx.h>
+#endif */
+
+#define INCL_DOSFILEMGR
+#define INCL_DOSERRORS
+#include <os2.h>
+
+# define FFBUF	FILEFINDBUF3
+# define Word	ULONG
+  /*
+   * LS20 recommends a request count of 100, but according to the
+   * APAR text it does not lead to missing files, just to funny
+   * numbers of returned entries.
+   *
+   * LS30 HPFS386 requires a count greater than 2, or some files
+   * are missing (those starting with a character less that '.').
+   *
+   * Novell looses entries which overflow the buffer. In previous
+   * versions of dirent2, this could have lead to missing files
+   * when the average length of 100 directory entries was 40 bytes
+   * or more (quite unlikely for files on a Novell server).
+   *
+   * Conclusion: Make sure that the entries all fit into the buffer
+   * and that the buffer is large enough for more than 2 entries
+   * (each entry is at most 300 bytes long). And ignore the LS20
+   * effect.
+   */
+# define Count	25
+# define BufSz	(25 * (sizeof(FILEFINDBUF3)+1))
+
+#if defined(__IBMC__) || defined(__IBMCPP__)
+  #define error(rc) _doserrno = rc, errno = EOS2ERR
+#else
+  #define error(rc) errno = 255
+#endif
+
+struct _dirdescr {
+	HDIR		handle;		/* DosFindFirst handle */
+	char		fstype;		/* filesystem type */
+	Word		count;		/* valid entries in <ffbuf> */
+	long		number;		/* absolute number of next entry */
+	int		index;		/* relative number of next entry */
+	FFBUF *		next;		/* pointer to next entry */
+	char		name[MAXPATHLEN+3]; /* directory name */
+	unsigned	attrmask;	/* attribute mask for seekdir */
+	struct dirent	entry;		/* buffer for directory entry */
+	BYTE		ffbuf[BufSz];
+};
+
+/*
+ * Return first char of filesystem type, or 0 if unknown.
+ */
+static char
+getFSType(const char *path)
+{
+	static char cache[1+26];
+	char drive[3], info[512];
+	Word unit, infolen;
+	char r;
+
+	if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':') {
+		unit = toupper(path[0]) - '@';
+		path += 2;
+	} else {
+		ULONG driveMap;
+		if (DosQueryCurrentDisk(&unit, &driveMap))
+			return 0;
+	}
+
+	if ((path[0] == '\\' || path[0] == '/')
+	 && (path[1] == '\\' || path[1] == '/'))
+		return 0;
+
+	if (cache [unit])
+		return cache [unit];
+
+	drive[0] = '@' + unit;
+	drive[1] = ':';
+	drive[2] = '\0';
+	infolen = sizeof info;
+	if (DosQueryFSAttach(drive, 0, FSAIL_QUERYNAME, (PVOID)info, &infolen))
+		return 0;
+	if (infolen >= sizeof(FSQBUFFER2)) {
+		FSQBUFFER2 *p = (FSQBUFFER2 *)info;
+		r = p->szFSDName[p->cbName];
+	} else
+		r = 0;
+	return cache [unit] = r;
+}
+
+char *
+abs_path(const char *name, char *buffer, int len)
+{
+	char buf[4];
+	if (isalpha(name[0]) && name[1] == ':' && name[2] == '\0') {
+		buf[0] = name[0];
+		buf[1] = name[1];
+		buf[2] = '.';
+		buf[3] = '\0';
+		name = buf;
+	}
+	if (DosQueryPathInfo((PSZ)name, FIL_QUERYFULLNAME, buffer, len))
+		return NULL;
+	return buffer;
+}
+
+DIR *
+openxdir(const char *path, unsigned att_mask)
+{
+	DIR *dir;
+	char name[MAXPATHLEN+3];
+	Word rc;
+
+	dir = malloc(sizeof(DIR));
+	if (dir == NULL) {
+		errno = ENOMEM;
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	strncpy(name, path, MAXPATHLEN);
+	name[MAXPATHLEN] = '\0';
+	switch (name[strlen(name)-1]) {
+	default:
+		strcat(name, "\\");
+	case '\\':
+	case '/':
+	case ':':
+		;
+	}
+	strcat(name, ".");
+	if (!abs_path(name, dir->name, MAXPATHLEN+1))
+		strcpy(dir->name, name);
+	if (dir->name[strlen(dir->name)-1] == '\\')
+		strcat(dir->name, "*");
+	else
+		strcat(dir->name, "\\*");
+
+	dir->fstype = getFSType(dir->name);
+	dir->attrmask = att_mask | A_DIR;
+
+	dir->handle = HDIR_CREATE;
+	dir->count = 100;
+	rc = DosFindFirst(dir->name, &dir->handle, dir->attrmask,
+		dir->ffbuf, sizeof dir->ffbuf, &dir->count, FIL_STANDARD);
+	switch (rc) {
+	default:
+		free(dir);
+		error(rc);
+		return NULL;
+	case NO_ERROR:
+	case ERROR_NO_MORE_FILES:
+		;
+	}
+
+	dir->number = 0;
+	dir->index = 0;
+	dir->next = (FFBUF *)dir->ffbuf;
+
+	return (DIR *)dir;
+}
+
+DIR *
+opendir(const char *pathname)
+{
+	return openxdir(pathname, 0);
+}
+
+struct dirent *
+readdir(DIR *dir)
+{
+	static int dummy_ino = 2;
+
+	if (dir->index == dir->count) {
+		Word rc;
+		dir->count = 100;
+		rc = DosFindNext(dir->handle, dir->ffbuf,
+			sizeof dir->ffbuf, &dir->count);
+		if (rc) {
+			error(rc);
+			return NULL;
+		}
+
+		dir->index = 0;
+		dir->next = (FFBUF *)dir->ffbuf;
+	}
+
+	if (dir->index == dir->count)
+		return NULL;
+
+	memcpy(dir->entry.d_name, dir->next->achName, dir->next->cchName);
+	dir->entry.d_name[dir->next->cchName] = '\0';
+	dir->entry.d_ino = dummy_ino++;
+	dir->entry.d_reclen = dir->next->cchName;
+	dir->entry.d_namlen = dir->next->cchName;
+	dir->entry.d_size = dir->next->cbFile;
+	dir->entry.d_attribute = dir->next->attrFile;
+	dir->entry.d_time = *(USHORT *)&dir->next->ftimeLastWrite;
+	dir->entry.d_date = *(USHORT *)&dir->next->fdateLastWrite;
+
+	switch (dir->fstype) {
+	case 'F': /* FAT */
+	case 'C': /* CDFS */
+		if (dir->next->attrFile & FILE_DIRECTORY)
+			strupr(dir->entry.d_name);
+		else
+			strlwr(dir->entry.d_name);
+	}
+
+	dir->next = (FFBUF *)((BYTE *)dir->next + dir->next->oNextEntryOffset);
+	++dir->number;
+	++dir->index;
+
+	return &dir->entry;
+}
+
+long
+telldir(DIR *dir)
+{
+	return dir->number;
+}
+
+void
+seekdir(DIR *dir, long off)
+{
+	if (dir->number > off) {
+		char name[MAXPATHLEN+2];
+		Word rc;
+
+		DosFindClose(dir->handle);
+
+		strcpy(name, dir->name);
+		strcat(name, "*");
+
+		dir->handle = HDIR_CREATE;
+		dir->count = 32767;
+		rc = DosFindFirst(name, &dir->handle, dir->attrmask,
+			dir->ffbuf, sizeof dir->ffbuf, &dir->count, FIL_STANDARD);
+		switch (rc) {
+		default:
+			error(rc);
+			return;
+		case NO_ERROR:
+		case ERROR_NO_MORE_FILES:
+			;
+		}
+
+		dir->number = 0;
+		dir->index = 0;
+		dir->next = (FFBUF *)dir->ffbuf;
+	}
+
+	while (dir->number < off && readdir(dir))
+		;
+}
+
+void
+closedir(DIR *dir)
+{
+	DosFindClose(dir->handle);
+	free(dir);
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	int i;
+	DIR *dir;
+	struct dirent *ep;
+
+	for (i = 1; i < argc; ++i) {
+		dir = opendir(argv[i]);
+		if (!dir)
+			continue;
+		while (ep = readdir(dir))
+			if (strchr("\\/:", argv[i] [strlen(argv[i]) - 1]))
+				printf("%s%s\n", argv[i], ep->d_name);
+			else
+				printf("%s/%s\n", argv[i], ep->d_name);
+		closedir(dir);
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* OS2 */
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/os2/dw.c	Tue Jul 03 07:50:39 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,5743 @@
+/*
+ * Dynamic Windows:
+ *          A GTK like implementation of the PM GUI
+ *
+ * (C) 2000,2001 Brian Smith <dbsoft@technologist.com>
+ * (C) 2000 Achim Hasenmueller <achimha@innotek.de>
+ * (C) 2000 Peter Nielsen <peter@pmview.com>
+ * (C) 1998 Sergey I. Yevtushenko (some code borrowed from cell toolkit)
+ *
+ */
+#define INCL_DOS
+#define INCL_DOSERRORS
+#define INCL_WIN
+#define INCL_GPI
+
+#include <os2.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <process.h>
+#include "dw.h"
+
+#define QWP_USER 0
+
+char ClassName[] = "dynamicwindows";
+char SplitbarClassName[] = "dwsplitbar";
+char DefaultFont[] = "9.WarpSans";
+
+/* this is the callback handle for the window procedure
+ * make sure you always match the calling convention!
+ */
+int (* EXPENTRY filterfunc)(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM) = 0L;
+
+HAB dwhab = 0;
+HMQ dwhmq = 0;
+DWTID _dwtid = 0;
+LONG _foreground = 0xAAAAAA, _background = 0;
+
+HWND hwndBubble = NULLHANDLE, hwndBubbleLast = NULLHANDLE;
+PRECORDCORE pCore = NULL;
+
+#ifndef min
+#define min(a, b) (((a < b) ? a : b))
+#endif
+
+#ifdef DWDEBUG
+FILE *f;
+
+void reopen(void)
+{
+	fclose(f);
+	f = fopen("dw.log", "at");
+}
+#endif
+
+static LONG lColor[SPLITBAR_WIDTH] =
+{
+    DW_CLR_BLACK,
+    DW_CLR_PALEGRAY,
+    DW_CLR_WHITE
+};
+
+#ifdef NO_SIGNALS
+#define USE_FILTER
+#else
+typedef struct _sighandler
+{
+	struct _sighandler	*next;
+	ULONG message;
+	HWND window;
+	void *signalfunction;
+	void *data;
+
+} SignalHandler;
+
+SignalHandler *Root = NULL;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+	ULONG message;
+	char name[30];
+
+} SignalList;
+
+/* List of signals and their equivilent OS/2 message */
+#define SIGNALMAX 11
+
+SignalList SignalTranslate[SIGNALMAX] = {
+	{ WM_SIZE, "configure_event" },
+	{ WM_CHAR, "key_press_event" },
+	{ WM_BUTTON1DOWN, "button_press_event" },
+	{ WM_BUTTON1UP, "button_release_event"},
+	{ WM_MOUSEMOVE, "motion_notify_event" },
+	{ WM_CLOSE, "delete_event" },
+	{ WM_PAINT, "expose_event" },
+	{ WM_COMMAND, "clicked" },
+	{ CN_ENTER, "container-select" },
+	{ CN_CONTEXTMENU, "container-context" },
+	{ LN_SELECT, "item-select" }
+};
+
+/* This function adds a signal handler callback into the linked list.
+ */
+void _new_signal(ULONG message, HWND window, void *signalfunction, void *data)
+{
+	SignalHandler *new = malloc(sizeof(SignalHandler));
+
+	new->message = message;
+	new->window = window;
+	new->signalfunction = signalfunction;
+	new->data = data;
+	new->next = NULL;
+
+	if (!Root)
+		Root = new;
+	else
+	{
+		SignalHandler *prev = NULL, *tmp = Root;
+		while(tmp)
+		{
+			prev = tmp;
+			tmp = tmp->next;
+		}
+		if(prev)
+			prev->next = new;
+		else
+			Root = new;
+	}
+}
+
+/* Finds the message number for a given signal name */
+ULONG _findsigmessage(char *signame)
+{
+	int z;
+
+	for(z=0;z<SIGNALMAX;z++)
+	{
+		if(stricmp(signame, SignalTranslate[z].name) == 0)
+			return SignalTranslate[z].message;
+	}
+	return 0L;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* This function removes and handlers on windows and frees
+ * the user memory allocated to it.
+ */
+void _free_window_memory(HWND handle)
+{
+	HENUM henum;
+	HWND child;
+
+#ifndef NO_SIGNALS
+	dw_signal_disconnect_by_window(handle);
+#endif
+
+	henum = WinBeginEnumWindows(handle);
+	while((child = WinGetNextWindow(henum)) != NULLHANDLE)
+	{
+		void *ptr = (void *)WinQueryWindowPtr(handle, QWP_USER);
+
+		if(ptr)
+		{
+			WinSetWindowPtr(handle, QWP_USER, 0);
+			free(ptr);
+		}
+
+		_free_window_memory(child);
+	}
+	WinEndEnumWindows(henum);
+	return;
+}
+
+/* This function returns 1 if the window (widget) handle
+ * passed to it is a valid window that can gain input focus.
+ */
+int _validate_focus(HWND handle)
+{
+	char tmpbuf[100];
+
+	if(!handle)
+		return 0;
+
+	WinQueryClassName(handle, 99, tmpbuf);
+
+	/* These are the window classes which can
+	 * obtain input focus.
+	 */
+	if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#2", 2)==0 ||  /* Entryfield */
+	   strncmp(tmpbuf, "#3", 2)==0 ||  /* Button */
+	   strncmp(tmpbuf, "#6", 2)==0 ||  /* Combobox */
+	   strncmp(tmpbuf, "#7", 2)==0 ||  /* List box */
+	   strncmp(tmpbuf, "#10", 3)==0 || /* MLE */
+	   strncmp(tmpbuf, "#32", 3)==0 || /* Spinbutton */
+	   strncmp(tmpbuf, "#37", 3)== 0)  /* Container */
+		return 1;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+int _focus_check_box(Box *box, HWND handle, int start)
+{
+	int z;
+	static HWND lasthwnd, firsthwnd;
+    static int finish_searching;
+
+	/* Start is 2 when we have cycled completely and
+	 * need to set the focus to the last widget we found
+	 * that was valid.
+	 */
+	if(start == 2)
+	{
+		if(lasthwnd)
+			WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, lasthwnd);
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	/* Start is 1 when we are entering the function
+	 * for the first time, it is zero when entering
+	 * the function recursively.
+	 */
+	if(start == 1)
+	{
+		lasthwnd = handle;
+		finish_searching = 0;
+		firsthwnd = 0;
+	}
+
+	/* Vertical boxes are inverted on OS/2 */
+	if(box->type == BOXVERT)
+	{
+		for(z=0;z<box->count;z++)
+		{
+			if(box->items[z].type == TYPEBOX)
+			{
+				Box *thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box->items[z].hwnd, QWP_USER);
+
+				if(thisbox && _focus_check_box(thisbox, handle, start == 3 ? 3 : 0))
+					return 1;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if(box->items[z].hwnd == handle)
+				{
+					if(lasthwnd == handle && firsthwnd)
+						WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, firsthwnd);
+					else if(lasthwnd == handle && !firsthwnd)
+						finish_searching = 1;
+					else
+						WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, lasthwnd);
+
+					/* If we aren't looking for the last handle,
+					 * return immediately.
+					 */
+					if(!finish_searching)
+						return 1;
+				}
+				if(_validate_focus(box->items[z].hwnd))
+				{
+					/* Start is 3 when we are looking for the
+					 * first valid item in the layout.
+					 */
+					if(start == 3)
+					{
+						WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, box->items[z].hwnd);
+						return 1;
+					}
+
+					if(!firsthwnd)
+						firsthwnd = box->items[z].hwnd;
+
+					lasthwnd = box->items[z].hwnd;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					char tmpbuf[100] = "";
+
+					WinQueryClassName(box->items[z].hwnd, 99, tmpbuf);
+					if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#40", 3)==0) /* Notebook */
+					{
+						Box *notebox;
+						HWND page = (HWND)WinSendMsg(box->items[z].hwnd, BKM_QUERYPAGEWINDOWHWND,
+													 (MPARAM)dw_notebook_page_query(box->items[z].hwnd), 0);
+
+						if(page)
+						{
+							notebox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(page, QWP_USER);
+
+							if(notebox && _focus_check_box(notebox, handle, start == 3 ? 3 : 0))
+								return 1;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		for(z=box->count-1;z>-1;z--)
+		{
+			if(box->items[z].type == TYPEBOX)
+			{
+				Box *thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box->items[z].hwnd, QWP_USER);
+
+				if(thisbox && _focus_check_box(thisbox, handle, start == 3 ? 3 : 0))
+					return 1;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if(box->items[z].hwnd == handle)
+				{
+					if(lasthwnd == handle && firsthwnd)
+						WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, firsthwnd);
+					else if(lasthwnd == handle && !firsthwnd)
+						finish_searching = 1;
+					else
+						WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, lasthwnd);
+
+					/* If we aren't looking for the last handle,
+					 * return immediately.
+					 */
+					if(!finish_searching)
+						return 1;
+				}
+				if(_validate_focus(box->items[z].hwnd))
+				{
+					/* Start is 3 when we are looking for the
+					 * first valid item in the layout.
+					 */
+					if(start == 3)
+					{
+						WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, box->items[z].hwnd);
+						return 1;
+					}
+
+					if(!firsthwnd)
+						firsthwnd = box->items[z].hwnd;
+
+					lasthwnd = box->items[z].hwnd;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					char tmpbuf[100] = "";
+
+					WinQueryClassName(box->items[z].hwnd, 99, tmpbuf);
+					if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#40", 3)==0) /* Notebook */
+					{
+						Box *notebox;
+						HWND page = (HWND)WinSendMsg(box->items[z].hwnd, BKM_QUERYPAGEWINDOWHWND,
+													 (MPARAM)dw_notebook_page_query(box->items[z].hwnd), 0);
+
+						if(page)
+						{
+							notebox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(page, QWP_USER);
+
+							if(notebox && _focus_check_box(notebox, handle, start == 3 ? 3 : 0))
+								return 1;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/* This function finds the first widget in the
+ * layout and moves the current focus to it.
+ */
+void _initial_focus(HWND handle)
+{
+	Box *thisbox;
+	HWND box;
+
+	box = WinWindowFromID(handle, FID_CLIENT);
+	if(box)
+		thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
+
+	if(thisbox)
+	{
+		_focus_check_box(thisbox, handle, 3);
+	}
+}
+
+/* This function finds the current widget in the
+ * layout and moves the current focus to the next item.
+ */
+void _shift_focus(HWND handle)
+{
+	Box *thisbox;
+	HWND box, lastbox = WinQueryWindow(handle, QW_PARENT);
+
+	/* Find the toplevel window */
+	while((box = WinQueryWindow(lastbox, QW_PARENT)) > 0x80000001)
+	{
+		lastbox = box;
+	}
+
+	thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(lastbox, QWP_USER);
+	if(!thisbox)
+	{
+		box = WinWindowFromID(lastbox, FID_CLIENT);
+		if(box)
+			thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
+	}
+	if(thisbox)
+	{
+		if(_focus_check_box(thisbox, handle, 1)  == 0)
+			_focus_check_box(thisbox, handle, 2);
+	}
+}
+
+/* ResetWindow:
+ *         Resizes window to the exact same size to trigger
+ *         recalculation of frame.
+ */
+void _ResetWindow(HWND hwndFrame)
+{
+	SWP swp;
+
+	WinQueryWindowPos(hwndFrame, &swp);
+	WinSetWindowPos(hwndFrame, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, swp.cx, swp.cy-1, SWP_SIZE);
+	WinSetWindowPos(hwndFrame, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, swp.cx, swp.cy, SWP_SIZE);
+}
+
+/* This function will recursively search a box and add up the total height of it */
+void _count_size(HWND box, int type, int *xsize, int *xorigsize)
+{
+	int size = 0, origsize = 0, z;
+	Box *tmp = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
+
+	if(!tmp)
+	{
+		*xsize = *xorigsize = 0;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if(type == tmp->type)
+	{
+		/* If the box is going in the direction we want, then we
+		 * return the entire sum of the items.
+		 */
+		for(z=0;z<tmp->count;z++)
+		{
+			if(tmp->items[z].type == TYPEBOX)
+			{
+				int s, os;
+
+				_count_size(tmp->items[z].hwnd, type, &s, &os);
+				size += s;
+				origsize += os;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				size += (type == BOXHORZ ? tmp->items[z].width : tmp->items[z].height);
+				origsize += (type == BOXHORZ ? tmp->items[z].origwidth : tmp->items[z].origheight);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* If the box is not going in the direction we want, then we only
+		 * want to return the maximum value.
+		 */
+		int tmpsize = 0, tmporigsize = 0;
+
+		for(z=0;z<tmp->count;z++)
+		{
+			if(tmp->items[z].type == TYPEBOX)
+				_count_size(tmp->items[z].hwnd, type, &tmpsize, &tmporigsize);
+			else
+			{
+				tmpsize = (type == BOXHORZ ? tmp->items[z].width : tmp->items[z].height);
+				tmporigsize = (type == BOXHORZ ? tmp->items[z].origwidth : tmp->items[z].origheight);
+			}
+
+			if(tmpsize > size)
+				size = tmpsize;
+		}
+	}
+
+	*xsize = size;
+	*xorigsize = origsize;
+}
+
+
+/* Function: TrackRectangle
+ * Abstract: Tracks given rectangle.
+ *
+ * If rclBounds is NULL, then track rectangle on entire desktop.
+ * rclTrack is in window coorditates and will be mapped to
+ * desktop.
+ */
+
+BOOL _TrackRectangle(HWND hwndBase, RECTL* rclTrack, RECTL* rclBounds)
+{
+	TRACKINFO track;
+	APIRET rc;
+
+	track.cxBorder = 1;
+	track.cyBorder = 1;
+	track.cxGrid   = 1;
+	track.cyGrid   = 1;
+	track.cxKeyboard = 8;
+	track.cyKeyboard = 8;
+
+	if(!rclTrack)
+		return FALSE;
+
+	if(rclBounds)
+	{
+		track.rclBoundary = *rclBounds;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		track.rclBoundary.yTop    =
+			track.rclBoundary.xRight  = 3000;
+		track.rclBoundary.yBottom =
+			track.rclBoundary.xLeft   = -3000;
+	}
+
+	track.rclTrack = *rclTrack;
+
+	WinMapWindowPoints(hwndBase,
+					   HWND_DESKTOP,
+					   (PPOINTL)&track.rclTrack,
+					   2);
+
+	track.ptlMinTrackSize.x = track.rclTrack.xRight
+		- track.rclTrack.xLeft;
+	track.ptlMinTrackSize.y = track.rclTrack.yTop
+		- track.rclTrack.yBottom;
+	track.ptlMaxTrackSize.x = track.rclTrack.xRight
+		- track.rclTrack.xLeft;
+	track.ptlMaxTrackSize.y = track.rclTrack.yTop
+		- track.rclTrack.yBottom;
+
+	track.fs = TF_MOVE | TF_ALLINBOUNDARY;
+
+	rc = WinTrackRect(HWND_DESKTOP, 0, &track);
+
+	if(rc)
+		*rclTrack = track.rclTrack;
+
+	return rc;
+}
+
+/* This function calculates how much space the widgets and boxes require
+ * and does expansion as necessary.
+ */
+int _resize_box(Box *thisbox, int *depth, int x, int y, int *usedx, int *usedy,
+				int pass, int *usedpadx, int *usedpady)
+{
+	int z, currentx = 0, currenty = 0;
+	int vectorx = 0, vectory = 0;
+	int uymax = 0, uxmax = 0;
+	int upymax = 0, upxmax = 0;
+	/* Used for the SIZEEXPAND */
+	int nux = *usedx, nuy = *usedy;
+	int nupx = *usedpadx, nupy = *usedpady;
+
+	(*usedx) += (thisbox->pad * 2);
+	(*usedy) += (thisbox->pad * 2);
+
+	for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++)
+	{
+		if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX)
+		{
+			int initialx, initialy;
+			Box *tmp = WinQueryWindowPtr(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, QWP_USER);
+
+			initialx = x - (*usedx);
+			initialy = y - (*usedy);
+
+			if(tmp)
+			{
+				int newx, newy;
+				int nux = *usedx, nuy = *usedy;
+				int upx = *usedpadx + (tmp->pad*2), upy = *usedpady + (tmp->pad*2);
+
+				/* On the second pass we know how big the box needs to be and how
+				 * much space we have, so we can calculate a ratio for the new box.
+				 */
+				if(pass == 2)
+				{
+					int deep = *depth + 1;
+
+					_resize_box(tmp, &deep, x, y, &nux, &nuy, 1, &upx, &upy);
+
+					tmp->upx = upx - *usedpadx;
+					tmp->upy = upy - *usedpady;
+
+					newx = x - nux;
+					newy = y - nuy;
+
+					tmp->width = thisbox->items[z].width = initialx - newx;
+					tmp->height = thisbox->items[z].height = initialy - newy;
+
+					tmp->parentxratio = thisbox->xratio;
+					tmp->parentyratio = thisbox->yratio;
+
+					tmp->parentpad = tmp->pad;
+
+					/* Just in case */
+					tmp->xratio = thisbox->xratio;
+					tmp->yratio = thisbox->yratio;
+
+#ifdef DWDEBUG
+					if(pass > 1)
+					{
+						fprintf(f, "FARK! depth %d\r\nwidth = %d, height = %d, nux = %d, nuy = %d, upx = %d, upy = %d xratio = %f, yratio = %f\r\n\r\n",
+								*depth, thisbox->items[z].width, thisbox->items[z].height, nux, nuy, tmp->upx, tmp->upy, tmp->xratio, tmp->yratio);
+						reopen();
+					}
+#endif
+					if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT)
+					{
+						if((thisbox->items[z].width-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(tmp->pad*2)))!=0)
+							tmp->xratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].width * thisbox->xratio)-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(tmp->pad*2))))/((float)(thisbox->items[z].width-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(tmp->pad*2))));
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						if((thisbox->items[z].width-tmp->upx)!=0)
+							tmp->xratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].width * thisbox->xratio)-tmp->upx))/((float)(thisbox->items[z].width-tmp->upx));
+					}
+					if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
+					{
+						if((thisbox->items[z].height-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(tmp->pad*2)))!=0)
+							tmp->yratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].height * thisbox->yratio)-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(tmp->pad*2))))/((float)(thisbox->items[z].height-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(tmp->pad*2))));
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						if((thisbox->items[z].height-tmp->upy)!=0)
+							tmp->yratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].height * thisbox->yratio)-tmp->upy))/((float)(thisbox->items[z].height-tmp->upy));
+					}
+
+					nux = *usedx; nuy = *usedy;
+					upx = *usedpadx + (tmp->pad*2); upy = *usedpady + (tmp->pad*2);
+				}
+
+				(*depth)++;
+
+#ifdef DWDEBUG
+				if(pass > 1)
+				{
+					fprintf(f, "Before Resize Box depth %d\r\nx = %d, y = %d, usedx = %d, usedy = %d, usedpadx = %d, usedpady = %d xratio = %f, yratio = %f\r\n\r\n",
+							*depth, x, y, *usedx, *usedy, *usedpadx, *usedpady, tmp->xratio, tmp->yratio);
+					reopen();
+				}
+#endif
+
+				_resize_box(tmp, depth, x, y, &nux, &nuy, pass, &upx, &upy);
+
+				(*depth)--;
+
+				newx = x - nux;
+				newy = y - nuy;
+
+				tmp->minwidth = thisbox->items[z].width = initialx - newx;
+				tmp->minheight = thisbox->items[z].height = initialy - newy;
+
+#ifdef DWDEBUG
+				if(pass > 1)
+				{
+					fprintf(f, "After Resize Box depth %d\r\nx = %d, y = %d, usedx = %d, usedy = %d, usedpadx = %d, usedpady = %d width = %d, height = %d\r\n\r\n",
+							*depth, x, y, *usedx, *usedy, *usedpadx, *usedpady, thisbox->items[z].width, thisbox->items[z].height);
+					reopen();
+				}
+#endif
+			}
+		}
+
+		if(pass > 1 && *depth > 0)
+		{
+			if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT)
+				thisbox->items[z].xratio = ((float)((thisbox->width * thisbox->parentxratio)-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->parentpad*2))))/((float)(thisbox->minwidth-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->parentpad*2))));
+			else
+				thisbox->items[z].xratio = ((float)((thisbox->width * thisbox->parentxratio)-thisbox->upx))/((float)(thisbox->minwidth-thisbox->upx));
+
+			if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
+				thisbox->items[z].yratio = ((float)((thisbox->height * thisbox->parentyratio)-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->parentpad*2))))/((float)(thisbox->minheight-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->parentpad*2))));
+			else
+				thisbox->items[z].yratio = ((float)((thisbox->height * thisbox->parentyratio)-thisbox->upy))/((float)(thisbox->minheight-thisbox->upy));
+#ifdef DWDEBUG
+			fprintf(f, "RATIO- xratio = %f, yratio = %f, width = %d, height = %d, pad = %d, box xratio = %f, box yratio = %f, parent xratio = %f, parent yratio = %f, minwidth = %d, minheight = %d, width = %d, height = %d, upx = %d, upy = %d\r\n\r\n",
+					thisbox->items[z].xratio, thisbox->items[z].yratio, thisbox->items[z].width, thisbox->items[z].height, thisbox->items[z].pad, thisbox->xratio, thisbox->yratio, thisbox->parentxratio, thisbox->parentyratio, thisbox->minwidth, thisbox->minheight, thisbox->width, thisbox->height, thisbox->upx, thisbox->upy);
+			reopen();
+#endif
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			thisbox->items[z].xratio = thisbox->xratio;
+			thisbox->items[z].yratio = thisbox->yratio;
+		}
+
+		if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT)
+		{
+			if((thisbox->items[z].width + (thisbox->items[z].pad*2)) > uxmax)
+				uxmax = (thisbox->items[z].width + (thisbox->items[z].pad*2));
+			if(thisbox->items[z].hsize != SIZEEXPAND)
+			{
+				if(((thisbox->items[z].pad*2) + thisbox->items[z].width) > upxmax)
+					upxmax = (thisbox->items[z].pad*2) + thisbox->items[z].width;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if(thisbox->items[z].pad*2 > upxmax)
+					upxmax = thisbox->items[z].pad*2;
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			if(thisbox->items[z].width == -1)
+			{
+				/* figure out how much space this item requires */
+				/* thisbox->items[z].width = */
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				(*usedx) += thisbox->items[z].width + (thisbox->items[z].pad*2);
+				if(thisbox->items[z].hsize != SIZEEXPAND)
+					(*usedpadx) += (thisbox->items[z].pad*2) + thisbox->items[z].width;
+				else
+					(*usedpadx) += thisbox->items[z].pad*2;
+			}
+		}
+		if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
+		{
+			if((thisbox->items[z].height + (thisbox->items[z].pad*2)) > uymax)
+				uymax = (thisbox->items[z].height + (thisbox->items[z].pad*2));
+			if(thisbox->items[z].vsize != SIZEEXPAND)
+			{
+				if(((thisbox->items[z].pad*2) + thisbox->items[z].height) > upymax)
+					upymax = (thisbox->items[z].pad*2) + thisbox->items[z].height;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if(thisbox->items[z].pad*2 > upymax)
+					upymax = thisbox->items[z].pad*2;
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			if(thisbox->items[z].height == -1)
+			{
+				/* figure out how much space this item requires */
+				/* thisbox->items[z].height = */
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				(*usedy) += thisbox->items[z].height + (thisbox->items[z].pad*2);
+				if(thisbox->items[z].vsize != SIZEEXPAND)
+					(*usedpady) += (thisbox->items[z].pad*2) + thisbox->items[z].height;
+				else
+					(*usedpady) += thisbox->items[z].pad*2;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	(*usedx) += uxmax;
+	(*usedy) += uymax;
+	(*usedpadx) += upxmax;
+	(*usedpady) += upymax;
+
+	currentx += thisbox->pad;
+	currenty += thisbox->pad;
+
+#ifdef DWDEBUG
+	fprintf(f, "Done Calc depth %d\r\nusedx = %d, usedy = %d, usedpadx = %d, usedpady = %d, currentx = %d, currenty = %d, uxmax = %d, uymax = %d\r\n\r\n",
+			*depth, *usedx, *usedy, *usedpadx, *usedpady, currentx, currenty, uxmax, uymax);
+	reopen();
+#endif
+
+	/* The second pass is for expansion and actual placement. */
+	if(pass > 1)
+	{
+		/* Any SIZEEXPAND items should be set to uxmax/uymax */
+		for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++)
+		{
+			if(thisbox->items[z].hsize == SIZEEXPAND && thisbox->type == BOXVERT)
+				thisbox->items[z].width = uxmax-(thisbox->items[z].pad*2);
+			if(thisbox->items[z].vsize == SIZEEXPAND && thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
+				thisbox->items[z].height = uymax-(thisbox->items[z].pad*2);
+			/* Run this code segment again to finalize the sized after setting uxmax/uymax values. */
+			if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX)
+			{
+				Box *tmp = WinQueryWindowPtr(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, QWP_USER);
+
+				if(tmp)
+				{
+					if(*depth > 0)
+					{
+						if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT)
+						{
+							tmp->xratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].width * thisbox->xratio)-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->pad*2))))/((float)(tmp->minwidth-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->pad*2))));
+							tmp->width = thisbox->items[z].width;
+						}
+						if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
+						{
+							tmp->yratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].height * thisbox->yratio)-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->pad*2))))/((float)(tmp->minheight-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->pad*2))));
+							tmp->height = thisbox->items[z].height;
+						}
+					}
+
+					(*depth)++;
+
+					/*tmp->xratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].width * thisbox->xratio)-tmp->upx) )/((float)(tmp->minwidth-tmp->upx));
+					tmp->yratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].height * thisbox->yratio)-tmp->upy))/((float)(tmp->minheight-tmp->upy));*/
+
+#ifdef DWDEBUG
+					fprintf(f, "2- Resize Box depth %d\r\nx = %d, y = %d, usedx = %d, usedy = %d, usedpadx = %d, usedpady = %d xratio = %f, yratio = %f,\r\nupx = %d, upy = %d, width = %d, height = %d, minwidth = %d, minheight = %d, box xratio = %f, box yratio = %f\r\n\r\n",
+						*depth, x, y, *usedx, *usedy, *usedpadx, *usedpady, tmp->xratio, tmp->yratio, tmp->upx, tmp->upy, thisbox->items[z].width, thisbox->items[z].height, tmp->minwidth, tmp->minheight, thisbox->xratio, thisbox->yratio);
+					reopen();
+#endif
+
+					_resize_box(tmp, depth, x, y, &nux, &nuy, 3, &nupx, &nupy);
+
+					(*depth)--;
+
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		for(z=0;z<(thisbox->count);z++)
+		{
+			int height = thisbox->items[z].height;
+			int width = thisbox->items[z].width;
+			int pad = thisbox->items[z].pad;
+			HWND handle = thisbox->items[z].hwnd;
+
+			/* When upxmax != pad*2 then ratios are incorrect. */
+			vectorx = (int)((width*thisbox->items[z].xratio)-width);
+			vectory = (int)((height*thisbox->items[z].yratio)-height);
+
+			if(width > 0 && height > 0)
+			{
+				char tmpbuf[100];
+				/* This is a hack to fix rounding of the sizing */
+				if(*depth == 0)
+				{
+					vectorx++;
+					vectory++;
+				}
+
+				/* If this item isn't going to expand... reset the vectors to 0 */
+				if(thisbox->items[z].vsize != SIZEEXPAND)
+					vectory = 0;
+				if(thisbox->items[z].hsize != SIZEEXPAND)
+					vectorx = 0;
+
+				WinQueryClassName(handle, 99, tmpbuf);
+
+				if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#2", 2)==0)
+				{
+					/* Make the combobox big enough to drop down. :) */
+					WinSetWindowPos(handle, HWND_TOP, currentx + pad, (currenty + pad) - 100,
+									width + vectorx, (height + vectory) + 100, SWP_MOVE | SWP_SIZE | SWP_ZORDER);
+				}
+				else if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#6", 2)==0)
+				{
+					/* Entryfields on OS/2 have a thick border that isn't on Windows and GTK */
+					WinSetWindowPos(handle, HWND_TOP, (currentx + pad) + 3, (currenty + pad) + 3,
+									(width + vectorx) - 6, (height + vectory) - 6, SWP_MOVE | SWP_SIZE | SWP_ZORDER);
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					WinSetWindowPos(handle, HWND_TOP, currentx + pad, currenty + pad,
+									width + vectorx, height + vectory, SWP_MOVE | SWP_SIZE | SWP_ZORDER);
+					if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX)
+					{
+						Box *boxinfo = WinQueryWindowPtr(handle, QWP_USER);
+
+						if(boxinfo && boxinfo->grouphwnd)
+							WinSetWindowPos(boxinfo->grouphwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0,
+											width + vectorx, height + vectory, SWP_MOVE | SWP_SIZE | SWP_ZORDER);
+
+					}
+
+				}
+
+#ifdef DWDEBUG
+				fprintf(f, "Window Pos depth %d\r\ncurrentx = %d, currenty = %d, pad = %d, width = %d, height = %d, vectorx = %d, vectory = %d, Box type = %s\r\n\r\n",
+						*depth, currentx, currenty, pad, width, height, vectorx, vectory,thisbox->type == BOXHORZ ? "Horizontal" : "Vertical");
+				reopen();
+#endif
+
+				if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
+					currentx += width + vectorx + (pad * 2);
+				if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT)
+					currenty += height + vectory + (pad * 2);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+void _do_resize(Box *thisbox, int x, int y)
+{
+	if(x != 0 && y != 0) {
+		if(thisbox)
+		{
+			int usedx = 0, usedy = 0, usedpadx = 0, usedpady = 0, depth = 0;
+
+			_resize_box(thisbox, &depth, x, y, &usedx, &usedy, 1, &usedpadx, &usedpady);
+
+			if(usedx-usedpadx == 0 || usedy-usedpady == 0)
+				return;
+
+			thisbox->xratio = ((float)(x-usedpadx))/((float)(usedx-usedpadx));
+			thisbox->yratio = ((float)(y-usedpady))/((float)(usedy-usedpady));
+
+#ifdef DWDEBUG
+			fprintf(f, "WM_SIZE Resize Box Pass 1\r\nx = %d, y = %d, usedx = %d, usedy = %d, usedpadx = %d, usedpady = %d xratio = %f, yratio = %f\r\n\r\n",
+					x, y, usedx, usedy, usedpadx, usedpady, thisbox->xratio, thisbox->yratio);
+			reopen();
+#endif
+
+			usedx = usedy = usedpadx = usedpady = depth = 0;
+
+			_resize_box(thisbox, &depth, x, y, &usedx, &usedy, 2, &usedpadx, &usedpady);
+#ifdef DWDEBUG
+			fprintf(f, "WM_SIZE Resize Box Pass 2\r\nx = %d, y = %d, usedx = %d, usedy = %d, usedpadx = %d, usedpady = %d\r\n",
+					x, y, usedx, usedy, usedpadx, usedpady);
+			reopen();
+#endif
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/* This procedure handles WM_QUERYTRACKINFO requests from the frame */
+MRESULT EXPENTRY _sizeproc(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2)
+{
+	PFNWP *blah = WinQueryWindowPtr(hWnd, QWP_USER);
+
+	switch(msg)
+	{
+	case WM_QUERYTRACKINFO:
+		{
+			if(blah && *blah)
+			{
+				PTRACKINFO ptInfo;
+				int res;
+				PFNWP myfunc = *blah;
+				res = (int)myfunc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+
+				ptInfo = (PTRACKINFO)(mp2);
+
+				ptInfo->ptlMinTrackSize.y = 8;
+				ptInfo->ptlMinTrackSize.x = 8;
+
+				return (MRESULT)res;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if(blah && *blah)
+	{
+		PFNWP myfunc = *blah;
+		return myfunc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+	}
+
+	return WinDefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+}
+/* Originally just intended for entryfields, it now serves as a generic
+ * procedure for handling TAB presses to change input focus on controls.
+ */
+MRESULT EXPENTRY _entryproc(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2)
+{
+	PFNWP *blah = WinQueryWindowPtr(hWnd, QWP_USER);
+
+	switch(msg)
+	{
+	case WM_CHAR:
+		if(SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) == '\t')
+		{
+			_shift_focus(hWnd);
+			return FALSE;
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+	if(blah && *blah)
+	{
+		PFNWP myfunc = *blah;
+		return myfunc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+	}
+
+	return WinDefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+}
+
+/* Handle correct painting of a combobox with the WS_CLIPCHILDREN
+ * flag enabled, and also handle TABs to switch input focus.
+ */
+MRESULT EXPENTRY _comboproc(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2)
+{
+	PFNWP *blah = WinQueryWindowPtr(hWnd, QWP_USER);
+
+	switch(msg)
+	{
+	case WM_CHAR:
+		if(SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) == '\t')
+		{
+			_shift_focus(hWnd);
+			return FALSE;
+		}
+		break;
+	case WM_PAINT:
+		{
+			HWND parent = WinQueryWindow(hWnd, QW_PARENT);
+			ULONG bcol, av[32];
+			HPS hpsPaint;
+			POINTL ptl;                  /* Add 6 because it has a thick border like the entryfield */
+			unsigned long width, height, thumbheight = WinQuerySysValue(HWND_DESKTOP, SV_CYVSCROLLARROW) + 6;
+
+			WinQueryPresParam(parent, PP_BACKGROUNDCOLORINDEX, 0, &bcol, sizeof(ULONG), &av, QPF_ID1COLORINDEX | QPF_NOINHERIT);
+            dw_window_get_pos_size(hWnd, 0, 0, &width, &height);
+
+			hpsPaint = WinGetPS(hWnd);
+			GpiSetColor(hpsPaint, CLR_PALEGRAY);
+
+			ptl.x = 0;
+			ptl.y = 99;
+			GpiMove(hpsPaint, &ptl);
+
+			ptl.x = width;
+			ptl.y = height - thumbheight;
+			GpiBox(hpsPaint, DRO_FILL, &ptl, 0, 0);
+
+			WinReleasePS(hpsPaint);
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+	if(blah && *blah)
+	{
+		PFNWP myfunc = *blah;
+		return myfunc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+	}
+
+	return WinDefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+}
+
+void _GetPPFont(HWND hwnd, char *buff)
+{
+    ULONG AttrFound;
+    BYTE  AttrValue[128];
+    ULONG cbRetLen;
+
+    cbRetLen = WinQueryPresParam(hwnd,
+                                 PP_FONTNAMESIZE,
+                                 0,
+                                 &AttrFound,
+                                 sizeof(AttrValue),
+                                 &AttrValue,
+                                 QPF_NOINHERIT);
+
+    if(PP_FONTNAMESIZE == AttrFound && cbRetLen)
+    {
+        memcpy(buff, AttrValue, cbRetLen);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Returns height of specified window. */
+int _get_height(HWND handle)
+{
+	unsigned long height;
+	dw_window_get_pos_size(handle, NULL, NULL, NULL, &height);
+	return (int)height;
+}
+
+/* Find the height of the frame a desktop style window is sitting on */
+int _get_frame_height(HWND handle)
+{
+	while(handle)
+	{
+		HWND client;
+		if((client = WinWindowFromID(handle, FID_CLIENT)) != NULLHANDLE)
+		{
+            return _get_height(WinQueryWindow(handle, QW_PARENT));
+		}
+        handle = WinQueryWindow(handle, QW_PARENT);
+	}
+	return dw_screen_height();
+}
+
+#ifndef NO_SIGNALS
+MRESULT EXPENTRY _run_event(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2)
+{
+	int result = -1;
+	SignalHandler *tmp = Root;
+	ULONG origmsg = msg;
+
+	if(msg == WM_BUTTON2DOWN || msg == WM_BUTTON3DOWN)
+		msg = WM_BUTTON1DOWN;
+	if(msg == WM_BUTTON2UP || msg == WM_BUTTON3UP)
+		msg = WM_BUTTON1UP;
+
+	/* Find any callbacks for this function */
+	while(tmp)
+	{
+		if(tmp->message == msg || msg == WM_CONTROL)
+		{
+			switch(msg)
+			{
+			case WM_SIZE:
+				{
+					int (*sizefunc)(HWND, int, int, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, int, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction;
+
+					if(hWnd == tmp->window || WinWindowFromID(tmp->window, FID_CLIENT) == hWnd)
+					{
+						result = sizefunc(tmp->window, SHORT1FROMMP(mp2), SHORT2FROMMP(mp2), tmp->data);
+						tmp = NULL;
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+			case WM_BUTTON1DOWN:
+				{
+					POINTS pts = (*((POINTS*)&mp1));
+					int (*buttonfunc)(HWND, int, int, int, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, int, int, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction;
+
+					if(hWnd == tmp->window || WinWindowFromID(tmp->window, FID_CLIENT) == hWnd || WinQueryCapture(HWND_DESKTOP) == tmp->window)
+					{
+						int button;
+
+						switch(origmsg)
+						{
+						case WM_BUTTON1DOWN:
+							button = 1;
+							break;
+						case WM_BUTTON2DOWN:
+							button = 2;
+							break;
+						case WM_BUTTON3DOWN:
+							button = 3;
+							break;
+						}
+
+						result = buttonfunc(tmp->window, pts.x, _get_frame_height(tmp->window) - pts.y, button, tmp->data);
+						tmp = NULL;
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+			case WM_BUTTON1UP:
+				{
+					POINTS pts = (*((POINTS*)&mp1));
+					int (*buttonfunc)(HWND, int, int, int, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, int, int, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction;
+
+					if(hWnd == tmp->window || WinWindowFromID(tmp->window, FID_CLIENT) == hWnd || WinQueryCapture(HWND_DESKTOP) == tmp->window)
+					{
+						int button;
+
+						switch(origmsg)
+						{
+						case WM_BUTTON1UP:
+							button = 1;
+							break;
+						case WM_BUTTON2UP:
+							button = 2;
+							break;
+						case WM_BUTTON3UP:
+							button = 3;
+							break;
+						}
+
+						result = buttonfunc(tmp->window, pts.x, WinQueryWindow(tmp->window, QW_PARENT) == HWND_DESKTOP ? dw_screen_height() - pts.y : _get_height(tmp->window) - pts.y, button, tmp->data);
+						tmp = NULL;
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+			case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
+				{
+					int (*motionfunc)(HWND, int, int, int, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, int, int, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction;
+
+					if(hWnd == tmp->window || WinWindowFromID(tmp->window, FID_CLIENT) == hWnd || WinQueryCapture(HWND_DESKTOP) == tmp->window)
+					{
+						int keys = 0;
+						SHORT x = SHORT1FROMMP(mp1), y = SHORT2FROMMP(mp1);
+
+						if (WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP, VK_BUTTON1) & 0x8000)
+							keys = DW_BUTTON1_MASK;
+						if (WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP, VK_BUTTON2) & 0x8000)
+							keys |= DW_BUTTON2_MASK;
+						if (WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP, VK_BUTTON3) & 0x8000)
+							keys |= DW_BUTTON3_MASK;
+
+						result = motionfunc(tmp->window, x, _get_frame_height(tmp->window) - y, keys, tmp->data);
+						tmp = NULL;
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+			case WM_CHAR:
+				{
+					int (*keypressfunc)(HWND, int, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction;
+
+					if(hWnd == tmp->window)
+					{
+						result = keypressfunc(tmp->window, SHORT1FROMMP(mp2), tmp->data);
+						tmp = NULL;
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+			case WM_CLOSE:
+				{
+					int (*closefunc)(HWND, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, void *))tmp->signalfunction;
+
+					if(hWnd == tmp->window || hWnd == WinWindowFromID(tmp->window, FID_CLIENT))
+					{
+						result = closefunc(tmp->window, tmp->data);
+						tmp = NULL;
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+			case WM_PAINT:
+				{
+					HPS hps;
+					DWExpose exp;
+					int (*exposefunc)(HWND, DWExpose *, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, DWExpose *, void *))tmp->signalfunction;
+					RECTL  rc;
+
+					if(hWnd == tmp->window)
+					{
+						int height = _get_height(hWnd);
+
+						hps = WinBeginPaint(hWnd, 0L, &rc);
+						exp.x = rc.xLeft;
+						exp.y = height - rc.yTop - 1;
+						exp.width = rc.xRight - rc. xLeft;
+						exp.height = rc.yTop - rc.yBottom;
+						result = exposefunc(hWnd, &exp, tmp->data);
+						WinEndPaint(hps);
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+			case WM_COMMAND:
+				{
+					int (*clickfunc)(HWND, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, void *))tmp->signalfunction;
+					ULONG command = COMMANDMSG(&msg)->cmd;
+
+					if(tmp->window < 65536 && command == tmp->window)
+					{
+						result = clickfunc(tmp->window, tmp->data);
+						tmp = NULL;
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+			case WM_CONTROL:
+				if(tmp->message == SHORT2FROMMP(mp1))
+				{
+					switch(SHORT2FROMMP(mp1))
+					{
+					case CN_ENTER:
+						{
+							int (*containerselectfunc)(HWND, char *, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, char *, void *))tmp->signalfunction;
+							int id = SHORT1FROMMP(mp1);
+							HWND conthwnd = dw_window_from_id(hWnd, id);
+							char *text = NULL;
+
+							if(mp2)
+							{
+								PRECORDCORE pre;
+
+								pre = ((PNOTIFYRECORDENTER)mp2)->pRecord;
+								if(pre)
+									text = pre->pszIcon;
+							}
+
+							if(tmp->window == conthwnd)
+							{
+								result = containerselectfunc(tmp->window, text, tmp->data);
+								tmp = NULL;
+							}
+						}
+						break;
+					case CN_CONTEXTMENU:
+						{
+							int (*containercontextfunc)(HWND, char *, int, int, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, char *, int, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction;
+							int id = SHORT1FROMMP(mp1);
+							HWND conthwnd = dw_window_from_id(hWnd, id);
+							char *text = NULL;
+							LONG x,y;
+
+							if(mp2)
+							{
+								PRECORDCORE pre;
+
+								pre = (PRECORDCORE)mp2;
+								text = pre->pszIcon;
+							}
+
+
+							dw_pointer_query_pos(&x, &y);
+
+							if(tmp->window == conthwnd)
+							{
+								result = containercontextfunc(tmp->window, text, x, y, tmp->data);
+								tmp = NULL;
+							}
+						}
+						break;
+					case LN_SELECT:
+						{
+							int (*listboxselectfunc)(HWND, int, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction;
+							int id = SHORT1FROMMP(mp1);
+							HWND conthwnd = dw_window_from_id(hWnd, id);
+
+							if(tmp->window == conthwnd || (!id && tmp->window == (HWND)mp2))
+							{
+								char buf1[500], classbuf[100];
+								unsigned int index = dw_listbox_selected(tmp->window);
+
+								dw_listbox_query_text(tmp->window, index, buf1, 500);
+
+								WinQueryClassName(tmp->window, 99, classbuf);
+
+								if(id && strncmp(classbuf, "#6", 2)==0)
+								{
+									char *buf2;
+
+									buf2 = dw_window_get_text(tmp->window);
+
+									/* This is to make sure the listboxselect function doesn't
+									 * get called if the user is modifying the entry text.
+									 */
+									if(buf2 && *buf2 && *buf1 && strncmp(buf1, buf2, 500) == 0)
+										result = listboxselectfunc(tmp->window, index, tmp->data);
+
+									if(buf2)
+										free(buf2);
+								}
+								else
+									result = listboxselectfunc(tmp->window, index, tmp->data);
+
+								tmp = NULL;
+							}
+						}
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		if(tmp)
+			tmp = tmp->next;
+
+	}
+
+	return (MRESULT)result;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Handles control messages sent to the box (owner). */
+MRESULT EXPENTRY _controlproc(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2)
+{
+	Box *blah = WinQueryWindowPtr(hWnd, QWP_USER);
+
+	switch(msg)
+	{
+	case WM_CONTROL:
+		_run_event(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+		break;
+	}
+	if(blah && blah->oldproc)
+	{
+		return blah->oldproc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+	}
+
+	return WinDefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+}
+
+/* The main window procedure for Dynamic Windows, all the resizing code is done here. */
+MRESULT EXPENTRY _wndproc(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2)
+{
+	int result = -1;
+	static int command_active = 0;
+	void (* windowfunc)(PVOID) = 0L;
+
+	if(filterfunc)
+		result = filterfunc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+
+#ifndef NO_SIGNALS
+	if(result == -1 && !command_active)
+	{
+        /* Make sure we don't end up in infinite recursion */
+		command_active = 1;
+
+		result = (int)_run_event(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+
+		command_active = 0;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	/* Now that any handlers are done... do normal processing */
+	switch( msg )
+	{
+   case WM_ERASEBACKGROUND:
+      return 0;
+
+	case WM_PAINT:
+		{
+		HPS    hps;
+		RECTL  rc;
+
+		hps = WinBeginPaint( hWnd, 0L, &rc );
+		WinEndPaint( hps );
+		break;
+		}
+
+	case WM_SIZE:
+		{
+			Box *mybox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(hWnd, QWP_USER);
+
+			if(!SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) && !SHORT2FROMMP(mp2))
+				return (MPARAM)TRUE;
+
+			if(mybox)
+			{
+				/* Hide the window when recalculating to reduce
+				 * CPU load.
+				 */
+				WinShowWindow(hWnd, FALSE);
+
+				_do_resize(mybox, SHORT1FROMMP(mp2), SHORT2FROMMP(mp2));
+
+				WinShowWindow(hWnd, TRUE);
+			}
+		}
+		break;
+	case WM_MINMAXFRAME:
+		{
+			Box *mybox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(hWnd, QWP_USER);
+			SWP *swp = (SWP *)mp1;
+
+			if(mybox && (swp->fl & SWP_MAXIMIZE))
+			{
+				int z;
+
+				/* Hide the window when recalculating to reduce
+				 * CPU load.
+				 */
+				WinShowWindow(hWnd, FALSE);
+
+				_do_resize(mybox, swp->cx, swp->cy);
+
+				if(mybox->count == 1 && mybox->items[0].type == TYPEBOX)
+				{
+					mybox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(mybox->items[0].hwnd, QWP_USER);
+
+					for(z=0;z<mybox->count;z++)
+					{
+						char tmpbuf[100];
+
+						WinQueryClassName(mybox->items[z].hwnd, 99, tmpbuf);
+
+						/* If we have a notebook we resize the page again. */
+						if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#40", 3)==0)
+						{
+							unsigned long x, y, width, height;
+							int page = dw_notebook_page_query(mybox->items[z].hwnd);
+							HWND pagehwnd = (HWND)WinSendMsg(mybox->items[z].hwnd, BKM_QUERYPAGEWINDOWHWND, MPFROMLONG(page), 0);
+							RECTL rc;
+
+							Box *pagebox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(pagehwnd, QWP_USER);
+							if(pagebox)
+							{
+								dw_window_get_pos_size(mybox->items[z].hwnd, &x, &y, &width, &height);
+
+								rc.xLeft = x;
+								rc.yBottom = y;
+								rc.xRight = x + width;
+								rc.yTop = y + height;
+
+								WinSendMsg(mybox->items[z].hwnd, BKM_CALCPAGERECT, (MPARAM)&rc, (MPARAM)TRUE);
+
+								_do_resize(pagebox, rc.xRight - rc.xLeft, rc.yTop - rc.yBottom);
+							}
+
+						}
+					}
+
+				}
+
+				WinShowWindow(hWnd, TRUE);
+			}
+		}
+		break;
+	case WM_CLOSE:
+		dw_window_destroy(WinQueryWindow(hWnd, QW_PARENT));
+		return (MRESULT)TRUE;
+	case WM_USER:
+		windowfunc = (void (*)(void *))mp1;
+
+		if(windowfunc)
+			windowfunc((void *)mp2);
+		break;
+	case WM_CHAR:
+		if(SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) == '\t')
+		{
+			_shift_focus(hWnd);
+			return FALSE;
+		}
+		break;
+	case WM_DESTROY:
+		/* Free memory before destroying */
+		_free_window_memory(hWnd);
+		break;
+	}
+	if(filterfunc && result != -1)
+		return (MRESULT)result;
+	else
+		return WinDefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+}
+
+void _changebox(Box *thisbox, int percent, int type)
+{
+	int z;
+
+	for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++)
+	{
+		if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX)
+		{
+			Box *tmp = WinQueryWindowPtr(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, QWP_USER);
+			_changebox(tmp, percent, type);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			if(type == BOXHORZ)
+			{
+				if(thisbox->items[z].hsize == SIZEEXPAND)
+					thisbox->items[z].width = (int)(((float)thisbox->items[z].origwidth) * (((float)percent)/((float)100.0)));
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if(thisbox->items[z].vsize == SIZEEXPAND)
+					thisbox->items[z].height = (int)(((float)thisbox->items[z].origheight) * (((float)percent)/((float)100.0)));
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/* This handles any activity on the splitbars (sizers) */
+MRESULT EXPENTRY _splitwndproc(HWND hwnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2)
+{
+	HWND hwndFrame = 0;
+	Box *thisbox = 0;
+
+	hwndFrame = WinQueryWindow(hwnd, QW_PARENT);
+	if(hwndFrame)
+		thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(hwndFrame, QWL_USER);
+
+	switch (msg)
+	{
+	case WM_ACTIVATE:
+	case WM_SETFOCUS:
+		return (MRESULT)(FALSE);
+
+	case WM_PAINT:
+		{
+			HPS hpsPaint;
+			RECTL rclPaint;
+			POINTL ptlStart[SPLITBAR_WIDTH];
+			POINTL ptlEnd[SPLITBAR_WIDTH];
+			USHORT i;
+
+			hpsPaint = WinBeginPaint(hwnd, 0, 0);
+			WinQueryWindowRect(hwnd, &rclPaint);
+
+			if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
+			{
+				for(i = 0; i < SPLITBAR_WIDTH; i++)
+				{
+					ptlStart[i].x = rclPaint.xLeft + i;
+					ptlStart[i].y = rclPaint.yTop;
+
+					ptlEnd[i].x = rclPaint.xLeft + i;
+					ptlEnd[i].y = rclPaint.yBottom;
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				for(i = 0; i < SPLITBAR_WIDTH; i++)
+				{
+					ptlStart[i].x = rclPaint.xLeft;
+					ptlStart[i].y = rclPaint.yBottom + i;
+
+					ptlEnd[i].x = rclPaint.xRight;
+					ptlEnd[i].y = rclPaint.yBottom + i;
+				}
+			}
+
+			for(i = 0; i < SPLITBAR_WIDTH; i++)
+			{
+				GpiSetColor( hpsPaint, lColor[i]);
+				GpiMove(hpsPaint, &ptlStart[i]);
+				GpiLine(hpsPaint, &ptlEnd[i]);
+			}
+			WinEndPaint(hpsPaint);
+		}
+		return MRFROMSHORT(FALSE);
+
+	case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
+		{
+			if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
+				WinSetPointer(HWND_DESKTOP,
+							  WinQuerySysPointer(HWND_DESKTOP,
+												 SPTR_SIZEWE,
+												 FALSE));
+			else
+				WinSetPointer(HWND_DESKTOP,
+							  WinQuerySysPointer(HWND_DESKTOP,
+												 SPTR_SIZENS,
+												 FALSE));
+		}
+		return MRFROMSHORT(FALSE);
+	case WM_BUTTON1DOWN:
+		{
+			APIRET rc;
+			RECTL  rclFrame;
+			RECTL  rclBounds;
+			RECTL  rclStart;
+			USHORT startSize, orig, actual;
+
+			WinQueryWindowRect(hwnd, &rclFrame);
+			WinQueryWindowRect(hwnd, &rclStart);
+
+			WinQueryWindowRect(hwndFrame, &rclBounds);
+
+			WinMapWindowPoints(hwndFrame, HWND_DESKTOP,
+							   (PPOINTL)&rclBounds, 2);
+			WinMapWindowPoints(hwnd, HWND_DESKTOP,
+							   (PPOINTL)&rclStart, 2);
+
+			{
+				int z, pastsplitbar = FALSE, found = FALSE;
+				orig = actual = 0;
+
+				for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++)
+				{
+					if(thisbox->items[z].hwnd == hwnd)
+						pastsplitbar = TRUE;
+					else
+					{
+						if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
+						{
+							int tmpwidth, tmporigwidth;
+
+							if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX)
+								_count_size(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, BOXHORZ, &tmpwidth, &tmporigwidth);
+							else
+							{
+								tmpwidth = thisbox->items[z].width;
+								tmporigwidth = thisbox->items[z].origwidth;
+							}
+
+							if(thisbox->items[z].hsize != SIZESTATIC && tmpwidth > actual && tmporigwidth)
+							{
+								found = pastsplitbar;
+								orig = tmporigwidth;
+								actual = tmpwidth;
+							}
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							int tmpheight, tmporigheight;
+
+							if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX)
+								_count_size(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, BOXVERT, &tmpheight, &tmporigheight);
+							else
+							{
+								tmpheight = thisbox->items[z].height;
+								tmporigheight = thisbox->items[z].origheight;
+							}
+
+							if(thisbox->items[z].vsize != SIZESTATIC && tmpheight > actual && tmporigheight)
+							{
+								found = pastsplitbar;
+								orig = tmporigheight;
+								actual = tmpheight;
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+
+				/* If we couldn't determine a valid scale... then abort */
+				if(!orig || !actual)
+					return MRFROMSHORT(FALSE);
+
+				if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
+				{
+					if(found)
+						startSize = (rclStart.xLeft - rclBounds.xLeft)
+							* (((float)actual)/((float)orig));
+					else
+						startSize = (rclStart.xLeft - rclBounds.xLeft)
+							* (((float)orig)/((float)actual));
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					if(found)
+						startSize  = (rclStart.yBottom - rclBounds.yBottom)
+							* (((float)actual)/((float)orig));
+					else
+						startSize  = (rclStart.yBottom - rclBounds.yBottom)
+							* (((float)orig)/((float)actual));
+				}
+			}
+
+			rc = _TrackRectangle(hwnd, &rclFrame, &rclBounds);
+
+			if(rc == TRUE)
+			{
+				USHORT usNewRB;
+				USHORT percent;
+				int z;
+
+				if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
+				{
+					usNewRB = rclFrame.xLeft
+						- rclBounds.xLeft;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					usNewRB = rclFrame.yBottom
+						- rclBounds.yBottom;
+				}
+
+				/* We don't want the item to disappear completely */
+				if(!usNewRB)
+					usNewRB++;
+
+				if(!startSize)
+					startSize++;
+
+				percent = (usNewRB*100)/startSize;
+
+				for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++)
+				{
+					if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX)
+					{
+						Box *tmp = WinQueryWindowPtr(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, QWP_USER);
+						_changebox(tmp, percent, thisbox->type);
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						if(thisbox->items[z].hwnd == hwnd)
+							percent = (startSize*100)/usNewRB;
+
+						if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
+						{
+							if(thisbox->items[z].hsize == SIZEEXPAND)
+								thisbox->items[z].width = (int)(((float)thisbox->items[z].origwidth) * (((float)percent)/((float)100.0)));
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							if(thisbox->items[z].vsize == SIZEEXPAND)
+								thisbox->items[z].height = (int)(((float)thisbox->items[z].origheight) * (((float)percent)/((float)100.0)));
+						}
+					}
+				}
+
+				_ResetWindow(WinQueryWindow(hwnd, QW_OWNER));
+			}
+		}
+		return MRFROMSHORT(FALSE);
+	}
+	return WinDefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+}
+
+/* Function: BubbleProc
+ * Abstract: Subclass procedure for bubble help
+ */
+MRESULT EXPENTRY _BubbleProc(HWND hwnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2)
+{
+	MRESULT res;
+	PFNWP proc = (PFNWP)WinQueryWindowPtr(hwnd, QWL_USER);
+
+	if(proc)
+		res = proc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+	else
+		res = WinDefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+
+	if(msg == WM_PAINT)
+	{
+		POINTL ptl;
+		HPS hpsTemp;
+		RECTL rcl;
+		int height, width;
+
+		WinQueryWindowRect(hwnd, &rcl);
+		height = rcl.yTop - rcl.yBottom - 1;
+		width = rcl.xRight - rcl.xLeft - 1;
+
+		/* Draw a border around the bubble help */
+		hpsTemp = WinGetPS(hwnd);
+		GpiSetColor(hpsTemp, DW_CLR_BLACK);
+		ptl.x = ptl.y = 0;
+		GpiMove(hpsTemp, &ptl);
+		ptl.x = 0;
+		ptl.y = height;
+		GpiLine(hpsTemp, &ptl);
+		ptl.x = ptl.y = 0;
+		GpiMove(hpsTemp, &ptl);
+		ptl.y = 0;
+		ptl.x = width;
+		GpiLine(hpsTemp, &ptl);
+		ptl.x = width;
+		ptl.y = height;
+		GpiMove(hpsTemp, &ptl);
+		ptl.x = 0;
+		ptl.y = height;
+		GpiLine(hpsTemp, &ptl);
+		ptl.x = width;
+		ptl.y = height;
+		GpiMove(hpsTemp, &ptl);
+		ptl.y = 0;
+		ptl.x = width;
+		GpiLine(hpsTemp, &ptl);
+		WinReleasePS(hpsTemp);
+	}
+	return res;
+}
+
+/* Function: BtProc
+ * Abstract: Subclass procedure for buttons
+ */
+
+MRESULT EXPENTRY _BtProc(HWND hwnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2)
+{
+	BubbleButton *bubble;
+
+	bubble = (BubbleButton *)WinQueryWindowPtr(hwnd, QWL_USER);
+
+	if(!bubble)
+		return WinDefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+
+	switch(msg)
+	{
+#ifndef NO_SIGNALS
+	case WM_BUTTON1UP:
+		{
+			SignalHandler *tmp = Root;
+
+			if(WinIsWindowEnabled(hwnd))
+			{
+				/* Find any callbacks for this function */
+				while(tmp)
+				{
+					if(tmp->message == WM_COMMAND)
+					{
+						/* Make sure it's the right window, and the right ID */
+						if(tmp->window == hwnd)
+						{
+							/* Due to the fact that if we run the function
+							 * here, finishing actions on the button will occur
+							 * after we run the signal handler.  So we post the
+							 * message so the button can finish what it needs to
+							 * do before we run our handler.
+							 */
+							WinPostMsg(hwnd, WM_USER, (MPARAM)tmp, 0);
+							tmp = NULL;
+						}
+					}
+					if(tmp)
+						tmp= tmp->next;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		break;
+	case WM_USER:
+		{
+            SignalHandler *tmp = (SignalHandler *)mp1;
+			int (*clickfunc)(HWND, void *) = NULL;
+
+			if(tmp)
+			{
+				clickfunc = (int (*)(HWND, void *))tmp->signalfunction;
+
+				clickfunc(tmp->window, tmp->data);
+			}
+		}
+        break;
+#endif
+	case WM_CHAR:
+		{
+#ifndef NO_SIGNALS
+			/* A button press should also occur for an ENTER or SPACE press
+			 * while the button has the active input focus.
+			 */
+			if(SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) == '\r' || SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) == ' ')
+			{
+				SignalHandler *tmp = Root;
+
+				/* Find any callbacks for this function */
+				while(tmp)
+				{
+					if(tmp->message == WM_COMMAND)
+					{
+						/* Make sure it's the right window, and the right ID */
+						if(tmp->window == hwnd)
+						{
+							WinPostMsg(hwnd, WM_USER, (MPARAM)tmp, 0);
+							tmp = NULL;
+						}
+					}
+					if(tmp)
+						tmp= tmp->next;
+				}
+			}
+#endif
+			if(SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) == '\t')
+			{
+				_shift_focus(hwnd);
+				return FALSE;
+			}
+		}
+		break;
+	case 0x041f:
+		if (hwndBubble)
+		{
+			WinDestroyWindow(hwndBubble);
+			hwndBubble = 0;
+		}
+		break;
+
+	case 0x041e:
+
+		if(!*bubble->bubbletext)
+			break;
+
+
+		if(hwndBubble)
+		{
+			WinDestroyWindow(hwndBubble);
+			hwndBubble = 0;
+		}
+
+		if(!hwndBubble)
+		{
+			HPS   hpsTemp = 0;
+			LONG  lHight;
+			LONG  lWidth;
+			POINTL txtPointl[TXTBOX_COUNT];
+			POINTL ptlWork = {0,0};
+			ULONG ulColor = DW_CLR_YELLOW;
+			void *blah;
+
+			hwndBubbleLast   = hwnd;
+			hwndBubble = WinCreateWindow(HWND_DESKTOP,
+										 WC_STATIC,
+										 "",
+										 SS_TEXT |
+										 DT_CENTER |
+										 DT_VCENTER,
+                                         0,0,0,0,
+										 HWND_DESKTOP,
+										 HWND_TOP,
+										 0,
+										 NULL,
+										 NULL);
+
+			WinSetPresParam(hwndBubble,
+							PP_FONTNAMESIZE,
+							sizeof(DefaultFont),
+							DefaultFont);
+
+
+			WinSetPresParam(hwndBubble,
+							PP_BACKGROUNDCOLORINDEX,
+							sizeof(ulColor),
+							&ulColor);
+
+			WinSetWindowText(hwndBubble,
+							 bubble->bubbletext);
+
+			WinMapWindowPoints(hwnd, HWND_DESKTOP, &ptlWork, 1);
+
+			hpsTemp = WinGetPS(hwndBubble);
+			GpiQueryTextBox(hpsTemp,
+							strlen(bubble->bubbletext),
+							bubble->bubbletext,
+							TXTBOX_COUNT,
+							txtPointl);
+			WinReleasePS(hpsTemp);
+
+			lWidth = txtPointl[TXTBOX_TOPRIGHT].x -
+				txtPointl[TXTBOX_TOPLEFT ].x + 8;
+
+			lHight = txtPointl[TXTBOX_TOPLEFT].y -
+				txtPointl[TXTBOX_BOTTOMLEFT].y + 8;
+
+			ptlWork.y -= lHight;
+
+			blah = (void *)WinSubclassWindow(hwndBubble, _BubbleProc);
+
+			if(blah)
+				WinSetWindowPtr(hwndBubble, QWP_USER, blah);
+
+			WinSetWindowPos(hwndBubble,
+							HWND_TOP,
+							ptlWork.x,
+							ptlWork.y,
+							lWidth,
+							lHight,
+							SWP_SIZE | SWP_MOVE | SWP_SHOW);
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if(!bubble->pOldProc)
+		return WinDefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+	return bubble->pOldProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+}
+
+MRESULT EXPENTRY _RendProc(HWND hwnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2)
+{
+	int res = 0;
+#ifndef NO_SIGNALS
+	res = (int)_run_event(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+#endif
+	switch(msg)
+	{
+	case WM_BUTTON1DOWN:
+	case WM_BUTTON2DOWN:
+	case WM_BUTTON3DOWN:
+		if(!res)
+			WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, hwnd);
+		return (MPARAM)TRUE;
+	}
+	return WinDefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Initializes the Dynamic Windows engine.
+ * Parameters:
+ *           newthread: True if this is the only thread.
+ *                      False if there is already a message loop running.
+ */
+int dw_init(int newthread)
+{
+	APIRET rc;
+
+	if(newthread)
+	{
+		dwhab = WinInitialize(0);
+		dwhmq = WinCreateMsgQueue(dwhab, 0);
+	}
+
+	rc = WinRegisterClass(dwhab, ClassName, _wndproc, CS_SIZEREDRAW | CS_CLIPCHILDREN, 32);
+	rc = WinRegisterClass(dwhab, SplitbarClassName, _splitwndproc, 0L, 32);
+
+#ifdef DWDEBUG
+	f = fopen("dw.log", "wt");
+#endif
+	return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Runs a message loop for Dynamic Windows.
+ * Parameters:
+ *           currenthab: The handle to the current anchor block
+ *                       or NULL if this DW is handling the message loop.
+ *           func: Function pointer to the message filter function.
+ */
+void dw_main(HAB currenthab, void *func)
+{
+	QMSG qmsg;
+	HAB habtouse;
+
+	if(!currenthab)
+		habtouse = dwhab;
+	else
+		habtouse = currenthab;
+
+	/* Setup the filter function */
+	filterfunc = (int (* EXPENTRY)(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM))func;
+
+	_dwtid = dw_thread_id();
+
+	while (WinGetMsg(habtouse, &qmsg, 0, 0, 0))
+		WinDispatchMsg(habtouse, &qmsg);
+
+#ifdef DWDEBUG
+	fclose(f);
+#endif
+
+	if(!currenthab)
+	{
+		WinDestroyMsgQueue(dwhmq);
+		WinTerminate(dwhab);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Free's memory allocated by dynamic windows.
+ * Parameters:
+ *           ptr: Pointer to dynamic windows allocated
+ *                memory to be free()'d.
+ */
+void dw_free(void *ptr)
+{
+	free(ptr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Allocates and initializes a dialog struct.
+ * Parameters:
+ *           data: User defined data to be passed to functions.
+ */
+DWDialog *dw_dialog_new(void *data)
+{
+	DWDialog *tmp = malloc(sizeof(DWDialog));
+
+	tmp->eve = dw_event_new();
+	dw_event_reset(tmp->eve);
+	tmp->data = data;
+	tmp->done = FALSE;
+	tmp->result = NULL;
+
+    return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Accepts a dialog struct and returns the given data to the
+ * initial called of dw_dialog_wait().
+ * Parameters:
+ *           dialog: Pointer to a dialog struct aquired by dw_dialog_new).
+ *           result: Data to be returned by dw_dialog_wait().
+ */
+int dw_dialog_dismiss(DWDialog *dialog, void *result)
+{
+	dialog->result = result;
+	dw_event_post(dialog->eve);
+	dialog->done = TRUE;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Accepts a dialog struct waits for dw_dialog_dismiss() to be
+ * called by a signal handler with the given dialog struct.
+ * Parameters:
+ *           dialog: Pointer to a dialog struct aquired by dw_dialog_new).
+ */
+void *dw_dialog_wait(DWDialog *dialog)
+{
+	QMSG qmsg;
+	void *tmp;
+
+	while (WinGetMsg(dwhab, &qmsg, 0, 0, 0))
+	{
+		WinDispatchMsg(dwhab, &qmsg);
+		if(dialog->done)
+			break;
+	}
+	dw_event_close(&dialog->eve);
+	tmp = dialog->result;
+	free(dialog);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Displays a Message Box with given text and title..
+ * Parameters:
+ *           title: The title of the message box.
+ *           format: printf style format string.
+ *           ...: Additional variables for use in the format.
+ */
+int dw_messagebox(char *title, char *format, ...)
+{
+	va_list args;
+	char outbuf[1024];
+
+	va_start(args, format);
+	vsprintf(outbuf, format, args);
+	va_end(args);
+
+	WinMessageBox(HWND_DESKTOP, HWND_DESKTOP, outbuf, title, 0, MB_OK | MB_INFORMATION | MB_MOVEABLE);
+
+	return strlen(outbuf);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Displays a Message Box with given text and title..
+ * Parameters:
+ *           title: The title of the message box.
+ *           text: The text to display in the box.
+ * Returns:
+ *           True if YES False of NO.
+ */
+int dw_yesno(char *title, char *text)
+{
+	if(WinMessageBox(HWND_DESKTOP, HWND_DESKTOP, text, title, 0, MB_YESNO | MB_INFORMATION | MB_MOVEABLE | MB_SYSTEMMODAL)==MBID_YES)
+		return TRUE;
+	return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Makes the window visible.
+ * Parameters:
+ *           handle: The window handle to make visible.
+ */
+int dw_window_show(HWND handle)
+{
+	int rc = WinSetWindowPos(handle, NULLHANDLE, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_SHOW);
+	HSWITCH hswitch;
+	SWCNTRL swcntrl;
+
+	WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, handle);
+	_initial_focus(handle);
+
+	/* If this window has a  switch list entry make sure it is visible */
+	hswitch = WinQuerySwitchHandle(handle, 0);
+	if(hswitch)
+	{
+		WinQuerySwitchEntry(hswitch, &swcntrl);
+		swcntrl.uchVisibility = SWL_VISIBLE;
+		WinChangeSwitchEntry(hswitch, &swcntrl);
+	}
+	return rc;
+
+}
+
+/*
+ * Makes the window invisible.
+ * Parameters:
+ *           handle: The window handle to make visible.
+ */
+int dw_window_hide(HWND handle)
+{
+	HSWITCH hswitch;
+	SWCNTRL swcntrl;
+
+	/* If this window has a  switch list entry make sure it is invisible */
+	hswitch = WinQuerySwitchHandle(handle, 0);
+	if(hswitch)
+	{
+		WinQuerySwitchEntry(hswitch, &swcntrl);
+		swcntrl.uchVisibility = SWL_INVISIBLE;
+		WinChangeSwitchEntry(hswitch, &swcntrl);
+	}
+	return WinShowWindow(handle, FALSE);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Destroys a window and all of it's children.
+ * Parameters:
+ *           handle: The window handle to destroy.
+ */
+int dw_window_destroy(HWND handle)
+{
+	return WinDestroyWindow(handle);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Changes a window's parent to newparent.
+ * Parameters:
+ *           handle: The window handle to destroy.
+ *           newparent: The window's new parent window.
+ */
+void dw_window_reparent(HWND handle, HWND newparent)
+{
+	HWND blah = WinWindowFromID(newparent, FID_CLIENT);
+	WinSetParent(handle, blah ? blah : newparent, TRUE);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the font used by a specified window (widget) handle.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: The window (widget) handle.
+ *          fontname: Name and size of the font in the form "size.fontname"
+ */
+int dw_window_set_font(HWND handle, char *fontname)
+{
+	return WinSetPresParam(handle, PP_FONTNAMESIZE, strlen(fontname)+1, fontname);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the colors used by a specified window (widget) handle.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: The window (widget) handle.
+ *          fore: Foreground color in DW_RGB format or a default color index.
+ *          back: Background color in DW_RGB format or a default color index.
+ */
+int dw_window_set_color(HWND handle, ULONG fore, ULONG back)
+{
+	if((fore & DW_RGB_COLOR) == DW_RGB_COLOR)
+	{
+		RGB2 rgb2;
+
+		rgb2.bBlue = DW_BLUE_VALUE(fore);
+		rgb2.bGreen = DW_GREEN_VALUE(fore);
+		rgb2.bRed = DW_RED_VALUE(fore);
+		rgb2.fcOptions = 0;
+
+		WinSetPresParam(handle, PP_FOREGROUNDCOLOR, sizeof(RGB2), &rgb2);
+
+	}
+	if((back & DW_RGB_COLOR) == DW_RGB_COLOR)
+	{
+		RGB2 rgb2;
+
+		rgb2.bBlue = DW_BLUE_VALUE(back);
+		rgb2.bGreen = DW_GREEN_VALUE(back);
+		rgb2.bRed = DW_RED_VALUE(back);
+		rgb2.fcOptions = 0;
+
+		WinSetPresParam(handle, PP_BACKGROUNDCOLOR, sizeof(RGB2), &rgb2);
+		return 0;
+	}
+	if((fore & DW_RGB_COLOR) == DW_RGB_COLOR)
+		return 0;
+
+	/* Slight conversion */
+	if(fore == DW_CLR_BLACK)
+		fore = CLR_BLACK;
+	if(fore == DW_CLR_WHITE)
+		fore = CLR_WHITE;
+
+	if(back == DW_CLR_BLACK)
+		back = CLR_BLACK;
+	if(back == DW_CLR_WHITE)
+		back = CLR_WHITE;
+
+	return (WinSetPresParam(handle, PP_FOREGROUNDCOLORINDEX, sizeof(ULONG), &fore) |
+			WinSetPresParam(handle, PP_BACKGROUNDCOLORINDEX, sizeof(ULONG), &back));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the font used by a specified window (widget) handle.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: The window (widget) handle.
+ *          border: Size of the window border in pixels.
+ */
+int dw_window_set_border(HWND handle, int border)
+{
+	WinSendMsg(handle, WM_SETBORDERSIZE, MPFROMSHORT(border), MPFROMSHORT(border));
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Captures the mouse input to this window.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to receive mouse input.
+ */
+void dw_window_capture(HWND handle)
+{
+	WinSetCapture(HWND_DESKTOP, handle);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Releases previous mouse capture.
+ */
+void dw_window_release(void)
+{
+	WinSetCapture(HWND_DESKTOP, NULLHANDLE);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Tracks this window movement.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to frame to be tracked.
+ */
+void dw_window_track(HWND handle)
+{
+	WinSendMsg(handle, WM_TRACKFRAME, MPFROMSHORT(TF_MOVE), 0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new Window Frame.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       owner: The Owner's window handle or HWND_DESKTOP.
+ *       title: The Window title.
+ *       flStyle: Style flags, see the PM reference.
+ */
+HWND dw_window_new(HWND hwndOwner, char *title, ULONG flStyle)
+{
+	HWND hwndclient = 0, hwndframe;
+	Box *newbox = malloc(sizeof(Box));
+	PFNWP *blah = malloc(sizeof(PFNWP));
+
+	newbox->pad = 0;
+	newbox->type = BOXVERT;
+	newbox->count = 0;
+
+	flStyle |= FCF_NOBYTEALIGN;
+
+	hwndframe = WinCreateStdWindow(hwndOwner, 0L, &flStyle, ClassName, title, 0L, NULLHANDLE, 0L, &hwndclient);
+	*blah = WinSubclassWindow(hwndframe, _sizeproc);
+	WinSetWindowPtr(hwndframe, QWP_USER, blah);
+	WinSetWindowPtr(hwndclient, QWP_USER, newbox);
+
+	return hwndframe;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new Box to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       type: Either BOXVERT (vertical) or BOXHORZ (horizontal).
+ *       pad: Number of pixels to pad around the box.
+ */
+HWND dw_box_new(int type, int pad)
+{
+	Box *newbox = malloc(sizeof(Box));
+	HWND hwndframe;
+
+	newbox->pad = pad;
+	newbox->type = type;
+	newbox->count = 0;
+    newbox->grouphwnd = NULLHANDLE;
+
+	hwndframe = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
+								WC_FRAME,
+								NULL,
+								WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPCHILDREN,
+								0,0,2000,1000,
+								NULLHANDLE,
+								HWND_TOP,
+								0L,
+								NULL,
+								NULL);
+
+	newbox->oldproc = WinSubclassWindow(hwndframe, _controlproc);
+	WinSetWindowPtr(hwndframe, QWP_USER, newbox);
+	dw_window_set_color(hwndframe, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	return hwndframe;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new Group Box to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       type: Either BOXVERT (vertical) or BOXHORZ (horizontal).
+ *       pad: Number of pixels to pad around the box.
+ *       title: Text to be displayined in the group outline.
+ */
+HWND dw_groupbox_new(int type, int pad, char *title)
+{
+	Box *newbox = malloc(sizeof(Box));
+	HWND hwndframe;
+
+	newbox->pad = pad;
+	newbox->type = type;
+	newbox->count = 0;
+
+	hwndframe = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
+								WC_FRAME,
+								NULL,
+								WS_VISIBLE,
+								0,0,2000,1000,
+								NULLHANDLE,
+								HWND_TOP,
+								0L,
+								NULL,
+								NULL);
+
+	newbox->grouphwnd = WinCreateWindow(hwndframe,
+										WC_STATIC,
+										title,
+										WS_VISIBLE | SS_GROUPBOX |
+										WS_GROUP,
+										0,0,2000,1000,
+										NULLHANDLE,
+										HWND_TOP,
+										0L,
+										NULL,
+										NULL);
+
+	WinSetWindowPtr(hwndframe, QWP_USER, newbox);
+	dw_window_set_color(hwndframe, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	dw_window_set_color(newbox->grouphwnd, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	dw_window_set_font(newbox->grouphwnd, DefaultFont);
+	return hwndframe;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a bitmap object to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_bitmap_new(ULONG id)
+{
+	return WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
+						   WC_STATIC,
+						   NULL,
+						   WS_VISIBLE | SS_TEXT,
+						   0,0,2000,1000,
+						   NULLHANDLE,
+						   HWND_TOP,
+						   id,
+						   NULL,
+						   NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a notebook object to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       id: An ID to be used for getting the resource from the
+ *           resource file.
+ */
+HWND dw_notebook_new(ULONG id, int top)
+{
+	ULONG flags;
+	HWND tmp;
+
+	if(top)
+		flags = BKS_MAJORTABTOP;
+	else
+		flags = BKS_MAJORTABBOTTOM;
+
+	tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
+						  WC_NOTEBOOK,
+						  NULL,
+						  WS_VISIBLE |
+						  BKS_TABBEDDIALOG |
+						   flags,
+						  0,0,2000,1000,
+						  NULLHANDLE,
+						  HWND_TOP,
+						  id,
+						  NULL,
+						  NULL);
+
+	dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a menu object to be popped up.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       id: An ID to be used for getting the resource from the
+ *           resource file.
+ */
+HMENUI dw_menu_new(ULONG id)
+{
+	HMENUI tmp = malloc(sizeof(struct _hmenui));
+
+	if(!tmp)
+		return NULL;
+
+	tmp->menu = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
+								WC_MENU,
+								NULL,
+								WS_VISIBLE,
+								0,0,2000,1000,
+								NULLHANDLE,
+								HWND_TOP,
+								id,
+								NULL,
+								NULL);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a menubar on a window.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       location: Handle of a window frame to be attached to.
+ */
+HMENUI dw_menubar_new(HWND location)
+{
+	HMENUI tmp = malloc(sizeof(struct _hmenui));
+
+	if(!tmp)
+		return NULL;
+
+	tmp->menu = WinCreateWindow(location,
+								WC_MENU,
+								NULL,
+								WS_VISIBLE | MS_ACTIONBAR,
+								0,0,2000,1000,
+								location,
+								HWND_TOP,
+								FID_MENU,
+								NULL,
+								NULL);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Destroys a menu created with dw_menubar_new or dw_menu_new.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       menu: Handle of a menu.
+ */
+void dw_menu_destroy(HMENUI *menu)
+{
+	if(menu && *menu)
+	{
+		WinDestroyWindow((*menu)->menu);
+		free(*menu);
+		*menu = NULL;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Adds a menuitem or submenu to an existing menu.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       menu: The handle the the existing menu.
+ *       title: The title text on the menu item to be added.
+ *       id: An ID to be used for message passing.
+ *       flags: Extended attributes to set on the menu.
+ *       end: If TRUE memu is positioned at the end of the menu.
+ *       check: If TRUE menu is "check"able.
+ *       submenu: Handle to an existing menu to be a submenu or NULL.
+ */
+HWND dw_menu_append_item(HMENUI menux, char *title, ULONG id, ULONG flags, int end, int check, HMENUI submenu)
+{
+	MENUITEM miSubMenu;
+	HWND menu;
+
+	if(!menux)
+		return NULLHANDLE;
+
+	menu = menux->menu;
+
+	if(end)
+		miSubMenu.iPosition=MIT_END;
+	else
+		miSubMenu.iPosition=0;
+
+	if(strlen(title) == 0)
+		miSubMenu.afStyle=MIS_SEPARATOR | flags;
+	else
+		miSubMenu.afStyle=MIS_TEXT | flags;
+	miSubMenu.afAttribute=0;
+	miSubMenu.id=id;
+	miSubMenu.hwndSubMenu = submenu ? submenu->menu : 0;
+	miSubMenu.hItem=NULLHANDLE;
+
+	WinSendMsg(menu,
+			   MM_INSERTITEM,
+			   MPFROMP(&miSubMenu),
+			   MPFROMP(title));
+	return (HWND)id;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the state of a menu item check.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       menu: The handle the the existing menu.
+ *       id: Menuitem id.
+ *       check: TRUE for checked FALSE for not checked.
+ */
+void dw_menu_item_set_check(HMENUI menux, int id, int check)
+{
+	HWND menu;
+
+	if(!menux)
+		return;
+
+	menu = menux->menu;
+
+	if(check)
+		WinSendMsg(menu, MM_SETITEMATTR, MPFROM2SHORT(id, TRUE),
+				   MPFROM2SHORT(MIA_CHECKED, MIA_CHECKED));
+	else
+		WinSendMsg(menu, MM_SETITEMATTR, MPFROM2SHORT(id, TRUE),
+				   MPFROM2SHORT(MIA_CHECKED, 0));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Pops up a context menu at given x and y coordinates.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       menu: The handle the the existing menu.
+ *       parent: Handle to the window initiating the popup.
+ *       x: X coordinate.
+ *       y: Y coordinate.
+ */
+void dw_menu_popup(HMENUI *menu, HWND parent, int x, int y)
+{
+	if(menu && *menu)
+	{
+		WinPopupMenu(HWND_DESKTOP, parent, (*menu)->menu, x, dw_screen_height() - y, 0, PU_KEYBOARD | PU_MOUSEBUTTON1 | PU_VCONSTRAIN | PU_HCONSTRAIN);
+		free(*menu);
+		*menu = NULL;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the current X and Y coordinates of the mouse pointer.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       x: Pointer to variable to store X coordinate.
+ *       y: Pointer to variable to store Y coordinate.
+ */
+void dw_pointer_query_pos(long *x, long *y)
+{
+	POINTL ptl;
+
+	WinQueryPointerPos(HWND_DESKTOP, &ptl);
+	if(x && y)
+	{
+		*x = ptl.x;
+		*y = dw_screen_height() - ptl.y;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the X and Y coordinates of the mouse pointer.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       x: X coordinate.
+ *       y: Y coordinate.
+ */
+void dw_pointer_set_pos(long x, long y)
+{
+	WinSetPointerPos(HWND_DESKTOP, x, dw_screen_height() - y);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a container object to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       id: An ID to be used for getting the resource from the
+ *           resource file.
+ */
+HWND dw_container_new(ULONG id)
+{
+	HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
+							   WC_CONTAINER,
+							   NULL,
+							   WS_VISIBLE | CCS_READONLY |
+							   CCS_SINGLESEL | CCS_AUTOPOSITION,
+							   0,0,2000,1000,
+							   NULLHANDLE,
+							   HWND_TOP,
+							   id,
+							   NULL,
+							   NULL);
+	dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new static text window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       text: The text to be display by the static text widget.
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_text_new(char *text, ULONG id)
+{
+	HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
+							   WC_STATIC,
+							   text,
+							   WS_VISIBLE | SS_TEXT,
+							   0,0,2000,1000,
+							   NULLHANDLE,
+							   HWND_TOP,
+							   id,
+							   NULL,
+							   NULL);
+	dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
+	dw_window_set_color(tmp, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new Multiline Editbox window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_mle_new(ULONG id)
+{
+	HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
+							   WC_MLE,
+							   "",
+							   WS_VISIBLE |
+							   MLS_BORDER | MLS_IGNORETAB |
+							   MLS_READONLY | MLS_VSCROLL,
+							   0,0,2000,1000,
+							   NULLHANDLE,
+							   HWND_TOP,
+							   id,
+							   NULL,
+							   NULL);
+	dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
+	dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new Entryfield window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       text: The default text to be in the entryfield widget.
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_entryfield_new(char *text, ULONG id)
+{
+	PFNWP *blah = malloc(sizeof(PFNWP));
+	HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
+							   WC_ENTRYFIELD,
+							   text,
+							   WS_VISIBLE | ES_MARGIN |
+							   ES_AUTOSCROLL | WS_TABSTOP,
+							   0,0,2000,1000,
+							   NULLHANDLE,
+							   HWND_TOP,
+							   id,
+							   NULL,
+							   NULL);
+	dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
+	*blah = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _entryproc);
+	WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new Entryfield (password) window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       text: The default text to be in the entryfield widget.
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_entryfield_password_new(char *text, ULONG id)
+{
+	PFNWP *blah = malloc(sizeof(PFNWP));
+	HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
+							   WC_ENTRYFIELD,
+							   text,
+							   WS_VISIBLE | ES_MARGIN | ES_UNREADABLE |
+							   ES_AUTOSCROLL | WS_TABSTOP,
+							   0,0,2000,1000,
+							   NULLHANDLE,
+							   HWND_TOP,
+							   id,
+							   NULL,
+							   NULL);
+	dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
+	*blah = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _entryproc);
+	WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new Combobox window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       text: The default text to be in the combpbox widget.
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_combobox_new(char *text, ULONG id)
+{
+	PFNWP *blah = malloc(sizeof(PFNWP));
+	HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
+							   WC_COMBOBOX,
+							   text,
+							   WS_VISIBLE | CBS_DROPDOWN | WS_GROUP,
+							   0,0,2000,1000,
+							   NULLHANDLE,
+							   HWND_TOP,
+							   id,
+							   NULL,
+							   NULL);
+	dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
+	dw_window_set_color(tmp, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_WHITE);
+	*blah = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _comboproc);
+	WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new button window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       text: The text to be display by the static text widget.
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_button_new(char *text, ULONG id)
+{
+	BubbleButton *bubble = malloc(sizeof(BubbleButton));
+
+	HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
+							   WC_BUTTON,
+							   text,
+							   WS_VISIBLE,
+							   0,0,2000,1000,
+							   NULLHANDLE,
+							   HWND_TOP,
+							   id,
+							   NULL,
+							   NULL);
+
+	bubble->id = id;
+	bubble->bubbletext[0] = '\0';
+	bubble->pOldProc = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _BtProc);
+
+	WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, bubble);
+	dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/* Function: GenResIDStr
+** Abstract: Generate string '#nnnn' for a given ID for using with Button
+**           controls
+*/
+
+void _GenResIDStr(CHAR *buff, ULONG ulID)
+{
+	char *str;
+	int  slen = 0;
+
+	*buff++ = '#';
+
+	str = buff;
+
+	do
+	{
+		*str++ = (ulID % 10) + '0';
+		ulID /= 10;
+		slen++;
+	}
+	while(ulID);
+
+	*str-- = 0;
+
+	for(; str > buff; str--, buff++)
+	{
+		*buff ^= *str;
+		*str  ^= *buff;
+		*buff ^= *str;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Create a new bitmap button window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       text: Bubble help text to be displayed.
+ *       id: An ID of a bitmap in the resource file.
+ */
+HWND dw_bitmapbutton_new(char *text, ULONG id)
+{
+	char idbuf[256];
+	HWND tmp;
+	BubbleButton *bubble = malloc(sizeof(BubbleButton));
+
+	_GenResIDStr(idbuf, id);
+
+	tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
+						  WC_BUTTON,
+						  idbuf,
+						  WS_VISIBLE | BS_PUSHBUTTON |
+						  BS_BITMAP | BS_AUTOSIZE |
+						  BS_NOPOINTERFOCUS,
+						  0,0,2000,1000,
+						  NULLHANDLE,
+						  HWND_TOP,
+						  id,
+						  NULL,
+						  NULL);
+
+	bubble->id = id;
+	strncpy(bubble->bubbletext, text, BUBBLE_HELP_MAX - 1);
+	bubble->bubbletext[BUBBLE_HELP_MAX - 1] = '\0';
+	bubble->pOldProc = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _BtProc);
+
+	WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, bubble);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new spinbutton window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       text: The text to be display by the static text widget.
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND
+dw_spinbutton_new(char *text, ULONG id)
+{
+	PFNWP *blah = malloc(sizeof(PFNWP));
+	HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
+							   WC_SPINBUTTON,
+							   text,
+							   WS_VISIBLE | SPBS_MASTER,
+							   0,0,2000,1000,
+							   NULLHANDLE,
+							   HWND_TOP,
+							   id,
+							   NULL,
+							   NULL);
+	dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
+	*blah = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _entryproc);
+	WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new radiobutton window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       text: The text to be display by the static text widget.
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_radiobutton_new(char *text, ULONG id)
+{
+	PFNWP *blah = malloc(sizeof(PFNWP));
+	HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
+							   WC_BUTTON,
+							   text,
+							   WS_VISIBLE |
+							   BS_AUTORADIOBUTTON,
+							   0,0,2000,1000,
+							   NULLHANDLE,
+							   HWND_TOP,
+							   id,
+							   NULL,
+							   NULL);
+	dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
+	dw_window_set_color(tmp, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	*blah = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _entryproc);
+	WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new slider window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_slider_new(ULONG id)
+{
+	return WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
+						   WC_SLIDER,
+						   NULL,
+						   WS_VISIBLE,
+						   0,0,2000,1000,
+						   NULLHANDLE,
+						   HWND_TOP,
+						   id,
+						   NULL,
+						   NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new checkbox window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       text: The text to be display by the static text widget.
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_checkbox_new(char *text, ULONG id)
+{
+	PFNWP *blah = malloc(sizeof(PFNWP));
+	HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
+							   WC_BUTTON,
+							   text,
+							   WS_VISIBLE | BS_AUTOCHECKBOX,
+							   0,0,2000,1000,
+							   NULLHANDLE,
+							   HWND_TOP,
+							   id,
+							   NULL,
+							   NULL);
+	dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
+	dw_window_set_color(tmp, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	*blah = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _entryproc);
+	WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new listbox window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ *       multi: Multiple select TRUE or FALSE.
+ */
+HWND dw_listbox_new(ULONG id, int multi)
+{
+	PFNWP *blah = malloc(sizeof(PFNWP));
+	HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
+							   WC_LISTBOX,
+							   NULL,
+							   WS_VISIBLE | LS_NOADJUSTPOS |
+							   (multi ? LS_MULTIPLESEL : 0),
+							   0,0,2000,1000,
+							   NULLHANDLE,
+							   HWND_TOP,
+							   id,
+							   NULL,
+							   NULL);
+	dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
+	*blah = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _entryproc);
+	WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the icon used for a given window.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window.
+ *       id: An ID to be used to specify the icon.
+ */
+void dw_window_set_icon(HWND handle, ULONG id)
+{
+	HPOINTER icon;
+
+	icon = WinLoadPointer(HWND_DESKTOP,NULLHANDLE,id);
+	WinSendMsg(handle, WM_SETICON, (MPARAM)icon, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the bitmap used for a given static window.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window.
+ *       id: An ID to be used to specify the icon.
+ */
+void dw_window_set_bitmap(HWND handle, ULONG id)
+{
+	HBITMAP hbm;
+	HPS     hps = WinGetPS(handle);
+
+	hbm = GpiLoadBitmap(hps, NULLHANDLE, id, 0, 0);
+	WinSetWindowBits(handle,QWL_STYLE,SS_BITMAP,SS_BITMAP | 0x7f);
+	WinSendMsg( handle, SM_SETHANDLE, MPFROMP(hbm), NULL );
+	/*WinSetWindowULong( hwndDlg, QWL_USER, (ULONG) hbm );*/
+	WinReleasePS(hps);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the text used for a given window.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window.
+ *       text: The text associsated with a given window.
+ */
+void dw_window_set_text(HWND handle, char *text)
+{
+	WinSetWindowText(handle, text);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Gets the text used for a given window.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window.
+ * Returns:
+ *       text: The text associsated with a given window.
+ */
+char *dw_window_get_text(HWND handle)
+{
+	char tempbuf[4096] = "";
+
+	WinQueryWindowText(handle, 4095, tempbuf);
+	tempbuf[4095] = 0;
+
+	return strdup(tempbuf);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Disables given window (widget).
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window.
+ */
+void dw_window_disable(HWND handle)
+{
+	WinEnableWindow(handle, FALSE);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Enables given window (widget).
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window.
+ */
+void dw_window_enable(HWND handle)
+{
+	WinEnableWindow(handle, TRUE);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Gets the child window handle with specified ID.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the parent window.
+ *       id: Integer ID of the child.
+ */
+HWND dw_window_from_id(HWND handle, int id)
+{
+	HENUM henum;
+	HWND child;
+	char tmpbuf[100];
+
+	henum = WinBeginEnumWindows(handle);
+	while((child = WinGetNextWindow(henum)) != NULLHANDLE)
+	{
+		int windowid = WinQueryWindowUShort(child, QWS_ID);
+		HWND found;
+
+		WinQueryClassName(child, 99, tmpbuf);
+
+		/* If the child is a box (frame) then recurse into it */
+		if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#1", 2)==0)
+			if((found = dw_window_from_id(child, id)) != NULLHANDLE)
+				return found;
+
+		if(windowid && windowid == id)
+		{
+			WinEndEnumWindows(henum);
+			return child;
+		}
+	}
+	WinEndEnumWindows(henum);
+	return NULLHANDLE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Pack windows (widgets) into a box from the end (or bottom).
+ * Parameters:
+ *       box: Window handle of the box to be packed into.
+ *       item: Window handle of the item to be back.
+ *       width: Width in pixels of the item or -1 to be self determined.
+ *       height: Height in pixels of the item or -1 to be self determined.
+ *       hsize: TRUE if the window (widget) should expand horizontally to fill space given.
+ *       vsize: TRUE if the window (widget) should expand vertically to fill space given.
+ *       pad: Number of pixels of padding around the item.
+ */
+void dw_box_pack_end(HWND box, HWND item, int width, int height, int hsize, int vsize, int pad)
+{
+	Box *thisbox;
+
+	if(WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT))
+	{
+		box = WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT);
+		thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
+	}
+	else
+		thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
+	if(thisbox)
+	{
+		if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
+			dw_box_pack_start_stub(box, item, width, height, hsize, vsize, pad);
+		else
+			dw_box_pack_end_stub(box, item, width, height, hsize, vsize, pad);
+	}
+}
+
+void dw_box_pack_end_stub(HWND box, HWND item, int width, int height, int hsize, int vsize, int pad)
+{
+    HWND boxowner = NULLHANDLE;
+	Box *thisbox;
+
+	if(WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT))
+	{
+		box = WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT);
+		thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
+		hsize = TRUE;
+		vsize = TRUE;
+	}
+	else
+		thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
+	if(!thisbox)
+	{
+		box = WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT);
+		if(box)
+		{
+			thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
+			hsize = TRUE;
+			vsize = TRUE;
+		}
+	}
+	if(thisbox)
+	{
+		int z;
+		Item *tmpitem, *thisitem = thisbox->items;
+		char tmpbuf[100];
+
+		tmpitem = malloc(sizeof(Item)*(thisbox->count+1));
+
+		for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++)
+		{
+			tmpitem[z] = thisitem[z];
+		}
+
+		WinQueryClassName(item, 99, tmpbuf);
+
+		if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#1", 2)==0)
+			tmpitem[thisbox->count].type = TYPEBOX;
+		else
+			tmpitem[thisbox->count].type = TYPEITEM;
+
+		tmpitem[thisbox->count].hwnd = item;
+		tmpitem[thisbox->count].origwidth = tmpitem[thisbox->count].width = width;
+		tmpitem[thisbox->count].origheight = tmpitem[thisbox->count].height = height;
+		tmpitem[thisbox->count].pad = pad;
+		if(hsize)
+			tmpitem[thisbox->count].hsize = SIZEEXPAND;
+		else
+			tmpitem[thisbox->count].hsize = SIZESTATIC;
+
+		if(vsize)
+			tmpitem[thisbox->count].vsize = SIZEEXPAND;
+		else
+			tmpitem[thisbox->count].vsize = SIZESTATIC;
+
+		thisbox->items = tmpitem;
+
+		if(thisbox->count)
+			free(thisitem);
+
+		thisbox->count++;
+
+        /* Don't set the ownership if it's an entryfield  or combobox */
+		WinQueryClassName(item, 99, tmpbuf);
+		if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#6", 2)!=0 /*&& strncmp(tmpbuf, "#2", 2)!=0*/)
+		{
+			if((boxowner = WinQueryWindow(box, QW_OWNER)) != 0)
+				WinSetOwner(item, boxowner);
+			else
+				WinSetOwner(item, box);
+		}
+		WinSetParent(item, box, FALSE);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the size of a given window (widget).
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Window (widget) handle.
+ *          width: New width in pixels.
+ *          height: New height in pixels.
+ */
+void dw_window_set_usize(HWND handle, ULONG width, ULONG height)
+{
+	WinSetWindowPos(handle, NULLHANDLE, 0, 0, width, height, SWP_SHOW | SWP_SIZE);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the width of the screen.
+ */
+int dw_screen_width(void)
+{
+	return WinQuerySysValue(HWND_DESKTOP,SV_CXSCREEN);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the height of the screen.
+ */
+int dw_screen_height(void)
+{
+	return WinQuerySysValue(HWND_DESKTOP,SV_CYSCREEN);
+}
+
+/* This should return the current color depth */
+unsigned long dw_color_depth(void)
+{
+	HDC hdc = WinOpenWindowDC(HWND_DESKTOP);
+	long colors;
+
+	DevQueryCaps(hdc, CAPS_COLOR_BITCOUNT, 1, &colors);
+	DevCloseDC(hdc);
+	return colors;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Sets the position of a given window (widget).
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Window (widget) handle.
+ *          x: X location from the bottom left.
+ *          y: Y location from the bottom left.
+ */
+void dw_window_set_pos(HWND handle, ULONG x, ULONG y)
+{
+	int myy = _get_frame_height(handle) - (y + _get_height(handle));
+
+	WinSetWindowPos(handle, NULLHANDLE, x, myy, 0, 0, SWP_MOVE);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the position and size of a given window (widget).
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Window (widget) handle.
+ *          x: X location from the bottom left.
+ *          y: Y location from the bottom left.
+ *          width: Width of the widget.
+ *          height: Height of the widget.
+ */
+void dw_window_set_pos_size(HWND handle, ULONG x, ULONG y, ULONG width, ULONG height)
+{
+	int myy = _get_frame_height(handle) - (y + height);
+
+	WinSetWindowPos(handle, NULLHANDLE, x, myy, width, height, SWP_MOVE | SWP_SIZE | SWP_SHOW);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Gets the position and size of a given window (widget).
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Window (widget) handle.
+ *          x: X location from the bottom left.
+ *          y: Y location from the bottom left.
+ *          width: Width of the widget.
+ *          height: Height of the widget.
+ */
+void dw_window_get_pos_size(HWND handle, ULONG *x, ULONG *y, ULONG *width, ULONG *height)
+{
+	SWP swp;
+	WinQueryWindowPos(handle, &swp);
+	if(x)
+		*x = swp.x;
+	if(y)
+		*y = _get_frame_height(handle) - (swp.y + swp.cy);
+	if(width)
+		*width = swp.cx;
+	if(height)
+		*height = swp.cy;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the style of a given window (widget).
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Window (widget) handle.
+ *          width: New width in pixels.
+ *          height: New height in pixels.
+ */
+void dw_window_set_style(HWND handle, ULONG style, ULONG mask)
+{
+	WinSetWindowBits(handle, QWL_STYLE, style, mask);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Adds a new page to specified notebook.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Window (widget) handle.
+ *          flags: Any additional page creation flags.
+ *          front: If TRUE page is added at the beginning.
+ */
+ULONG dw_notebook_page_new(HWND handle, ULONG flags, int front)
+{
+	if(front)
+		return (ULONG)WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_INSERTPAGE, 0L,
+						  MPFROM2SHORT((BKA_STATUSTEXTON | BKA_AUTOPAGESIZE | BKA_MAJOR | flags), BKA_FIRST));
+	return (ULONG)WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_INSERTPAGE, 0L,
+					  MPFROM2SHORT((BKA_STATUSTEXTON | BKA_AUTOPAGESIZE | BKA_MAJOR | flags), BKA_LAST));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Remove a page from a notebook.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the notebook widget.
+ *          pageid: ID of the page to be destroyed.
+ */
+void dw_notebook_page_destroy(HWND handle, unsigned int pageid)
+{
+	WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_DELETEPAGE,
+			   MPFROMLONG(pageid),	(MPARAM)BKA_SINGLE);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Queries the currently visible page ID.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the notebook widget.
+ */
+unsigned int dw_notebook_page_query(HWND handle)
+{
+	return (int)WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_QUERYPAGEID,0L, MPFROM2SHORT(BKA_TOP, BKA_MAJOR));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the currently visibale page ID.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the notebook widget.
+ *          pageid: ID of the page to be made visible.
+ */
+void dw_notebook_page_set(HWND handle, unsigned int pageid)
+{
+	WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_TURNTOPAGE, MPFROMLONG(pageid), 0L);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the text on the specified notebook tab.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Notebook handle.
+ *          pageid: Page ID of the tab to set.
+ *          text: Pointer to the text to set.
+ */
+void dw_notebook_page_set_text(HWND handle, ULONG pageid, char *text)
+{
+	WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_SETTABTEXT,
+			   MPFROMLONG(pageid),	MPFROMP(text));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the text on the specified notebook tab status area.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Notebook handle.
+ *          pageid: Page ID of the tab to set.
+ *          text: Pointer to the text to set.
+ */
+void dw_notebook_page_set_status_text(HWND handle, ULONG pageid, char *text)
+{
+	WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_SETSTATUSLINETEXT,
+			   MPFROMLONG(pageid),	MPFROMP(text));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Packs the specified box into the notebook page.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the notebook to be packed.
+ *          pageid: Page ID in the notebook which is being packed.
+ *          page: Box handle to be packed.
+ */
+void dw_notebook_pack(HWND handle, ULONG pageid, HWND page)
+{
+	HWND tmpbox = dw_box_new(BOXVERT, 0);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(tmpbox, page, 0, 0, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+	WinSubclassWindow(tmpbox, _wndproc);
+	WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_SETPAGEWINDOWHWND,
+			   MPFROMLONG(pageid),	MPFROMHWND(tmpbox));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Appends the specified text to the listbox's (or combobox) entry list.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the listbox to be appended to.
+ *          text: Text to append into listbox.
+ */
+void dw_listbox_append(HWND handle, char *text)
+{
+	WinSendMsg(handle,
+			   LM_INSERTITEM,
+			   MPFROMSHORT(LIT_END),
+			   MPFROMP(text));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Clears the listbox's (or combobox) list of all entries.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the listbox to be cleared.
+ */
+void dw_listbox_clear(HWND handle)
+{
+	WinSendMsg(handle,
+			   LM_DELETEALL, 0L, 0L);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the listbox's item count.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the listbox to be cleared.
+ */
+int dw_listbox_count(HWND handle)
+{
+	return (int)WinSendMsg(handle,
+						   LM_QUERYITEMCOUNT,0L, 0L);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the topmost item in the viewport.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the listbox to be cleared.
+ *          top: Index to the top item.
+ */
+void dw_listbox_set_top(HWND handle, int top)
+{
+	WinSendMsg(handle,
+			   LM_SETTOPINDEX,
+			   MPFROMSHORT(top),
+			   0L);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Copies the given index item's text into buffer.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the listbox to be queried.
+ *          index: Index into the list to be queried.
+ *          buffer: Buffer where text will be copied.
+ *          length: Length of the buffer (including NULL).
+ */
+void dw_listbox_query_text(HWND handle, unsigned int index, char *buffer, unsigned int length)
+{
+	WinSendMsg(handle, LM_QUERYITEMTEXT, MPFROM2SHORT(index, length), (MPARAM)buffer);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the text of a given listbox entry.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the listbox to be queried.
+ *          index: Index into the list to be queried.
+ *          buffer: Buffer where text will be copied.
+ */
+void dw_listbox_set_text(HWND handle, unsigned int index, char *buffer)
+{
+	WinSendMsg(handle, LM_SETITEMTEXT, MPFROMSHORT(index), (MPARAM)buffer);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the index to the item in the list currently selected.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the listbox to be queried.
+ */
+unsigned int dw_listbox_selected(HWND handle)
+{
+		return (unsigned int)WinSendMsg(handle,
+										 LM_QUERYSELECTION,
+										 MPFROMSHORT(LIT_CURSOR),
+										 0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the index to the current selected item or -1 when done.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the listbox to be queried.
+ *          where: Either the previous return or -1 to restart.
+ */
+int dw_listbox_selected_multi(HWND handle, int where)
+{
+	int place = where;
+
+	if(where == -1)
+		place = LIT_FIRST;
+
+	place = (int)WinSendMsg(handle,
+							LM_QUERYSELECTION,
+							MPFROMSHORT(place),0L);
+	if(place == LIT_NONE)
+		return -1;
+	return place;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the selection state of a given index.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the listbox to be set.
+ *          index: Item index.
+ *          state: TRUE if selected FALSE if unselected.
+ */
+void dw_listbox_select(HWND handle, int index, int state)
+{
+	WinSendMsg(handle, LM_SELECTITEM, MPFROMSHORT(index), (MPARAM)state);
+	_run_event(handle, WM_CONTROL, MPFROM2SHORT(0, LN_SELECT), (MPARAM)handle);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Deletes the item with given index from the list.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the listbox to be set.
+ *          index: Item index.
+ */
+void dw_listbox_delete(HWND handle, int index)
+{
+	WinSendMsg(handle, LM_DELETEITEM, MPFROMSHORT(index), 0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Adds text to an MLE box and returns the current point.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the MLE to be queried.
+ *          buffer: Text buffer to be imported.
+ *          startpoint: Point to start entering text.
+ */
+unsigned int dw_mle_import(HWND handle, char *buffer, int startpoint)
+{
+	unsigned long point = startpoint;
+	PBYTE mlebuf;
+
+	/* Work around 64K limit */
+	if(!DosAllocMem((PPVOID) &mlebuf, 65536, PAG_COMMIT | PAG_READ | PAG_WRITE | OBJ_TILE))
+	{
+		int amount, len = strlen(buffer), written = 0;
+
+		while(written < len)
+		{
+			if((len - written) > 65535)
+				amount = 65535;
+			else
+				amount = len - written;
+
+			memcpy(mlebuf, &buffer[written], amount);
+			mlebuf[amount] = '\0';
+
+			WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_SETIMPORTEXPORT, MPFROMP(mlebuf), MPFROMLONG(amount+1));
+			WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_IMPORT, MPFROMP(&point), MPFROMLONG(amount + 1));
+			dw_mle_delete(handle, point, 1);
+
+			written += amount;
+		}
+		DosFreeMem(mlebuf);
+	}
+	return point - 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Grabs text from an MLE box.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the MLE to be queried.
+ *          buffer: Text buffer to be exported.
+ *          startpoint: Point to start grabbing text.
+ *          length: Amount of text to be grabbed.
+ */
+void dw_mle_export(HWND handle, char *buffer, int startpoint, int length)
+{
+	PBYTE mlebuf;
+
+	/* Work around 64K limit */
+	if(!DosAllocMem((PPVOID) &mlebuf, 65535, PAG_COMMIT | PAG_READ | PAG_WRITE | OBJ_TILE))
+	{
+		int amount, copied, written = 0;
+
+		while(written < length)
+		{
+			if((length - written) > 65535)
+				amount = 65535;
+			else
+				amount = length - written;
+
+			WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_SETIMPORTEXPORT, MPFROMP(mlebuf), MPFROMLONG(amount));
+			copied = (int)WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_EXPORT, MPFROMP(&startpoint), MPFROMLONG(&amount));
+
+			if(copied)
+			{
+				memcpy(&buffer[written], mlebuf, copied);
+
+				written += copied;
+			}
+			else
+				break;
+		}
+		DosFreeMem(mlebuf);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Obtains information about an MLE box.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the MLE to be queried.
+ *          bytes: A pointer to a variable to return the total bytes.
+ *          lines: A pointer to a variable to return the number of lines.
+ */
+void dw_mle_query(HWND handle, unsigned long *bytes, unsigned long *lines)
+{
+	if(bytes)
+		*bytes = (unsigned long)WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_QUERYTEXTLENGTH, 0, 0);
+	if(lines)
+		*lines = (unsigned long)WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_QUERYLINECOUNT, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Deletes text from an MLE box.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the MLE to be deleted from.
+ *          startpoint: Point to start deleting text.
+ *          length: Amount of text to be deleted.
+ */
+void dw_mle_delete(HWND handle, int startpoint, int length)
+{
+	char *buf = malloc(length+1);
+	int z, dellen = length;
+
+	dw_mle_export(handle, buf, startpoint, length);
+
+	for(z=0;z<length-1;z++)
+	{
+		if(strncmp(&buf[z], "\r\n", 2) == 0)
+			dellen--;
+	}
+	WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_DELETE, MPFROMLONG(startpoint), MPFROMLONG(dellen));
+	free(buf);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Clears all text from an MLE box.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the MLE to be cleared.
+ */
+void dw_mle_clear(HWND handle)
+{
+	unsigned long bytes;
+
+	dw_mle_query(handle, &bytes, NULL);
+
+	WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_DELETE, MPFROMLONG(0), MPFROMLONG(bytes));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the visible line of an MLE box.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the MLE to be positioned.
+ *          line: Line to be visible.
+ */
+void dw_mle_set_visible(HWND handle, int line)
+{
+	int tmppnt;
+
+	if(line > 10)
+	{
+		tmppnt = (int)WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_CHARFROMLINE, MPFROMLONG(line - 10), 0);
+		WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_SETFIRSTCHAR, MPFROMLONG(tmppnt), 0);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the current cursor position of an MLE box.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the MLE to be positioned.
+ *          point: Point to position cursor.
+ */
+void dw_mle_set(HWND handle, int point)
+{
+	WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_SETSEL, MPFROMLONG(point), MPFROMLONG(point));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Finds text in an MLE box.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the MLE to be cleared.
+ *          text: Text to search for.
+ *          point: Start point of search.
+ *          flags: Search specific flags.
+ */
+int dw_mle_search(HWND handle, char *text, int point, unsigned long flags)
+{
+	MLE_SEARCHDATA msd;
+
+	msd.cb = sizeof(msd);
+	msd.pchFind = text;
+	msd.pchReplace = NULL;
+	msd.cchFind = strlen(text);
+	msd.cchReplace = 0;
+	msd.iptStart = point;
+	msd.iptStop = -1;
+
+	if(WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_SEARCH, MPFROMLONG(MLFSEARCH_SELECTMATCH | flags), (MPARAM)&msd))
+		return (int)WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_QUERYSEL,(MPARAM)MLFQS_MAXSEL, 0);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Stops redrawing of an MLE box.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the MLE to freeze.
+ */
+void dw_mle_freeze(HWND handle)
+{
+	WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_DISABLEREFRESH, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Resumes redrawing of an MLE box.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the MLE to thaw.
+ */
+void dw_mle_thaw(HWND handle)
+{
+	WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_ENABLEREFRESH, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the range of the slider.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the slider to be queried.
+ */
+unsigned int dw_slider_query_range(HWND handle)
+{
+	return SHORT2FROMMP(WinSendMsg(handle, SLM_QUERYSLIDERINFO, MPFROM2SHORT(SMA_SLIDERARMPOSITION,SMA_RANGEVALUE), 0));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the slider position.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the slider to be set.
+ *          position: Position of the slider withing the range.
+ */
+void dw_slider_set_pos(HWND handle, unsigned int position)
+{
+	WinSendMsg(handle, SLM_SETSLIDERINFO, MPFROM2SHORT(SMA_SLIDERARMPOSITION,SMA_RANGEVALUE), (MPARAM)position);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the spinbutton value.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the spinbutton to be set.
+ *          position: Current value of the spinbutton.
+ */
+void dw_spinbutton_set_pos(HWND handle, long position)
+{
+	WinSendMsg(handle, SPBM_SETCURRENTVALUE, MPFROMLONG((long)position), 0L);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the spinbutton limits.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the spinbutton to be set.
+ *          upper: Upper limit.
+ *          lower: Lower limit.
+ */
+void dw_spinbutton_set_limits(HWND handle, long upper, long lower)
+{
+	WinSendMsg(handle, SPBM_SETLIMITS, MPFROMLONG(upper), MPFROMLONG(lower));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the entryfield character limit.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the spinbutton to be set.
+ *          limit: Number of characters the entryfield will take.
+ */
+void dw_entryfield_set_limit(HWND handle, ULONG limit)
+{
+	WinSendMsg(handle, EM_SETTEXTLIMIT, (MPARAM)limit, (MPARAM)0);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Returns the current value of the spinbutton.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the spinbutton to be queried.
+ */
+long dw_spinbutton_query(HWND handle)
+{
+	long tmpval = 0L;
+
+	WinSendMsg(handle, SPBM_QUERYVALUE, (MPARAM)&tmpval,0L);
+    return tmpval;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the state of the checkbox.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the checkbox to be queried.
+ */
+int dw_checkbox_query(HWND handle)
+{
+	return (int)WinSendMsg(handle,BM_QUERYCHECK,0,0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the state of the checkbox.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the checkbox to be queried.
+ *          value: TRUE for checked, FALSE for unchecked.
+ */
+void dw_checkbox_set(HWND handle, int value)
+{
+	WinSendMsg(handle,BM_SETCHECK,MPFROMSHORT(value),0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets up the container columns.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the container to be configured.
+ *          flags: An array of unsigned longs with column flags.
+ *          titles: An array of strings with column text titles.
+ *          count: The number of columns (this should match the arrays).
+ *          separator: The column number that contains the main separator.
+ *                     (this item may only be used in OS/2)
+ */
+int dw_container_setup(HWND handle, unsigned long *flags, char **titles, int count, int separator)
+{
+	PFIELDINFO details, first, left = NULL;
+	FIELDINFOINSERT detin;
+	CNRINFO cnri;
+	int z;
+	ULONG size = sizeof(RECORDCORE);
+	ULONG *offStruct = malloc(count * sizeof(ULONG));
+	ULONG *tempflags = malloc((count+1) * sizeof(ULONG));
+	ULONG *oldflags = (ULONG *)WinQueryWindowPtr(handle, 0);
+
+	if(!offStruct || !tempflags)
+		return FALSE;
+
+	memcpy(tempflags, flags, count * sizeof(ULONG));
+	tempflags[count] = 0;
+
+	WinSetWindowPtr(handle, 0, tempflags);
+
+	if(oldflags)
+		free(oldflags);
+
+	while((first = (PFIELDINFO)WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYDETAILFIELDINFO,  0, MPFROMSHORT(CMA_FIRST))) != NULL)
+	{
+		WinSendMsg(handle, CM_REMOVEDETAILFIELDINFO, (MPARAM)&first, MPFROM2SHORT(1, CMA_FREE));
+	}
+
+	/* Figure out the offsets to the items in the struct */
+	for(z=0;z<count;z++)
+	{
+		offStruct[z] = size;
+		if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_BITMAPORICON)
+			size += sizeof(HPOINTER);
+		else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_STRING)
+			size += sizeof(char *);
+		else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_ULONG)
+			size += sizeof(ULONG);
+		else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_DATE)
+			size += sizeof(CDATE);
+		else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_TIME)
+			size += sizeof(CTIME);
+	}
+
+	first = details = (PFIELDINFO)WinSendMsg(handle, CM_ALLOCDETAILFIELDINFO, MPFROMLONG(count), 0L);
+
+	if(!first)
+	{
+		free(offStruct);
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+
+	for(z=0;z<count;z++)
+	{
+		if(z==separator-1)
+			left=details;
+		details->cb = sizeof(FIELDINFO);
+		details->flData = flags[z];
+		details->flTitle = CFA_FITITLEREADONLY;
+		details->pTitleData = titles[z];
+		details->offStruct = offStruct[z];
+		details = details->pNextFieldInfo;
+	}
+
+	detin.cb = sizeof(FIELDINFOINSERT);
+	detin.fInvalidateFieldInfo = FALSE;
+	detin.pFieldInfoOrder = (PFIELDINFO) CMA_FIRST;
+	detin.cFieldInfoInsert = (ULONG)count;
+
+	WinSendMsg(handle, CM_INSERTDETAILFIELDINFO, MPFROMP(first), MPFROMP(&detin));
+
+	if(count > separator)
+	{
+		cnri.cb = sizeof(CNRINFO);
+		cnri.pFieldInfoLast = left;
+		cnri.xVertSplitbar  = 150;
+
+		WinSendMsg(handle, CM_SETCNRINFO, MPFROMP(&cnri),  MPFROMLONG(CMA_PFIELDINFOLAST | CMA_XVERTSPLITBAR));
+	}
+
+	free(offStruct);
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets up the filesystem columns, note: filesystem always has an icon/filename field.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the container to be configured.
+ *          flags: An array of unsigned longs with column flags.
+ *          titles: An array of strings with column text titles.
+ *          count: The number of columns (this should match the arrays).
+ */
+int dw_filesystem_setup(HWND handle, unsigned long *flags, char **titles, int count)
+{
+	char **newtitles = malloc(sizeof(char *) * (count + 2));
+	unsigned long *newflags = malloc(sizeof(unsigned long) * (count + 2));
+
+	newtitles[0] = "Icon";
+	newtitles[1] = "Filename";
+
+	newflags[0] = DW_CFA_BITMAPORICON | DW_CFA_CENTER | DW_CFA_HORZSEPARATOR | DW_CFA_SEPARATOR;
+	newflags[1] = DW_CFA_STRING | DW_CFA_LEFT | DW_CFA_HORZSEPARATOR;
+
+	memcpy(&newtitles[2], titles, sizeof(char *) * count);
+	memcpy(&newflags[2], flags, sizeof(unsigned long) * count);
+
+	dw_container_setup(handle, newflags, newtitles, count + 2, 2);
+
+	free(newtitles);
+	free(newflags);
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Obtains an icon from a module (or header in GTK).
+ * Parameters:
+ *          module: Handle to module (DLL) in OS/2 and Windows.
+ *          id: A unsigned long id int the resources on OS/2 and
+ *              Windows, on GTK this is converted to a pointer
+ *              to an embedded XPM.
+ */
+unsigned long dw_icon_load(unsigned long module, unsigned long id)
+{
+	return WinLoadPointer(HWND_DESKTOP,module,id);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Frees a loaded resource in OS/2 and Windows.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to icon returned by dw_icon_load().
+ */
+void dw_icon_free(unsigned long handle)
+{
+	WinDestroyPointer(handle);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Allocates memory used to populate a container.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the container window (widget).
+ *          rowcount: The number of items to be populated.
+ */
+void *dw_container_alloc(HWND handle, int rowcount)
+{
+	ULONG *flags = (ULONG *)WinQueryWindowPtr(handle, 0);
+	int z, size = 0, totalsize, count = 0;
+	PRECORDCORE temp;
+	void *blah;
+
+	if(!flags)
+		return NULL;
+
+	while(flags[count])
+		count++;
+
+	/* Figure out the offsets to the items in the struct */
+	for(z=0;z<count;z++)
+	{
+		if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_BITMAPORICON)
+			size += sizeof(HPOINTER);
+		else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_STRING)
+			size += sizeof(char *);
+		else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_ULONG)
+			size += sizeof(ULONG);
+		else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_DATE)
+			size += sizeof(CDATE);
+		else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_TIME)
+			size += sizeof(CTIME);
+	}
+
+	totalsize = size + sizeof(RECORDCORE);
+
+	blah = (void *)WinSendMsg(handle, CM_ALLOCRECORD, MPFROMLONG(size), MPFROMLONG(rowcount));
+
+	if(!blah)
+		return NULL;
+
+	temp = (PRECORDCORE)blah;
+
+	for(z=0;z<rowcount;z++)
+	{
+		temp->cb = totalsize;
+		temp = temp->preccNextRecord;
+	}
+
+	return blah;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets an item in specified row and column to the given data.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the container window (widget).
+ *          pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc().
+ *          column: Zero based column of data being set.
+ *          row: Zero based row of data being set.
+ *          data: Pointer to the data to be added.
+ */
+void dw_container_set_item(HWND handle, void *pointer, int column, int row, void *data)
+{
+	ULONG totalsize, size = 0, *flags = (ULONG *)WinQueryWindowPtr(handle, 0);
+	int z;
+	PRECORDCORE temp = (PRECORDCORE)pointer;
+    void *dest;
+
+	if(!flags)
+		return;
+
+	/* Figure out the offsets to the items in the struct */
+	for(z=0;z<column;z++)
+	{
+		if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_BITMAPORICON)
+			size += sizeof(HPOINTER);
+		else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_STRING)
+			size += sizeof(char *);
+		else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_ULONG)
+			size += sizeof(ULONG);
+		else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_DATE)
+			size += sizeof(CDATE);
+		else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_TIME)
+			size += sizeof(CTIME);
+	}
+
+	totalsize = size + sizeof(RECORDCORE);
+
+	for(z=0;z<row;z++)
+		temp = temp->preccNextRecord;
+
+	dest = (void *)(((ULONG)temp)+((ULONG)totalsize));
+
+	if(flags[column] & DW_CFA_BITMAPORICON)
+        memcpy(dest, data, sizeof(HPOINTER));
+	else if(flags[column] & DW_CFA_STRING)
+        memcpy(dest, data, sizeof(char *));
+	else if(flags[column] & DW_CFA_ULONG)
+        memcpy(dest, data, sizeof(ULONG));
+	else if(flags[column] & DW_CFA_DATE)
+        memcpy(dest, data, sizeof(CDATE));
+	else if(flags[column] & DW_CFA_TIME)
+        memcpy(dest, data, sizeof(CTIME));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets an item in specified row and column to the given data.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the container window (widget).
+ *          pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc().
+ *          column: Zero based column of data being set.
+ *          row: Zero based row of data being set.
+ *          data: Pointer to the data to be added.
+ */
+void dw_filesystem_set_file(HWND handle, void *pointer, int row, char *filename, unsigned long icon)
+{
+	dw_container_set_item(handle, pointer, 0, row, (void *)&icon);
+	dw_container_set_item(handle, pointer, 1, row, (void *)&filename);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets an item in specified row and column to the given data.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the container window (widget).
+ *          pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc().
+ *          column: Zero based column of data being set.
+ *          row: Zero based row of data being set.
+ *          data: Pointer to the data to be added.
+ */
+void dw_filesystem_set_item(HWND handle, void *pointer, int column, int row, void *data)
+{
+	dw_container_set_item(handle, pointer, column + 2, row, data);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the title of a row in the container.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc().
+ *          row: Zero based row of data being set.
+ *          title: String title of the item.
+ */
+void dw_container_set_row_title(void *pointer, int row, char *title)
+{
+	PRECORDCORE temp = (PRECORDCORE)pointer;
+	int z;
+
+	for(z=0;z<row;z++)
+		temp = temp->preccNextRecord;
+
+	temp->pszIcon = title;
+	temp->pszName = title;
+	temp->pszText = title;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the title of a row in the container.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the container window (widget).
+ *          pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc().
+ *          rowcount: The number of rows to be inserted.
+ */
+void dw_container_insert(HWND handle, void *pointer, int rowcount)
+{
+	RECORDINSERT recin;
+
+	recin.cb = sizeof(RECORDINSERT);
+	recin.pRecordOrder = (PRECORDCORE)CMA_END;
+	recin.pRecordParent = NULL;
+	recin.zOrder = CMA_TOP;
+	recin.fInvalidateRecord = TRUE;
+	recin.cRecordsInsert = rowcount;
+
+	WinSendMsg(handle, CM_INSERTRECORD, MPFROMP(pointer), MPFROMP(&recin));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Removes all rows from a container.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be cleared.
+ */
+void dw_container_clear(HWND handle)
+{
+	WinSendMsg(handle, CM_REMOVERECORD, (MPARAM)0L, MPFROM2SHORT(0, CMA_INVALIDATE | CMA_FREE));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Removes all rows from a container.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be cleared.
+ */
+void dw_container_set_view(HWND handle, unsigned long flags, int iconwidth, int iconheight)
+{
+	CNRINFO cnrinfo;
+
+	cnrinfo.flWindowAttr = flags;
+	cnrinfo.slBitmapOrIcon.cx = iconwidth;
+	cnrinfo.slBitmapOrIcon.cy = iconheight;
+
+	WinSendMsg(handle, CM_SETCNRINFO, &cnrinfo, MPFROMLONG(CMA_FLWINDOWATTR | CMA_SLBITMAPORICON));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Starts a new query of a container.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be queried.
+ *       flags: If this parameter is DW_CRA_SELECTED it will only
+ *              return items that are currently selected.  Otherwise
+ *              it will return all records in the container.
+ */
+char *dw_container_query_start(HWND handle, unsigned long flags)
+{
+	pCore = WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)0L, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_FIRST, CMA_ITEMORDER));
+	if(pCore)
+	{
+		if(flags)
+		{
+			while(pCore)
+			{
+				if(pCore->flRecordAttr & CRA_SELECTED)
+					return pCore->pszIcon;
+				pCore = WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)pCore, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_NEXT, CMA_ITEMORDER));
+			}
+		}
+		else
+			return pCore->pszIcon;
+	}
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Continues an existing query of a container.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be queried.
+ *       flags: If this parameter is DW_CRA_SELECTED it will only
+ *              return items that are currently selected.  Otherwise
+ *              it will return all records in the container.
+ */
+char *dw_container_query_next(HWND handle, unsigned long flags)
+{
+	pCore = WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)pCore, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_NEXT, CMA_ITEMORDER));
+	if(pCore)
+	{
+		if(flags)
+		{
+			while(pCore)
+			{
+				if(pCore->flRecordAttr & CRA_SELECTED)
+					return pCore->pszIcon;
+
+				pCore = WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)pCore, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_NEXT, CMA_ITEMORDER));
+			}
+		}
+		else
+			return pCore->pszIcon;
+	}
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Creates a rendering context widget (window) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       id: An id to be used with dw_window_from_id.
+ * Returns:
+ *       A handle to the widget or NULL on failure.
+ */
+HWND dw_render_new(unsigned long id)
+{
+	HWND hwndframe = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
+									 WC_FRAME,
+									 NULL,
+									 WS_VISIBLE,
+									 0,0,2000,1000,
+									 NULLHANDLE,
+									 HWND_TOP,
+									 id,
+									 NULL,
+									 NULL);
+	WinSubclassWindow(hwndframe, _RendProc);
+	return hwndframe;
+}
+
+/* Sets the current foreground drawing color.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       red: red value.
+ *       green: green value.
+ *       blue: blue value.
+ */
+void dw_color_foreground_set(unsigned long value)
+{
+	_foreground = DW_RED_VALUE(value) << 16 | DW_GREEN_VALUE(value) << 8 | DW_BLUE_VALUE(value);
+}
+
+/* Sets the current background drawing color.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       red: red value.
+ *       green: green value.
+ *       blue: blue value.
+ */
+void dw_color_background_set(unsigned long value)
+{
+	_background = DW_RED_VALUE(value) << 16 | DW_GREEN_VALUE(value) << 8 | DW_BLUE_VALUE(value);
+}
+
+HPS _set_hps(HPS hps)
+{
+	LONG alTable[18];
+
+	GpiQueryLogColorTable(hps, 0L, 0L, 18L, alTable);
+
+	alTable[16] = _foreground;
+	alTable[17] = _background;
+
+	GpiCreateLogColorTable(hps,
+						   0L,
+						   LCOLF_CONSECRGB,
+						   0L,
+						   18,
+						   alTable);
+	GpiSetColor(hps, 16);
+	GpiSetBackColor(hps, 17);
+	return hps;
+}
+
+HPS _set_colors(HWND handle)
+{
+	HPS hps = WinGetPS(handle);
+
+	_set_hps(hps);
+	return hps;
+}
+
+/* Draw a point on a window (preferably a render window).
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window.
+ *       pixmap: Handle to the pixmap. (choose only one of these)
+ *       x: X coordinate.
+ *       y: Y coordinate.
+ */
+void dw_draw_point(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int x, int y)
+{
+	HPS hps;
+	int height;
+	POINTL ptl;
+
+	if(handle)
+	{
+		hps = _set_colors(handle);
+        height = _get_height(handle);
+	}
+	else if(pixmap)
+	{
+		hps = _set_hps(pixmap->hps);
+		height = pixmap->height;
+	}
+	else
+		return;
+
+	ptl.x = x;
+	ptl.y = height - y - 1;
+
+	GpiSetPel(hps, &ptl);
+	if(!pixmap)
+		WinReleasePS(hps);
+}
+
+/* Draw a line on a window (preferably a render window).
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window.
+ *       pixmap: Handle to the pixmap. (choose only one of these)
+ *       x1: First X coordinate.
+ *       y1: First Y coordinate.
+ *       x2: Second X coordinate.
+ *       y2: Second Y coordinate.
+ */
+void dw_draw_line(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2)
+{
+	HPS hps;
+	int height;
+	POINTL ptl[2];
+
+	if(handle)
+	{
+		hps = _set_colors(handle);
+        height = _get_height(handle);
+	}
+	else if(pixmap)
+	{
+		hps = _set_hps(pixmap->hps);
+		height = pixmap->height;
+	}
+	else
+		return;
+
+	ptl[0].x = x1;
+	ptl[0].y = height - y1 - 1;
+	ptl[1].x = x2;
+	ptl[1].y = height - y2 - 1;
+
+	GpiMove(hps, &ptl[0]);
+	GpiLine(hps, &ptl[1]);
+
+	if(!pixmap)
+		WinReleasePS(hps);
+}
+
+
+/* Draw text on a window (preferably a render window).
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window.
+ *       pixmap: Handle to the pixmap. (choose only one of these)
+ *       x: X coordinate.
+ *       y: Y coordinate.
+ *       text: Text to be displayed.
+ */
+void dw_draw_text(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int x, int y, char *text)
+{
+	HPS hps;
+	int size = 9, z, l, height;
+	POINTL ptl;
+	FATTRS fat;
+	SIZEF sizfCharBox;
+	FONTMETRICS *fm;
+	LONG lHorzRes, lVertRes, lRequestFonts, lNumberFonts;
+	HDC hdc;
+	char fontname[128];
+
+	if(handle)
+	{
+		hps = _set_colors(handle);
+		height = _get_height(handle);
+		_GetPPFont(handle, fontname);
+	}
+	else if(pixmap)
+	{
+		hps = _set_hps(pixmap->hps);
+		height = pixmap->height;
+		_GetPPFont(pixmap->handle, fontname);
+	}
+	else
+		return;
+
+	ptl.x = x;
+	ptl.y = height - y - 2;
+
+	for(z=0;z<strlen(fontname);z++)
+	{
+		if(fontname[z]=='.')
+			break;
+	}
+	size = atoi(fontname);
+
+	ptl.y -= size;
+
+	hdc = GpiQueryDevice(hps);
+
+	DevQueryCaps(hdc, CAPS_HORIZONTAL_FONT_RES, 1L, &lHorzRes);
+	DevQueryCaps(hdc, CAPS_VERTICAL_FONT_RES, 1L, &lVertRes);
+
+	lNumberFonts = GpiQueryFonts(hps, QF_PUBLIC | QF_PRIVATE, &fontname[z+1], &lRequestFonts, 0, NULL);
+
+	fm = malloc(lNumberFonts * sizeof(FONTMETRICS));
+
+	GpiQueryFonts(hps, QF_PUBLIC | QF_PRIVATE, &fontname[z+1], &lNumberFonts, sizeof(FONTMETRICS), fm);
+
+	fat.lMatch = 0L;
+
+	for(l=0;l<lNumberFonts;l++)
+	{
+		if(fm[l].sXDeviceRes == (SHORT)lHorzRes &&
+		   fm[l].sYDeviceRes == (SHORT)lVertRes &&
+		   (fm[l].fsDefn & 1) == 0 &&
+		   fm[l].sNominalPointSize == (size*10))
+		{
+			fat.lMatch = fm[l].lMatch;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	fat.usRecordLength = sizeof(FATTRS);
+	fat.fsSelection = 0;
+	fat.idRegistry = 0;
+	fat.usCodePage = GpiQueryCp(hps);
+	fat.lMaxBaselineExt = 0;
+	fat.lAveCharWidth = 0;
+	fat.fsType = 0;
+	fat.fsFontUse = 0;
+
+	strcpy(fat.szFacename , &fontname[z+1]);
+
+	GpiCreateLogFont(hps, NULL, 1L, &fat);
+
+	GpiSetCharSet(hps, 1L);
+
+	if(fm)
+		free(fm);
+	else
+	{
+		sizfCharBox.cx = MAKEFIXED(size,0);
+		sizfCharBox.cy = MAKEFIXED(size,0);
+		GpiSetCharBox(hps, &sizfCharBox);
+	}
+
+	GpiCharStringAt(hps, &ptl, strlen(text), text);
+
+	if(!pixmap)
+		WinReleasePS(hps);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/* Draw a rectangle on a window (preferably a render window).
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window.
+ *       pixmap: Handle to the pixmap. (choose only one of these)
+ *       fill: Fill box TRUE or FALSE.
+ *       x: X coordinate.
+ *       y: Y coordinate.
+ *       width: Width of rectangle.
+ *       height: Height of rectangle.
+ */
+void dw_draw_rect(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int fill, int x, int y, int width, int height)
+{
+	HPS hps;
+	int thisheight;
+	POINTL ptl[2];
+
+	if(handle)
+	{
+		hps = _set_colors(handle);
+        thisheight = _get_height(handle);
+	}
+	else if(pixmap)
+	{
+		hps = _set_hps(pixmap->hps);
+		thisheight = pixmap->height;
+	}
+	else
+		return;
+
+	ptl[0].x = x;
+	ptl[0].y = thisheight - y - 1;
+	ptl[1].x = x + width - 1;
+	ptl[1].y = thisheight - y - height;
+
+	GpiMove(hps, &ptl[0]);
+	GpiBox(hps, fill ? DRO_OUTLINEFILL : DRO_OUTLINE, &ptl[1], 0, 0);
+
+	if(!pixmap)
+		WinReleasePS(hps);
+}
+
+/* Call this after drawing to the screen to make sure
+ * anything you have drawn is visible.
+ */
+void dw_flush(void)
+{
+}
+
+/*
+ * Creates a pixmap with given parameters.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Window handle the pixmap is associated with.
+ *       width: Width of the pixmap in pixels.
+ *       height: Height of the pixmap in pixels.
+ *       depth: Color depth of the pixmap.
+ * Returns:
+ *       A handle to a pixmap or NULL on failure.
+ */
+HPIXMAP dw_pixmap_new(HWND handle, unsigned long width, unsigned long height, int depth)
+{
+	BITMAPINFOHEADER bmih;
+	SIZEL sizl = { 0, 0 };
+	HPIXMAP pixmap;
+	HDC hdc;
+	HPS hps;
+	ULONG ulFlags;
+    LONG cPlanes, cBitCount;
+
+	if (!(pixmap = calloc(1,sizeof(struct _hpixmap))))
+		return NULL;
+
+	hps = WinGetPS(handle);
+
+	hdc     = GpiQueryDevice(hps);
+	ulFlags = GpiQueryPS(hps, &sizl);
+
+	pixmap->handle = handle;
+	pixmap->hdc = DevOpenDC(dwhab, OD_MEMORY, "*", 0L, NULL, hdc);
+	pixmap->hps = GpiCreatePS (dwhab, pixmap->hdc, &sizl, ulFlags | GPIA_ASSOC);
+
+	DevQueryCaps(hdc, CAPS_COLOR_PLANES  , 1L, &cPlanes);
+	if (!depth)
+	{
+		DevQueryCaps(hdc, CAPS_COLOR_BITCOUNT, 1L, &cBitCount);
+		depth = cBitCount;
+	}
+
+	memset(&bmih, 0, sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER));
+	bmih.cbFix     = sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER);
+	bmih.cx        = (SHORT)width;
+	bmih.cy        = (SHORT)height;
+	bmih.cPlanes   = (SHORT)cPlanes;
+	bmih.cBitCount = (SHORT)depth;
+
+	pixmap->width = width; pixmap->height = height;
+
+	pixmap->hbm = GpiCreateBitmap(pixmap->hps, (PBITMAPINFOHEADER2)&bmih, 0L, NULL, NULL);
+
+	GpiSetBitmap(pixmap->hps, pixmap->hbm);
+
+	if (depth>8)
+		GpiCreateLogColorTable(pixmap->hps, LCOL_PURECOLOR, LCOLF_RGB, 0, 0, NULL );
+
+	WinReleasePS(hps);
+
+	return pixmap;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Creates a pixmap from internal resource graphic specified by id.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Window handle the pixmap is associated with.
+ *       id: Resource ID associated with requested pixmap.
+ * Returns:
+ *       A handle to a pixmap or NULL on failure.
+ */
+HPIXMAP dw_pixmap_grab(HWND handle, ULONG id)
+{
+	BITMAPINFOHEADER bmih;
+	SIZEL sizl = { 0, 0 };
+	HPIXMAP pixmap;
+	HDC hdc;
+	HPS hps;
+	ULONG ulFlags;
+
+	if (!(pixmap = calloc(1,sizeof(struct _hpixmap))))
+		return NULL;
+
+	hps = WinGetPS(handle);
+
+	hdc     = GpiQueryDevice(hps);
+	ulFlags = GpiQueryPS(hps, &sizl);
+
+	pixmap->hdc = DevOpenDC(dwhab, OD_MEMORY, "*", 0L, NULL, hdc);
+	pixmap->hps = GpiCreatePS (dwhab, pixmap->hdc, &sizl, ulFlags | GPIA_ASSOC);
+
+	pixmap->hbm = GpiLoadBitmap(pixmap->hps, NULLHANDLE, id, 0, 0);
+
+	GpiQueryBitmapParameters(pixmap->hbm, &bmih);
+
+	GpiSetBitmap(pixmap->hps, pixmap->hbm);
+
+	pixmap->width = bmih.cx; pixmap->height = bmih.cy;
+
+	WinReleasePS(hps);
+
+	return pixmap;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Destroys an allocated pixmap.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       pixmap: Handle to a pixmap returned by
+ *               dw_pixmap_new..
+ */
+void dw_pixmap_destroy(HPIXMAP pixmap)
+{
+	GpiSetBitmap(pixmap->hps, NULLHANDLE);
+	GpiDeleteBitmap(pixmap->hbm);
+	GpiAssociate(pixmap->hps, NULLHANDLE);
+	GpiDestroyPS(pixmap->hps);
+	DevCloseDC(pixmap->hdc);
+	free(pixmap);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Copies from one item to another.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       dest: Destination window handle.
+ *       destp: Destination pixmap. (choose only one).
+ *       xdest: X coordinate of destination.
+ *       ydest: Y coordinate of destination.
+ *       width: Width of area to copy.
+ *       height: Height of area to copy.
+ *       src: Source window handle.
+ *       srcp: Source pixmap. (choose only one).
+ *       xsrc: X coordinate of source.
+ *       ysrc: Y coordinate of source.
+ */
+void dw_pixmap_bitblt(HWND dest, HPIXMAP destp, int xdest, int ydest, int width, int height, HWND src, HPIXMAP srcp, int xsrc, int ysrc)
+{
+	HPS hpsdest;
+	HPS hpssrc;
+	POINTL ptl[4];
+    int destheight, srcheight;
+
+	if(dest)
+	{
+		hpsdest = WinGetPS(dest);
+		destheight = _get_height(dest);
+	}
+	else if(destp)
+	{
+		hpsdest = destp->hps;
+		destheight = destp->height;
+	}
+	else
+		return;
+
+	if(src)
+	{
+		hpssrc = WinGetPS(src);
+		srcheight = _get_height(src);
+	}
+	else if(srcp)
+	{
+		hpssrc = srcp->hps;
+		srcheight = srcp->height;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		if(!destp)
+			WinReleasePS(hpsdest);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	ptl[0].x = xdest;
+	ptl[0].y = (destheight - ydest) - height;
+	ptl[1].x = ptl[0].x + width;
+	ptl[1].y = destheight - ydest;
+	ptl[2].x = xsrc;
+	ptl[2].y = srcheight - (ysrc + height);
+	ptl[3].x = ptl[2].x + width;
+	ptl[3].y = ptl[2].y + height;
+
+	GpiBitBlt(hpsdest, hpssrc, 4, ptl, ROP_SRCCOPY, BBO_IGNORE);
+
+	if(!destp)
+		WinReleasePS(hpsdest);
+	if(!srcp)
+		WinReleasePS(hpssrc);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Emits a beep.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       freq: Frequency.
+ *       dur: Duration.
+ */
+void dw_beep(int freq, int dur)
+{
+	DosBeep(freq, dur);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the handle to an unnamed mutex semaphore.
+ */
+HMTX dw_mutex_new(void)
+{
+	HMTX mutex;
+
+	DosCreateMutexSem(NULL, &mutex, 0, FALSE);
+	return mutex;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Closes a semaphore created by dw_mutex_new().
+ * Parameters:
+ *       mutex: The handle to the mutex returned by dw_mutex_new().
+ */
+void dw_mutex_close(HMTX mutex)
+{
+	DosCloseMutexSem(mutex);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Tries to gain access to the semaphore, if it can't it blocks.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       mutex: The handle to the mutex returned by dw_mutex_new().
+ */
+void dw_mutex_lock(HMTX mutex)
+{
+	DosRequestMutexSem(mutex, SEM_INDEFINITE_WAIT);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Reliquishes the access to the semaphore.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       mutex: The handle to the mutex returned by dw_mutex_new().
+ */
+void dw_mutex_unlock(HMTX mutex)
+{
+	DosReleaseMutexSem(mutex);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the handle to an unnamed event semaphore.
+ */
+HEV dw_event_new(void)
+{
+	HEV blah;
+
+	if(DosCreateEventSem (NULL, &blah, 0L, FALSE))
+		return 0;
+
+	return blah;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Resets a semaphore created by dw_event_new().
+ * Parameters:
+ *       eve: The handle to the event returned by dw_event_new().
+ */
+int dw_event_reset(HEV eve)
+{
+	ULONG count;
+
+	if(DosResetEventSem(eve, &count))
+		return FALSE;
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Posts a semaphore created by dw_event_new(). Causing all threads
+ * waiting on this event in dw_event_wait to continue.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       eve: The handle to the event returned by dw_event_new().
+ */
+int dw_event_post(HEV eve)
+{
+	if(DosPostEventSem(eve))
+		return FALSE;
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Waits on a semaphore created by dw_event_new(), until the
+ * event gets posted or until the timeout expires.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       eve: The handle to the event returned by dw_event_new().
+ */
+int dw_event_wait(HEV eve, unsigned long timeout)
+{
+	int rc = DosWaitEventSem(eve, timeout);
+	if(!rc)
+		return 1;
+	if(rc == ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+		return -1;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Closes a semaphore created by dw_event_new().
+ * Parameters:
+ *       eve: The handle to the event returned by dw_event_new().
+ */
+int dw_event_close(HEV *eve)
+{
+	if(!eve || ~DosCloseEventSem(*eve))
+		return FALSE;
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Encapsulate the message queues on OS/2.
+ */
+void _dwthreadstart(void *data)
+{
+	HAB thishab = WinInitialize(0);
+	HMQ thishmq = WinCreateMsgQueue(dwhab, 0);
+	void (*threadfunc)(void *) = NULL;
+	void **tmp = (void **)data;
+
+	threadfunc = (void (*)(void *))tmp[0];
+	threadfunc(tmp[1]);
+
+	free(tmp);
+
+	WinDestroyMsgQueue(thishmq);
+	WinTerminate(thishab);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Creates a new thread with a starting point of func.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       func: Function which will be run in the new thread.
+ *       data: Parameter(s) passed to the function.
+ *       stack: Stack size of new thread (OS/2 and Windows only).
+ */
+DWTID dw_thread_new(void *func, void *data, int stack)
+{
+	void **tmp = malloc(sizeof(void *) * 2);
+
+	tmp[0] = func;
+	tmp[1] = data;
+
+	return (DWTID)_beginthread((void (*)(void *))_dwthreadstart, NULL, stack, (void *)tmp);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Ends execution of current thread immediately.
+ */
+void dw_thread_end(void)
+{
+	_endthread();
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the current thread's ID.
+ */
+DWTID dw_thread_id(void)
+{
+	return (DWTID)_threadid;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Cleanly terminates a DW session, should be signal handler safe.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       exitcode: Exit code reported to the operating system.
+ */
+void dw_exit(int exitcode)
+{
+	/* In case we are in a signal handler, don't
+	 * try to free memory that could possibly be
+	 * free()'d by the runtime already.
+	 */
+#ifndef NO_SIGNALS
+	Root = NULL;
+#endif
+	exit(exitcode);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Pack a splitbar (sizer) into the specified box from the start.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       box: Window handle of the box to be packed into.
+ */
+void dw_box_pack_splitbar_start(HWND box)
+{
+	Box *thisbox;
+
+	if(WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT))
+	{
+		box = WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT);
+		thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
+	}
+	else
+		thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
+	if(thisbox)
+	{
+		HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
+								   SplitbarClassName,
+								   NULL,
+								   WS_VISIBLE,
+								   0,0,2000,1000,
+								   NULLHANDLE,
+								   HWND_TOP,
+								   0L,
+								   NULL,
+								   NULL);
+		if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT)
+			dw_box_pack_start(box, tmp, 1, SPLITBAR_WIDTH, TRUE, FALSE, 0);
+		else
+			dw_box_pack_start(box, tmp, SPLITBAR_WIDTH, 1, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
+
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Pack a splitbar (sizer) into the specified box from the end.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       box: Window handle of the box to be packed into.
+ */
+void dw_box_pack_splitbar_end(HWND box)
+{
+	Box *thisbox;
+
+	if(WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT))
+	{
+		box = WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT);
+		thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
+	}
+	else
+		thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
+	if(thisbox)
+	{
+		HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT,
+								   SplitbarClassName,
+								   NULL,
+								   WS_VISIBLE,
+								   0,0,2000,1000,
+								   NULLHANDLE,
+								   HWND_TOP,
+								   0L,
+								   NULL,
+								   NULL);
+		if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT)
+			dw_box_pack_end(box, tmp, 1, SPLITBAR_WIDTH, TRUE, FALSE, 0);
+		else
+			dw_box_pack_end(box, tmp, SPLITBAR_WIDTH, 1, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
+
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Pack windows (widgets) into a box from the start (or top).
+ * Parameters:
+ *       box: Window handle of the box to be packed into.
+ *       item: Window handle of the item to be back.
+ *       width: Width in pixels of the item or -1 to be self determined.
+ *       height: Height in pixels of the item or -1 to be self determined.
+ *       hsize: TRUE if the window (widget) should expand horizontally to fill space given.
+ *       vsize: TRUE if the window (widget) should expand vertically to fill space given.
+ *       pad: Number of pixels of padding around the item.
+ */
+void dw_box_pack_start(HWND box, HWND item, int width, int height, int hsize, int vsize, int pad)
+{
+	Box *thisbox;
+
+	if(WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT))
+	{
+		box = WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT);
+		thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
+	}
+	else
+		thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
+	if(thisbox)
+	{
+		if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
+			dw_box_pack_end_stub(box, item, width, height, hsize, vsize, pad);
+		else
+			dw_box_pack_start_stub(box, item, width, height, hsize, vsize, pad);
+	}
+}
+
+void dw_box_pack_start_stub(HWND box, HWND item, int width, int height, int hsize, int vsize, int pad)
+{
+	HWND boxowner = NULLHANDLE;
+	Box *thisbox;
+
+	if(WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT))
+	{
+		box = WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT);
+		thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
+		hsize = TRUE;
+		vsize = TRUE;
+	}
+	else
+		thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER);
+	if(thisbox)
+	{
+		int z;
+		Item *tmpitem, *thisitem = thisbox->items;
+		char tmpbuf[100];
+
+		tmpitem = malloc(sizeof(Item)*(thisbox->count+1));
+
+		for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++)
+		{
+			tmpitem[z+1] = thisitem[z];
+		}
+
+		WinQueryClassName(item, 99, tmpbuf);
+
+		if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#1", 2)==0)
+			tmpitem[0].type = TYPEBOX;
+		else
+			tmpitem[0].type = TYPEITEM;
+
+		tmpitem[0].hwnd = item;
+		tmpitem[0].origwidth = tmpitem[0].width = width;
+		tmpitem[0].origheight = tmpitem[0].height = height;
+		tmpitem[0].pad = pad;
+		if(hsize)
+			tmpitem[0].hsize = SIZEEXPAND;
+		else
+			tmpitem[0].hsize = SIZESTATIC;
+
+		if(vsize)
+			tmpitem[0].vsize = SIZEEXPAND;
+		else
+			tmpitem[0].vsize = SIZESTATIC;
+
+		thisbox->items = tmpitem;
+
+		if(thisbox->count)
+			free(thisitem);
+
+		thisbox->count++;
+
+		WinQueryClassName(item, 99, tmpbuf);
+		/* Don't set the ownership if it's an entryfield or combobox */
+		if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#6", 2)!=0 /*&& strncmp(tmpbuf, "#2", 2)!=0*/)
+		{
+			if((boxowner = WinQueryWindow(box, QW_OWNER)) != 0)
+				WinSetOwner(item, boxowner);
+			else
+				WinSetOwner(item, box);
+		}
+		WinSetParent(item, box, FALSE);
+	}
+}
+
+/* The following two functions graciously contributed by Peter Nielsen. */
+static ULONG _ParseBuildLevel (char* pchBuffer, ULONG ulSize) {
+	char* pchStart = pchBuffer;
+	char* pchEnd = pchStart + ulSize - 2;
+
+	while (pchEnd >= pchStart)
+	{
+		if ((pchEnd[0] == '#') && (pchEnd[1] == '@'))
+		{
+			*pchEnd-- = '\0';
+			while (pchEnd >= pchStart)
+			{
+				if ((pchEnd[0] == '@') && (pchEnd[1] == '#'))
+				{
+					ULONG ulMajor = 0;
+					ULONG ulMinor = 0;
+
+					char* pch = pchEnd + 2;
+					while (!isdigit (*pch) && *pch)
+						pch++;
+
+					while (isdigit (*pch))
+						ulMajor = ulMajor * 10 + *pch++ - '0';
+
+					if (*pch == '.')
+					{
+						while (isdigit (*++pch))
+							ulMinor = ulMinor * 10 + *pch - '0';
+					}
+					return ((ulMajor << 16) | ulMinor);
+				}
+				pchEnd--;
+			}
+		}
+		pchEnd--;
+	}
+	return (0);
+}
+
+ULONG _GetSystemBuildLevel(void) {
+	/* The build level info is normally available in the end of the OS2KRNL file. However, this is not the case in some beta versions of OS/2.
+	 * We first try to find the info in the 256 last bytes of the file. If that fails, we load the entire file and search it completely.
+	 */
+	ULONG ulBootDrive = 0;
+	ULONG ulBuild = 0;
+	if (DosQuerySysInfo (QSV_BOOT_DRIVE, QSV_BOOT_DRIVE, &ulBootDrive, sizeof (ulBootDrive)) == NO_ERROR)
+	{
+		char achFileName[11] = { (char)('A'+ulBootDrive-1),':','\\','O','S','2','K','R','N','L','\0' };
+		HFILE hfile;
+		ULONG ulResult;
+		if (DosOpen (achFileName, &hfile, &ulResult, 0, 0, OPEN_ACTION_FAIL_IF_NEW | OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS, OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR | OPEN_FLAGS_NO_CACHE | OPEN_FLAGS_SEQUENTIAL | OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE | OPEN_ACCESS_READONLY, NULL) == NO_ERROR)
+		{
+			ULONG ulFileSize = 0;
+			if (DosSetFilePtr (hfile, 0, FILE_END, &ulFileSize) == NO_ERROR)
+			{
+				const ULONG ulFirstTry = min (256, ulFileSize);
+				if (DosSetFilePtr (hfile, -(LONG)ulFirstTry, FILE_END, &ulResult) == NO_ERROR)
+				{
+					char *pchBuffer = malloc(ulFirstTry);
+					if (DosRead (hfile, pchBuffer, ulFirstTry, &ulResult) == NO_ERROR)
+					{
+						ulBuild = _ParseBuildLevel (pchBuffer, ulFirstTry);
+						if (ulBuild == 0)
+						{
+							if (DosSetFilePtr (hfile, 0, FILE_BEGIN, &ulResult) == NO_ERROR)
+							{
+								free(pchBuffer);
+								pchBuffer = malloc(ulFileSize);
+
+								if (DosRead (hfile, pchBuffer, ulFileSize, &ulResult) == NO_ERROR)
+									ulBuild = _ParseBuildLevel (pchBuffer, ulFileSize);
+							}
+						}
+					}
+					free(pchBuffer);
+				}
+			}
+			DosClose (hfile);
+		}
+	}
+	return (ulBuild);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Returns some information about the current operating environment.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       env: Pointer to a DWEnv struct.
+ */
+void dw_environment_query(DWEnv *env)
+{
+	ULONG aulBuffer[4];
+	ULONG Build;
+
+	if(!env)
+		return;
+
+	/* Get the OS/2 version. */
+
+	DosQuerySysInfo(QSV_VERSION_MAJOR, QSV_MS_COUNT,(void *)aulBuffer, 4*sizeof(ULONG));
+
+	/* The default is OS/2 2.0 */
+	strcpy(env->osName,"OS/2");
+	env->MajorVersion = 2;
+	env->MinorVersion = 0;
+
+	Build = _GetSystemBuildLevel();
+	env->MinorBuild =  Build & 0xFFFF;
+	env->MajorBuild =  Build >> 16;
+
+	if (aulBuffer[0] == 20)
+	{
+		int i = (unsigned int)aulBuffer[1];
+		if (i > 20)
+		{
+			strcpy(env->osName,"Warp");
+			env->MajorVersion = (int)i/10;
+			env->MinorVersion = i-(((int)i/10)*10);
+		}
+		else if (i == 10)
+			env->MinorVersion = 1;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Opens a file dialog and queries user selection.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       title: Title bar text for dialog.
+ *       defpath: The default path of the open dialog.
+ *       ext: Default file extention.
+ *       flags: DW_FILE_OPEN or DW_FILE_SAVE.
+ * Returns:
+ *       NULL on error. A malloced buffer containing
+ *       the file path on success.
+ *
+ */
+char *dw_file_browse(char *title, char *defpath, char *ext, int flags)
+{
+	FILEDLG fild;
+	HWND hwndFile;
+	int len;
+
+	if(defpath)
+		strcpy(fild.szFullFile, defpath);
+	else
+		strcpy(fild.szFullFile, "");
+
+	len = strlen(fild.szFullFile);
+
+	if(len)
+	{
+		if(fild.szFullFile[len-1] != '\\')
+			strcat(fild.szFullFile, "\\");
+	}
+	strcat(fild.szFullFile, "*");
+
+	if(ext)
+	{
+		strcat(fild.szFullFile, ".");
+		strcat(fild.szFullFile, ext);
+	}
+
+	fild.cbSize = sizeof(FILEDLG);
+	fild.fl = /*FDS_HELPBUTTON |*/ FDS_CENTER | FDS_OPEN_DIALOG;
+	fild.pszTitle = title;
+	fild.pszOKButton = ((flags & DW_FILE_SAVE) ? "Save" : "Open");
+	fild.ulUser = 0L;
+	fild.pfnDlgProc = (PFNWP)WinDefFileDlgProc;
+	fild.lReturn = 0L;
+	fild.lSRC = 0L;
+	fild.hMod = 0;
+	fild.x = 0;
+	fild.y = 0;
+	fild.pszIType       = (PSZ)NULL;
+	fild.papszITypeList = (PAPSZ)NULL;
+	fild.pszIDrive      = (PSZ)NULL;
+	fild.papszIDriveList= (PAPSZ)NULL;
+	fild.sEAType        = (SHORT)0;
+	fild.papszFQFilename= (PAPSZ)NULL;
+	fild.ulFQFCount     = 0L;
+
+	hwndFile = WinFileDlg(HWND_DESKTOP, HWND_DESKTOP, &fild);
+	if(hwndFile)
+	{
+		switch(fild.lReturn)
+		{
+		case DID_OK:
+            return strdup(fild.szFullFile);
+		case DID_CANCEL:
+			return NULL;
+		}
+	}
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Execute and external program in a seperate session.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       program: Program name with optional path.
+ *       type: Either DW_EXEC_CON or DW_EXEC_GUI.
+ *       params: An array of pointers to string arguements.
+ * Returns:
+ *       -1 on error.
+ */
+int dw_exec(char *program, int type, char **params)
+{
+	return spawnvp(P_NOWAIT, program, params);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Loads a web browser pointed at the given URL.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       url: Uniform resource locator.
+ */
+int dw_browse(char *url)
+{
+	/* Is there a way to find the webbrowser in Unix? */
+	char *execargs[3], browser[1024];
+
+	PrfQueryProfileString(HINI_USERPROFILE, "WPURLDEFAULTSETTINGS",
+						  "DefaultBrowserExe", NULL, browser, 1024);
+
+	execargs[0] = browser;
+	execargs[1] = url;
+	execargs[2] = NULL;
+
+	return dw_exec(browser, DW_EXEC_GUI, execargs);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns a pointer to a static buffer which containes the
+ * current user directory.  Or the root directory (C:\ on
+ * OS/2 and Windows).
+ */
+char *dw_user_dir(void)
+{
+	static char _user_dir[1024] = "";
+
+	if(!_user_dir[0])
+	{
+		char *home = getenv("HOME");
+
+		if(home)
+			strcpy(_user_dir, home);
+		else
+			strcpy(_user_dir, "C:\\");
+	}
+	return _user_dir;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Call a function from the window (widget)'s context.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Window handle of the widget.
+ *       function: Function pointer to be called.
+ *       data: Pointer to the data to be passed to the function.
+ */
+void dw_window_function(HWND handle, void *function, void *data)
+{
+	WinSendMsg(handle, WM_USER, (MPARAM)function, (MPARAM)data);
+}
+
+#ifndef NO_SIGNALS
+/*
+ * Add a callback to a window event.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       window: Window handle of signal to be called back.
+ *       signame: A string pointer identifying which signal to be hooked.
+ *       sigfunc: The pointer to the function to be used as the callback.
+ *       data: User data to be passed to the handler function.
+ */
+void dw_signal_connect(HWND window, char *signame, void *sigfunc, void *data)
+{
+	ULONG message = 0L;
+
+	if(window && signame && sigfunc)
+	{
+		if((message = _findsigmessage(signame)) != 0)
+			_new_signal(message, window, sigfunc, data);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Removes callbacks for a given window with given name.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       window: Window handle of callback to be removed.
+ */
+void dw_signal_disconnect_by_name(HWND window, char *signame)
+{
+	SignalHandler *prev = NULL, *tmp = Root;
+	ULONG message;
+
+	if(!window || !signame || (message = _findsigmessage(signame)) == 0)
+		return;
+
+	while(tmp)
+	{
+		if(tmp->window == window && tmp->message == message)
+		{
+			if(prev)
+			{
+				prev->next = tmp->next;
+				free(tmp);
+				tmp = prev->next;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				Root = tmp->next;
+				free(tmp);
+				tmp = Root;
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			prev = tmp;
+			tmp = tmp->next;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Removes all callbacks for a given window.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       window: Window handle of callback to be removed.
+ */
+void dw_signal_disconnect_by_window(HWND window)
+{
+	SignalHandler *prev = NULL, *tmp = Root;
+
+	while(tmp)
+	{
+		if(tmp->window == window)
+		{
+			if(prev)
+			{
+				prev->next = tmp->next;
+				free(tmp);
+				tmp = prev->next;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				Root = tmp->next;
+				free(tmp);
+				tmp = Root;
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			prev = tmp;
+			tmp = tmp->next;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Removes all callbacks for a given window with specified data.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       window: Window handle of callback to be removed.
+ *       data: Pointer to the data to be compared against.
+ */
+void dw_signal_disconnect_by_data(HWND window, void *data)
+{
+	SignalHandler *prev = NULL, *tmp = Root;
+
+	while(tmp)
+	{
+		if(tmp->window == window && tmp->data == data)
+		{
+			if(prev)
+			{
+				prev->next = tmp->next;
+				free(tmp);
+				tmp = prev->next;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				Root = tmp->next;
+				free(tmp);
+				tmp = Root;
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			prev = tmp;
+			tmp = tmp->next;
+		}
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TEST
+HWND mainwindow,
+	 listbox,
+	 okbutton,
+	 cancelbutton,
+	 lbbox,
+	 stext,
+	 buttonbox,
+	 testwindow,
+	 testbox,
+	 testok,
+	 testcancel,
+	 testbox2,
+	 testok2,
+	 testcancel2,
+	 notebook;
+int count = 2;
+
+#ifdef USE_FILTER
+/* Do any handling you need in the filter function */
+LONG testfilter(HWND hwnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2)
+{
+	switch(msg)
+	{
+	case WM_COMMAND:
+		switch (COMMANDMSG(&msg)->cmd)
+		{
+		case 1001L:
+		case 1002L:
+			dw_window_destroy(mainwindow);;
+			count--;
+			break;
+		case 1003L:
+		case 1004L:
+			dw_window_destroy(testwindow);;
+			count--;
+			break;
+		}
+		if(!count)
+			exit(0);
+		break;
+	}
+	/* Return -1 to allow the default handlers to return. */
+	return TRUE;
+}
+#else
+int test_callback(HWND window, void *data)
+{
+	dw_window_destroy((HWND)data);
+	/* Return -1 to allow the default handlers to return. */
+	count--;
+	if(!count)
+		exit(0);
+	return -1;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Let's demonstrate the functionality of this library. :)
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	ULONG flStyle = DW_FCF_SYSMENU | DW_FCF_TITLEBAR |
+		DW_FCF_SHELLPOSITION | DW_FCF_TASKLIST | DW_FCF_DLGBORDER;
+	int pageid;
+
+	dw_init(TRUE);
+
+	/* Try a little server dialog. :) */
+	mainwindow = dw_window_new(HWND_DESKTOP, "Server", flStyle | DW_FCF_SIZEBORDER | DW_FCF_MINMAX);
+
+	lbbox = dw_box_new(BOXVERT, 10);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(mainwindow, lbbox, 0, 0, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+	stext = dw_text_new("Choose a server:", 0);
+
+	dw_window_set_style(stext, DW_DT_VCENTER, DW_DT_VCENTER);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(lbbox, stext, 130, 15, FALSE, FALSE, 10);
+
+	listbox = dw_listbox_new(100L, FALSE);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(lbbox, listbox, 130, 200, TRUE, TRUE, 10);
+
+	buttonbox = dw_box_new(BOXHORZ, 0);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(lbbox, buttonbox, 0, 0, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+	okbutton = dw_button_new("Ok", 1001L);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(buttonbox, okbutton, 50, 30, TRUE, TRUE, 5);
+
+	cancelbutton = dw_button_new("Cancel", 1002L);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(buttonbox, cancelbutton, 50, 30, TRUE, TRUE, 5);
+
+	/* Set some nice fonts and colors */
+	dw_window_set_color(lbbox, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	dw_window_set_color(buttonbox, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	dw_window_set_font(stext, "9.WarpSans");
+	dw_window_set_color(stext, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	dw_window_set_font(listbox, "9.WarpSans");
+	dw_window_set_font(okbutton, "9.WarpSans");
+	dw_window_set_font(cancelbutton, "9.WarpSans");
+
+	dw_window_show(mainwindow);
+
+	dw_window_set_usize(mainwindow, 170, 340);
+
+	/* Another small example */
+	flStyle |= FCF_MINMAX | FCF_SIZEBORDER;
+
+	testwindow = dw_window_new(HWND_DESKTOP, "Wow a test dialog! :) yay!", flStyle);
+
+	testbox = dw_box_new(BOXVERT, 0);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(testwindow, testbox, 0, 0, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+	notebook = dw_notebook_new(1010L, TRUE);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(testbox, notebook, 100, 100, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+	testbox = dw_box_new(BOXVERT, 10);
+
+	pageid = dw_notebook_page_new(notebook, 0L, FALSE);
+
+	dw_notebook_page_set_text(notebook, pageid, "Test page");
+	dw_notebook_page_set_status_text(notebook, pageid, "Test page");
+
+	dw_notebook_pack(notebook, pageid, testbox);
+
+	testok = dw_button_new("Ok", 1003L);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(testbox, testok, 60, 40, TRUE, TRUE, 10);
+
+	testcancel = dw_button_new("Cancel", 1004L);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(testbox, testcancel, 60, 40, TRUE, TRUE, 10);
+
+	testbox2 = dw_box_new(BOXHORZ, 0);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(testbox, testbox2, 0, 0, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+	testok2 = dw_button_new("Ok", 1003L);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(testbox2, testok2, 60, 40, TRUE, TRUE, 10);
+
+	dw_box_pack_splitbar_start(testbox2);
+
+	testcancel2 = dw_button_new("Cancel", 1004L);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(testbox2, testcancel2, 60, 40, TRUE, TRUE, 10);
+
+	/* Set some nice fonts and colors */
+	dw_window_set_color(testbox, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	dw_window_set_color(testbox2, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	dw_window_set_font(testok, "9.WarpSans");
+	dw_window_set_font(testcancel, "9.WarpSans");
+	dw_window_set_font(testok2, "9.WarpSans");
+	dw_window_set_font(testcancel2, "9.WarpSans");
+
+	dw_window_show(testwindow);
+
+#ifdef USE_FILTER
+	dw_main(0L, (void *)testfilter);
+#else
+	/* Setup the function callbacks */
+	dw_signal_connect(okbutton, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)mainwindow);
+	dw_signal_connect(cancelbutton, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)mainwindow);
+	dw_signal_connect(testok, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)testwindow);
+	dw_signal_connect(testcancel, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)testwindow);
+	dw_signal_connect(testok2, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)testwindow);
+	dw_signal_connect(testcancel2, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)testwindow);
+	dw_signal_connect(mainwindow, "delete_event", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)mainwindow);
+	dw_signal_connect(testwindow, "delete_event", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)testwindow);
+
+	dw_main(0L, NULL);
+#endif
+
+	return 0;
+}
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/readme	Tue Jul 03 07:50:39 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+This is an alpha release of dynamic windows.
+
+Currently it is not quite complete and some functionality is broken.
+
+Known problems:
+
+Groupboxes are broken.
+Splitbars are based on the original position not the current position,
+    and don't update until a resize.
+
+Future features:
+
+Implementing all of the OS/2 controls. Currently a number of controls have not been implemented.
+Implementing a toolbar.
+
+If you have any questions or suggestions feel free to email me at dbsoft@technologist.com
+
+Thanks!
+
+Brian Smith
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/win/dirent.c	Tue Jul 03 07:50:39 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include <windows.h>
+
+#include "dirent.h"
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#define error(rc) errno = 255
+
+struct _dirdescr {
+	HANDLE		handle;		/* DosFindFirst handle */
+	char		fstype;		/* filesystem type */
+	long		count;		/* valid entries in <ffbuf> */
+	long		number;		/* absolute number of next entry */
+	int		index;		/* relative number of next entry */
+	char		name[MAXPATHLEN+3]; /* directory name */
+	unsigned	attrmask;	/* attribute mask for seekdir */
+	struct dirent	entry;		/* buffer for directory entry */
+	WIN32_FIND_DATA data;
+};
+
+/*
+ * Return first char of filesystem type, or 0 if unknown.
+ */
+static char
+getFSType(const char *path)
+{
+	static char cache[1+26];
+	char drive[3];
+	ULONG unit;
+	char r;
+
+	if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':') {
+		unit = toupper(path[0]) - '@';
+		path += 2;
+	} else {
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	if ((path[0] == '\\' || path[0] == '/')
+	 && (path[1] == '\\' || path[1] == '/'))
+		return 0;
+
+	if (cache [unit])
+		return cache [unit];
+
+	drive[0] = '@' + unit;
+	drive[1] = ':';
+	drive[2] = '\0';
+
+	r = GetDriveType(drive);
+
+	return cache [unit] = r;
+}
+
+char *
+abs_path(const char *name, char *buffer, int len)
+{
+	char buf[4];
+	if (isalpha(name[0]) && name[1] == ':' && name[2] == '\0') {
+		buf[0] = name[0];
+		buf[1] = name[1];
+		buf[2] = '.';
+		buf[3] = '\0';
+		name = buf;
+	}
+	if (GetLongPathName(name, buffer, len))
+		return NULL;
+	return buffer;
+}
+
+DIR *
+openxdir(const char *path, unsigned att_mask)
+{
+	DIR *dir;
+	char name[MAXPATHLEN+3];
+
+	dir = malloc(sizeof(DIR));
+	if (dir == NULL) {
+		errno = ENOMEM;
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	strncpy(name, path, MAXPATHLEN);
+	name[MAXPATHLEN] = '\0';
+	switch (name[strlen(name)-1]) {
+	default:
+		strcat(name, "\\");
+	case '\\':
+	case '/':
+	case ':':
+		;
+	}
+	strcat(name, ".");
+	if (!abs_path(name, dir->name, MAXPATHLEN+1))
+		strcpy(dir->name, name);
+	if (dir->name[strlen(dir->name)-1] == '\\')
+		strcat(dir->name, "*");
+	else
+		strcat(dir->name, "\\*");
+
+	dir->fstype = getFSType(dir->name);
+	dir->attrmask = att_mask | A_DIR;
+
+	dir->count = 100;
+	if((dir->handle = FindFirstFile(dir->name, &dir->data))==NULL)
+	{
+		free(dir);
+		error(rc);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	dir->number = 0;
+	dir->index = 0;
+
+	return (DIR *)dir;
+}
+
+DIR *
+opendir(const char *pathname)
+{
+	return openxdir(pathname, 0);
+}
+
+struct dirent *
+readdir(DIR *dir)
+{
+	static int dummy_ino = 2;
+
+	if (dir->number)
+	{
+		ULONG rc;
+		dir->count = 100;
+		if(!FindNextFile(dir->handle, &(dir->data)))
+		{
+			error(rc);
+			return NULL;
+		}
+
+		dir->index = 0;
+	}
+
+	strcpy(dir->entry.d_name, dir->data.cFileName);
+	dir->entry.d_ino = dummy_ino++;
+	dir->entry.d_reclen = strlen(dir->data.cFileName);
+	dir->entry.d_namlen = strlen(dir->data.cFileName);
+	dir->entry.d_size = dir->data.nFileSizeLow;
+	dir->entry.d_attribute = dir->data.dwFileAttributes;
+#if 0
+	dir->entry.d_time = *(USHORT *)&dir->next->ftimeLastWrite;
+	dir->entry.d_date = *(USHORT *)&dir->next->fdateLastWrite;
+#endif
+
+	dir->number++;
+	dir->index++;
+	return &dir->entry;
+}
+
+long
+telldir(DIR *dir)
+{
+	return dir->number;
+}
+
+void
+seekdir(DIR *dir, long off)
+{
+	if (dir->number > off) {
+		char name[MAXPATHLEN+2];
+		ULONG rc;
+
+		FindClose(dir->handle);
+
+		strcpy(name, dir->name);
+		strcat(name, "*");
+
+		if((dir->handle = FindFirstFile(name, &(dir->data)))==NULL)
+		{
+			error(rc);
+			return;
+		}
+
+		dir->number = 0;
+		dir->index = 0;
+	}
+
+	while (dir->number < off && readdir(dir))
+		;
+}
+
+void
+closedir(DIR *dir)
+{
+	FindClose(dir->handle);
+	free(dir);
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	int i;
+	DIR *dir;
+	struct dirent *ep;
+
+	for (i = 1; i < argc; ++i) {
+		dir = opendir(argv[i]);
+		if (!dir)
+			continue;
+		while (ep = readdir(dir))
+			if (strchr("\\/:", argv[i] [strlen(argv[i]) - 1]))
+				printf("%s%s\n", argv[i], ep->d_name);
+			else
+				printf("%s/%s\n", argv[i], ep->d_name);
+		closedir(dir);
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/win/dw.c	Tue Jul 03 07:50:39 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,5568 @@
+/*
+ * Dynamic Windows:
+ *          A GTK like implementation of the Win32 GUI
+ *
+ * (C) 2000,2001 Brian Smith <dbsoft@technologist.com>
+ *
+ */
+#define _WIN32_IE 0x0500
+#define WINVER 0x400
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <windowsx.h>
+#include <commctrl.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <process.h>
+#include "dw.h"
+
+/* this is the callback handle for the window procedure */
+/* make sure you always match the calling convention! */
+int (*filterfunc)(HWND, UINT, WPARAM, LPARAM) = 0L;
+
+HWND hwndBubble = (HWND)NULL, hwndBubbleLast, DW_HWND_OBJECT = (HWND)NULL;
+
+HINSTANCE DWInstance = NULL;
+
+DWORD dwVersion = 0;
+
+/* I should probably check the actual file version, but this will do for now */
+#define IS_WIN98PLUS (LOBYTE(LOWORD(dwVersion)) > 4 || \
+	(LOBYTE(LOWORD(dwVersion)) == 4 && HIBYTE(LOWORD(dwVersion)) > 0))
+
+char monthlist[][4] = { "Jan", "Feb", "Mar", "Apr", "May", "Jun", "Jul", "Aug",
+                        "Sep", "Oct", "Nov", "Dec" };
+
+int main(int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+#define ICON_INDEX_LIMIT 200
+HICON lookup[200];
+HIMAGELIST hSmall, hLarge;
+
+COLORREF _foreground = RGB(127, 127, 127);
+COLORREF _background = 0;
+HPEN _hPen;
+HBRUSH _hBrush;
+
+#ifdef DWDEBUG
+FILE *f;
+
+void reopen(void)
+{
+	fclose(f);
+	f = fopen("dw.log", "at");
+}
+#endif
+
+BYTE _red[] = { 	0x00, 0xbb, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0xbb, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x77,
+			  0xff, 0x00, 0xee, 0x00, 0xff, 0x00, 0xff, 0xaa, 0x00 };
+BYTE _green[] = {	0x00, 0x00, 0xbb, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x00, 0xbb, 0xaa, 0x77,
+			  0x00, 0xff, 0xee, 0x00, 0x00, 0xee, 0xff, 0xaa, 0x00 };
+BYTE _blue[] = { 	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xcc, 0xbb, 0xbb, 0xaa, 0x77,
+		      0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0xee, 0xff, 0xaa, 0x00};
+
+HBRUSH _colors[18];
+
+static LONG lColor[SPLITBAR_WIDTH] =
+{
+    DW_CLR_BLACK,
+    DW_CLR_PALEGRAY,
+    DW_CLR_WHITE
+};
+
+void _resize_notebook_page(HWND handle, int pageid);
+
+#ifdef NO_SIGNALS
+#define USE_FILTER
+#else
+typedef struct _sighandler
+{
+	struct _sighandler	*next;
+	ULONG message;
+	HWND window;
+	void *signalfunction;
+	void *data;
+
+} SignalHandler;
+
+SignalHandler *Root = NULL;
+int _index;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+	ULONG message;
+	char name[30];
+
+} SignalList;
+
+/* List of signals and their equivilent Win32 message */
+#define SIGNALMAX 11
+
+SignalList SignalTranslate[SIGNALMAX] = {
+	{ WM_SIZE, "configure_event" },
+	{ WM_CHAR, "key_press_event" },
+	{ WM_LBUTTONDOWN, "button_press_event" },
+	{ WM_LBUTTONUP, "button_release_event" },
+	{ WM_MOUSEMOVE, "motion_notify_event" },
+	{ WM_CLOSE, "delete_event" },
+	{ WM_PAINT, "expose_event" },
+	{ WM_COMMAND, "clicked" },
+	{ NM_DBLCLK, "container-select" },
+	{ NM_RCLICK, "container-context" },
+	{ LBN_SELCHANGE, "item-select" }
+};
+
+#ifdef BUILD_DLL
+void Win32_Set_Instance(HINSTANCE hInstance)
+{
+	DWInstance = hInstance;
+}
+#else
+char **_convertargs(int *count, char *start)
+{
+	char *tmp, *argstart, **argv;
+	int loc = 0, inquotes = 0;
+
+	(*count) = 1;
+
+	tmp = start;
+
+	/* Count the number of entries */
+	if(*start)
+	{
+		(*count)++;
+
+		while(*tmp)
+		{
+			if(*tmp == '"' && inquotes)
+				inquotes = 0;
+			else if(*tmp == '"' && !inquotes)
+				inquotes = 1;
+			else if(*tmp == ' ' && !inquotes)
+			{
+				/* Push past any white space */
+				while(*(tmp+1) == ' ')
+					tmp++;
+				/* If we aren't at the end of the command
+				 * line increment the count.
+				 */
+				if(*(tmp+1))
+					(*count)++;
+			}
+			tmp++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	argv = (char **)malloc(sizeof(char *) * ((*count)+1));
+	argv[0] = malloc(260);
+	GetModuleFileName(DWInstance, argv[0], 260);
+
+	argstart = tmp = start;
+
+	if(*start)
+	{
+		loc = 1;
+
+		while(*tmp)
+		{
+			if(*tmp == '"' && inquotes)
+			{
+				*tmp = 0;
+				inquotes = 0;
+			}
+			else if(*tmp == '"' && !inquotes)
+			{
+				argstart = tmp+1;
+				inquotes = 1;
+			}
+			else if(*tmp == ' ' && !inquotes)
+			{
+				*tmp = 0;
+				argv[loc] = strdup(argstart);
+
+				/* Push past any white space */
+				while(*(tmp+1) == ' ')
+					tmp++;
+
+				/* Move the start pointer */
+				argstart = tmp+1;
+
+				/* If we aren't at the end of the command
+				 * line increment the count.
+				 */
+				if(*(tmp+1))
+					loc++;
+			}
+			tmp++;
+		}
+		if(*argstart)
+			argv[loc] = strdup(argstart);
+	}
+	argv[loc+1] = NULL;
+	return argv;
+}
+
+/* Ok this is a really big hack but what the hell ;) */
+int WINAPI WinMain(HINSTANCE hInstance, HINSTANCE hPrevInstance, LPSTR lpCmdLine, int nCmdShow)
+{
+	char **argv;
+    int argc;
+
+	DWInstance = hInstance;
+
+	argv = _convertargs(&argc, lpCmdLine);
+
+	return main(argc, argv);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* This function adds a signal handler callback into the linked list.
+ */
+void _new_signal(ULONG message, HWND window, void *signalfunction, void *data)
+{
+	SignalHandler *new = malloc(sizeof(SignalHandler));
+
+	new->message = message;
+	new->window = window;
+	new->signalfunction = signalfunction;
+	new->data = data;
+	new->next = NULL;
+
+	if (!Root)
+		Root = new;
+	else
+	{
+		SignalHandler *prev = NULL, *tmp = Root;
+		while(tmp)
+		{
+			prev = tmp;
+			tmp = tmp->next;
+		}
+		if(prev)
+			prev->next = new;
+		else
+			Root = new;
+	}
+}
+
+/* Finds the message number for a given signal name */
+ULONG _findsigmessage(char *signame)
+{
+	int z;
+
+	for(z=0;z<SIGNALMAX;z++)
+	{
+		if(stricmp(signame, SignalTranslate[z].name) == 0)
+			return SignalTranslate[z].message;
+	}
+	return 0L;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* This function removes and handlers on windows and frees
+ * the user memory allocated to it.
+ */
+BOOL CALLBACK _free_window_memory(HWND handle, LPARAM lParam)
+{
+	void *ptr = (void *)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA);
+
+#ifndef NO_SIGNALS
+	dw_signal_disconnect_by_window(handle);
+#endif
+
+	if(ptr)
+	{
+		SetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA, 0);
+		free(ptr);
+	}
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* This function returns 1 if the window (widget) handle
+ * passed to it is a valid window that can gain input focus.
+ */
+int _validate_focus(HWND handle)
+{
+	char tmpbuf[100];
+
+	if(!handle)
+		return 0;
+
+	GetClassName(handle, tmpbuf, 99);
+
+	/* These are the window classes which can
+	 * obtain input focus.
+	 */
+	if(strnicmp(tmpbuf, EDITCLASSNAME, strlen(EDITCLASSNAME))==0 ||  /* Entryfield */
+	   strnicmp(tmpbuf, BUTTONCLASSNAME, strlen(BUTTONCLASSNAME))==0 ||  /* Button */
+	   strnicmp(tmpbuf, COMBOBOXCLASSNAME, strlen(COMBOBOXCLASSNAME))==0 ||  /* Combobox */
+	   strnicmp(tmpbuf, LISTBOXCLASSNAME, strlen(LISTBOXCLASSNAME))==0 ||  /* List box */
+	   strnicmp(tmpbuf, UPDOWN_CLASS, strlen(UPDOWN_CLASS))==0 || /* Spinbutton */
+	   strnicmp(tmpbuf, WC_LISTVIEW, strlen(WC_LISTVIEW))== 0)  /* Container */
+		return 1;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+HWND _normalize_handle(HWND handle)
+{
+	char tmpbuf[100] = "";
+
+	GetClassName(handle, tmpbuf, 99);
+	if(strnicmp(tmpbuf, UPDOWN_CLASS, strlen(UPDOWN_CLASS))==0) /* Spinner */
+	{
+		ColorInfo *cinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA);
+
+		if(cinfo && cinfo->buddy)
+			return cinfo->buddy;
+	}
+	return handle;
+}
+
+int _focus_check_box(Box *box, HWND handle, int start)
+{
+	int z;
+	static HWND lasthwnd, firsthwnd;
+    static int finish_searching;
+
+	/* Start is 2 when we have cycled completely and
+	 * need to set the focus to the last widget we found
+	 * that was valid.
+	 */
+	if(start == 2)
+	{
+		if(lasthwnd)
+			SetFocus(lasthwnd);
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	/* Start is 1 when we are entering the function
+	 * for the first time, it is zero when entering
+	 * the function recursively.
+	 */
+	if(start == 1)
+	{
+		lasthwnd = handle;
+		finish_searching = 0;
+		firsthwnd = 0;
+	}
+
+	for(z=box->count-1;z>-1;z--)
+	{
+		if(box->items[z].type == TYPEBOX)
+		{
+			Box *thisbox = (Box *)GetWindowLong(box->items[z].hwnd, GWL_USERDATA);
+
+			if(thisbox && _focus_check_box(thisbox, handle, start == 3 ? 3 : 0))
+				return 1;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			if(box->items[z].hwnd == handle)
+			{
+				if(lasthwnd == handle && firsthwnd)
+					SetFocus(firsthwnd);
+				else if(lasthwnd == handle && !firsthwnd)
+					finish_searching = 1;
+				else
+					SetFocus(lasthwnd);
+
+				/* If we aren't looking for the last handle,
+				 * return immediately.
+				 */
+				if(!finish_searching)
+					return 1;
+			}
+			if(_validate_focus(box->items[z].hwnd))
+			{
+				/* Start is 3 when we are looking for the
+				 * first valid item in the layout.
+				 */
+				if(start == 3)
+				{
+					SetFocus(_normalize_handle(box->items[z].hwnd));
+					return 1;
+				}
+
+				if(!firsthwnd)
+					firsthwnd = _normalize_handle(box->items[z].hwnd);
+
+				lasthwnd = _normalize_handle(box->items[z].hwnd);
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				char tmpbuf[100] = "";
+
+				GetClassName(box->items[z].hwnd, tmpbuf, 99);
+
+				if(strnicmp(tmpbuf, WC_TABCONTROL, strlen(WC_TABCONTROL))==0) /* Notebook */
+				{
+					NotebookPage **array = (NotebookPage **)GetWindowLong(box->items[z].hwnd, GWL_USERDATA);
+					int pageid = TabCtrl_GetCurSel(box->items[z].hwnd);
+
+					if(pageid > -1 && array && array[pageid])
+					{
+						Box *notebox;
+
+						if(array[pageid]->hwnd)
+						{
+							notebox = (Box *)GetWindowLong(array[pageid]->hwnd, GWL_USERDATA);
+
+							if(notebox && _focus_check_box(notebox, handle, start == 3 ? 3 : 0))
+								return 1;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/* This function finds the first widget in the
+ * layout and moves the current focus to it.
+ */
+void _initial_focus(HWND handle)
+{
+	Box *thisbox;
+
+	if(handle)
+		thisbox = (Box *)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA);
+
+	if(thisbox)
+	{
+		_focus_check_box(thisbox, handle, 3);
+	}
+}
+
+/* This function finds the current widget in the
+ * layout and moves the current focus to the next item.
+ */
+void _shift_focus(HWND handle)
+{
+	Box *thisbox;
+
+	HWND box, lastbox = GetParent(handle);
+
+	/* Find the toplevel window */
+	while((box = GetParent(lastbox)))
+	{
+		lastbox = box;
+	}
+
+	thisbox = (Box *)GetWindowLong(lastbox, GWL_USERDATA);
+	if(thisbox)
+	{
+		if(_focus_check_box(thisbox, handle, 1)  == 0)
+			_focus_check_box(thisbox, handle, 2);
+	}
+}
+
+/* ResetWindow:
+ *         Resizes window to the exact same size to trigger
+ *         recalculation of frame.
+ */
+void _ResetWindow(HWND hwndFrame)
+{
+	RECT rcl;
+
+	GetWindowRect(hwndFrame, &rcl);
+	SetWindowPos(hwndFrame, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, rcl.right - rcl.left,
+				 rcl.bottom - rcl.top - 1, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOZORDER);
+	SetWindowPos(hwndFrame, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, rcl.right - rcl.left,
+				 rcl.bottom - rcl.top, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOZORDER);
+}
+
+/* Function: TrackRectangle
+ * Abstract: Tracks given rectangle.
+ *
+ * If rclBounds is NULL, then track rectangle on entire desktop.
+ * rclTrack is in window coorditates and will be mapped to
+ * desktop.
+ */
+
+BOOL _TrackRectangle(HWND hwndBase, RECTL* rclTrack, RECTL* rclBounds)
+{
+	ULONG rc = 0;
+#if 0
+	TRACKINFO track;
+
+	track.cxBorder = 1;
+	track.cyBorder = 1;
+	track.cxGrid   = 1;
+	track.cyGrid   = 1;
+	track.cxKeyboard = 8;
+	track.cyKeyboard = 8;
+
+	if(!rclTrack)
+		return FALSE;
+
+	if(rclBounds)
+	{
+		track.rclBoundary = *rclBounds;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		track.rclBoundary.yTop    =
+			track.rclBoundary.xRight  = 3000;
+		track.rclBoundary.yBottom =
+			track.rclBoundary.xLeft   = -3000;
+	}
+
+	track.rclTrack = *rclTrack;
+
+	MapWindowPoints(hwndBase,
+					HWND_DESKTOP,
+					(PPOINT)&track.rclTrack,
+					2);
+
+	track.ptlMinTrackSize.x = track.rclTrack.xRight
+		- track.rclTrack.xLeft;
+	track.ptlMinTrackSize.y = track.rclTrack.yTop
+		- track.rclTrack.yBottom;
+	track.ptlMaxTrackSize.x = track.rclTrack.xRight
+		- track.rclTrack.xLeft;
+	track.ptlMaxTrackSize.y = track.rclTrack.yTop
+		- track.rclTrack.yBottom;
+
+	track.fs = TF_MOVE | TF_ALLINBOUNDARY;
+
+	rc = WinTrackRect(HWND_DESKTOP, 0, &track);
+
+	if(rc)
+		*rclTrack = track.rclTrack;
+
+#endif
+	return rc;
+}
+
+/* This function calculates how much space the widgets and boxes require
+ * and does expansion as necessary.
+ */
+int _resize_box(Box *thisbox, int *depth, int x, int y, int *usedx, int *usedy,
+				int pass, int *usedpadx, int *usedpady)
+{
+	int z, currentx = 0, currenty = 0;
+	int uymax = 0, uxmax = 0;
+	int upymax = 0, upxmax = 0;
+	/* Used for the SIZEEXPAND */
+	int nux = *usedx, nuy = *usedy;
+	int nupx = *usedpadx, nupy = *usedpady;
+
+	(*usedx) += (thisbox->pad * 2);
+	(*usedy) += (thisbox->pad * 2);
+
+	for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++)
+	{
+		if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX)
+		{
+			int initialx, initialy;
+			Box *tmp = (Box *)GetWindowLong(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, GWL_USERDATA);
+
+			initialx = x - (*usedx);
+			initialy = y - (*usedy);
+
+			if(tmp)
+			{
+				int newx, newy;
+				int nux = *usedx, nuy = *usedy;
+				int upx = *usedpadx + (tmp->pad*2), upy = *usedpady + (tmp->pad*2);
+
+				/* On the second pass we know how big the box needs to be and how
+				 * much space we have, so we can calculate a ratio for the new box.
+				 */
+				if(pass == 2)
+				{
+					int deep = *depth + 1;
+
+					_resize_box(tmp, &deep, x, y, &nux, &nuy, 1, &upx, &upy);
+
+					tmp->upx = upx - *usedpadx;
+					tmp->upy = upy - *usedpady;
+
+					newx = x - nux;
+					newy = y - nuy;
+
+					tmp->width = thisbox->items[z].width = initialx - newx;
+					tmp->height = thisbox->items[z].height = initialy - newy;
+
+					tmp->parentxratio = thisbox->xratio;
+					tmp->parentyratio = thisbox->yratio;
+
+					tmp->parentpad = tmp->pad;
+
+					/* Just in case */
+					tmp->xratio = thisbox->xratio;
+					tmp->yratio = thisbox->yratio;
+
+#ifdef DWDEBUG
+					if(pass > 1)
+					{
+						fprintf(f, "FARK! depth %d\r\nwidth = %d, height = %d, nux = %d, nuy = %d, upx = %d, upy = %d xratio = %f, yratio = %f\r\n\r\n",
+								*depth, thisbox->items[z].width, thisbox->items[z].height, nux, nuy, tmp->upx, tmp->upy, tmp->xratio, tmp->yratio);
+						reopen();
+					}
+#endif
+					if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT)
+					{
+						if((thisbox->items[z].width-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(tmp->pad*2)))!=0)
+							tmp->xratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].width * thisbox->xratio)-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(tmp->pad*2))))/((float)(thisbox->items[z].width-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(tmp->pad*2))));
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						if((thisbox->items[z].width-tmp->upx)!=0)
+							tmp->xratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].width * thisbox->xratio)-tmp->upx))/((float)(thisbox->items[z].width-tmp->upx));
+					}
+					if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
+					{
+						if((thisbox->items[z].height-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(tmp->pad*2)))!=0)
+							tmp->yratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].height * thisbox->yratio)-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(tmp->pad*2))))/((float)(thisbox->items[z].height-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(tmp->pad*2))));
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						if((thisbox->items[z].height-tmp->upy)!=0)
+							tmp->yratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].height * thisbox->yratio)-tmp->upy))/((float)(thisbox->items[z].height-tmp->upy));
+					}
+
+					nux = *usedx; nuy = *usedy;
+					upx = *usedpadx + (tmp->pad*2); upy = *usedpady + (tmp->pad*2);
+				}
+
+				(*depth)++;
+
+#ifdef DWDEBUG
+				if(pass > 1)
+				{
+					fprintf(f, "Before Resize Box depth %d\r\nx = %d, y = %d, usedx = %d, usedy = %d, usedpadx = %d, usedpady = %d xratio = %f, yratio = %f\r\n\r\n",
+							*depth, x, y, *usedx, *usedy, *usedpadx, *usedpady, tmp->xratio, tmp->yratio);
+					reopen();
+				}
+#endif
+
+				_resize_box(tmp, depth, x, y, &nux, &nuy, pass, &upx, &upy);
+
+				(*depth)--;
+
+				newx = x - nux;
+				newy = y - nuy;
+
+				tmp->minwidth = thisbox->items[z].width = initialx - newx;
+				tmp->minheight = thisbox->items[z].height = initialy - newy;
+
+#ifdef DWDEBUG
+				if(pass > 1)
+				{
+					fprintf(f, "After Resize Box depth %d\r\nx = %d, y = %d, usedx = %d, usedy = %d, usedpadx = %d, usedpady = %d width = %d, height = %d\r\n\r\n",
+							*depth, x, y, *usedx, *usedy, *usedpadx, *usedpady, thisbox->items[z].width, thisbox->items[z].height);
+					reopen();
+				}
+#endif
+			}
+		}
+
+		if(pass > 1 && *depth > 0)
+		{
+			if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT)
+				thisbox->items[z].xratio = ((float)((thisbox->width * thisbox->parentxratio)-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->parentpad*2))))/((float)(thisbox->minwidth-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->parentpad*2))));
+			else
+				thisbox->items[z].xratio = ((float)((thisbox->width * thisbox->parentxratio)-thisbox->upx))/((float)(thisbox->minwidth-thisbox->upx));
+
+			if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
+				thisbox->items[z].yratio = ((float)((thisbox->height * thisbox->parentyratio)-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->parentpad*2))))/((float)(thisbox->minheight-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->parentpad*2))));
+			else
+				thisbox->items[z].yratio = ((float)((thisbox->height * thisbox->parentyratio)-thisbox->upy))/((float)(thisbox->minheight-thisbox->upy));
+#ifdef DWDEBUG
+			fprintf(f, "RATIO- xratio = %f, yratio = %f, width = %d, height = %d, pad = %d, box xratio = %f, box yratio = %f, parent xratio = %f, parent yratio = %f, minwidth = %d, minheight = %d, width = %d, height = %d, upx = %d, upy = %d\r\n\r\n",
+					thisbox->items[z].xratio, thisbox->items[z].yratio, thisbox->items[z].width, thisbox->items[z].height, thisbox->items[z].pad, thisbox->xratio, thisbox->yratio, thisbox->parentxratio, thisbox->parentyratio, thisbox->minwidth, thisbox->minheight, thisbox->width, thisbox->height, thisbox->upx, thisbox->upy);
+			reopen();
+#endif
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			thisbox->items[z].xratio = thisbox->xratio;
+			thisbox->items[z].yratio = thisbox->yratio;
+		}
+
+		if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT)
+		{
+			if((thisbox->items[z].width + (thisbox->items[z].pad*2)) > uxmax)
+				uxmax = (thisbox->items[z].width + (thisbox->items[z].pad*2));
+			if(thisbox->items[z].hsize != SIZEEXPAND)
+			{
+				if(((thisbox->items[z].pad*2) + thisbox->items[z].width) > upxmax)
+					upxmax = (thisbox->items[z].pad*2) + thisbox->items[z].width;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if(thisbox->items[z].pad*2 > upxmax)
+					upxmax = thisbox->items[z].pad*2;
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			if(thisbox->items[z].width == -1)
+			{
+				/* figure out how much space this item requires */
+				/* thisbox->items[z].width = */
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				(*usedx) += thisbox->items[z].width + (thisbox->items[z].pad*2);
+				if(thisbox->items[z].hsize != SIZEEXPAND)
+					(*usedpadx) += (thisbox->items[z].pad*2) + thisbox->items[z].width;
+				else
+					(*usedpadx) += thisbox->items[z].pad*2;
+			}
+		}
+		if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
+		{
+			if((thisbox->items[z].height + (thisbox->items[z].pad*2)) > uymax)
+				uymax = (thisbox->items[z].height + (thisbox->items[z].pad*2));
+			if(thisbox->items[z].vsize != SIZEEXPAND)
+			{
+				if(((thisbox->items[z].pad*2) + thisbox->items[z].height) > upymax)
+					upymax = (thisbox->items[z].pad*2) + thisbox->items[z].height;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if(thisbox->items[z].pad*2 > upymax)
+					upymax = thisbox->items[z].pad*2;
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			if(thisbox->items[z].height == -1)
+			{
+				/* figure out how much space this item requires */
+				/* thisbox->items[z].height = */
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				(*usedy) += thisbox->items[z].height + (thisbox->items[z].pad*2);
+				if(thisbox->items[z].vsize != SIZEEXPAND)
+					(*usedpady) += (thisbox->items[z].pad*2) + thisbox->items[z].height;
+				else
+					(*usedpady) += thisbox->items[z].pad*2;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	(*usedx) += uxmax;
+	(*usedy) += uymax;
+	(*usedpadx) += upxmax;
+	(*usedpady) += upymax;
+
+	currentx += thisbox->pad;
+	currenty += thisbox->pad;
+
+#ifdef DWDEBUG
+	fprintf(f, "Done Calc depth %d\r\nusedx = %d, usedy = %d, usedpadx = %d, usedpady = %d, currentx = %d, currenty = %d, uxmax = %d, uymax = %d\r\n\r\n",
+			*depth, *usedx, *usedy, *usedpadx, *usedpady, currentx, currenty, uxmax, uymax);
+	reopen();
+#endif
+
+	/* The second pass is for expansion and actual placement. */
+	if(pass > 1)
+	{
+		/* Any SIZEEXPAND items should be set to uxmax/uymax */
+		for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++)
+		{
+			if(thisbox->items[z].hsize == SIZEEXPAND && thisbox->type == BOXVERT)
+				thisbox->items[z].width = uxmax-(thisbox->items[z].pad*2);
+			if(thisbox->items[z].vsize == SIZEEXPAND && thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
+				thisbox->items[z].height = uymax-(thisbox->items[z].pad*2);
+			/* Run this code segment again to finalize the sized after setting uxmax/uymax values. */
+			if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX)
+			{
+				Box *tmp = (Box *)GetWindowLong(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, GWL_USERDATA);
+
+				if(tmp)
+				{
+					if(*depth > 0)
+					{
+						if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT)
+						{
+							tmp->xratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].width * thisbox->xratio)-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->pad*2))))/((float)(tmp->minwidth-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->pad*2))));
+							tmp->width = thisbox->items[z].width;
+						}
+						if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
+						{
+							tmp->yratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].height * thisbox->yratio)-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->pad*2))))/((float)(tmp->minheight-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->pad*2))));
+							tmp->height = thisbox->items[z].height;
+						}
+					}
+
+					(*depth)++;
+
+					/*tmp->xratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].width * thisbox->xratio)-tmp->upx) )/((float)(tmp->minwidth-tmp->upx));
+					tmp->yratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].height * thisbox->yratio)-tmp->upy))/((float)(tmp->minheight-tmp->upy));*/
+
+#ifdef DWDEBUG
+					fprintf(f, "2- Resize Box depth %d\r\nx = %d, y = %d, usedx = %d, usedy = %d, usedpadx = %d, usedpady = %d xratio = %f, yratio = %f,\r\nupx = %d, upy = %d, width = %d, height = %d, minwidth = %d, minheight = %d, box xratio = %f, box yratio = %f\r\n\r\n",
+						*depth, x, y, *usedx, *usedy, *usedpadx, *usedpady, tmp->xratio, tmp->yratio, tmp->upx, tmp->upy, thisbox->items[z].width, thisbox->items[z].height, tmp->minwidth, tmp->minheight, thisbox->xratio, thisbox->yratio);
+					reopen();
+#endif
+
+					_resize_box(tmp, depth, x, y, &nux, &nuy, 3, &nupx, &nupy);
+
+					(*depth)--;
+
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		for(z=0;z<(thisbox->count);z++)
+		{
+			int height = thisbox->items[z].height;
+			int width = thisbox->items[z].width;
+			int pad = thisbox->items[z].pad;
+			HWND handle = thisbox->items[z].hwnd;
+			int vectorx, vectory;
+
+			/* When upxmax != pad*2 then ratios are incorrect. */
+			vectorx = (int)((width*thisbox->items[z].xratio)-width);
+			vectory = (int)((height*thisbox->items[z].yratio)-height);
+
+			if(width > 0 && height > 0)
+			{
+				char tmpbuf[100];
+				/* This is a hack to fix rounding of the sizing */
+				if(*depth == 0)
+				{
+					vectorx++;
+					vectory++;
+				}
+
+				/* If this item isn't going to expand... reset the vectors to 0 */
+				if(thisbox->items[z].vsize != SIZEEXPAND)
+					vectory = 0;
+				if(thisbox->items[z].hsize != SIZEEXPAND)
+					vectorx = 0;
+
+				GetClassName(handle, tmpbuf, 99);
+
+				if(strnicmp(tmpbuf, COMBOBOXCLASSNAME, strlen(COMBOBOXCLASSNAME))==0)
+				{
+					/* Handle special case Combobox */
+					SetWindowPos(handle, HWND_TOP, currentx + pad, currenty + pad,
+									width + vectorx, (height + vectory) + 400, 0);
+				}
+				else if(strnicmp(tmpbuf, UPDOWN_CLASS, strlen(UPDOWN_CLASS))==0)
+				{
+					/* Handle special case Spinbutton */
+					ColorInfo *cinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA);
+
+					SetWindowPos(handle, HWND_TOP, currentx + pad + ((width + vectorx) - 20), currenty + pad,
+								 20, height + vectory, 0);
+
+					if(cinfo)
+					{
+						SetWindowPos(cinfo->buddy, HWND_TOP, currentx + pad, currenty + pad,
+									 (width + vectorx) - 20, height + vectory, 0);
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* Everything else */
+					SetWindowPos(handle, HWND_TOP, currentx + pad, currenty + pad,
+									width + vectorx, height + vectory, 0);
+					if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX)
+					{
+						Box *boxinfo = (Box *)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA);
+
+						if(boxinfo && boxinfo->grouphwnd)
+							SetWindowPos(boxinfo->grouphwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0,
+										 width + vectorx, height + vectory, 0);
+
+					}
+				}
+
+				/* Notebook dialog requires additional processing */
+				if(strncmp(tmpbuf, WC_TABCONTROL, strlen(WC_TABCONTROL))==0)
+				{
+					RECT rect;
+					NotebookPage **array = (NotebookPage **)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA);
+					int pageid = TabCtrl_GetCurSel(handle);
+
+					if(pageid > -1 && array && array[pageid])
+					{
+						GetClientRect(handle,&rect);
+						TabCtrl_AdjustRect(handle,FALSE,&rect);
+						MoveWindow(array[pageid]->hwnd,rect.left,rect.top,
+								   rect.right - rect.left,rect.bottom-rect.top,
+								   TRUE);
+						ShowWindow(array[pageid]->hwnd,SW_SHOWNORMAL);
+					}
+				}
+
+#ifdef DWDEBUG
+				fprintf(f, "Window Pos depth %d\r\ncurrentx = %d, currenty = %d, pad = %d, width = %d, height = %d, vectorx = %d, vectory = %d, Box type = %s\r\n\r\n",
+						*depth, currentx, currenty, pad, width, height, vectorx, vectory,thisbox->type == BOXHORZ ? "Horizontal" : "Vertical");
+				reopen();
+#endif
+
+				if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
+					currentx += width + vectorx + (pad * 2);
+				if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT)
+					currenty += height + vectory + (pad * 2);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+void _do_resize(Box *thisbox, int x, int y)
+{
+	if(x != 0 && y != 0) {
+		if(thisbox)
+		{
+			int usedx = 0, usedy = 0, depth = 0, usedpadx = 0, usedpady = 0;
+
+			_resize_box(thisbox, &depth, x, y, &usedx, &usedy, 1, &usedpadx, &usedpady);
+
+			thisbox->xratio = ((float)(x-usedpadx))/((float)(usedx-usedpadx));
+			thisbox->yratio = ((float)(y-usedpady))/((float)(usedy-usedpady));
+
+#ifdef DWDEBUG
+			fprintf(f, "WM_SIZE Resize Box Pass 1\r\nx = %d, y = %d, usedx = %d, usedy = %d, usedpadx = %d, usedpady = %d xratio = %f, yratio = %f\r\n\r\n",
+					x, y, usedx, usedy, usedpadx, usedpady, thisbox->xratio, thisbox->yratio);
+			reopen();
+#endif
+
+			usedpadx = usedpady = usedx = usedy = depth = 0;
+
+			_resize_box(thisbox, &depth, x, y, &usedx, &usedy, 2, &usedpadx, &usedpady);
+#ifdef DWDEBUG
+			fprintf(f, "WM_SIZE Resize Box Pass 2\r\nx = %d, y = %d, usedx = %d, usedy = %d, usedpadx = %d, usedpady = %d\r\n",
+					x, y, usedx, usedy, usedpadx, usedpady);
+			reopen();
+#endif
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/* The main window procedure for Dynamic Windows, all the resizing code is done here. */
+BOOL CALLBACK _wndproc(HWND hWnd, UINT msg, WPARAM mp1, LPARAM mp2)
+{
+	int result = -1;
+	static int command_active = 0;
+#ifndef NO_SIGNALS
+	SignalHandler *tmp = Root;
+#endif
+	void (* windowfunc)(PVOID);
+	ULONG origmsg = msg;
+
+	if(msg == WM_RBUTTONDOWN || msg == WM_MBUTTONDOWN)
+		msg = WM_LBUTTONDOWN;
+	if(msg == WM_RBUTTONUP || msg == WM_MBUTTONUP)
+		msg = WM_LBUTTONUP;
+
+	if(filterfunc)
+		result = filterfunc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+
+#ifndef NO_SIGNALS
+	if(result == -1)
+	{
+		/* Avoid infinite recursion */
+		command_active = 1;
+
+		/* Find any callbacks for this function */
+		while(tmp)
+		{
+			if(tmp->message == msg || msg == WM_COMMAND)
+			{
+				switch(msg)
+				{
+				case WM_SIZE:
+					{
+						int (*sizefunc)(HWND, int, int, void *) = tmp->signalfunction;
+
+						if(hWnd == tmp->window)
+						{
+							result = sizefunc(tmp->window, LOWORD(mp2), HIWORD(mp2), tmp->data);
+							tmp = NULL;
+						}
+					}
+					break;
+				case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
+					{
+						POINTS pts = MAKEPOINTS(mp2);
+						int (*buttonfunc)(HWND, int, int, int, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, int, int, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction;
+
+						if(hWnd == tmp->window)
+						{
+							int button;
+
+							switch(origmsg)
+							{
+							case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
+								button = 1;
+								break;
+							case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
+								button = 2;
+								break;
+							case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
+								button = 3;
+								break;
+							}
+							result = buttonfunc(tmp->window, pts.x, pts.y, button, tmp->data);
+							tmp = NULL;
+						}
+					}
+					break;
+				case WM_LBUTTONUP:
+					{
+						POINTS pts = MAKEPOINTS(mp2);
+						int (*buttonfunc)(HWND, int, int, int, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, int, int, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction;
+
+						if(hWnd == tmp->window)
+						{
+							int button;
+
+							switch(origmsg)
+							{
+							case WM_LBUTTONUP:
+								button = 1;
+								break;
+							case WM_RBUTTONUP:
+								button = 2;
+								break;
+							case WM_MBUTTONUP:
+								button = 3;
+								break;
+							}
+							result = buttonfunc(tmp->window, pts.x, pts.y, button, tmp->data);
+							tmp = NULL;
+						}
+					}
+					break;
+				case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
+					{
+						POINTS pts = MAKEPOINTS(mp2);
+						int (*motionfunc)(HWND, int, int, int, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, int, int, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction;
+
+						if(hWnd == tmp->window)
+						{
+							int keys = 0;
+
+							if (mp1 & MK_LBUTTON)
+								keys = DW_BUTTON1_MASK;
+							if (mp1 & MK_RBUTTON)
+								keys |= DW_BUTTON2_MASK;
+							if (mp1 & MK_MBUTTON)
+								keys |= DW_BUTTON3_MASK;
+
+							result = motionfunc(tmp->window, pts.x, pts.y, keys, tmp->data);
+							tmp = NULL;
+						}
+					}
+					break;
+				case WM_CHAR:
+					{
+						int (*keypressfunc)(HWND, int, void *) = tmp->signalfunction;
+
+						if(hWnd == tmp->window)
+						{
+							result = keypressfunc(tmp->window, LOWORD(mp2), tmp->data);
+							tmp = NULL;
+						}
+					}
+					break;
+				case WM_CLOSE:
+					{
+						int (*closefunc)(HWND, void *) = tmp->signalfunction;
+
+						if(hWnd == tmp->window)
+						{
+							result = closefunc(tmp->window, tmp->data);
+							tmp = NULL;
+						}
+					}
+					break;
+				case WM_PAINT:
+					{
+						PAINTSTRUCT ps;
+						DWExpose exp;
+						int (*exposefunc)(HWND, DWExpose *, void *) = tmp->signalfunction;
+
+						if(hWnd == tmp->window)
+						{
+							BeginPaint(hWnd, &ps);
+							exp.x = ps.rcPaint.left;
+							exp.y = ps.rcPaint.top;
+							exp.width = ps.rcPaint.right - ps.rcPaint.left;
+							exp.height = ps.rcPaint.bottom - ps.rcPaint.top;
+							result = exposefunc(hWnd, &exp, tmp->data);
+							EndPaint(hWnd, &ps);
+						}
+					}
+					break;
+				case WM_COMMAND:
+					{
+						int (*clickfunc)(HWND, void *) = tmp->signalfunction;
+						HWND command;
+						ULONG passthru = (ULONG)LOWORD(mp1);
+						ULONG message = HIWORD(mp1);
+
+						command = (HWND)passthru;
+
+						if(message == LBN_SELCHANGE || message == CBN_SELCHANGE)
+						{
+							int (*listboxselectfunc)(HWND, int, void *) = tmp->signalfunction;
+
+							if(tmp->message == LBN_SELCHANGE && tmp->window == (HWND)mp2)
+							{
+								result = listboxselectfunc(tmp->window, dw_listbox_selected(tmp->window), tmp->data);
+								tmp = NULL;
+							}
+						} /* Make sure it's the right window, and the right ID */
+						else if(tmp->window < (HWND)65536 && command == tmp->window)
+						{
+							result = clickfunc(tmp->window, tmp->data);
+							tmp = NULL;
+						}
+					}
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			if(tmp)
+				tmp = tmp->next;
+		}
+		command_active = 0;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	/* Now that any handlers are done... do normal processing */
+	switch( msg )
+	{
+	case WM_PAINT:
+		{
+			PAINTSTRUCT ps;
+
+			BeginPaint(hWnd, &ps);
+			EndPaint(hWnd, &ps);
+		}
+		break;
+	case WM_SIZE:
+		{
+			static int lastx = -1, lasty = -1;
+			static HWND lasthwnd = 0;
+
+			if(lastx != LOWORD(mp2) || lasty != HIWORD(mp2) || lasthwnd != hWnd)
+			{
+				Box *mybox = (Box *)GetWindowLong(hWnd, GWL_USERDATA);
+
+				lastx = LOWORD(mp2);
+				lasty = HIWORD(mp2);
+				lasthwnd = hWnd;
+
+				_do_resize(mybox,LOWORD(mp2),HIWORD(mp2));
+			}
+		}
+		break;
+	case WM_CHAR:
+		if(LOWORD(mp1) == '\t')
+		{
+			_shift_focus(hWnd);
+			return TRUE;
+		}
+		break;
+	case WM_USER:
+		windowfunc = (void *)mp1;
+
+		if(windowfunc)
+			windowfunc((void *)mp2);
+		break;
+	case WM_NOTIFY:
+		{
+			NMHDR FAR *tem=(NMHDR FAR *)mp2;
+
+			if(tem->code == TCN_SELCHANGING)
+			{
+				int num=TabCtrl_GetCurSel(tem->hwndFrom);
+				NotebookPage **array = (NotebookPage **)GetWindowLong(tem->hwndFrom, GWL_USERDATA);
+
+				if(num > -1 && array && array[num])
+					SetParent(array[num]->hwnd, DW_HWND_OBJECT);
+
+			}
+			else if(tem->code == TCN_SELCHANGE)
+			{
+				int num=TabCtrl_GetCurSel(tem->hwndFrom);
+				NotebookPage **array = (NotebookPage **)GetWindowLong(tem->hwndFrom, GWL_USERDATA);
+
+				if(num > -1 && array && array[num])
+					SetParent(array[num]->hwnd, tem->hwndFrom);
+
+				_resize_notebook_page(tem->hwndFrom, num);
+			}
+		}
+		break;
+	case WM_GETMINMAXINFO:
+		{
+			MINMAXINFO *info = (MINMAXINFO *)mp2;
+			info->ptMinTrackSize.x = 8;
+			info->ptMinTrackSize.y = 8;
+			return 0;
+		}
+		break;
+	case WM_DESTROY:
+		/* Free memory before destroying */
+#if 0
+		/* Is this the right message? I seem to be
+		 * getting WM_DESTROY on windows that aren't
+		 * being destroyed.
+		 */
+		_free_window_memory(hWnd, 0);
+		EnumChildWindows(hWnd, _free_window_memory, 0);
+#endif
+		break;
+	}
+	if(filterfunc && result != -1)
+		return result;
+	else
+		return DefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+}
+
+BOOL CALLBACK _framewndproc(HWND hWnd, UINT msg, WPARAM mp1, LPARAM mp2)
+{
+	switch( msg )
+	{
+	case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
+	case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
+	case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
+		SetActiveWindow(hWnd);
+		break;
+	case WM_COMMAND:
+	case WM_NOTIFY:
+		_wndproc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+		break;
+	}
+	return DefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+}
+
+BOOL CALLBACK _rendwndproc(HWND hWnd, UINT msg, WPARAM mp1, LPARAM mp2)
+{
+	switch( msg )
+	{
+	case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
+	case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
+	case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
+		SetActiveWindow(hWnd);
+		_wndproc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+		break;
+	case WM_LBUTTONUP:
+	case WM_MBUTTONUP:
+	case WM_RBUTTONUP:
+	case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
+	case WM_PAINT:
+	case WM_SIZE:
+	case WM_COMMAND:
+		_wndproc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+		break;
+	}
+	return DefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+}
+
+BOOL CALLBACK _spinnerwndproc(HWND hWnd, UINT msg, WPARAM mp1, LPARAM mp2)
+{
+	ColorInfo *cinfo;
+
+	cinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong(hWnd, GWL_USERDATA);
+
+	if(cinfo)
+	{
+		switch( msg )
+		{
+		case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
+		case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
+		case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
+		case WM_CHAR:
+			{
+				BOOL ret;
+
+				if(!cinfo || !cinfo->pOldProc)
+					ret = DefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+				ret = CallWindowProc(cinfo->pOldProc, hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+
+				/* Tell the edit control that a buttonpress has
+				 * occured and to update it's window title.
+				 */
+				if(cinfo->buddy)
+					SendMessage(cinfo->buddy, WM_USER+10, 0, 0);
+
+				return ret;
+			}
+			break;
+		case WM_USER+10:
+			{
+				if(cinfo->buddy)
+				{
+					char tempbuf[100] = "";
+					long position;
+
+					GetWindowText(cinfo->buddy, tempbuf, 99);
+
+					position = atol(tempbuf);
+
+					if(IS_WIN98PLUS)
+						SendMessage(hWnd, UDM_SETPOS32, 0, (LPARAM)position);
+					else
+						SendMessage(hWnd, UDM_SETPOS, 0, (LPARAM)MAKELONG((short)position, 0));
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if(!cinfo || !cinfo->pOldProc)
+		return DefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+	return CallWindowProc(cinfo->pOldProc, hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+}
+
+BOOL CALLBACK _colorwndproc(HWND hWnd, UINT msg, WPARAM mp1, LPARAM mp2)
+{
+	ColorInfo *cinfo;
+	char tmpbuf[100];
+
+	cinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong(hWnd, GWL_USERDATA);
+
+	GetClassName(hWnd, tmpbuf, 99);
+	if(strcmp(tmpbuf, FRAMECLASSNAME) == 0)
+		cinfo = &(((Box *)cinfo)->cinfo);
+
+	if(cinfo)
+	{
+		switch( msg )
+		{
+		case WM_CHAR:
+			if(LOWORD(mp1) == '\t')
+			{
+				if(cinfo->buddy)
+					_shift_focus(cinfo->buddy);
+				else
+					_shift_focus(hWnd);
+				return FALSE;
+			}
+			/* Tell the spinner control that a keypress has
+			 * occured and to update it's internal value.
+			 */
+			if(cinfo->buddy)
+				SendMessage(cinfo->buddy, WM_USER+10, 0, 0);
+			break;
+		case WM_USER+10:
+			{
+				if(cinfo->buddy)
+				{
+					long val, position;
+					char tmpbuf[100] = "";
+
+					GetWindowText(cinfo->buddy, tmpbuf, 99);
+
+					position = atol(tmpbuf);
+
+					if(IS_WIN98PLUS)
+						val = (long)SendMessage(cinfo->buddy, UDM_GETPOS32, 0, 0);
+					else
+						val = (long)SendMessage(cinfo->buddy, UDM_GETPOS, 0, 0);
+
+					if(val != position)
+					{
+						sprintf(tmpbuf, "%d", val);
+						SetWindowText(hWnd, tmpbuf);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+		case WM_KEYUP:
+			{
+				if(mp1 == VK_UP || mp1 == VK_DOWN)
+				{
+					if(cinfo->buddy)
+						PostMessage(hWnd, WM_USER+10, 0, 0);
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+		case WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC:
+		case WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX:
+		case WM_CTLCOLORBTN:
+		case WM_CTLCOLOREDIT:
+		case WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX:
+		case WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR:
+			{
+				ColorInfo *thiscinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong((HWND)mp2, GWL_USERDATA);
+				if(thiscinfo && thiscinfo->fore != -1 && thiscinfo->back != -1)
+				{
+					if(thiscinfo->fore > -1 && thiscinfo->back > -1 &&
+					   thiscinfo->fore < 18 && thiscinfo->back < 18)
+					{
+						SetTextColor((HDC)mp1, RGB(_red[thiscinfo->fore],
+												   _green[thiscinfo->fore],
+											   _blue[thiscinfo->fore]));
+						SetBkColor((HDC)mp1, RGB(_red[thiscinfo->back],
+												 _green[thiscinfo->back],
+												 _blue[thiscinfo->back]));
+						SelectObject((HDC)mp1, _colors[thiscinfo->back]);
+						return (LRESULT)_colors[thiscinfo->back];
+					}
+					if((thiscinfo->fore & DW_RGB_COLOR) == DW_RGB_COLOR && (thiscinfo->back & DW_RGB_COLOR) == DW_RGB_COLOR)
+					{
+						SetTextColor((HDC)mp1, RGB(DW_RED_VALUE(thiscinfo->fore),
+												   DW_GREEN_VALUE(thiscinfo->fore),
+												   DW_BLUE_VALUE(thiscinfo->fore)));
+						SetBkColor((HDC)mp1, RGB(DW_RED_VALUE(thiscinfo->back),
+												 DW_GREEN_VALUE(thiscinfo->back),
+												 DW_BLUE_VALUE(thiscinfo->back)));
+						DeleteObject(thiscinfo->hbrush);
+						thiscinfo->hbrush = CreateSolidBrush(RGB(DW_RED_VALUE(thiscinfo->back),
+																 DW_GREEN_VALUE(thiscinfo->back),
+																 DW_BLUE_VALUE(thiscinfo->back)));
+						return (LRESULT)thiscinfo->hbrush;
+					}
+				}
+
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if(!cinfo || !cinfo->pOldProc)
+		return DefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+	return CallWindowProc(cinfo->pOldProc, hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+}
+
+BOOL CALLBACK _containerwndproc(HWND hWnd, UINT msg, WPARAM mp1, LPARAM mp2)
+{
+	ContainerInfo *cinfo;
+
+	cinfo = (ContainerInfo *)GetWindowLong(hWnd, GWL_USERDATA);
+
+	switch( msg )
+	{
+	case WM_COMMAND:
+	case WM_NOTIFY:
+		_wndproc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+		break;
+#ifndef NO_SIGNALS
+	case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK:
+	case WM_CHAR:
+		{
+			LV_ITEM lvi;
+			int iItem;
+
+			if(LOWORD(mp1) == '\t')
+			{
+				_shift_focus(hWnd);
+				return FALSE;
+			}
+
+			if(msg == WM_CHAR && (char)mp1 != '\r')
+				break;
+
+			iItem = ListView_GetNextItem(hWnd, -1, LVNI_FOCUSED);
+
+			if(iItem > -1)
+			{
+				lvi.iItem = iItem;
+				lvi.mask = LVIF_PARAM;
+
+				ListView_GetItem(hWnd, &lvi);
+			}
+			else
+				lvi.lParam = (LPARAM)NULL;
+
+			{
+				SignalHandler *tmp = Root;
+
+				while(tmp)
+				{
+					if(tmp->message == NM_DBLCLK && tmp->window == hWnd)
+					{
+						int (*containerselectfunc)(HWND, char *, void *) = tmp->signalfunction;
+
+						/* Seems to be having lParam as 1 which really sucks */
+						if(lvi.lParam < 100)
+							lvi.lParam = 0;
+
+						containerselectfunc(tmp->window, (char *)lvi.lParam, tmp->data);
+						tmp = NULL;
+					}
+					if(tmp)
+						tmp = tmp->next;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		break;
+	case WM_CONTEXTMENU:
+		{
+			LONG x,y;
+			LV_ITEM lvi;
+			int iItem;
+
+			iItem = ListView_GetNextItem(hWnd, -1, LVNI_FOCUSED);
+
+			if(iItem > -1)
+			{
+				lvi.iItem = iItem;
+				lvi.mask = LVIF_PARAM;
+
+				ListView_GetItem(hWnd, &lvi);
+			}
+			else
+				lvi.lParam = (LPARAM)NULL;
+
+			dw_pointer_query_pos(&x, &y);
+
+			{
+				SignalHandler *tmp = Root;
+
+				while(tmp)
+				{
+					if(tmp->message == NM_RCLICK && tmp->window == hWnd)
+					{
+						int (*containercontextfunc)(HWND, char *, int, int, void *) = tmp->signalfunction;
+
+						/* Seems to be having lParam as 1 which really sucks */
+						if(lvi.lParam < 100)
+							lvi.lParam = 0;
+
+						containercontextfunc(tmp->window, (char *)lvi.lParam, x, y, tmp->data);
+						tmp = NULL;
+					}
+					if(tmp)
+						tmp = tmp->next;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		break;
+#else
+	case WM_CHAR:
+		if(LOWORD(mp1) == '\t')
+		{
+			_shift_focus(hWnd);
+			return FALSE;
+		}
+		break;
+#endif
+	}
+
+	if(!cinfo || !cinfo->pOldProc)
+		return DefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+	return CallWindowProc(cinfo->pOldProc, hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+}
+
+void _changebox(Box *thisbox, int percent, int type)
+{
+	int z;
+
+	for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++)
+	{
+		if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX)
+		{
+			Box *tmp = (Box*)GetWindowLong(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, GWL_USERDATA);
+			_changebox(tmp, percent, type);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			if(type == BOXHORZ)
+			{
+				if(thisbox->items[z].hsize == SIZEEXPAND)
+					thisbox->items[z].width = (int)(((float)thisbox->items[z].origwidth) * (((float)percent)/((float)100.0)));
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if(thisbox->items[z].vsize == SIZEEXPAND)
+					thisbox->items[z].height = (int)(((float)thisbox->items[z].origheight) * (((float)percent)/((float)100.0)));
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/* This handles any activity on the splitbars (sizers) */
+BOOL CALLBACK _splitwndproc(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM mp1, LPARAM mp2)
+{
+	HWND hwndFrame = 0;
+	Box *thisbox = 0;
+
+	hwndFrame = GetParent(hwnd);
+	if(hwndFrame)
+		thisbox = (Box *)GetWindowLong(hwndFrame, GWL_USERDATA);
+
+	switch (msg)
+	{
+	case WM_ACTIVATE:
+	case WM_SETFOCUS:
+		return FALSE;
+
+	case WM_PAINT:
+		{
+			HDC hdcPaint;
+			PAINTSTRUCT ps;
+			POINT ptlStart[SPLITBAR_WIDTH];
+			POINT ptlEnd[SPLITBAR_WIDTH];
+			RECT rcPaint;
+			USHORT i;
+
+			hdcPaint = BeginPaint(hwnd, &ps);
+			GetWindowRect(hwnd, &rcPaint);
+
+			if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
+			{
+				for(i = 0; i < SPLITBAR_WIDTH; i++)
+				{
+					ptlStart[i].x = i;
+					ptlStart[i].y = 0;
+
+					ptlEnd[i].x = i;
+					ptlEnd[i].y = rcPaint.bottom - rcPaint.top;
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				for(i = 0; i < SPLITBAR_WIDTH; i++)
+				{
+					ptlStart[i].x = 0;
+					ptlStart[i].y = i;
+
+					ptlEnd[i].x = rcPaint.right - rcPaint.left;
+					ptlEnd[i].y = i;
+				}
+			}
+
+			for(i = 0; i < SPLITBAR_WIDTH; i++)
+			{
+				HPEN hPen;
+				HPEN hOldPen;
+
+				hPen = CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB (_red[lColor[i]], _green[lColor[i]], _blue[lColor[i]]));
+				hOldPen = (HPEN)SelectObject(hdcPaint, hPen);
+				MoveToEx(hdcPaint, ptlStart[i].x, ptlStart[i].y, NULL);
+				LineTo(hdcPaint, ptlEnd[i].x, ptlEnd[i].y);
+				SelectObject(hdcPaint, hOldPen);
+				DeleteObject(hPen);
+			}
+			EndPaint(hwnd, &ps);
+		}
+		return FALSE;
+	case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
+		{
+			if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
+				SetCursor(LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_SIZEWE));
+			else
+				SetCursor(LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_SIZENS));
+		}
+		return FALSE;
+#if 0
+	case WM_BUTTON1DOWN:
+		{
+			ULONG rc;
+			RECTL  rclFrame;
+			RECTL  rclBounds;
+			RECTL  rclStart;
+			USHORT startSize, orig, actual;
+
+			GetWindowRect(hwnd, &rclFrame);
+			GetWindowRect(hwnd, &rclStart);
+
+			GetWindowRect(hwndFrame, &rclBounds);
+
+			WinMapWindowPoints(hwndFrame, HWND_DESKTOP,
+							   (PPOINTL)&rclBounds, 2);
+			WinMapWindowPoints(hwnd, HWND_DESKTOP,
+							   (PPOINTL)&rclStart, 2);
+
+			if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
+			{
+				orig =  thisbox->items[0].origwidth;
+				actual = thisbox->items[0].width;
+
+				startSize = (rclStart.xLeft - rclBounds.xLeft)
+					* (((float)orig)/((float)actual));
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				orig = thisbox->items[0].origheight;
+				actual = thisbox->items[0].height;
+
+				startSize  = (rclStart.yBottom - rclBounds.yBottom)
+					* (((float)actual)/((float)orig));
+			}
+
+			rc = _TrackRectangle(hwnd, &rclFrame, &rclBounds);
+
+			if(rc == TRUE)
+			{
+				USHORT usNewRB;
+				USHORT usSize;
+				USHORT percent;
+				int z;
+
+				if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
+				{
+					usNewRB = rclFrame.xLeft
+						- rclBounds.xLeft;
+					usSize  = rclBounds.xRight
+						- rclBounds.xLeft;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					usNewRB = rclFrame.yBottom
+						- rclBounds.yBottom;
+					usSize  = rclBounds.yTop
+						- rclBounds.yBottom;
+				}
+
+				percent = (usNewRB*100)/startSize;
+
+				for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++)
+				{
+					if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX)
+					{
+						Box *tmp = (Box *)GetWindowLong(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, GWL_USERDATA);
+						_changebox(tmp, percent, thisbox->type);
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						if(thisbox->items[z].hwnd == hwnd)
+							percent = (startSize*100)/usNewRB;
+
+						if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ)
+						{
+							if(thisbox->items[z].hsize == SIZEEXPAND)
+								thisbox->items[z].width = (int)(((float)thisbox->items[z].origwidth) * (((float)percent)/((float)100.0)));
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							if(thisbox->items[z].vsize == SIZEEXPAND)
+								thisbox->items[z].height = (int)(((float)thisbox->items[z].origheight) * (((float)percent)/((float)100.0)));
+						}
+					}
+				}
+
+				_ResetWindow(GetWindow(hwnd, GW_OWNER));
+			}
+		}
+		return MRFROMSHORT(FALSE);
+#endif
+	}
+	return DefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+}
+
+/* Function: _BtProc
+ * Abstract: Subclass procedure for buttons
+ */
+
+BOOL CALLBACK _BtProc(HWND hwnd, ULONG msg, WPARAM mp1, LPARAM mp2)
+{
+	BubbleButton *bubble;
+	static int bMouseOver = 0;
+	POINT point;
+	RECT rect;
+
+	bubble = (BubbleButton *)GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_USERDATA);
+
+	if(!bubble)
+		return DefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+
+	switch(msg)
+	{
+#ifndef NO_SIGNALS
+	case WM_LBUTTONUP:
+		{
+			SignalHandler *tmp = Root;
+
+			/* Find any callbacks for this function */
+			while(tmp)
+			{
+				if(tmp->message == WM_COMMAND)
+				{
+					int (*clickfunc)(HWND, void *) = tmp->signalfunction;
+
+					/* Make sure it's the right window, and the right ID */
+					if(tmp->window == hwnd)
+					{
+						clickfunc(tmp->window, tmp->data);
+						tmp = NULL;
+					}
+				}
+				if(tmp)
+					tmp= tmp->next;
+			}
+		}
+		break;
+#endif
+	case WM_CHAR:
+		{
+#ifndef NO_SIGNALS
+			/* A button press should also occur for an ENTER or SPACE press
+			 * while the button has the active input focus.
+			 */
+			if(LOWORD(mp1) == '\r' || LOWORD(mp1) == ' ')
+			{
+				SignalHandler *tmp = Root;
+
+				/* Find any callbacks for this function */
+				while(tmp)
+				{
+					if(tmp->message == WM_COMMAND)
+					{
+						int (*clickfunc)(HWND, void *) = tmp->signalfunction;
+
+						/* Make sure it's the right window, and the right ID */
+						if(tmp->window == hwnd)
+						{
+							clickfunc(tmp->window, tmp->data);
+							tmp = NULL;
+						}
+					}
+					if(tmp)
+						tmp= tmp->next;
+				}
+			}
+#endif
+			if(LOWORD(mp1) == '\t')
+			{
+				_shift_focus(hwnd);
+				return FALSE;
+			}
+		}
+		break;
+	case WM_TIMER:
+		if (hwndBubble)
+		{
+			DestroyWindow(hwndBubble);
+			hwndBubble = 0;
+			KillTimer(hwnd, 1);
+		}
+		break;
+
+	case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
+		GetCursorPos(&point);
+		GetWindowRect(hwnd, &rect);
+
+		if(PtInRect(&rect, point)){
+			if(hwnd != GetCapture()){
+				SetCapture(hwnd);
+			}
+			if(!bMouseOver){
+				bMouseOver = 1;
+				if(!*bubble->bubbletext)
+					break;
+
+				if(hwndBubble)
+				{
+					DestroyWindow(hwndBubble);
+					hwndBubble = 0;
+					KillTimer(hwndBubbleLast, 1);
+				}
+
+				if(!hwndBubble)
+				{
+					POINTL ptlWork = {0,0};
+					ULONG ulColor = DW_CLR_YELLOW;
+					SIZE size;
+					HDC hdc;
+					RECT rect;
+					void *oldproc;
+
+					/* Use the WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW extended style
+					 * so the window doesn't get listed in the
+					 * taskbar.
+					 */
+					hwndBubble = CreateWindowEx(WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW,
+												STATICCLASSNAME,
+												bubble->bubbletext,
+												BS_TEXT | WS_POPUP |
+												WS_BORDER |
+												SS_CENTER,
+												0,0,50,20,
+												HWND_DESKTOP,
+												NULL,
+												NULL,
+												NULL);
+
+					dw_window_set_font(hwndBubble, DefaultFont);
+					dw_window_set_color(hwndBubble, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_YELLOW);
+
+					hwndBubbleLast = hwnd;
+
+					SetTimer(hwnd, 1, 3000, NULL);
+
+					hdc = GetDC(hwndBubble);
+
+					GetTextExtentPoint(hdc, bubble->bubbletext, strlen(bubble->bubbletext), &size);
+
+					MapWindowPoints(hwnd, HWND_DESKTOP, (LPPOINT)&ptlWork, 1);
+
+					GetWindowRect(hwnd, &rect);
+
+					SetWindowPos(hwndBubble,
+								 HWND_TOP,
+								 ptlWork.x,
+								 ptlWork.y + (rect.bottom-rect.top) + 1,
+								 size.cx + 2,
+								 size.cy + 2,
+								 SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_SHOWWINDOW);
+
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		else{
+			/* Calling ReleaseCapture in Win95 also causes WM_CAPTURECHANGED
+			 * to be sent.  Be sure to account for that.
+			 */
+			ReleaseCapture();
+
+			if(bMouseOver){
+				bMouseOver = 0;
+				DestroyWindow(hwndBubble);
+				hwndBubble = 0;
+				KillTimer(hwndBubbleLast, 1);
+			}
+		}
+		break;
+	case WM_CAPTURECHANGED:
+		/* This message means we are losing the capture for some reason
+		 * Either because we intentionally lost it or another window
+		 * stole it
+		 */
+		if(bMouseOver){
+			bMouseOver = 0;
+			DestroyWindow(hwndBubble);
+			hwndBubble = 0;
+			KillTimer(hwndBubbleLast, 1);
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if(!bubble->pOldProc)
+		return DefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+	return CallWindowProc(bubble->pOldProc, hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
+}
+
+void _resize_notebook_page(HWND handle, int pageid)
+{
+	RECT rect;
+	NotebookPage **array = (NotebookPage **)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA);
+
+	if(array && array[pageid])
+	{
+		Box *box = (Box *)GetWindowLong(array[pageid]->hwnd, GWL_USERDATA);
+
+		GetClientRect(handle,&rect);
+		TabCtrl_AdjustRect(handle,FALSE,&rect);
+		MoveWindow(array[pageid]->hwnd,rect.left,rect.top,
+				   rect.right - rect.left,rect.bottom-rect.top,
+				   TRUE);
+		if(box)
+			_do_resize(box, rect.right - rect.left, rect.bottom - rect.top);
+
+		ShowWindow(array[pageid]->hwnd,SW_SHOWNORMAL);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Initializes the Dynamic Windows engine.
+ * Parameters:
+ *           newthread: True if this is the only thread.
+ *                      False if there is already a message loop running.
+ */
+int dw_init(int newthread)
+{
+	WNDCLASS wc;
+	int z;
+	INITCOMMONCONTROLSEX icc;
+
+	icc.dwSize = sizeof(INITCOMMONCONTROLSEX);
+	icc.dwICC = ICC_WIN95_CLASSES;
+
+	InitCommonControlsEx(&icc);
+
+	memset(lookup, 0, sizeof(HICON) * ICON_INDEX_LIMIT);
+
+	memset(&wc, 0, sizeof(WNDCLASS));
+	wc.style = CS_DBLCLKS /*| CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW*/;
+	wc.lpfnWndProc = (WNDPROC)_wndproc;
+	wc.cbClsExtra = 0;
+	wc.cbWndExtra = 32;
+	wc.hbrBackground = NULL;
+	wc.lpszMenuName = NULL;
+	wc.lpszClassName = ClassName;
+
+	RegisterClass(&wc);
+
+	memset(&wc, 0, sizeof(WNDCLASS));
+	wc.style = CS_DBLCLKS | CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW;
+	wc.lpfnWndProc = (WNDPROC)_splitwndproc;
+	wc.cbClsExtra = 0;
+	wc.cbWndExtra = 0;
+	wc.hbrBackground = NULL;
+	wc.lpszMenuName = NULL;
+	wc.lpszClassName = SplitbarClassName;
+
+	RegisterClass(&wc);
+
+	memset(&wc, 0, sizeof(WNDCLASS));
+	wc.style = CS_DBLCLKS /*| CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW*/;
+	wc.lpfnWndProc = (WNDPROC)_framewndproc;
+	wc.cbClsExtra = 0;
+	wc.cbWndExtra = 32;
+	wc.hbrBackground = (HBRUSH)COLOR_WINDOW;
+	wc.hCursor = LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW);
+	wc.lpszMenuName = NULL;
+	wc.lpszClassName = FRAMECLASSNAME;
+
+	for(z=0;z<18;z++)
+		_colors[z] = CreateSolidBrush(RGB(_red[z],_green[z],_blue[z]));
+
+	RegisterClass(&wc);
+
+	memset(&wc, 0, sizeof(WNDCLASS));
+	wc.style = 0;
+	wc.lpfnWndProc = (WNDPROC)_wndproc;
+	wc.cbClsExtra = 0;
+	wc.cbWndExtra = 0;
+	wc.hbrBackground = NULL;
+	wc.hCursor = LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW);
+	wc.lpszMenuName = NULL;
+	wc.lpszClassName = ObjectClassName;
+
+	RegisterClass(&wc);
+
+	/* Since Windows 95/98/NT don't have a HWND_OBJECT class
+	 * also known as a input only window, I will create a
+	 * temporary window that isn't visible and really does nothing
+	 * except temporarily hold the child windows before they are
+	 * packed into their correct parent.
+	 */
+
+	DW_HWND_OBJECT = CreateWindow(ObjectClassName, "", 0, 0, 0,
+								  0, 0, HWND_DESKTOP, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+
+	if(!DW_HWND_OBJECT)
+	{
+		dw_messagebox("Dynamic Windows", "Could not initialize the object window. error code %d", GetLastError());
+		exit(1);
+	}
+
+#ifdef DWDEBUG
+	f = fopen("dw.log", "wt");
+#endif
+	/* We need the version to check capability like up-down controls */
+	dwVersion = GetVersion();
+
+	_hPen = CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, _foreground);
+	_hBrush = CreateSolidBrush(_foreground);
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Runs a message loop for Dynamic Windows.
+ * Parameters:
+ *           currenthab: The handle to the current anchor block
+ *                       or NULL if this DW is handling the message loop.
+ *           func: Function pointer to the message filter function.
+ */
+void dw_main(HAB currenthab, void *func)
+{
+	MSG msg;
+
+	/* Setup the filter function */
+	filterfunc = func;
+
+	while (GetMessage(&msg,NULL,0,0)) {
+		TranslateMessage(&msg);
+		DispatchMessage(&msg);
+	}
+
+#ifdef DWDEBUG
+	fclose(f);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * Free's memory allocated by dynamic windows.
+ * Parameters:
+ *           ptr: Pointer to dynamic windows allocated
+ *                memory to be free()'d.
+ */
+void dw_free(void *ptr)
+{
+	free(ptr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Allocates and initializes a dialog struct.
+ * Parameters:
+ *           data: User defined data to be passed to functions.
+ */
+DWDialog *dw_dialog_new(void *data)
+{
+	DWDialog *tmp = malloc(sizeof(DWDialog));
+
+	tmp->eve = dw_event_new();
+	dw_event_reset(tmp->eve);
+	tmp->data = data;
+	tmp->done = FALSE;
+	tmp->result = NULL;
+
+    return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Accepts a dialog struct and returns the given data to the
+ * initial called of dw_dialog_wait().
+ * Parameters:
+ *           dialog: Pointer to a dialog struct aquired by dw_dialog_new).
+ *           result: Data to be returned by dw_dialog_wait().
+ */
+int dw_dialog_dismiss(DWDialog *dialog, void *result)
+{
+	dialog->result = result;
+	dw_event_post(dialog->eve);
+	dialog->done = TRUE;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Accepts a dialog struct waits for dw_dialog_dismiss() to be
+ * called by a signal handler with the given dialog struct.
+ * Parameters:
+ *           dialog: Pointer to a dialog struct aquired by dw_dialog_new).
+ */
+void *dw_dialog_wait(DWDialog *dialog)
+{
+	MSG msg;
+	void *tmp;
+
+	while (GetMessage(&msg,NULL,0,0))
+	{
+		TranslateMessage(&msg);
+		DispatchMessage(&msg);
+		if(dialog->done)
+			break;
+	}
+	dw_event_close(&dialog->eve);
+	tmp = dialog->result;
+	free(dialog);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Displays a Message Box with given text and title..
+ * Parameters:
+ *           title: The title of the message box.
+ *           format: printf style format string.
+ *           ...: Additional variables for use in the format.
+ */
+int dw_messagebox(char *title, char *format, ...)
+{
+	va_list args;
+	char outbuf[256];
+
+	va_start(args, format);
+	vsprintf(outbuf, format, args);
+	va_end(args);
+
+	MessageBox(HWND_DESKTOP, outbuf, title, MB_OK);
+
+	return strlen(outbuf);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Displays a Message Box with given text and title..
+ * Parameters:
+ *           title: The title of the message box.
+ *           text: The text to display in the box.
+ * Returns:
+ *           True if YES False of NO.
+ */
+int dw_yesno(char *title, char *text)
+{
+	if(MessageBox(HWND_DESKTOP, text, title, MB_YESNO)==IDYES)
+		return TRUE;
+	return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Makes the window visible.
+ * Parameters:
+ *           handle: The window handle to make visible.
+ */
+int dw_window_show(HWND handle)
+{
+    int rc = ShowWindow(handle, TRUE);
+	SetFocus(handle);
+	_initial_focus(handle);
+	return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Makes the window invisible.
+ * Parameters:
+ *           handle: The window handle to make visible.
+ */
+int dw_window_hide(HWND handle)
+{
+	return ShowWindow(handle, FALSE);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Destroys a window and all of it's children.
+ * Parameters:
+ *           handle: The window handle to destroy.
+ */
+int dw_window_destroy(HWND handle)
+{
+	return DestroyWindow(handle);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Changes a window's parent to newparent.
+ * Parameters:
+ *           handle: The window handle to destroy.
+ *           newparent: The window's new parent window.
+ */
+void dw_window_reparent(HWND handle, HWND newparent)
+{
+	SetParent(handle, newparent);
+}
+
+HFONT _aquire_font(char *fontname)
+{
+	HFONT hfont;
+	int z, size = 9;
+	LOGFONT lf;
+
+	if(fontname == DefaultFont)
+		hfont = GetStockObject(DEFAULT_GUI_FONT);
+	else
+	{
+		for(z=0;z<strlen(fontname);z++)
+		{
+			if(fontname[z]=='.')
+				break;
+		}
+		size = atoi(fontname) + 5;
+
+		lf.lfHeight = size;
+		lf.lfWidth = 0;
+		lf.lfEscapement = 0;
+		lf.lfOrientation = 0;
+		lf.lfItalic = 0;
+		lf.lfUnderline = 0;
+		lf.lfStrikeOut = 0;
+		lf.lfWeight = FW_NORMAL;
+		lf.lfCharSet = DEFAULT_CHARSET;
+		lf.lfOutPrecision = 0;
+		lf.lfClipPrecision = 0;
+		lf.lfQuality = DEFAULT_QUALITY;
+		lf.lfPitchAndFamily = DEFAULT_PITCH | FW_DONTCARE;
+		strcpy(lf.lfFaceName, &fontname[z+1]);
+
+		hfont = CreateFontIndirect(&lf);
+	}
+	return hfont;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the font used by a specified window (widget) handle.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: The window (widget) handle.
+ *          fontname: Name and size of the font in the form "size.fontname"
+ */
+int dw_window_set_font(HWND handle, char *fontname)
+{
+	HFONT hfont = _aquire_font(fontname);
+	ColorInfo *cinfo;
+
+	cinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA);
+
+	if(fontname)
+	{
+		if(cinfo)
+		{
+			strcpy(cinfo->fontname, fontname);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			cinfo = calloc(1, sizeof(ColorInfo));
+			cinfo->fore = cinfo->back = -1;
+			cinfo->buddy = 0;
+
+			strcpy(cinfo->fontname, fontname);
+
+			cinfo->pOldProc = SubclassWindow(handle, _colorwndproc);
+			SetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)cinfo);
+		}
+	}
+	SendMessage(handle, WM_SETFONT, (WPARAM)hfont, FALSE);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the colors used by a specified window (widget) handle.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: The window (widget) handle.
+ *          fore: Foreground color in RGB format.
+ *          back: Background color in RGB format.
+ */
+int dw_window_set_color(HWND handle, ULONG fore, ULONG back)
+{
+	ColorInfo *cinfo;
+	char tmpbuf[100];
+
+	cinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA);
+
+	GetClassName(handle, tmpbuf, 99);
+
+	if(strnicmp(tmpbuf, FRAMECLASSNAME, strlen(FRAMECLASSNAME))==0)
+        return FALSE;
+
+	if(cinfo)
+	{
+		cinfo->fore = fore;
+		cinfo->back = back;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		cinfo = calloc(1, sizeof(ColorInfo));
+
+		cinfo->fore = fore;
+		cinfo->back = back;
+		cinfo->buddy = 0;
+
+		cinfo->pOldProc = SubclassWindow(handle, _colorwndproc);
+		SetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)cinfo);
+	}
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the font used by a specified window (widget) handle.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: The window (widget) handle.
+ *          border: Size of the window border in pixels.
+ */
+int dw_window_set_border(HWND handle, int border)
+{
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Captures the mouse input to this window.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to receive mouse input.
+ */
+void dw_window_capture(HWND handle)
+{
+	SetCapture(handle);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Releases previous mouse capture.
+ */
+void dw_window_release(void)
+{
+	ReleaseCapture();
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new Window Frame.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       owner: The Owner's window handle or HWND_DESKTOP.
+ *       title: The Window title.
+ *       flStyle: Style flags, see the DW reference.
+ */
+HWND dw_window_new(HWND hwndOwner, char *title, ULONG flStyle)
+{
+	HWND hwndframe;
+	Box *newbox = malloc(sizeof(Box));
+
+	newbox->pad = 0;
+	newbox->type = BOXVERT;
+	newbox->count = 0;
+
+	if(!(flStyle & WS_CAPTION))
+		flStyle |= WS_POPUPWINDOW;
+	if(flStyle & DW_FCF_TASKLIST)
+	{
+        ULONG newflags = (flStyle | WS_CLIPCHILDREN) & ~DW_FCF_TASKLIST;
+		hwndframe = CreateWindow(ClassName, title, newflags, CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT,
+								 CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT, hwndOwner, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+	}
+	else
+		hwndframe = CreateWindowEx(WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW, ClassName, title, flStyle | WS_CLIPCHILDREN, CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT,
+								   CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT, hwndOwner, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+	SetWindowLong(hwndframe, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)newbox);
+
+	return hwndframe;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new Box to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       type: Either BOXVERT (vertical) or BOXHORZ (horizontal).
+ *       pad: Number of pixels to pad around the box.
+ */
+HWND dw_box_new(int type, int pad)
+{
+	Box *newbox = malloc(sizeof(Box));
+	HWND hwndframe;
+
+	newbox->pad = pad;
+	newbox->type = type;
+	newbox->count = 0;
+	newbox->grouphwnd = (HWND)NULL;
+
+	hwndframe = CreateWindow(FRAMECLASSNAME,
+							 "",
+							 WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN,
+							 0,0,2000,1000,
+							 DW_HWND_OBJECT,
+							 NULL,
+							 NULL,
+							 NULL);
+
+	newbox->cinfo.pOldProc = SubclassWindow(hwndframe, _colorwndproc);
+	newbox->cinfo.fore = newbox->cinfo.back = -1;
+
+	SetWindowLong(hwndframe, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)newbox);
+	return hwndframe;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new Group Box to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       type: Either BOXVERT (vertical) or BOXHORZ (horizontal).
+ *       pad: Number of pixels to pad around the box.
+ *       title: Text to be displayined in the group outline.
+ */
+HWND dw_groupbox_new(int type, int pad, char *title)
+{
+	Box *newbox = malloc(sizeof(Box));
+	HWND hwndframe;
+
+	newbox->pad = pad;
+	newbox->type = type;
+	newbox->count = 0;
+
+	hwndframe = CreateWindow(FRAMECLASSNAME,
+							 "",
+							 WS_CHILD,
+							 0,0,2000,1000,
+							 DW_HWND_OBJECT,
+							 NULL,
+							 NULL,
+							 NULL);
+
+	newbox->grouphwnd = CreateWindow(BUTTONCLASSNAME,
+									 title,
+									 WS_CHILD | BS_GROUPBOX |
+									 WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPCHILDREN,
+									 0,0,2000,1000,
+									 hwndframe,
+									 NULL,
+									 NULL,
+									 NULL);
+
+	SetWindowLong(hwndframe, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)newbox);
+	dw_window_set_font(newbox->grouphwnd, DefaultFont);
+	return hwndframe;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a bitmap object to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_bitmap_new(ULONG id)
+{
+	return CreateWindow(STATICCLASSNAME,
+						"",
+						SS_BITMAP | WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN,
+						0,0,2000,1000,
+						DW_HWND_OBJECT,
+						NULL,
+						NULL,
+						NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a notebook object to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       id: An ID to be used for getting the resource from the
+ *           resource file.
+ */
+HWND dw_notebook_new(ULONG id, int top)
+{
+	ULONG flags = 0;
+	HWND tmp;
+	NotebookPage **array = calloc(256, sizeof(NotebookPage *));
+
+	if(!top)
+		flags = TCS_BOTTOM;
+
+	tmp = CreateWindow(WC_TABCONTROL,
+					   "",
+					   WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN,
+					   0,0,2000,1000,
+					   DW_HWND_OBJECT,
+					   NULL,
+					   NULL,
+					   NULL);
+	SetWindowLong(tmp, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)array);
+	dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a menu object to be popped up.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       id: An ID to be used for getting the resource from the
+ *           resource file.
+ */
+HMENUI dw_menu_new(ULONG id)
+{
+	HMENUI tmp = malloc(sizeof(struct _hmenui));
+
+	if(!tmp)
+		return NULL;
+
+	tmp->menu = CreatePopupMenu();
+	tmp->hwnd = NULL;
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a menubar on a window.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       location: Handle of a window frame to be attached to.
+ */
+HMENUI dw_menubar_new(HWND location)
+{
+	HMENUI tmp = malloc(sizeof(struct _hmenui));
+
+	if(!tmp)
+		return NULL;
+
+	tmp->menu = CreateMenu();
+	tmp->hwnd = location;
+
+	SetMenu(location, tmp->menu);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Destroys a menu created with dw_menubar_new or dw_menu_new.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       menu: Handle of a menu.
+ */
+void dw_menu_destroy(HMENUI *menu)
+{
+	if(menu && *menu)
+	{
+		DestroyMenu((*menu)->menu);
+		free(*menu);
+		*menu = NULL;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Adds a menuitem or submenu to an existing menu.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       menu: The handle the the existing menu.
+ *       title: The title text on the menu item to be added.
+ *       id: An ID to be used for message passing.
+ *       end: If TRUE memu is positioned at the end of the menu.
+ *       check: If TRUE menu is "check"able.
+ *       flags: Extended attributes to set on the menu.
+ *       submenu: Handle to an existing menu to be a submenu or NULL.
+ */
+HWND dw_menu_append_item(HMENUI menux, char *title, ULONG id, ULONG flags, int end, int check, HMENUI submenu)
+{
+	MENUITEMINFO mii;
+	HMENU menu;
+
+	if(!menux)
+		return NULL;
+
+	menu = menux->menu;
+
+	mii.cbSize = sizeof(MENUITEMINFO);
+	mii.fMask = MIIM_ID | MIIM_SUBMENU | MIIM_TYPE;
+
+	/* Convert from OS/2 style accellerators to Win32 style */
+	if(title)
+	{
+		char *tmp = title;
+
+		while(*tmp)
+		{
+			if(*tmp == '~')
+				*tmp = '&';
+			tmp++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if(title && *title)
+		mii.fType = MFT_STRING;
+	else
+		mii.fType = MFT_SEPARATOR;
+
+	mii.wID = id;
+	mii.hSubMenu = submenu ? submenu->menu : 0;
+	mii.dwTypeData = title;
+	mii.cch = strlen(title);
+
+	InsertMenuItem(menu, 65535, TRUE, &mii);
+	if(menux->hwnd)
+		DrawMenuBar(menux->hwnd);
+	return (HWND)id;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the state of a menu item check.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       menu: The handle the the existing menu.
+ *       id: Menuitem id.
+ *       check: TRUE for checked FALSE for not checked.
+ */
+void dw_menu_item_set_check(HMENUI menux, int id, int check)
+{
+	MENUITEMINFO mii;
+	HMENU menu;
+
+	if(!menux)
+		return;
+
+	menu = menux->menu;
+
+	mii.cbSize = sizeof(MENUITEMINFO);
+	mii.fMask = MIIM_STATE;
+	if(check)
+		mii.fState = MFS_CHECKED;
+	else
+		mii.fState = MFS_UNCHECKED;
+	SetMenuItemInfo(menu, id, FALSE, &mii);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Pops up a context menu at given x and y coordinates.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       menu: The handle the the existing menu.
+ *       parent: Handle to the window initiating the popup.
+ *       x: X coordinate.
+ *       y: Y coordinate.
+ */
+void dw_menu_popup(HMENUI *menu, HWND parent, int x, int y)
+{
+	if(menu && *menu)
+	{
+		TrackPopupMenu((*menu)->menu, 0, x, y, 0, parent, NULL);
+		free(*menu);
+		*menu = NULL;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Create a container object to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       id: An ID to be used for getting the resource from the
+ *           resource file.
+ */
+HWND dw_container_new(ULONG id)
+{
+	HWND tmp = CreateWindow(WC_LISTVIEW,
+							"",
+							WS_CHILD | LVS_REPORT |
+							LVS_SHAREIMAGELISTS | WS_BORDER |
+							WS_CLIPCHILDREN,
+							0,0,2000,1000,
+							DW_HWND_OBJECT,
+							(HMENU)id,
+							NULL,
+							NULL);
+	ContainerInfo *cinfo = (ContainerInfo *)calloc(1, sizeof(ContainerInfo));
+
+	if(!cinfo)
+	{
+		DestroyWindow(tmp);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	cinfo->pOldProc = (WNDPROC)SubclassWindow(tmp, _containerwndproc);
+
+	SetWindowLong(tmp, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)cinfo);
+	dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the current X and Y coordinates of the mouse pointer.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       x: Pointer to variable to store X coordinate.
+ *       y: Pointer to variable to store Y coordinate.
+ */
+void dw_pointer_query_pos(long *x, long *y)
+{
+	POINT ptl;
+
+	GetCursorPos(&ptl);
+	if(x && y)
+	{
+		*x = ptl.x;
+		*y = ptl.y;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the X and Y coordinates of the mouse pointer.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       x: X coordinate.
+ *       y: Y coordinate.
+ */
+void dw_pointer_set_pos(long x, long y)
+{
+	SetCursorPos(x, y);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new static text window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       text: The text to be display by the static text widget.
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_text_new(char *text, ULONG id)
+{
+	HWND tmp = CreateWindow(STATICCLASSNAME,
+							 text,
+							 BS_TEXT | WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN,
+							 0,0,2000,1000,
+							 DW_HWND_OBJECT,
+							 (HMENU)id,
+							 NULL,
+							 NULL);
+	dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new Multiline Editbox window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_mle_new(ULONG id)
+{
+
+	HWND tmp = CreateWindow(EDITCLASSNAME,
+							"",
+							WS_BORDER | ES_AUTOHSCROLL |
+							WS_VSCROLL | ES_MULTILINE |
+							ES_WANTRETURN | WS_CHILD |
+							WS_CLIPCHILDREN,
+							0,0,2000,1000,
+							DW_HWND_OBJECT,
+							(HMENU)id,
+							NULL,
+							NULL);
+	dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new Entryfield window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       text: The default text to be in the entryfield widget.
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_entryfield_new(char *text, ULONG id)
+{
+	HWND tmp = CreateWindow(EDITCLASSNAME,
+							text,
+							ES_WANTRETURN | WS_CHILD |
+							WS_BORDER | ES_AUTOHSCROLL |
+							WS_CLIPCHILDREN,
+							0,0,2000,1000,
+							DW_HWND_OBJECT,
+							(HMENU)id,
+							NULL,
+							NULL);
+	ColorInfo *cinfo = calloc(1, sizeof(ColorInfo));
+
+	cinfo->back = cinfo->fore = -1;
+	cinfo->buddy = 0;
+
+	cinfo->pOldProc = SubclassWindow(tmp, _colorwndproc);
+	SetWindowLong(tmp, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)cinfo);
+	dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new Entryfield passwird window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       text: The default text to be in the entryfield widget.
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_entryfield_password_new(char *text, ULONG id)
+{
+	HWND tmp = CreateWindow(EDITCLASSNAME,
+							text,
+							ES_WANTRETURN | WS_CHILD |
+							ES_PASSWORD | WS_BORDER |
+							ES_AUTOHSCROLL | WS_CLIPCHILDREN,
+							0,0,2000,1000,
+							DW_HWND_OBJECT,
+							(HMENU)id,
+							NULL,
+							NULL);
+	ColorInfo *cinfo = calloc(1, sizeof(ColorInfo));
+
+	cinfo->back = cinfo->fore = -1;
+	cinfo->buddy = 0;
+
+	cinfo->pOldProc = SubclassWindow(tmp, _colorwndproc);
+	SetWindowLong(tmp, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)cinfo);
+	dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new Combobox window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       text: The default text to be in the combpbox widget.
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_combobox_new(char *text, ULONG id)
+{
+	HWND tmp = CreateWindow(COMBOBOXCLASSNAME,
+							"",
+                            WS_CHILD | CBS_DROPDOWN | WS_CLIPCHILDREN,
+							0,0,2000,1000,
+							DW_HWND_OBJECT,
+							(HMENU)id,
+							NULL,
+							NULL);
+	ContainerInfo *cinfo = (ContainerInfo *)calloc(1, sizeof(ContainerInfo));
+
+	if(!cinfo)
+	{
+		DestroyWindow(tmp);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	cinfo->cinfo.fore = -1;
+	cinfo->cinfo.back = -1;
+	cinfo->pOldProc = (WNDPROC)SubclassWindow(tmp, _containerwndproc);
+
+	SetWindowLong(tmp, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)cinfo);
+	dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new button window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       text: The text to be display by the static text widget.
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_button_new(char *text, ULONG id)
+{
+	BubbleButton *bubble = malloc(sizeof(BubbleButton));
+
+	HWND tmp = CreateWindow(BUTTONCLASSNAME,
+							text,
+							WS_CHILD | BS_PUSHBUTTON | WS_CLIPCHILDREN,
+							0,0,2000,1000,
+							DW_HWND_OBJECT,
+							(HMENU)id,
+							NULL,
+							NULL);
+
+	bubble->id = id;
+	bubble->bubbletext[0] = '\0';
+	bubble->pOldProc = (WNDPROC)SubclassWindow(tmp, _BtProc);
+
+	SetWindowLong(tmp, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)bubble);
+	dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new bitmap button window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       text: Bubble help text to be displayed.
+ *       id: An ID of a bitmap in the resource file.
+ */
+HWND dw_bitmapbutton_new(char *text, ULONG id)
+{
+	HWND tmp;
+	BubbleButton *bubble = malloc(sizeof(BubbleButton));
+	HBITMAP hbitmap = LoadBitmap(DWInstance, MAKEINTRESOURCE(id));
+
+	tmp = CreateWindow(BUTTONCLASSNAME,
+					   "",
+					   WS_CHILD | BS_PUSHBUTTON |
+					   BS_BITMAP | WS_CLIPCHILDREN,
+					   0,0,2000,1000,
+					   DW_HWND_OBJECT,
+					   (HMENU)id,
+					   NULL,
+					   NULL);
+
+	bubble->id = id;
+	strncpy(bubble->bubbletext, text, BUBBLE_HELP_MAX - 1);
+	bubble->bubbletext[BUBBLE_HELP_MAX - 1] = '\0';
+	bubble->pOldProc = (WNDPROC)SubclassWindow(tmp, _BtProc);
+
+	SetWindowLong(tmp, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)bubble);
+
+	SendMessage(tmp, BM_SETIMAGE,
+				(WPARAM) IMAGE_BITMAP,
+				(LPARAM) hbitmap);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new spinbutton window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       text: The text to be display by the static text widget.
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_spinbutton_new(char *text, ULONG id)
+{
+	ULONG *data = malloc(sizeof(ULONG));
+	HWND buddy = CreateWindow(EDITCLASSNAME,
+							  text,
+							  WS_CHILD | WS_BORDER |
+							  ES_NUMBER | WS_CLIPCHILDREN,
+							  0,0,2000,1000,
+							  DW_HWND_OBJECT,
+							  NULL,
+							  NULL,
+							  NULL);
+	HWND tmp = CreateUpDownControl(
+								   WS_CHILD | UDS_ALIGNRIGHT |
+								   UDS_ARROWKEYS | UDS_SETBUDDYINT |
+								   UDS_WRAP | UDS_NOTHOUSANDS,
+								   0,
+								   0,
+								   2000,
+								   1000,
+								   DW_HWND_OBJECT,
+								   id,
+								   DWInstance,
+								   buddy,
+								   0,
+								   100,
+								   0);
+	ColorInfo *cinfo = calloc(1, sizeof(ColorInfo));
+
+	cinfo->back = cinfo->fore = -1;
+	cinfo->buddy = tmp;
+
+	cinfo->pOldProc = SubclassWindow(buddy, _colorwndproc);
+	SetWindowLong(buddy, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)cinfo);
+
+	cinfo = calloc(1, sizeof(ColorInfo));
+	cinfo->buddy = buddy;
+	cinfo->pOldProc = SubclassWindow(tmp, _spinnerwndproc);
+
+	SetWindowLong(tmp, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)cinfo);
+	dw_window_set_font(buddy, DefaultFont);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new radiobutton window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       text: The text to be display by the static text widget.
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_radiobutton_new(char *text, ULONG id)
+{
+	HWND tmp = CreateWindow(BUTTONCLASSNAME,
+							text,
+							WS_CHILD | BS_AUTORADIOBUTTON |
+							WS_CLIPCHILDREN,
+							0,0,2000,1000,
+							DW_HWND_OBJECT,
+							(HMENU)id,
+							NULL,
+							NULL);
+
+	ColorInfo *cinfo = calloc(1, sizeof(ColorInfo));
+
+	cinfo->back = cinfo->fore = -1;
+	cinfo->buddy = 0;
+	cinfo->user = 0;
+
+	cinfo->pOldProc = SubclassWindow(tmp, _colorwndproc);
+	SetWindowLong(tmp, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)cinfo);
+	dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Create a new slider window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_slider_new(ULONG id)
+{
+	return CreateWindow(PROGRESS_CLASS,
+						"",
+						WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN,
+						0,0,2000,1000,
+						DW_HWND_OBJECT,
+						NULL,
+						NULL,
+						NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new checkbox window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       text: The text to be display by the static text widget.
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ */
+HWND dw_checkbox_new(char *text, ULONG id)
+{
+	HWND tmp = CreateWindow(BUTTONCLASSNAME,
+							text,
+							WS_CHILD | BS_AUTOCHECKBOX |
+							BS_TEXT | WS_CLIPCHILDREN,
+							0,0,2000,1000,
+							DW_HWND_OBJECT,
+							NULL,
+							NULL,
+							NULL);
+	ColorInfo *cinfo = calloc(1, sizeof(ColorInfo));
+
+	cinfo->back = cinfo->fore = -1;
+	cinfo->buddy = 0;
+	cinfo->user = 1;
+
+	cinfo->pOldProc = SubclassWindow(tmp, _colorwndproc);
+	SetWindowLong(tmp, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)cinfo);
+	dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new listbox window (widget) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L.
+ *       multi: Multiple select TRUE or FALSE.
+ */
+HWND dw_listbox_new(ULONG id, int multi)
+{
+	HWND tmp = CreateWindow(LISTBOXCLASSNAME,
+							"",
+							LBS_NOINTEGRALHEIGHT | WS_CHILD | LBS_HASSTRINGS |
+							LBS_NOTIFY | WS_BORDER  | WS_CLIPCHILDREN |
+							WS_VSCROLL | (multi ? LBS_EXTENDEDSEL : 0) ,
+							0,0,2000,1000,
+							DW_HWND_OBJECT,
+							NULL,
+							NULL,
+							NULL);
+	ContainerInfo *cinfo = (ContainerInfo *)calloc(1, sizeof(ContainerInfo));
+
+	if(!cinfo)
+	{
+		DestroyWindow(tmp);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	cinfo->cinfo.fore = -1;
+	cinfo->cinfo.back = -1;
+	cinfo->pOldProc = (WNDPROC)SubclassWindow(tmp, _containerwndproc);
+
+	SetWindowLong(tmp, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)cinfo);
+	dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the icon used for a given window.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window.
+ *       id: An ID to be used to specify the icon.
+ */
+void dw_window_set_icon(HWND handle, ULONG id)
+{
+	HICON hicon = LoadIcon(DWInstance, MAKEINTRESOURCE(id));
+
+	SendMessage(handle, WM_SETICON,
+				(WPARAM) IMAGE_ICON,
+				(LPARAM) hicon);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the bitmap used for a given static window.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window.
+ *       id: An ID to be used to specify the icon.
+ */
+void dw_window_set_bitmap(HWND handle, ULONG id)
+{
+	HBITMAP hbitmap = LoadBitmap(DWInstance, MAKEINTRESOURCE(id));
+
+	SendMessage(handle, STM_SETIMAGE,
+				(WPARAM) IMAGE_BITMAP,
+				(LPARAM) hbitmap);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the text used for a given window.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window.
+ *       text: The text associsated with a given window.
+ */
+void dw_window_set_text(HWND handle, char *text)
+{
+	SetWindowText(handle, text);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Gets the text used for a given window.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window.
+ * Returns:
+ *       text: The text associsated with a given window.
+ */
+char *dw_window_get_text(HWND handle)
+{
+	char tempbuf[4096] = "";
+
+	GetWindowText(handle, tempbuf, 4095);
+	tempbuf[4095] = 0;
+
+	return strdup(tempbuf);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Disables given window (widget).
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window.
+ */
+void dw_window_disable(HWND handle)
+{
+	EnableWindow(handle, FALSE);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Enables given window (widget).
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window.
+ */
+void dw_window_enable(HWND handle)
+{
+	EnableWindow(handle, TRUE);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Gets the child window handle with specified ID.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the parent window.
+ *       id: Integer ID of the child.
+ */
+HWND dw_window_from_id(HWND handle, int id)
+{
+    return 0L;
+}
+/*
+ * Pack windows (widgets) into a box from the start (or top).
+ * Parameters:
+ *       box: Window handle of the box to be packed into.
+ *       item: Window handle of the item to be back.
+ *       width: Width in pixels of the item or -1 to be self determined.
+ *       height: Height in pixels of the item or -1 to be self determined.
+ *       hsize: TRUE if the window (widget) should expand horizontally to fill space given.
+ *       vsize: TRUE if the window (widget) should expand vertically to fill space given.
+ *       pad: Number of pixels of padding around the item.
+ */
+void dw_box_pack_start(HWND box, HWND item, int width, int height, int hsize, int vsize, int pad)
+{
+	Box *thisbox;
+
+	thisbox = (Box *)GetWindowLong(box, GWL_USERDATA);
+	if(thisbox)
+	{
+		int z;
+		Item *tmpitem, *thisitem = thisbox->items;
+		char tmpbuf[100];
+
+		tmpitem = malloc(sizeof(Item)*(thisbox->count+1));
+
+		for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++)
+		{
+			tmpitem[z] = thisitem[z];
+		}
+
+		GetClassName(item, tmpbuf, 99);
+
+		if(strnicmp(tmpbuf, FRAMECLASSNAME, 2)==0)
+			tmpitem[thisbox->count].type = TYPEBOX;
+		else
+			tmpitem[thisbox->count].type = TYPEITEM;
+
+		tmpitem[thisbox->count].hwnd = item;
+		tmpitem[thisbox->count].origwidth = tmpitem[thisbox->count].width = width;
+		tmpitem[thisbox->count].origheight = tmpitem[thisbox->count].height = height;
+		tmpitem[thisbox->count].pad = pad;
+		if(hsize)
+			tmpitem[thisbox->count].hsize = SIZEEXPAND;
+		else
+			tmpitem[thisbox->count].hsize = SIZESTATIC;
+
+		if(vsize)
+			tmpitem[thisbox->count].vsize = SIZEEXPAND;
+		else
+			tmpitem[thisbox->count].vsize = SIZESTATIC;
+
+		thisbox->items = tmpitem;
+
+		if(thisbox->count)
+			free(thisitem);
+
+		thisbox->count++;
+
+		SetParent(item, box);
+		ShowWindow(item, SW_SHOW);
+		if(strncmp(tmpbuf, UPDOWN_CLASS, strlen(UPDOWN_CLASS))==0)
+		{
+			ColorInfo *cinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong(item, GWL_USERDATA);
+
+			if(cinfo)
+			{
+				SetParent(cinfo->buddy, box);
+				ShowWindow(cinfo->buddy, SW_SHOW);
+				SendMessage(item, UDM_SETBUDDY, (WPARAM)cinfo->buddy, 0);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the size of a given window (widget).
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Window (widget) handle.
+ *          width: New width in pixels.
+ *          height: New height in pixels.
+ */
+void dw_window_set_usize(HWND handle, ULONG width, ULONG height)
+{
+	SetWindowPos(handle, (HWND)NULL, 0, 0, width, height, SWP_SHOWWINDOW | SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOMOVE);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the width of the screen.
+ */
+int dw_screen_width(void)
+{
+	return GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSCREEN);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the height of the screen.
+ */
+int dw_screen_height(void)
+{
+	return GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYSCREEN);
+}
+
+/* This should return the current color depth */
+unsigned long dw_color_depth(void)
+{
+	int bpp;
+	HDC hdc = GetDC(HWND_DESKTOP);
+
+	bpp = GetDeviceCaps(hdc, BITSPIXEL);
+
+	ReleaseDC(HWND_DESKTOP, hdc);
+
+	return bpp;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Sets the position of a given window (widget).
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Window (widget) handle.
+ *          x: X location from the bottom left.
+ *          y: Y location from the bottom left.
+ */
+void dw_window_set_pos(HWND handle, ULONG x, ULONG y)
+{
+	SetWindowPos(handle, (HWND)NULL, x, y, 0, 0, SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOZORDER);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the position and size of a given window (widget).
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Window (widget) handle.
+ *          x: X location from the bottom left.
+ *          y: Y location from the bottom left.
+ *          width: Width of the widget.
+ *          height: Height of the widget.
+ */
+void dw_window_set_pos_size(HWND handle, ULONG x, ULONG y, ULONG width, ULONG height)
+{
+	SetWindowPos(handle, (HWND)NULL, x, y, width, height, SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_SHOWWINDOW);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Gets the position and size of a given window (widget).
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Window (widget) handle.
+ *          x: X location from the bottom left.
+ *          y: Y location from the bottom left.
+ *          width: Width of the widget.
+ *          height: Height of the widget.
+ */
+void dw_window_get_pos_size(HWND handle, ULONG *x, ULONG *y, ULONG *width, ULONG *height)
+{
+	WINDOWPLACEMENT wp;
+
+	wp.length = sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT);
+
+	GetWindowPlacement(handle, &wp);
+	if(x)
+		*x = wp.rcNormalPosition.left;
+	if(y)
+		*y = wp.rcNormalPosition.top;
+	if(width)
+		*width = wp.rcNormalPosition.right - wp.rcNormalPosition.left;
+	if(height)
+		*height = wp.rcNormalPosition.bottom - wp.rcNormalPosition.top;
+
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the style of a given window (widget).
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Window (widget) handle.
+ *          width: New width in pixels.
+ *          height: New height in pixels.
+ */
+void dw_window_set_style(HWND handle, ULONG style, ULONG mask)
+{
+	ULONG tmp, currentstyle = GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_STYLE);
+
+	tmp = currentstyle | mask;
+	tmp ^= mask;
+	tmp |= style;
+
+	SetWindowLong(handle, GWL_STYLE, tmp);
+}
+
+/* Finds the physical ID from the reference ID */
+int _findnotebookid(NotebookPage **array, int pageid)
+{
+	int z;
+
+	for(z=0;z<256;z++)
+	{
+		if(array[z] && array[z]->realid == pageid)
+			return z;
+	}
+	return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Adds a new page to specified notebook.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Window (widget) handle.
+ *          flags: Any additional page creation flags.
+ *          front: If TRUE page is added at the beginning.
+ */
+ULONG dw_notebook_page_new(HWND handle, ULONG flags, int front)
+{
+	NotebookPage **array = (NotebookPage **)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA);
+
+	if(array)
+	{
+		int z, refid = -1;
+
+		for(z=0;z<256;z++)
+		{
+			if(_findnotebookid(array, z) == -1)
+			{
+				refid = z;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if(refid == -1)
+			return -1;
+
+		for(z=0;z<256;z++)
+		{
+			if(!array[z])
+			{
+				int oldpage = TabCtrl_GetCurSel(handle);
+
+				array[z] = calloc(1, sizeof(NotebookPage));
+				array[z]->realid = refid;
+				array[z]->item.mask = TCIF_TEXT;
+				array[z]->item.iImage = -1;
+				array[z]->item.pszText = "";
+				TabCtrl_InsertItem(handle, z, &(array[z]->item));
+
+				if(oldpage > -1 && array[oldpage])
+					SetParent(array[oldpage]->hwnd, DW_HWND_OBJECT);
+
+				TabCtrl_SetCurSel(handle, z);
+				return refid;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the text on the specified notebook tab.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Notebook handle.
+ *          pageid: Page ID of the tab to set.
+ *          text: Pointer to the text to set.
+ */
+void dw_notebook_page_set_text(HWND handle, ULONG pageidx, char *text)
+{
+
+	NotebookPage **array = (NotebookPage **)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA);
+	int pageid;
+
+	if(!array)
+		return;
+
+	pageid = _findnotebookid(array, pageidx);
+
+	if(pageid > -1 && array[pageid])
+	{
+		array[pageid]->item.mask = TCIF_TEXT;
+		array[pageid]->item.pszText = text;
+		TabCtrl_SetItem(handle, pageid, &(array[pageid]->item));
+		_resize_notebook_page(handle, pageid);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the text on the specified notebook tab status area.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Notebook handle.
+ *          pageid: Page ID of the tab to set.
+ *          text: Pointer to the text to set.
+ */
+void dw_notebook_page_set_status_text(HWND handle, ULONG pageid, char *text)
+{
+}
+
+/*
+ * Packs the specified box into the notebook page.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the notebook to be packed.
+ *          pageid: Page ID in the notebook which is being packed.
+ *          page: Box handle to be packed.
+ */
+void dw_notebook_pack(HWND handle, ULONG pageidx, HWND page)
+{
+	NotebookPage **array = (NotebookPage **)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA);
+	int pageid;
+
+	if(!array)
+		return;
+
+	pageid = _findnotebookid(array, pageidx);
+
+	if(pageid > -1 && array[pageid])
+	{
+		HWND tmpbox = dw_box_new(BOXVERT, 0);
+
+		dw_box_pack_start(tmpbox, page, 0, 0, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+		SubclassWindow(tmpbox, _wndproc);
+		if(array[pageid]->hwnd)
+			dw_window_destroy(array[pageid]->hwnd);
+		array[pageid]->hwnd = tmpbox;
+		if(pageidx == dw_notebook_page_query(handle))
+		{
+			SetParent(tmpbox, handle);
+			_resize_notebook_page(handle, pageid);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Remove a page from a notebook.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the notebook widget.
+ *          pageid: ID of the page to be destroyed.
+ */
+void dw_notebook_page_destroy(HWND handle, unsigned int pageidx)
+{
+	NotebookPage **array = (NotebookPage **)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA);
+	int newid = -1, z, pageid;
+
+	if(!array)
+		return;
+
+	pageid = _findnotebookid(array, pageidx);
+
+	if(pageid < 0)
+		return;
+
+	if(array[pageid])
+	{
+		SetParent(array[pageid]->hwnd, DW_HWND_OBJECT);
+		free(array[pageid]);
+		array[pageid] = NULL;
+	}
+
+	TabCtrl_DeleteItem(handle, pageid);
+
+	/* Shift the pages over 1 */
+	for(z=pageid;z<255;z++)
+		array[z] = array[z+1];
+	array[255] = NULL;
+
+	for(z=0;z<256;z++)
+	{
+		if(array[z])
+		{
+			newid = z;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	if(newid > -1)
+	{
+		SetParent(array[newid]->hwnd, handle);
+		_resize_notebook_page(handle, newid);
+		dw_notebook_page_set(handle, array[newid]->realid);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Queries the currently visible page ID.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the notebook widget.
+ */
+unsigned int dw_notebook_page_query(HWND handle)
+{
+	NotebookPage **array = (NotebookPage **)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA);
+	int physid = TabCtrl_GetCurSel(handle);
+
+	if(physid > -1 && physid < 256 && array && array[physid])
+		return array[physid]->realid;
+	return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the currently visible page ID.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the notebook widget.
+ *          pageid: ID of the page to be made visible.
+ */
+void dw_notebook_page_set(HWND handle, unsigned int pageidx)
+{
+	NotebookPage **array = (NotebookPage **)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA);
+	int pageid;
+
+	if(!array)
+		return;
+
+	pageid= _findnotebookid(array, pageidx);
+
+	if(pageid > -1 && pageid < 256)
+		TabCtrl_SetCurSel(handle, pageid);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Appends the specified text to the listbox's (or combobox) entry list.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the listbox to be appended to.
+ *          text: Text to append into listbox.
+ */
+void dw_listbox_append(HWND handle, char *text)
+{
+	char tmpbuf[100];
+
+	GetClassName(handle, tmpbuf, 99);
+
+	if(strnicmp(tmpbuf, COMBOBOXCLASSNAME, strlen(COMBOBOXCLASSNAME))==0)
+		SendMessage(handle,
+					CB_ADDSTRING,
+					0, (LPARAM)text);
+	else
+		SendMessage(handle,
+					LB_ADDSTRING,
+					0, (LPARAM)text);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Clears the listbox's (or combobox) list of all entries.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the listbox to be cleared.
+ */
+void dw_listbox_clear(HWND handle)
+{
+	char tmpbuf[100];
+
+	GetClassName(handle, tmpbuf, 99);
+
+	if(strnicmp(tmpbuf, COMBOBOXCLASSNAME, strlen(COMBOBOXCLASSNAME))==0)
+	{
+		char *buf = dw_window_get_text(handle);
+
+		SendMessage(handle,
+					CB_RESETCONTENT, 0L, 0L);
+
+		if(buf)
+		{
+			dw_window_set_text(handle, buf);
+			free(buf);
+		}
+	}
+	else
+		SendMessage(handle,
+					LB_RESETCONTENT, 0L, 0L);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the text of a given listbox entry.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the listbox to be queried.
+ *          index: Index into the list to be queried.
+ *          buffer: Buffer where text will be copied.
+ */
+void dw_listbox_set_text(HWND handle, unsigned int index, char *buffer)
+{
+	unsigned int sel = (unsigned int)SendMessage(handle, LB_GETCURSEL, 0, 0);
+	SendMessage(handle,	LB_DELETESTRING, (WPARAM)index, 0);
+	SendMessage(handle, LB_INSERTSTRING, (WPARAM)index, (LPARAM)buffer);
+	SendMessage(handle, LB_SETCURSEL, (WPARAM)sel, 0);
+	SendMessage(handle, LB_SETSEL, (WPARAM)TRUE, (LPARAM)sel);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Copies the given index item's text into buffer.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the listbox to be queried.
+ *          index: Index into the list to be queried.
+ *          buffer: Buffer where text will be copied.
+ *          length: Length of the buffer (including NULL).
+ */
+void dw_listbox_query_text(HWND handle, unsigned int index, char *buffer, unsigned int length)
+{
+	SendMessage(handle,
+				LB_GETTEXT, (WPARAM)index, (LPARAM)buffer);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the index to the item in the list currently selected.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the listbox to be queried.
+ */
+unsigned int dw_listbox_selected(HWND handle)
+{
+	char tmpbuf[100];
+
+	GetClassName(handle, tmpbuf, 99);
+
+	if(strnicmp(tmpbuf, COMBOBOXCLASSNAME, strlen(COMBOBOXCLASSNAME))==0)
+		return (unsigned int)SendMessage(handle,
+										 CB_GETCURSEL,
+										 0, 0);
+
+	return (unsigned int)SendMessage(handle,
+									 LB_GETCURSEL,
+									 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the index to the current selected item or -1 when done.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the listbox to be queried.
+ *          where: Either the previous return or -1 to restart.
+ */
+int dw_listbox_selected_multi(HWND handle, int where)
+{
+	int *array, count, z;
+
+	count = (int)SendMessage(handle, LB_GETSELCOUNT, 0, 0);
+	if(count > 0)
+	{
+		array = malloc(sizeof(int)*count);
+		SendMessage(handle, LB_GETSELITEMS, (WPARAM)count, (LPARAM)array);
+
+		if(where == -1)
+		{
+			int ret = array[0];
+			free(array);
+			return ret;
+		}
+		for(z=0;z<count;z++)
+		{
+			if(array[z] == where && (z+1) < count)
+			{
+				int ret = array[z+1];
+				free(array);
+				return ret;
+			}
+		}
+		free(array);
+	}
+	return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the selection state of a given index.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the listbox to be set.
+ *          index: Item index.
+ *          state: TRUE if selected FALSE if unselected.
+ */
+void dw_listbox_select(HWND handle, int index, int state)
+{
+	char tmpbuf[100];
+
+	GetClassName(handle, tmpbuf, 99);
+
+	if(strnicmp(tmpbuf, COMBOBOXCLASSNAME, strlen(COMBOBOXCLASSNAME))==0)
+		SendMessage(handle, CB_SETCURSEL, (WPARAM)index, 0);
+	else
+	{
+		SendMessage(handle, LB_SETCURSEL, (WPARAM)index, 0);
+		SendMessage(handle, LB_SETSEL, (WPARAM)state, (LPARAM)index);
+	}
+	_wndproc(handle, WM_COMMAND, (WPARAM)(LBN_SELCHANGE << 16), (LPARAM)handle);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Deletes the item with given index from the list.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the listbox to be set.
+ *          index: Item index.
+ */
+void dw_listbox_delete(HWND handle, int index)
+{
+	SendMessage(handle, LB_DELETESTRING, (WPARAM)index, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the listbox's item count.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the listbox to be cleared.
+ */
+int dw_listbox_count(HWND handle)
+{
+	char tmpbuf[100];
+
+	GetClassName(handle, tmpbuf, 99);
+
+	if(strnicmp(tmpbuf, COMBOBOXCLASSNAME, strlen(COMBOBOXCLASSNAME))==0)
+		return (int)SendMessage(handle,
+								CB_GETCOUNT,0L, 0L);
+
+	return (int)SendMessage(handle,
+							LB_GETCOUNT,0L, 0L);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the topmost item in the viewport.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the listbox to be cleared.
+ *          top: Index to the top item.
+ */
+void dw_listbox_set_top(HWND handle, int top)
+{
+	SendMessage(handle, LB_SETTOPINDEX, (WPARAM)top, 0);
+}
+
+#define MLE_MAX 200000
+/*
+ * Adds text to an MLE box and returns the current point.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the MLE to be queried.
+ *          buffer: Text buffer to be imported.
+ *          startpoint: Point to start entering text.
+ */
+unsigned int dw_mle_import(HWND handle, char *buffer, int startpoint)
+{
+	char *tmpbuf = malloc(MLE_MAX+1);
+	int len;
+
+	if(startpoint < 0)
+		startpoint = 0;
+
+	GetWindowText(handle, tmpbuf, MLE_MAX);
+	tmpbuf[MLE_MAX] = 0;
+
+	len = strlen(tmpbuf);
+    if(len)
+		memcpy(&tmpbuf[startpoint+strlen(buffer)], &tmpbuf[startpoint], (len-startpoint));
+	memcpy(&tmpbuf[startpoint], buffer, strlen(buffer));
+
+	tmpbuf[len+strlen(buffer)] = 0;
+
+	SetWindowText(handle, tmpbuf);
+
+	free(tmpbuf);
+	return startpoint+strlen(buffer);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Grabs text from an MLE box.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the MLE to be queried.
+ *          buffer: Text buffer to be exported.
+ *          startpoint: Point to start grabbing text.
+ *          length: Amount of text to be grabbed.
+ */
+void dw_mle_export(HWND handle, char *buffer, int startpoint, int length)
+{
+	char *tmpbuf = malloc(MLE_MAX+1);
+
+	GetWindowText(handle, tmpbuf, MLE_MAX);
+	tmpbuf[MLE_MAX] = 0;
+
+	memcpy(buffer, &tmpbuf[startpoint], length);
+
+	free(tmpbuf);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Obtains information about an MLE box.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the MLE to be queried.
+ *          bytes: A pointer to a variable to return the total bytes.
+ *          lines: A pointer to a variable to return the number of lines.
+ */
+void dw_mle_query(HWND handle, unsigned long *bytes, unsigned long *lines)
+{
+	char *tmpbuf = malloc(MLE_MAX+1);
+
+	GetWindowText(handle, tmpbuf, MLE_MAX);
+	tmpbuf[MLE_MAX] = 0;
+
+	if(bytes)
+		*bytes = strlen(tmpbuf);
+	if(lines)
+		*lines = (unsigned long)SendMessage(handle, EM_GETLINECOUNT, 0, 0);
+
+	free(tmpbuf);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Deletes text from an MLE box.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the MLE to be deleted from.
+ *          startpoint: Point to start deleting text.
+ *          length: Amount of text to be deleted.
+ */
+void dw_mle_delete(HWND handle, int startpoint, int length)
+{
+	char *tmpbuf = malloc(MLE_MAX+1);
+	int len;
+
+	GetWindowText(handle, tmpbuf, MLE_MAX);
+	tmpbuf[MLE_MAX] = 0;
+
+	len = strlen(tmpbuf);
+
+	strcpy(&tmpbuf[startpoint], &tmpbuf[startpoint+length]);
+
+	SetWindowText(handle, tmpbuf);
+
+	free(tmpbuf);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Clears all text from an MLE box.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the MLE to be cleared.
+ */
+void dw_mle_clear(HWND handle)
+{
+	SetWindowText(handle, "");
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the visible line of an MLE box.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the MLE.
+ *          line: Line to be visible.
+ */
+void dw_mle_set_visible(HWND handle, int line)
+{
+	int point = (int)SendMessage(handle, EM_LINEINDEX, (WPARAM)line, 0);
+	dw_mle_set(handle, point);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the current cursor position of an MLE box.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the MLE to be positioned.
+ *          point: Point to position cursor.
+ */
+void dw_mle_set(HWND handle, int point)
+{
+	SendMessage(handle, EM_SETSEL, (WPARAM)point, (LPARAM)point);
+	SendMessage(handle, EM_SCROLLCARET, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Finds text in an MLE box.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the MLE to be cleared.
+ *          text: Text to search for.
+ *          point: Start point of search.
+ *          flags: Search specific flags.
+ */
+int dw_mle_search(HWND handle, char *text, int point, unsigned long flags)
+{
+	char *tmpbuf = malloc(MLE_MAX+1);
+	int z, len, textlen, retval = 0;
+
+	GetWindowText(handle, tmpbuf, MLE_MAX);
+	tmpbuf[MLE_MAX] = 0;
+
+	len = strlen(tmpbuf);
+	textlen = strlen(text);
+
+	if(flags & DW_MLE_CASESENSITIVE)
+	{
+		for(z=point;z<(len-textlen) && !retval;z++)
+		{
+			if(strncmp(&tmpbuf[z], text, textlen) == 0)
+				retval = z + textlen;
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		for(z=point;z<(len-textlen) && !retval;z++)
+		{
+			if(strnicmp(&tmpbuf[z], text, textlen) == 0)
+				retval = z + textlen;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if(retval)
+	{
+		SendMessage(handle, EM_SETSEL, (WPARAM)retval - textlen, (LPARAM)retval);
+		SendMessage(handle, EM_SCROLLCARET, 0, 0);
+	}
+
+	free(tmpbuf);
+
+	return retval;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Stops redrawing of an MLE box.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the MLE to freeze.
+ */
+void dw_mle_freeze(HWND handle)
+{
+}
+
+/*
+ * Resumes redrawing of an MLE box.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the MLE to thaw.
+ */
+void dw_mle_thaw(HWND handle)
+{
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the range of the slider.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the slider to be queried.
+ */
+unsigned int dw_slider_query_range(HWND handle)
+{
+	return (unsigned int)SendMessage(handle, PBM_GETRANGE, (WPARAM)FALSE, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the slider position.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the slider to be set.
+ *          position: Position of the slider withing the range.
+ */
+void dw_slider_set_pos(HWND handle, unsigned int position)
+{
+	SendMessage(handle, PBM_SETPOS, (WPARAM)position, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the spinbutton value.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the spinbutton to be set.
+ *          position: Current value of the spinbutton.
+ */
+void dw_spinbutton_set_pos(HWND handle, long position)
+{
+	char tmpbuf[100];
+	ColorInfo *cinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA);
+
+	sprintf(tmpbuf, "%d", position);
+
+	if(cinfo && cinfo->buddy)
+		SetWindowText(cinfo->buddy, tmpbuf);
+
+	if(IS_WIN98PLUS)
+		SendMessage(handle, UDM_SETPOS32, 0, (LPARAM)position);
+	else
+		SendMessage(handle, UDM_SETPOS, 0, (LPARAM)MAKELONG((short)position, 0));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the spinbutton limits.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the spinbutton to be set.
+ *          position: Current value of the spinbutton.
+ *          position: Current value of the spinbutton.
+ */
+void dw_spinbutton_set_limits(HWND handle, long upper, long lower)
+{
+	if(IS_WIN98PLUS)
+		SendMessage(handle, UDM_SETRANGE32, (WPARAM)lower,(LPARAM)upper);
+	else
+		SendMessage(handle, UDM_SETRANGE32, (WPARAM)((short)lower),
+					(LPARAM)((short)upper));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the entryfield character limit.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the spinbutton to be set.
+ *          limit: Number of characters the entryfield will take.
+ */
+void dw_entryfield_set_limit(HWND handle, ULONG limit)
+{
+	SendMessage(handle, EM_SETLIMITTEXT, (WPARAM)limit, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the current value of the spinbutton.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the spinbutton to be queried.
+ */
+long dw_spinbutton_query(HWND handle)
+{
+	if(IS_WIN98PLUS)
+		return (long)SendMessage(handle, UDM_GETPOS32, 0, 0);
+	else
+		return (long)SendMessage(handle, UDM_GETPOS, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the state of the checkbox.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the checkbox to be queried.
+ */
+int dw_checkbox_query(HWND handle)
+{
+	if(SendMessage(handle, BM_GETCHECK, 0, 0) == BST_CHECKED)
+		return TRUE;
+	return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the state of the checkbox.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the checkbox to be queried.
+ *          value: TRUE for checked, FALSE for unchecked.
+ */
+void dw_checkbox_set(HWND handle, int value)
+{
+	ColorInfo *cinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA);
+
+	if(cinfo && !cinfo->user)
+		SendMessage(handle, BM_CLICK, 0, 0);
+	SendMessage(handle, BM_SETCHECK, (WPARAM)value, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets up the container columns.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the container to be configured.
+ *          flags: An array of unsigned longs with column flags.
+ *          titles: An array of strings with column text titles.
+ *          count: The number of columns (this should match the arrays).
+ *          separator: The column number that contains the main separator.
+ *                     (only used on OS/2 but must be >= 0 on all)
+ */
+int dw_container_setup(HWND handle, unsigned long *flags, char **titles, int count, int separator)
+{
+	ContainerInfo *cinfo = (ContainerInfo *)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA);
+	int z, l = 0;
+	unsigned long *tempflags = malloc(sizeof(unsigned long) * (count + 2));
+	LV_COLUMN lvc;
+
+	if(separator == -1)
+		l = 1;
+
+	memcpy(&tempflags[l], flags, sizeof(unsigned long) * count);
+	tempflags[count + l] = 0;
+	cinfo->flags = tempflags;
+
+
+	for(z=0;z<count;z++)
+	{
+		lvc.mask = LVCF_TEXT | LVCF_WIDTH | LVCF_SUBITEM /*| LVCF_FORMAT*/;
+		lvc.pszText = titles[z];
+		lvc.cchTextMax = strlen(titles[z]);
+		lvc.fmt = flags[z];
+		lvc.cx = 75;
+		lvc.iSubItem = count;
+		SendMessage(handle, LVM_INSERTCOLUMN, (WPARAM)z + l, (LPARAM)&lvc);
+	}
+	ListView_SetExtendedListViewStyle(handle, LVS_EX_FULLROWSELECT | LVS_EX_GRIDLINES);
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets up the filesystem columns, note: filesystem always has an icon/filename field.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the container to be configured.
+ *          flags: An array of unsigned longs with column flags.
+ *          titles: An array of strings with column text titles.
+ *          count: The number of columns (this should match the arrays).
+ */
+int dw_filesystem_setup(HWND handle, unsigned long *flags, char **titles, int count)
+{
+	LV_COLUMN lvc;
+
+	lvc.mask = LVCF_TEXT | LVCF_WIDTH | LVCF_SUBITEM;
+	lvc.pszText = "Filename";
+	lvc.cchTextMax = 8;
+	lvc.fmt = 0;
+	if(!count)
+		lvc.cx = 300;
+	else
+		lvc.cx = 150;
+	lvc.iSubItem = count;
+	SendMessage(handle, LVM_INSERTCOLUMN, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)&lvc);
+	dw_container_setup(handle, flags, titles, count, -1);
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Obtains an icon from a module (or header in GTK).
+ * Parameters:
+ *          module: Handle to module (DLL) in OS/2 and Windows.
+ *          id: A unsigned long id int the resources on OS/2 and
+ *              Windows, on GTK this is converted to a pointer
+ *              to an embedded XPM.
+ */
+unsigned long dw_icon_load(unsigned long module, unsigned long id)
+{
+	return (unsigned long)LoadIcon(DWInstance, MAKEINTRESOURCE(id));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Frees a loaded resource in OS/2 and Windows.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to icon returned by dw_icon_load().
+ */
+void dw_icon_free(unsigned long handle)
+{
+	DestroyIcon((HICON)handle);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Allocates memory used to populate a container.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the container window (widget).
+ *          rowcount: The number of items to be populated.
+ */
+void *dw_container_alloc(HWND handle, int rowcount)
+{
+	return (void *)handle;
+}
+
+/* Finds a icon in the table, otherwise it adds it to the table
+ * and returns the index in the table.
+ */
+int _lookup_icon(HWND handle, HICON hicon)
+{
+	int z;
+	static HWND lasthwnd = NULL;
+
+	if(!lookup[0])
+	{
+		hSmall = ImageList_Create(16, 16, FALSE, ICON_INDEX_LIMIT, 0);
+		hLarge = ImageList_Create(32, 32, FALSE, ICON_INDEX_LIMIT, 0);
+	}
+	for(z=0;z<ICON_INDEX_LIMIT;z++)
+	{
+		if(!lookup[z])
+		{
+			lookup[z] = hicon;
+			ImageList_AddIcon(hSmall, hicon);
+			ImageList_AddIcon(hLarge, hicon);
+			ListView_SetImageList(handle, hSmall, LVSIL_SMALL);
+			ListView_SetImageList(handle, hLarge, LVSIL_NORMAL);
+			lasthwnd = handle;
+			return z;
+		}
+
+		if(hicon == lookup[z])
+		{
+			if(lasthwnd != handle)
+			{
+				ListView_SetImageList(handle, hSmall, LVSIL_SMALL);
+				ListView_SetImageList(handle, hLarge, LVSIL_NORMAL);
+                lasthwnd = handle;
+			}
+			return z;
+		}
+	}
+	return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets an item in specified row and column to the given data.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the container window (widget).
+ *          pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc().
+ *          column: Zero based column of data being set.
+ *          row: Zero based row of data being set.
+ *          data: Pointer to the data to be added.
+ */
+void dw_filesystem_set_file(HWND handle, void *pointer, int row, char *filename, unsigned long icon)
+{
+	LV_ITEM lvi;
+
+	lvi.iItem = row;
+	lvi.iSubItem = 0;
+	lvi.mask = LVIF_DI_SETITEM | LVIF_IMAGE | LVIF_TEXT;
+	lvi.pszText = filename;
+	lvi.cchTextMax = strlen(filename);
+	lvi.iImage = _lookup_icon(handle, (HICON)icon);
+
+	ListView_InsertItem(handle, &lvi);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets an item in specified row and column to the given data.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the container window (widget).
+ *          pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc().
+ *          column: Zero based column of data being set.
+ *          row: Zero based row of data being set.
+ *          data: Pointer to the data to be added.
+ */
+void dw_filesystem_set_item(HWND handle, void *pointer, int column, int row, void *data)
+{
+	dw_container_set_item(handle, pointer, column + 1, row, data);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets an item in specified row and column to the given data.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the container window (widget).
+ *          pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc().
+ *          column: Zero based column of data being set.
+ *          row: Zero based row of data being set.
+ *          data: Pointer to the data to be added.
+ */
+void dw_container_set_item(HWND handle, void *pointer, int column, int row, void *data)
+{
+	ContainerInfo *cinfo = (ContainerInfo *)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA);
+	ULONG *flags;
+	LV_ITEM lvi;
+	char textbuffer[100], *destptr = textbuffer;
+
+	if(!cinfo || !cinfo->flags || !data)
+		return;
+
+	flags = cinfo->flags;
+
+	lvi.mask = LVIF_DI_SETITEM | LVIF_TEXT;
+	lvi.iItem = row;
+	lvi.iSubItem = column;
+
+	if(flags[column] & DW_CFA_BITMAPORICON)
+	{
+		HICON hicon = *((HICON *)data);
+
+		lvi.mask = LVIF_DI_SETITEM | LVIF_IMAGE;
+		lvi.pszText = NULL;
+		lvi.cchTextMax = 0;
+		lvi.iImage = _lookup_icon(handle, hicon);
+	}
+	else if(flags[column] & DW_CFA_STRING)
+	{
+		char *tmp = *((char **)data);
+
+		lvi.pszText = tmp;
+		lvi.cchTextMax = strlen(tmp);
+		destptr = tmp;
+	}
+	else if(flags[column] & DW_CFA_ULONG)
+	{
+		ULONG tmp = *((ULONG *)data);
+
+		sprintf(textbuffer, "%lu", tmp);
+
+		lvi.pszText = textbuffer;
+		lvi.cchTextMax = strlen(textbuffer);
+	}
+	else if(flags[column] & DW_CFA_DATE)
+	{
+		CDATE fdate = *((CDATE *)data);
+
+		sprintf(textbuffer, "%s %d, %d", monthlist[fdate.month], fdate.day, fdate.year);
+		lvi.pszText = textbuffer;
+		lvi.cchTextMax = strlen(textbuffer);
+	}
+	else if(flags[column] & DW_CFA_TIME)
+	{
+		CTIME ftime = *((CTIME *)data);
+
+		if(ftime.hours > 12)
+			sprintf(textbuffer, "%d:%s%dpm", ftime.hours - 12, (ftime.minutes < 10) ? "0" : "", ftime.minutes);
+		else
+			sprintf(textbuffer, "%d:%s%dam", ftime.hours ? ftime.hours : 12, (ftime.minutes < 10) ? "0" : "", ftime.minutes);
+		lvi.pszText = textbuffer;
+		lvi.cchTextMax = strlen(textbuffer);
+	}
+
+	if(column == 0)
+		ListView_InsertItem(handle, &lvi);
+	else
+		ListView_SetItemText(handle, row, column, destptr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the title of a row in the container.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc().
+ *          row: Zero based row of data being set.
+ *          title: String title of the item.
+ */
+void dw_container_set_row_title(void *pointer, int row, char *title)
+{
+	LV_ITEM lvi;
+	HWND container = (HWND)pointer;
+
+	lvi.iItem = row;
+	lvi.iSubItem = 0;
+	lvi.mask = LVIF_PARAM;
+	lvi.lParam = (LPARAM)title;
+
+	if(!ListView_SetItem(container, &lvi) && lvi.lParam)
+	{
+		free((void *)lvi.lParam);
+		lvi.lParam = 0;
+	}
+
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the title of a row in the container.
+ * Parameters:
+ *          handle: Handle to the container window (widget).
+ *          pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc().
+ *          rowcount: The number of rows to be inserted.
+ */
+void dw_container_insert(HWND handle, void *pointer, int rowcount)
+{
+	/* This isn't a separate step in windows. */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Removes all rows from a container.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be cleared.
+ */
+void dw_container_clear(HWND handle)
+{
+	/* May need to delete manually so I can
+	 * remove the memory allocated for the
+	 * lParam field.
+	 */
+	ListView_DeleteAllItems(handle);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Removes all rows from a container.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be cleared.
+ */
+void dw_container_set_view(HWND handle, unsigned long flags, int iconwidth, int iconheight)
+{
+}
+
+/*
+ * Starts a new query of a container.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be queried.
+ *       flags: If this parameter is DW_CRA_SELECTED it will only
+ *              return items that are currently selected.  Otherwise
+ *              it will return all records in the container.
+ */
+char *dw_container_query_start(HWND handle, unsigned long flags)
+{
+	LV_ITEM lvi;
+
+    if(flags)
+		_index = ListView_GetNextItem(handle, -1, LVNI_SELECTED);
+	else
+		_index = ListView_GetNextItem(handle, -1, LVNI_ALL);
+
+
+	lvi.iItem = _index;
+	lvi.mask = LVIF_PARAM;
+
+	ListView_GetItem(handle, &lvi);
+
+	return (char *)lvi.lParam;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Continues an existing query of a container.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be queried.
+ *       flags: If this parameter is DW_CRA_SELECTED it will only
+ *              return items that are currently selected.  Otherwise
+ *              it will return all records in the container.
+ */
+char *dw_container_query_next(HWND handle, unsigned long flags)
+{
+	LV_ITEM lvi;
+
+	if(flags)
+		_index = ListView_GetNextItem(handle, _index, LVNI_SELECTED);
+	else
+		_index = ListView_GetNextItem(handle, _index, LVNI_ALL);
+
+	if(_index == -1)
+		return NULL;
+
+	lvi.iItem = _index;
+	lvi.mask = LVIF_PARAM;
+
+	ListView_GetItem(handle, &lvi);
+
+	return (char *)lvi.lParam;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Creates a rendering context widget (window) to be packed.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       id: An id to be used with dw_window_from_id.
+ * Returns:
+ *       A handle to the widget or NULL on failure.
+ */
+HWND dw_render_new(unsigned long id)
+{
+	HWND tmp = CreateWindow(ObjectClassName,
+							"",
+							WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN,
+							0,0,2000,1000,
+							DW_HWND_OBJECT,
+							NULL,
+							NULL,
+							NULL);
+	SubclassWindow(tmp, _rendwndproc);
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/* Sets the current foreground drawing color.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       red: red value.
+ *       green: green value.
+ *       blue: blue value.
+ */
+void dw_color_foreground_set(unsigned long value)
+{
+	DeleteObject(_hPen);
+	DeleteObject(_hBrush);
+	_foreground = RGB(DW_RED_VALUE(value), DW_GREEN_VALUE(value), DW_BLUE_VALUE(value));
+	_hPen = CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, _foreground);
+	_hBrush = CreateSolidBrush(_foreground);
+}
+
+/* Sets the current background drawing color.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       red: red value.
+ *       green: green value.
+ *       blue: blue value.
+ */
+void dw_color_background_set(unsigned long value)
+{
+
+	_background = RGB(DW_RED_VALUE(value), DW_GREEN_VALUE(value), DW_BLUE_VALUE(value));
+}
+
+/* Draw a point on a window (preferably a render window).
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window.
+ *       pixmap: Handle to the pixmap. (choose only one of these)
+ *       x: X coordinate.
+ *       y: Y coordinate.
+ */
+void dw_draw_point(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int x, int y)
+{
+	HDC hdcPaint;
+
+	if(handle)
+		hdcPaint = GetDC(handle);
+	else if(pixmap)
+		hdcPaint = pixmap->hdc;
+	else
+		return;
+
+	SetPixel(hdcPaint, x, y, _foreground);
+	if(!pixmap)
+		ReleaseDC(handle, hdcPaint);
+}
+
+/* Draw a line on a window (preferably a render window).
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window.
+ *       pixmap: Handle to the pixmap. (choose only one of these)
+ *       x1: First X coordinate.
+ *       y1: First Y coordinate.
+ *       x2: Second X coordinate.
+ *       y2: Second Y coordinate.
+ */
+void dw_draw_line(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2)
+{
+	HDC hdcPaint;
+	HPEN oldPen;
+
+	if(handle)
+		hdcPaint = GetDC(handle);
+	else if(pixmap)
+		hdcPaint = pixmap->hdc;
+	else
+		return;
+
+	oldPen = SelectObject(hdcPaint, _hPen);
+	MoveToEx(hdcPaint, x1, y1, NULL);
+	LineTo(hdcPaint, x2, y2);
+	SelectObject(hdcPaint, oldPen);
+	/* For some reason Win98 (at least) fails
+	 * to draw the last pixel.  So I do it myself.
+	 */
+	SetPixel(hdcPaint, x2, y2, _foreground);
+	if(!pixmap)
+		ReleaseDC(handle, hdcPaint);
+}
+
+/* Draw a rectangle on a window (preferably a render window).
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window.
+ *       pixmap: Handle to the pixmap. (choose only one of these)
+ *       x: X coordinate.
+ *       y: Y coordinate.
+ *       width: Width of rectangle.
+ *       height: Height of rectangle.
+ */
+void dw_draw_rect(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int fill, int x, int y, int width, int height)
+{
+	HDC hdcPaint;
+	HPEN oldPen;
+	HBRUSH oldBrush;
+
+	if(handle)
+		hdcPaint = GetDC(handle);
+	else if(pixmap)
+		hdcPaint = pixmap->hdc;
+	else
+		return;
+
+	oldPen = SelectObject(hdcPaint, _hPen);
+	oldBrush = SelectObject(hdcPaint, _hBrush);
+	Rectangle(hdcPaint, x, y, x + width, y + height);
+	SelectObject(hdcPaint, oldPen);
+	SelectObject(hdcPaint, oldBrush);
+	if(!pixmap)
+		ReleaseDC(handle, hdcPaint);
+}
+
+/* Draw text on a window (preferably a render window).
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Handle to the window.
+ *       pixmap: Handle to the pixmap. (choose only one of these)
+ *       x: X coordinate.
+ *       y: Y coordinate.
+ *       text: Text to be displayed.
+ */
+void dw_draw_text(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int x, int y, char *text)
+{
+	HDC hdc;
+	int size = 9, z, mustdelete = 0;
+	HFONT hFont, oldFont;
+
+	if(handle)
+	{
+		hdc = GetDC(handle);
+        hFont = (HFONT)SendMessage(handle, WM_GETFONT, 0, 0);
+	}
+	else if(pixmap)
+	{
+		hdc = pixmap->hdc;
+        hFont = (HFONT)SendMessage(pixmap->handle, WM_GETFONT, 0, 0);
+	}
+	else
+		return;
+
+	if(!hFont)
+	{
+		ColorInfo *cinfo;
+
+		if(handle)
+			cinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA);
+		else
+			cinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong(pixmap->handle, GWL_USERDATA);
+
+		if(cinfo)
+		{
+			hFont = _aquire_font(cinfo->fontname);
+			mustdelete = 1;
+		}
+	}
+	oldFont = SelectObject(hdc, hFont);
+	SetTextColor(hdc, _foreground);
+	SetBkMode(hdc, TRANSPARENT);
+	TextOut(hdc, x, y, text, strlen(text));
+	SelectObject(hdc, oldFont);
+	if(mustdelete)
+		DeleteObject(hFont);
+	if(!pixmap)
+		ReleaseDC(handle, hdc);
+}
+
+/* Call this after drawing to the screen to make sure
+ * anything you have drawn is visible.
+ */
+void dw_flush(void)
+{
+}
+
+/*
+ * Creates a pixmap with given parameters.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Window handle the pixmap is associated with.
+ *       width: Width of the pixmap in pixels.
+ *       height: Height of the pixmap in pixels.
+ *       depth: Color depth of the pixmap.
+ * Returns:
+ *       A handle to a pixmap or NULL on failure.
+ */
+HPIXMAP dw_pixmap_new(HWND handle, unsigned long width, unsigned long height, int depth)
+{
+	HPIXMAP pixmap;
+	BITMAP bm;
+	HDC hdc;
+
+	if (!(pixmap = calloc(1,sizeof(struct _hpixmap))))
+		return NULL;
+
+	hdc = GetDC(handle);
+
+	pixmap->width = width; pixmap->height = height;
+
+	pixmap->handle = handle;
+	pixmap->hbm = CreateCompatibleBitmap(hdc, width, height);
+	pixmap->hdc = CreateCompatibleDC(hdc);
+
+	SelectObject(pixmap->hdc, pixmap->hbm);
+
+	ReleaseDC(handle, hdc);
+
+	return pixmap;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Creates a pixmap from internal resource graphic specified by id.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Window handle the pixmap is associated with.
+ *       id: Resource ID associated with requested pixmap.
+ * Returns:
+ *       A handle to a pixmap or NULL on failure.
+ */
+HPIXMAP dw_pixmap_grab(HWND handle, ULONG id)
+{
+	HPIXMAP pixmap;
+	BITMAP bm;
+	HDC hdc;
+
+	if (!(pixmap = calloc(1,sizeof(struct _hpixmap))))
+		return NULL;
+
+	hdc = GetDC(handle);
+
+
+	pixmap->hbm = LoadBitmap(DWInstance, MAKEINTRESOURCE(id));
+	pixmap->hdc = CreateCompatibleDC(hdc);
+
+	GetObject(pixmap->hbm, sizeof(BITMAP), (void *)&bm);
+
+	pixmap->width = bm.bmWidth; pixmap->height = bm.bmHeight;
+
+	SelectObject(pixmap->hdc, pixmap->hbm);
+
+	ReleaseDC(handle, hdc);
+
+	return pixmap;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Destroys an allocated pixmap.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       pixmap: Handle to a pixmap returned by
+ *               dw_pixmap_new..
+ */
+void dw_pixmap_destroy(HPIXMAP pixmap)
+{
+	if(pixmap)
+	{
+		DeleteDC(pixmap->hdc);
+		DeleteObject(pixmap->hbm);
+		free(pixmap);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Copies from one item to another.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       dest: Destination window handle.
+ *       destp: Destination pixmap. (choose only one).
+ *       xdest: X coordinate of destination.
+ *       ydest: Y coordinate of destination.
+ *       width: Width of area to copy.
+ *       height: Height of area to copy.
+ *       src: Source window handle.
+ *       srcp: Source pixmap. (choose only one).
+ *       xsrc: X coordinate of source.
+ *       ysrc: Y coordinate of source.
+ */
+void dw_pixmap_bitblt(HWND dest, HPIXMAP destp, int xdest, int ydest, int width, int height, HWND src, HPIXMAP srcp, int xsrc, int ysrc)
+{
+	HDC hdcdest;
+	HDC hdcsrc;
+
+	if(dest)
+		hdcdest = GetDC(dest);
+	else if(destp)
+		hdcdest = destp->hdc;
+	else
+		return;
+
+	if(src)
+		hdcsrc = GetDC(src);
+	else if(srcp)
+		hdcsrc = srcp->hdc;
+	else
+		return;
+
+	BitBlt(hdcdest, xdest, ydest, width, height, hdcsrc, xsrc, ysrc, SRCCOPY);
+
+	if(!destp)
+		ReleaseDC(dest, hdcdest);
+	if(!srcp)
+		ReleaseDC(src, hdcsrc);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Emits a beep.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       freq: Frequency.
+ *       dur: Duration.
+ */
+void dw_beep(int freq, int dur)
+{
+	Beep(freq, dur);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the handle to an unnamed mutex semaphore.
+ */
+HMTX dw_mutex_new(void)
+{
+	return (HMTX)CreateMutex(NULL, FALSE, NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Closes a semaphore created by dw_mutex_new().
+ * Parameters:
+ *       mutex: The handle to the mutex returned by dw_mutex_new().
+ */
+void dw_mutex_close(HMTX mutex)
+{
+	CloseHandle((HANDLE)mutex);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Tries to gain access to the semaphore, if it can't it blocks.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       mutex: The handle to the mutex returned by dw_mutex_new().
+ */
+void dw_mutex_lock(HMTX mutex)
+{
+	WaitForSingleObject((HANDLE)mutex, INFINITE);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Reliquishes the access to the semaphore.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       mutex: The handle to the mutex returned by dw_mutex_new().
+ */
+void dw_mutex_unlock(HMTX mutex)
+{
+	ReleaseMutex((HANDLE)mutex);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the handle to an unnamed event semaphore.
+ */
+HEV dw_event_new(void)
+{
+    return CreateEvent(NULL, TRUE, FALSE, NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Resets a semaphore created by dw_event_new().
+ * Parameters:
+ *       eve: The handle to the event returned by dw_event_new().
+ */
+int dw_event_reset(HEV eve)
+{
+	return ResetEvent(eve);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Posts a semaphore created by dw_event_new(). Causing all threads
+ * waiting on this event in dw_event_wait to continue.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       eve: The handle to the event returned by dw_event_new().
+ */
+int dw_event_post(HEV eve)
+{
+	return SetEvent(eve);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Waits on a semaphore created by dw_event_new(), until the
+ * event gets posted or until the timeout expires.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       eve: The handle to the event returned by dw_event_new().
+ */
+int dw_event_wait(HEV eve, unsigned long timeout)
+{
+	int rc;
+
+	rc = WaitForSingleObject(eve, timeout);
+	if(rc == WAIT_OBJECT_0)
+		return 1;
+	if(rc == WAIT_ABANDONED)
+		return -1;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Closes a semaphore created by dw_event_new().
+ * Parameters:
+ *       eve: The handle to the event returned by dw_event_new().
+ */
+int dw_event_close(HEV *eve)
+{
+	if(eve)
+		return CloseHandle(*eve);
+	return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Creates a new thread with a starting point of func.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       func: Function which will be run in the new thread.
+ *       data: Parameter(s) passed to the function.
+ *       stack: Stack size of new thread (OS/2 and Windows only).
+ */
+DWTID dw_thread_new(void *func, void *data, int stack)
+{
+#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
+	return 0;
+#else
+	return (DWTID)_beginthread((void(*)(void *))func, stack, data);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * Ends execution of current thread immediately.
+ */
+void dw_thread_end(void)
+{
+#if !defined(__CYGWIN__)
+	_endthread();
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the current thread's ID.
+ */
+DWTID dw_thread_id(void)
+{
+#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
+	return 0;
+#else
+	return (DWTID)GetCurrentThreadId();
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * Cleanly terminates a DW session, should be signal handler safe.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       exitcode: Exit code reported to the operating system.
+ */
+void dw_exit(int exitcode)
+{
+	exit(exitcode);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Pack a splitbar (sizer) into the specified box from the start.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       box: Window handle of the box to be packed into.
+ */
+void dw_box_pack_splitbar_start(HWND box)
+{
+	Box *thisbox = (Box *)GetWindowLong(box, GWL_USERDATA);
+
+	if(thisbox)
+	{
+		HWND tmp = CreateWindow(SplitbarClassName,
+								"",
+								WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN,
+								0,0,2000,1000,
+								DW_HWND_OBJECT,
+								NULL,
+								NULL,
+								NULL);
+		if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT)
+			dw_box_pack_start(box, tmp, 1, SPLITBAR_WIDTH, TRUE, FALSE, 0);
+		else
+			dw_box_pack_start(box, tmp, SPLITBAR_WIDTH, 1, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
+
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Pack a splitbar (sizer) into the specified box from the end.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       box: Window handle of the box to be packed into.
+ */
+void dw_box_pack_splitbar_end(HWND box)
+{
+	Box *thisbox = (Box *)GetWindowLong(box, GWL_USERDATA);
+
+	if(thisbox)
+	{
+		HWND tmp = CreateWindow(SplitbarClassName,
+								"",
+								WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN,
+								0,0,2000,1000,
+								DW_HWND_OBJECT,
+								NULL,
+								NULL,
+								NULL);
+		if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT)
+			dw_box_pack_end(box, tmp, 1, SPLITBAR_WIDTH, TRUE, FALSE, 0);
+		else
+			dw_box_pack_end(box, tmp, SPLITBAR_WIDTH, 1, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
+
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Pack windows (widgets) into a box from the end (or bottom).
+ * Parameters:
+ *       box: Window handle of the box to be packed into.
+ *       item: Window handle of the item to be back.
+ *       width: Width in pixels of the item or -1 to be self determined.
+ *       height: Height in pixels of the item or -1 to be self determined.
+ *       hsize: TRUE if the window (widget) should expand horizontally to fill space given.
+ *       vsize: TRUE if the window (widget) should expand vertically to fill space given.
+ *       pad: Number of pixels of padding around the item.
+ */
+void dw_box_pack_end(HWND box, HWND item, int width, int height, int hsize, int vsize, int pad)
+{
+	Box *thisbox;
+
+	thisbox = (Box *)GetWindowLong(box, GWL_USERDATA);
+	if(thisbox)
+	{
+		int z;
+		Item *tmpitem, *thisitem = thisbox->items;
+		char tmpbuf[100];
+
+		tmpitem = malloc(sizeof(Item)*(thisbox->count+1));
+
+		for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++)
+		{
+			tmpitem[z+1] = thisitem[z];
+		}
+
+		GetClassName(item, tmpbuf, 99);
+
+		if(strnicmp(tmpbuf, FRAMECLASSNAME, 2)==0)
+			tmpitem[0].type = TYPEBOX;
+		else
+			tmpitem[0].type = TYPEITEM;
+
+		tmpitem[0].hwnd = item;
+		tmpitem[0].origwidth = tmpitem[0].width = width;
+		tmpitem[0].origheight = tmpitem[0].height = height;
+		tmpitem[0].pad = pad;
+		if(hsize)
+			tmpitem[0].hsize = SIZEEXPAND;
+		else
+			tmpitem[0].hsize = SIZESTATIC;
+
+		if(vsize)
+			tmpitem[0].vsize = SIZEEXPAND;
+		else
+			tmpitem[0].vsize = SIZESTATIC;
+
+		thisbox->items = tmpitem;
+
+		if(thisbox->count)
+			free(thisitem);
+
+		thisbox->count++;
+
+		SetParent(item, box);
+		ShowWindow(item, SW_SHOW);
+		if(strncmp(tmpbuf, UPDOWN_CLASS, strlen(UPDOWN_CLASS))==0)
+		{
+			ColorInfo *cinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong(item, GWL_USERDATA);
+
+			if(cinfo)
+			{
+				SetParent(cinfo->buddy, box);
+				ShowWindow(cinfo->buddy, SW_SHOW);
+				SendMessage(item, UDM_SETBUDDY, (WPARAM)cinfo->buddy, 0);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns some information about the current operating environment.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       env: Pointer to a DWEnv struct.
+ */
+void dw_environment_query(DWEnv *env)
+{
+	if(!env)
+		return;
+
+	/* Get the Windows version. */
+
+	env->MajorVersion =  (DWORD)(LOBYTE(LOWORD(dwVersion)));
+	env->MinorVersion =  (DWORD)(HIBYTE(LOWORD(dwVersion)));
+
+	/* Get the build number for Windows NT/Windows 2000. */
+
+	env->MinorBuild =  0;
+
+	if (dwVersion < 0x80000000)
+	{
+		if(env->MajorVersion == 5)
+			strcpy(env->osName, "Windows 2000");
+		else
+			strcpy(env->osName, "Windows NT");
+
+		env->MajorBuild = (DWORD)(HIWORD(dwVersion));
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		strcpy(env->osName, "Windows 95/98/ME");
+		env->MajorBuild =  0;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Opens a file dialog and queries user selection.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       title: Title bar text for dialog.
+ *       defpath: The default path of the open dialog.
+ *       ext: Default file extention.
+ *       flags: DW_FILE_OPEN or DW_FILE_SAVE.
+ * Returns:
+ *       NULL on error. A malloced buffer containing
+ *       the file path on success.
+ *
+ */
+char *dw_file_browse(char *title, char *defpath, char *ext, int flags)
+{
+	OPENFILENAME of;
+	char filenamebuf[1001] = "";
+	int rc;
+
+	if(ext)
+	{
+		strcpy(filenamebuf, "*.");
+		strcat(filenamebuf, ext);
+	}
+
+	memset(&of, 0, sizeof(OPENFILENAME));
+
+	of.lStructSize = sizeof(OPENFILENAME);
+	of.hwndOwner = HWND_DESKTOP;
+	of.hInstance = DWInstance;
+	of.lpstrInitialDir = defpath;
+	of.lpstrTitle = title;
+	of.lpstrFile = filenamebuf;
+	of.nMaxFile = 1000;
+	of.lpstrDefExt = ext;
+	of.Flags = 0;
+
+	if(flags & DW_FILE_SAVE)
+		rc = GetSaveFileName(&of);
+	else
+		rc = GetOpenFileName(&of);
+
+	if(rc)
+		return strdup(of.lpstrFile);
+
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Execute and external program in a seperate session.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       program: Program name with optional path.
+ *       type: Either DW_EXEC_CON or DW_EXEC_GUI.
+ *       params: An array of pointers to string arguements.
+ * Returns:
+ *       -1 on error.
+ */
+int dw_exec(char *program, int type, char **params)
+{
+	char **newparams;
+	int retcode, count = 0, z;
+
+	while(params[count])
+	{
+		count++;
+	}
+
+	newparams = (char **)malloc(sizeof(char *) * (count+1));
+
+	for(z=0;z<count;z++)
+	{
+		newparams[z] = malloc(strlen(params[z])+3);
+		strcpy(newparams[z], "\"");
+		strcat(newparams[z], params[z]);
+		strcat(newparams[z], "\"");
+	}
+	newparams[count] = NULL;
+
+	retcode = spawnvp(P_NOWAIT, program, newparams);
+
+	for(z=0;z<count;z++)
+	{
+		free(newparams[z]);
+	}
+	free(newparams);
+
+	return retcode;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Loads a web browser pointed at the given URL.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       url: Uniform resource locator.
+ */
+int dw_browse(char *url)
+{
+	char *browseurl = url;
+	int retcode;
+
+	if(strlen(url) > 7 && strncmp(url, "file://", 7) == 0)
+	{
+		int len, z;
+
+		browseurl = &url[7];
+		len = strlen(browseurl);
+
+		for(z=0;z<len;z++)
+		{
+			if(browseurl[z] == '|')
+				browseurl[z] = ':';
+			if(browseurl[z] == '/')
+				browseurl[z] = '\\';
+		}
+	}
+
+	retcode = (int)ShellExecute(NULL, "open", browseurl, NULL, NULL, SW_SHOWNORMAL);
+	if(retcode<33 && retcode != 2)
+		return -1;
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns a pointer to a static buffer which containes the
+ * current user directory.  Or the root directory (C:\ on
+ * OS/2 and Windows).
+ */
+char *dw_user_dir(void)
+{
+	static char _user_dir[1024] = "";
+
+	if(!_user_dir[0])
+	{
+		/* Figure out how to do this the "Windows way" */
+		char *home = getenv("HOME");
+
+		if(home)
+			strcpy(_user_dir, home);
+		else
+			strcpy(_user_dir, "C:\\");
+	}
+	return _user_dir;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Call a function from the window (widget)'s context.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       handle: Window handle of the widget.
+ *       function: Function pointer to be called.
+ *       data: Pointer to the data to be passed to the function.
+ */
+void dw_window_function(HWND handle, void *function, void *data)
+{
+	SendMessage(handle, WM_USER, (WPARAM)function, (LPARAM)data);
+}
+
+#ifndef NO_SIGNALS
+/*
+ * Add a callback to a window event.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       window: Window handle of signal to be called back.
+ *       signame: A string pointer identifying which signal to be hooked.
+ *       sigfunc: The pointer to the function to be used as the callback.
+ *       data: User data to be passed to the handler function.
+ */
+void dw_signal_connect(HWND window, char *signame, void *sigfunc, void *data)
+{
+	ULONG message = 0L;
+
+	if(window && signame && sigfunc)
+	{
+		if((message = _findsigmessage(signame)) != 0)
+			_new_signal(message, window, sigfunc, data);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Removes callbacks for a given window with given name.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       window: Window handle of callback to be removed.
+ */
+void dw_signal_disconnect_by_name(HWND window, char *signame)
+{
+	SignalHandler *prev = NULL, *tmp = Root;
+	ULONG message;
+
+	if(!window || !signame || (message = _findsigmessage(signame)) == 0)
+		return;
+
+	while(tmp)
+	{
+		if(tmp->window == window && tmp->message == message)
+		{
+			if(prev)
+			{
+				prev->next = tmp->next;
+				free(tmp);
+				tmp = prev->next;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				Root = tmp->next;
+				free(tmp);
+				tmp = Root;
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			prev = tmp;
+			tmp = tmp->next;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Removes all callbacks for a given window.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       window: Window handle of callback to be removed.
+ */
+void dw_signal_disconnect_by_window(HWND window)
+{
+	SignalHandler *prev = NULL, *tmp = Root;
+
+	while(tmp)
+	{
+		if(tmp->window == window)
+		{
+			if(prev)
+			{
+				prev->next = tmp->next;
+				free(tmp);
+				tmp = prev->next;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				Root = tmp->next;
+				free(tmp);
+				tmp = Root;
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			prev = tmp;
+			tmp = tmp->next;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Removes all callbacks for a given window with specified data.
+ * Parameters:
+ *       window: Window handle of callback to be removed.
+ *       data: Pointer to the data to be compared against.
+ */
+void dw_signal_disconnect_by_data(HWND window, void *data)
+{
+	SignalHandler *prev = NULL, *tmp = Root;
+
+	while(tmp)
+	{
+		if(tmp->window == window && tmp->data == data)
+		{
+			if(prev)
+			{
+				prev->next = tmp->next;
+				free(tmp);
+				tmp = prev->next;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				Root = tmp->next;
+				free(tmp);
+				tmp = Root;
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			prev = tmp;
+			tmp = tmp->next;
+		}
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TEST
+HWND mainwindow,
+	 listbox,
+	 okbutton,
+	 cancelbutton,
+	 lbbox,
+	 stext,
+	 buttonbox,
+	 testwindow,
+	 testbox,
+	 testok,
+	 testcancel,
+	 testbox2,
+	 testok2,
+	 testcancel2,
+	 notebook;
+int count = 2;
+
+#ifdef USE_FILTER
+/* Do any handling you need in the filter function */
+LONG testfilter(HWND hwnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2)
+{
+	switch(msg)
+	{
+	case WM_COMMAND:
+		switch (COMMANDMSG(&msg)->cmd)
+		{
+		case 1001L:
+		case 1002L:
+			dw_window_destroy(mainwindow);;
+			count--;
+			break;
+		case 1003L:
+		case 1004L:
+			dw_window_destroy(testwindow);;
+            count--;
+			break;
+		}
+		if(!count)
+			exit(0);
+		break;
+	}
+	/* Return -1 to allow the default handlers to return. */
+	return TRUE;
+}
+#else
+int test_callback(HWND window, void *data)
+{
+	dw_window_destroy((HWND)data);
+	/* Return -1 to allow the default handlers to return. */
+	count--;
+	if(!count)
+        exit(0);
+	return -1;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Let's demonstrate the functionality of this library. :)
+ */
+int WINAPI WinMain(
+  HINSTANCE hInstance,
+  HINSTANCE hPrevInstance,
+  LPSTR lpCmdLine,
+  int nCmdShow
+)
+{
+	ULONG flStyle = DW_FCF_SYSMENU | DW_FCF_TITLEBAR |
+		DW_FCF_SHELLPOSITION | DW_FCF_TASKLIST | DW_FCF_DLGBORDER;
+	int pageid;
+
+	dw_init(TRUE);
+
+	/* Try a little server dialog. :) */
+	mainwindow = dw_window_new(HWND_DESKTOP, "Server", flStyle | DW_FCF_SIZEBORDER | DW_FCF_MINMAX);
+
+	lbbox = dw_box_new(BOXVERT, 10);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(mainwindow, lbbox, 0, 0, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+	stext = dw_text_new("Choose a server:", 0);
+
+	dw_window_set_style(stext, DW_DT_VCENTER, DW_DT_VCENTER);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(lbbox, stext, 130, 15, FALSE, FALSE, 10);
+
+	listbox = dw_listbox_new(100L, FALSE);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(lbbox, listbox, 130, 200, TRUE, TRUE, 10);
+
+	buttonbox = dw_box_new(BOXHORZ, 0);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(lbbox, buttonbox, 0, 0, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+	okbutton = dw_button_new("Ok", 1001L);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(buttonbox, okbutton, 50, 30, TRUE, TRUE, 5);
+
+	cancelbutton = dw_button_new("Cancel", 1002L);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(buttonbox, cancelbutton, 50, 30, TRUE, TRUE, 5);
+
+	/* Set some nice fonts and colors */
+	dw_window_set_color(lbbox, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	dw_window_set_color(buttonbox, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	dw_window_set_font(stext, "9.WarpSans");
+	dw_window_set_color(stext, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	dw_window_set_font(listbox, "9.WarpSans");
+	dw_window_set_font(okbutton, "9.WarpSans");
+	dw_window_set_font(cancelbutton, "9.WarpSans");
+
+	dw_window_show(mainwindow);
+
+	dw_window_set_usize(mainwindow, 170, 340);
+
+	/* Another small example */
+	flStyle |= DW_FCF_MINMAX | DW_FCF_SIZEBORDER;
+
+	testwindow = dw_window_new(HWND_DESKTOP, "Wow a test dialog! :) yay!", flStyle);
+
+	testbox = dw_box_new(BOXVERT, 0);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(testwindow, testbox, 0, 0, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+	notebook = dw_notebook_new(1010L, TRUE);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(testbox, notebook, 100, 100, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+	testbox = dw_box_new(BOXVERT, 10);
+
+	pageid = dw_notebook_page_new(notebook, 0L, FALSE);
+
+	dw_notebook_page_set_text(notebook, pageid, "Test page");
+	dw_notebook_page_set_status_text(notebook, pageid, "Test page");
+
+    dw_notebook_pack(notebook, pageid, testbox);
+
+	testok = dw_button_new("Ok", 1003L);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(testbox, testok, 60, 40, TRUE, TRUE, 10);
+
+	testcancel = dw_button_new("Cancel", 1004L);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(testbox, testcancel, 60, 40, TRUE, TRUE, 10);
+
+	testbox2 = dw_box_new(BOXHORZ, 0);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(testbox, testbox2, 0, 0, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+	testok2 = dw_button_new("Ok", 1003L);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(testbox2, testok2, 60, 40, TRUE, TRUE, 10);
+
+	dw_box_pack_splitbar_start(testbox2);
+
+	testcancel2 = dw_button_new("Cancel", 1004L);
+
+	dw_box_pack_start(testbox2, testcancel2, 60, 40, TRUE, TRUE, 10);
+
+	/* Set some nice fonts and colors */
+	dw_window_set_color(testbox, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	dw_window_set_color(testbox2, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY);
+	dw_window_set_font(testok, "9.WarpSans");
+	dw_window_set_font(testcancel, "9.WarpSans");
+	dw_window_set_font(testok2, "9.WarpSans");
+	dw_window_set_font(testcancel2, "9.WarpSans");
+
+	dw_window_show(testwindow);
+
+#ifdef USE_FILTER
+
+	dw_main(0L, (void *)testfilter);
+#else
+	/* Setup the function callbacks */
+	dw_signal_connect(okbutton, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)mainwindow);
+	dw_signal_connect(cancelbutton, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)mainwindow);
+	dw_signal_connect(testok, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)testwindow);
+	dw_signal_connect(testcancel, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)testwindow);
+	dw_signal_connect(testok2, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)testwindow);
+	dw_signal_connect(testcancel2, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)testwindow);
+	dw_signal_connect(mainwindow, "delete_event", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)mainwindow);
+	dw_signal_connect(testwindow, "delete_event", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)testwindow);
+
+	dw_main(0L, NULL);
+#endif
+
+	return 0;
+}
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/winmain.c	Tue Jul 03 07:50:39 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/* Dynamic Windows stub file to allow Win32 applications
+ * to use the main() entry point instead of WinMain().
+ */
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <process.h>
+
+void Win32_Set_Instance(HINSTANCE hInstance);
+
+char **_convertargs(int *count, char *start, HINSTANCE DWInstance)
+{
+	char *tmp, *argstart, **argv;
+	int loc = 0, inquotes = 0;
+
+	(*count) = 1;
+
+	tmp = start;
+
+	/* Count the number of entries */
+	if(*start)
+	{
+		(*count)++;
+
+		while(*tmp)
+		{
+			if(*tmp == '"' && inquotes)
+				inquotes = 0;
+			else if(*tmp == '"' && !inquotes)
+				inquotes = 1;
+			else if(*tmp == ' ' && !inquotes)
+			{
+				/* Push past any white space */
+				while(*(tmp+1) == ' ')
+					tmp++;
+				/* If we aren't at the end of the command
+				 * line increment the count.
+				 */
+				if(*(tmp+1))
+					(*count)++;
+			}
+			tmp++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	argv = (char **)malloc(sizeof(char *) * ((*count)+1));
+	argv[0] = malloc(260);
+	GetModuleFileName(DWInstance, argv[0], 260);
+
+	argstart = tmp = start;
+
+	if(*start)
+	{
+		loc = 1;
+
+		while(*tmp)
+		{
+			if(*tmp == '"' && inquotes)
+			{
+				*tmp = 0;
+				inquotes = 0;
+			}
+			else if(*tmp == '"' && !inquotes)
+			{
+				argstart = tmp+1;
+				inquotes = 1;
+			}
+			else if(*tmp == ' ' && !inquotes)
+			{
+				*tmp = 0;
+				argv[loc] = strdup(argstart);
+
+				/* Push past any white space */
+				while(*(tmp+1) == ' ')
+					tmp++;
+
+				/* Move the start pointer */
+				argstart = tmp+1;
+
+				/* If we aren't at the end of the command
+				 * line increment the count.
+				 */
+				if(*(tmp+1))
+					loc++;
+			}
+			tmp++;
+		}
+		if(*argstart)
+			argv[loc] = strdup(argstart);
+	}
+	argv[loc+1] = NULL;
+	return argv;
+}
+
+/* Ok this is a really big hack but what the hell ;) */
+int WINAPI WinMain(HINSTANCE hInstance, HINSTANCE hPrevInstance, LPSTR lpCmdLine, int nCmdShow)
+{
+	char **argv;
+	int argc;
+
+	Win32_Set_Instance(hInstance);
+
+	argv = _convertargs(&argc, lpCmdLine, hInstance);
+
+	return main(argc, argv);
+}